Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Contract 63456-Vol 3
CSC No. 63456-Vol 3 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 07 19 00 - WATER REPELLENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes penetrating MPI-approved water -repellant treatments for the following vertical and horizontal surfaces: 1. Precast. 2. Concrete unit masonry. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 034500 "Precast Architectural Concrete" as water-repellent substrate specified in this Section. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include manufacturer's printed statement of VOC content. 2. Include manufacturer's recommended number of coats for each type of substrate and spreading rate for each separate coat. 3. Include printout of current "MPI Approved Products List" for each product category specified in Part 2 that specifies water repellents approved by MPI, with the proposed product highlighted. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith OFFICIAL RECORD Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS CITY SECRETARY City Project No. 105176 FT. WORTH, TX 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 2 of 6 I%.�1►11101MI SRNI[6].G11rfY110UVIIsF.111 V A. Qualification Data: For Applicator and testing agency. B. Product Certificates: For each type of water repellent. C. Preconstruction Test Reports: For water -repellent -treated substrates. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator Qualifications: An employer of workers trained and approved by manufacturer. B. MPI Standards: Comply with MPI standards indicated and provide water repellents listed in its "MPI Approved Products List." C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and Ol Specifications. 1.7 MOCKUPS A. Prepare mockups of each required water repellent on each type of substrate required to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Locate mockups on masonry sample panels. a. Size: Match masonry sample size. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations by Change Order. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.8 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing of water repellents on manufacturer's standard substrate assemblies. 1. In addition to verifying performance requirements, use mockups to verify manufacturer's written instructions for application procedure and optimum rates of product application to substrates. 2. Propose changes to materials and methods to suit Project. 3. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of the dates and times when mockups will be tested. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 3 of 6 IR!�a IQaZK0]►1J00to] ►K A. Limitations: Proceed with application only when the following existing and forecasted weather and substrate conditions permit water repellents to be applied in accordance with manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements: 1. Concrete surfaces and mortar have cured for not less than 28 days. 2. Building has been closed in for not less than 30 days before treating wall assemblies. 3. Ambient temperature is above 40 deg F and below 100 deg F and will remain so for 24 hours. 4. Substrate is not frozen and substrate -surface temperature is above 40 deg F and below 100 deg F. 5. Rain or snow is not predicted within 24 hours. 6. Not less than seven days have passed since surfaces were last wet. 7. Windy conditions do not exist that might cause water repellent to be blown onto vegetation or surfaces not intended to be treated. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer and Applicator agree(s) to repair or replace materials that fail to maintain water repellency specified in "Performance Requirements" Article within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Water repellents must meet the following performance requirements as determined by preconstruction testing on manufacturer's standard substrates representing those indicated for this Project. B. Water Absorption: Minimum 80 percent reduction of water absorption after 24 hours for treated compared to untreated specimens when tested in accordance with the following: 1. Precast Concrete: ASTM C642. 2. Concrete Masonry Units: ASTM C 140/C 140M. C. Water -Vapor Transmission: Comply with one or both of the following: 1. Maximum 10 percent reduction in water -vapor transmission of treated compared to untreated specimens, in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. 2. Minimum 80 percent water -vapor transmission of treated compared to untreated specimens, in accordance with ASTM D1653. D. Water Penetration and Leakage through Masonry: Minimum 90 percent reduction in leakage rate of treated compared to untreated specimens, in accordance with ASTM E514/E514M. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 4 of 6 E. Durability: Maximum 5 percent loss of water-repellent performance after 2500 hours of weathering in accordance with ASTM G154 compared to water -repellent -treated specimens before weathering. 2.2 PENETRATING WATER REPELLENTS A. Penetrating Silane/Siloxane-Blend Water Repellent: Clear, containing 12 percent or more active content of silane and siloxane blend with 400 g/L or less of VOCs. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Advanced Chemical Technologies, Inc. b. Euclid Chemical ComDanv (The). a subsidiary of RPM International. Inc. C. Master Builders Solutions, brand of MBCC GrouD, a Sika ComDanv. d. Or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that surfaces are clean and dry in accordance with water-repellent manufacturer's requirements. Check moisture content in three representative locations by method recommended by manufacturer. 2. Verify that there is no efflorescence or other removable residues that would be trapped beneath the application of water repellent. 3. Verify that required repairs are complete, cured, and dry before applying water repellent. B. Test pH level in accordance with water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions to ensure chemical bond to silica -containing or siliceous minerals. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. New Construction and Repairs: Allow concrete and other cementitious materials to age before application of water repellent, in accordance with repellent manufacturer's written instructions. B. Cleaning: Before application of water repellent, clean substrate of substances that could impair penetration or performance of product in accordance with water-repellent manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Concrete -Based Substrates: Remove oil, curing compounds, laitance, and other substances that inhibit penetration or performance of water repellents on precast concrete and concrete masonry unit substrate in accordance with ASTM E1857. 2. Clay Brick Masonry Substrate: ASTM D5703. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 5 of 6 C. Protect adjoining work, including mortar and sealant bond surfaces, from spillage or blow -over of water repellent. Cover adjoining and nearby surfaces of aluminum and glass if there is the possibility of water repellent being deposited on surfaces. Cover live vegetation. D. Coordination with Mortar Joints: Do not apply water repellent until pointing mortar for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment has been installed and cured. E. Coordination with Sealant Joints: Do not apply water repellent until sealants for joints adjacent to surfaces receiving water-repellent treatment have been installed and cured. Water-repellent work may precede sealant application only if sealant adhesion and compatibility have been tested and verified using substrate, water repellent, and sealant materials identical to those required. 3.3 APPLICATION OF WATER REPELLENTS A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to inspect the substrate before application of water repellent and to instruct Applicator on the product and application method to be used. B. Apply coating of water repellent on surfaces to be treated using 15 psi pressure spray with a fan -type spray nozzle to the point of saturation. Apply coating in dual passes of uniform, overlapping strokes. Remove excess material; do not allow material to puddle beyond saturation. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for application procedure unless otherwise indicated. At Contractor's option, first application of water repellent may be completed before installing units. Mask mortar and sealant bond surfaces to prevent water repellent from migrating onto adjacent joint surfaces. Remove masking after repellent has cured. C. Apply a second saturation coating, repeating first application. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for limitations on drying time between coats and after rainstorm wetting of surfaces between coats. Consult manufacturer's technical representative if written instructions are not applicable to Project conditions. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Water -Repellent Material: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure at any time and as often as Owner deems necessary during the period when water repellent is being applied: 1. Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample water-repellent material being used. Samples of material delivered to Project site will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance of water-repellent material with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying water repellents if test results show material being used does not comply with product requirements. Contractor to remove CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 19 00 WATER REPELLENTS Page 6 of 6 noncomplying material from Project site, pay for testing, and correct deficiency of surfaces treated with rejected materials, as approved by Engineer.. B. Coverage Test: In the presence of Engineer, hose down a dry, repellent -treated surface to verify complete and uniform product application. A change in surface color will indicate incomplete application. 1. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of the dates and times when surfaces will be tested. 2. Reapply water repellent until coverage test indicates complete coverage. 3.5 CLEANING A. Immediately clean water repellent from adjoining surfaces and surfaces soiled or damaged by water-repellent application, in accordance with manufacturer's written cleaning instructions, as work progresses. Correct damage to work of other trades caused by water-repellent application, as approved by Engineer. END OF SECTION 07 19 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 1 of 7 SECTION 07 21 00 - THERMAL INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Polyisocyanurate foam -plastic board insulation. 2. Glass -fiber blanket insulation. 3. Mineral -wool blanket insulation. 4. Spray -applied cellulosic insulation. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 034500 "Precast Architectural Concrete" for insulation specified as part of insulated precast wall panels. 2. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for plywood installed directly over rigid roof insulation inside the building. 3. Section 075423 "Thermoplastic-Polyolefm (TPO) Roofing" for insulation specified as part of roofing construction. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 2 of 7 I%.�1►1110110VWNI16].G11rfY810UIIs1F.111 W A. Installer's Certification: Listing type, manufacturer, and R-value of insulation installed in each element of the building thermal envelope. 1. For blown -in or sprayed fiberglass and cellulosic -fiber loose -fill insulation, indicate initial installed thickness, settled thickness, settled R-value, installed density, coverage area, and number of bags installed. 2. Sign, date, and post the certification in a conspicuous location on Project site. B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Research Reports: For foam -plastic insulation, from ICC-ES. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. B. Protect foam -plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam -plastic board materials to Project site until just before installation time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam -plastic board insulation in each area of construction. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes less than Class A, 25 and 450 when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. B. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E119 or UL 263; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" or from listings of another qualified testing agency. C. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. D. Labeling: Provide identification of mark indicating R-value of each piece of insulation 12 inches and wider in width. E. Thermal -Resistance Value (R-Value): R-value as indicated on Drawings in accordance with ASTM C518. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 3 of 7 A. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation, Foil Faced: ASTM C1289, foil faced, Type I, Class 1 or 2. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc. b. Firestone Building Products. C. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathawav company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Passes NFPA 285 testing as part of an approved assembly. 2.3 GLASS -FIBER BLANKET INSULATION A. Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation, Unfaced: ASTM C665, Type I; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. CertainTeed Insulation. C. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. d. Or approved equal. B. Glass -Fiber Blanket Insulation, Polypropylene -Scrim -Kraft Faced: ASTM C665, Type II (nonreflective faced), Class A (faced surface with a flame -spread index of 25 or less); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier). 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CertainTeed Corporation. b. CertainTeed Insulation. C. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. d. Or approved equal. 2.4 MINERAL -WOOL BLANKET INSULATION A. Mineral -Wool Blanket Insulation, Unfaced: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers; complying with ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathawav companv. b. ROCKWOOL International. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 4 of 7 C. Thermafiber, Inc: an Owens Corning company d. Or approved equal. B. Mineral -Wool Blanket Insulation, Reinforced -Foil Faced: ASTM C665, Type III (reflective faced); Category 1 (membrane is a vapor barrier), faced with foil scrim, foil -scrim kraft, or foil - scrim polyethylene. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Thermafiber, Inc: an Owens Corning companv. 2.5 INSULATION FASTENERS A. Adhesively Attached, Spindle -Type Anchors: Plate welded to projecting spindle; capable of holding insulation of specified thickness securely in position with self-locking washer in place. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. AGM Industries, Inc. b. Gemco. 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Insulation for Miscellaneous Voids: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C764, Type II, loose fill; with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 5, per ASTM E84. 2. Spray Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C1029, Type II, closed cell, with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E84. B. Miscellaneous Application Accessories: 1. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product compatible with insulation and air and water barrier materials, and with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely to substrates without damaging insulation and substrates. 2. Crack Sealer: Closed -cell insulating foam in aerosol dispenser recommended in writing by insulation manufacturer for filling gaps in board insulation. 3. Curtain -Wall Insulation Clips: Z-shaped galvanized steel as recommended in writing by insulation manufacturer. 4. Eave Ventilation Troughs: Preformed, rigid fiberboard or plastic sheets designed and sized to fit between roof framing members and to provide ventilation between insulated attic spaces and vented eaves. 5. Detailing Foam Insulation for Voids: Urethane foam complying with AAMA 812, low expansion pressure suitable for filling insulation gaps and voids adjacent to openings to protect against water, air, and sound intrusion. 6. Tapes for Reflective Insulation and Barriers: a. Aluminum -foil tape for repairs or splicing material. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 5 of 7 b. Double -sided tape for adhering to metal framing or overlapping material. C. Reinforced -foil tape for sealing tears or cuts in sheet vapor barrier. 7. Clip -and -Pin Components: a. Beam/Bar Joist Clips: For beams, bar joists, and Z-type purlins. b. C-Purlin Clips: For C-type purlins. C. Angle Clips: For sidewalks and floors. d. Tube Clips: For wood beams and metal tubular framing. e. Locking Washers: Aluminum; white to match reflective bubble insulation facing colors. 8. Wire Mesh Lath Support for Insulation: ASTM C1032. a. Material: Woven wire lath 1-1/2-inch hexagonal -shaped mesh with minimum 0.0510-inch- diameter, galvanized -steel wire. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation, including removing projections capable of puncturing insulation or vapor retarders, or those that interfere with insulation attachment. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products, applications and applicable codes. B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. C. Install insulation with manufacturer's R-value label exposed after insulation is installed. D. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement. E. Provide sizes to fit applications and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness or to achieve R-value. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SLAB INSULATION A. On vertical slab edge and foundation surfaces, set insulation units using manufacturer's recommended adhesive in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 6 of 7 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches below exterior grade line. B. On horizontal surfaces, loosely lay insulation units in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Stagger end joints and tightly abut insulation units. 1. If not otherwise indicated, extend insulation a minimum of 24 inches in from exterior walls. fc�ll�f.911I:��rLrY[�l►[�JYt�C�lY1►17:rY[�l►l�d/:��l�i i.Yf�:���►I A. Butt panels together for tight fit. B. Anchor Installation: Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle -type insulation anchors as follows: 1. Fasten insulation anchors to concrete substrates with insulation anchor adhesive in accordance with anchor manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Space anchors in accordance with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for insulation type, thickness, and application. 3. Apply insulation standoffs to each spindle to create cavity width indicated on Drawings between concrete substrate and insulation. 4. After adhesive has dried, install board insulation by pressing insulation into position over spindles and securing it tightly in place with insulation -retaining washers, taking care not to compress insulation. 5. Where insulation will not be covered by other building materials, apply capped washers to tips of spindles. C. Adhesive Installation: Install with adhesive or press into tacky waterproofing or dampproofing in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION IN FRAMED CONSTRUCTION A. Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members in accordance with the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends. 2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members. 3. Maintain 3-inch clearance of insulation around recessed lighting fixtures not rated for or protected from contact with insulation. 4. Attics: Install eave ventilation troughs between roof framing members in insulated attic spaces at vented eaves. 5. For metal -framed wall cavities where cavity heights exceed 96 inches, support unfaced blankets mechanically and support faced blankets by taping flanges of insulation to flanges of metal studs. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 00 THERMAL INSULATION Page 7 of 7 6. Where glass -fiber blankets are indicated for sound attenuation above ceilings, install unfaced blanket insulation over ceiling area in thickness indicated. Where partitions occur, extend insulation up either side of partition. B. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Glass -Fiber Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal maximum volume equaling a density of approximately 2.5 lb/cu. ft.. 2. Detailing Foam Insulation for Voids: Apply in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect installed insulation from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. B. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. END OF SECTION 07 2100 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 1 of 9 SECTION 07 21 73 — CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Composite fiberglass support and connection members. 2. Board insulation. 3. Various accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 042200 "Concrete Unit Masonry" for insulation attached to the inside face of concrete masonry unit. 2. Section 07 92 00 for joint sealants. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated; include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and accessory as necessary for complete fully furnished system assembly. B. Shop Drawings: Submit fabrication and installation layouts of continuous insulation support system and exterior cladding system; including details of edge conditions, joints, corners, anchorages, attachment system, trim, flashings, closures, and accessories; and special details. 1. Provide distinction between factory -assembled, shop -assembled, and field -assembled work. 2. Provide details of following items at full scale: a. Manufacturer's standard sheet metal trims. b. Components of wall panel construction, anchorage methods, and hardware. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 2 of 9 B. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing of specified products specified with at least three years of documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this Section with at least three years of documented experience that is factory trained and approved by continuous insulation (CI) support system manufacturer. C. Source Limitations: Obtain Cl support system and continuous insulation from single source and single manufacturer. D. Surface -Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. E. Mockups: Provide mockups to verify selections, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to establish quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical continuous insulation assembly, including corners, supports, attachments, and accessories. a. Include at least four exterior insulation panels to represent a four-way panel joint and showing full thickness. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of completed Work if undisturbed upon date of Substantial Completion F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's original unopened containers and packaging with labels clearly identifying product name and manufacturer. 1. Deliver components and other manufactured items or accessories without damage or deformation. B. Storage and Handling: Store materials in clean, dry, interior area in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 3 of 9 C. Protect components during transportation, handling, and installation from weather, excessive temperatures and construction operations. D. Handle components in strict compliance with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations, and in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. E. Protect foam -plastic board insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight except to necessary extent for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam -plastic board materials to Project site that requires long on -site storage time. 3. Quickly complete installation and concealment of foam -plastic board insulation in each area of construction. 1.7 SITE CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit assembly of this Work to be performed according to manufacturer's installation instructions and warranty requirements. B. Field Measurements: Verify locations of structural members and wall opening dimensions by field measurements before Cl support system fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Submit jointly standard written warranty by manufacturer and installer agreeing to correct defects in manufacturing and installation as part of Closeout Submittals. B. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Basis -of -Design: Design is based on SMARTci and Greengirt composite framing system as manufactured by Advanced Architectural Products. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide specified products or comparable product by an equal. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Thermally improved composite framing support (CFS) members anchored to concrete masonry units (CMU). B. Grooved rigid insulation panels that are installed vertically and horizontally between CFS members. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 4 of 9 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Air Infiltration Test: Maximum of 0.06 cfin/sq. ft. of wall area in accordance with ASTM E 283 or ASTM C 2357 at an air pressure differential of 6.27 lbf/sq. ft. across assembly. B. Water Penetration Test: Static: No uncontrolled water penetration at a static pressure of 2.86 lbf/sq. ft. in accordance with ASTM E 331. C. Structural: Provide system tested in accordance with ASTM E 330 and certified to be without permanent deformation or failure of structural members in accordance with design wind velocities for project geographic location and probability of occurrence based on data from wind velocity maps as provided in ASCE 7 and as approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Measure performance using test loads equal to 1-1/2 times design wind loads and with 10 second duration of maximum pressure. 2. Composite Framing Supports (CFS): Structurally engineered to provide in excess of 3 times structural safety factor for lengthwise, longitudinal, and crosswise loading. D. Hygrothermal: Provide system designed in accordance with ASHRAE 160, to pass requisite 30 day, 7 day, and 24 hour wall moisture content requirements. Do testing and validation through WUFI or other approved transient hygrothermal/moisture modeling systems. E. System Thermal Design: Installed continuous insulation system including insulation, composite framing support, sub-girts, clips, and cladding attachment shall not have thermal bridging of fasteners or framing that creates a continuous metal path from insulation exterior surface to stud framing inside wall cavity. System thermal design shall meet or exceed thermal and design requirements as stated in ASHRAE 90.1-201 codes. Thermal Resistance: Wall assembly R Value of 13. F. Temperature: Comply with structural loading requirements within temperature range of minus 55 degrees F to 180 degrees F. G. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: Provide Cl support system with the following fire -test - response characteristics determined by the indicated test standard as applied by UL or other testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Surface Burning Characteristics: Not greater than the following, per ASTM E 84 or UL 723, for foam insulation, FRP, and interior surface: a. Flame spread index: 25 or less. b. Smoke developed index: 450 or less. 2. Intermediate Scale Multistory Fire Test: Comply with NFPA 285 and IBC acceptance criteria for wall height above grade and fire separation distances. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 5 of 9 i►�lulrtl2l7r:IMW416]u10111111aa7:1uIIZroVYlme1711 A. Composite Framing Support (CFS): Polyester and vinyl ester bio-resin matrix with recycled materials, ultra -violet inhibitor, fire retardant additives, and reinforced with glass strand rovings used internally for longitudinal (lengthwise) strength and continuous strand glass mats or stitched reinforcements used internally for transverse (crosswise) strength. Comply with following performance requirements: a. Flame Spread: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. b. Smoke Development: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. C. Self -Extinguishing: ASTM D 635. d. Modulus of Elasticity: Engineered to meet the performance loading criteria and specified safety factors. e. Barcol Hardness: 45, in accordance with ASTM D 2583. f Water Absorption: Less than 0.46 percent by weight, within 24 hours, in accordance with ASTM D 570. g. Density: Within range of 0.062 to 0.070 lbs/cu in, in accordance with ASTM D 792. h. Lengthwise Coefficient of Thermal Expansion: 7.0 x 10-6 inch/inch/degrees F, in accordance with ASTM D 696. i. Notched Izod Impact, Lengthwise: 24 ft lbs/in, in accordance with ASTM D 256 within temperature range indicated. j. Notched Izod Impact, Crosswise: 4 ft lbs/in, in accordance with ASTM D 256 within temperature range indicated. 2. Comply with following physical requirements: a. Height: 2 inches. b. On Center Spacing: 24 inch, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Include integral compression seal in CFS sections to ensure insulation panel will not dislodge and will stop air movement throughout system. d. Include integral anti -siphon grooves on exterior flanges. e. Include force distribution zones integrally designed into profile. f. Include spline seals for adjacent insulation units. B. Metal Inserts: Continuous non -corrosive steel insert for engagement of fasteners, 16 gage with G90 coating designation in compliance with ASTM A 653. 1. Fully engage inserts with adjacent CFS at ends. 2. Allow sub-girts and other exterior Cl support accessories to be anchored to inserts that are set into and part of CFS. 2.5 MATERIALS - RIGID BOARD INSULATION A. Insulation Panel Edges: Provide factory -formed edges on insulation that interlock with composite framing support (CFS) members. B. Polyisocyanurate Panel Insulation: Rigid cellular foam, complying with ASTM C 1289; Type I, Class 1 with aluminum foil both faces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 6 of 9 1. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 2. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less, when tested in accordance with ASTM E 84. 3. Thermal Resistance: 2 inches, R-Value 13.1; ASTM C 518 at 75 degrees F. 4. Comply with fire -resistance requirements, as indicated, and as part of an exterior non - load -bearing exterior wall assembly when tested in accordance with NFPA 285. 5. Compressive Strength: Grade 2, 20 psi; ASTM D 1621. 6. Dimensional Stability: Less than 2 percent linear change after 7 days; ASTM D 2126. 7. Moisture Vapor Permeance: Less than 0.05 perm; ASTM E 96. 8. Water Absorption: Is less than 0.05 percent by volume; ASTM C 209. 9. Service Temperature: Range of minus 100 degrees F to 250 degrees F. 2.6 MATERIALS - ACCESSORIES A. Provide accessories necessary for a complete Cl support system including metal closure trim, transition angle, strapping, tie-in brackets, and similar items. B. Fasteners: Corrosion -resistant, self -tapping, and self -drilling screws, bolts, nuts, and other fasteners as recommended by Cl support system manufacturer for project application. 1. Cladding to Composite Framing Support: Use standard Tek® brand screws. 2. Composite Framing Support to CMU: Use Tapcon® brand anchors. C. Tape: Of width and type as recommended by insulation support system manufacturer. D. Flashing and Trim: Match material, finish, and color of adjacent wall panels. 1. Thickness: At least 0.040 inch. 2. Refer to Section 07 62 00 for additional requirements. E. Sealants: Provide sealants as recommended by exterior wall panel manufacturer for openings within wall panels and perimeter conditions. 1. Refer to Section 079200 for additional requirements. F. Sub-Girts: Metallic coated steel with G90 (Z275) coating designation, ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural quality; of following requirements unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Size: 5/8-inch-deep hat girt or 1-inch-deep hat girt as appropriate for system requirements. 2. Gage:16-gage. 3. On Center Spacing: 24 inches. 4. Orientation: Horizontal or vertical as coordinated with supporting substrate and subsequent construction. 5. Basis of Design: Architectural Advanced Panels; Product AAP 625 or AAP 1000 Hat Girt. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 7 of 9 pa�I IG11 37[41:r016321 A. Fabricate continuous insulation support system using manufacturer's standard procedures and processes identical to tested units and as necessary to comply with performance requirements indicated. B. Form support system in a continuous process with no glues or adhesives between dissimilar materials. C. Fabricate insulation panels with edges and ends factory cut to receive CFS extrusions and of sizes with to minimize field cutting. D. Fabricate CFS extrusions of longest standard lengths to minimize number of joints. Factory install metal inserts in outer and inner flanges of CFS extrusions. E. Fabricate CFS and insulation panels creating a 3 in 1 Air/Water/Vapor class 1 barrier system compliant with requirements for project geographic zone. F. Fabricate support system with joints between exterior wall panels designed to form weathertight seals. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas of this work, and project conditions with installer present for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrates, Cl support conditions, and other conditions affecting performance for Work of this Section. B. Examine structural wall framing to ensure that angles, channels, CMU, and other structural support members have been installed within alignment tolerances required by continuous insulation support system manufacturer. C. Examine rough -in for components and systems penetrating CI support system to coordinate actual locations of penetrations relative to exterior joint locations prior to installation. D. Verify that mechanical and electrical services for exterior walls have been installed and tested and, if appropriate, verify that adjacent materials and finishes are dry and ready to receive insulation. E. Proceed with installation only after exterior walls have been properly prepared and unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation. B. Prepare surfaces using methods recommended by manufacturer for achieving best result for substrate. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 8 of 9 C. Prepare sub -girt, base angles, sills, furring, and other Cl support members and provide anchorage in accordance substrate types and panel manufacturer's installation instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions. Install materials plumb, square, level, and true, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install assembly materials to fill-in exterior spaces without gaps or voids. Do not compress panel insulation. C. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time. D. Install Cl support system in compliance with insulation panel orientation, sizes, and indicated locations. E. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. F. Apply joint sealant material to composite framing members around perimeter of insulation panels. Tightly butt insulation panels and apply tape at exposed seams and at interface of insulation of composite framing. G. Protect exposed insulation from open flame and keep dry at all times. Exterior wall insulation panels are not intended to be left exposed for periods of time in excess of 60 days without adequate protection. 1. When extended exposure is anticipated, protect exposed insulation surfaces including corners, door openings, and other wall penetrations with a compatible waterproof tape. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Shim and align wall panel units with installed tolerances of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, non -cumulative. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Representative: Contractor shall have manufacturer's representative review installed assembly, noting areas that require corrective action. B. Perform corrective action and have any inspections by authorities having jurisdiction prior to covering Cl support system by subsequent construction. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Ensure that insulation panels are not exposed to moisture. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 21 73 CONTINUOUS INSULATION SUPPORT SYSTEM Page 9 of 9 Remove wet insulation panels or allow them to completely dry prior to installation of subsequent exterior wall system components. B. Protect installed products from damage until date of Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 07 2173 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 1 of 16 SECTION 07 54 23 - THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered thermoplastic polyolefin (TPO) roofing system. 2. Roof insulation. 3. Cover board. 4. Walkways. B. Section includes installation of sound -absorbing insulation strips in ribs of roof deck. Sound - absorbing insulation strips are furnished under Section 05 3100 "Steel Decking." C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking;. 2. Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation" for insulation beneath the roof deck. 3. Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and counterflashings. 4. Section 07 7100 "Roof Specialties" for manufactured copings androof edge flashings. 5. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint preparation. 6. Section 22 14 23 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties" for roof drains. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Membrane Roof Systems" apply to Work of this Section. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preliminary Roofing Conference: Before starting roof deck construction, conduct conference at Project site. Meet with Owner, Engineer, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, air barrier Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 2 of 16 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Review deck substrate requirements for conditions and finishes, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. B. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Engineer, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing system manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, air barrier Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof -mounted equipment. 2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening. 5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing system. 7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing system during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For insulation and roof system component fasteners, include copy of FM Approvals' RoofNav listing. B. Shop Drawings: Include roof plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including the following: 1. Layout and thickness of insulation. 2. Base flashings and membrane termination details. 3. Flashing details at penetrations. 4. Tapered insulation layout, thickness, and slopes. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 3 of 16 5. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck and orientation of roof membrane, fastening spacings, and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing system. 6. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field -of -roof locations. 7. Tie-in with adjoining air barrier. C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Roof membrane and flashings, of color required. 2. Walkway pads or rolls, of color required. D. Wind Uplift Resistance Submittal: For roofing system, indicating compliance with wind uplift performance requirements. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, and testing agency. B. Manufacturer Certificates: 1. Performance Requirement Certificate: Signed by roof membrane manufacturer, certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. a. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements. 2. Special Warranty Certificate: Signed by roof membrane manufacturer, certifying that all materials supplied under this Section are acceptable for special warranty. C. Product Test Reports: For roof membrane and insulation, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with specified requirements. D. Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES. E. Field Test Reports: 1. Concrete internal relative humidity test reports. 2. Fastener -pullout test results and manufacturer's revised requirements for fastener patterns. F. Field quality -control reports. G. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 4 of 16 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals. B. Certified statement from existing roof membrane manufacturer stating that existing roof warranty has not been affected by Work performed under this Section. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav for roofing system identical to that used for this Project. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components. B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf life. C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation. D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 5 of 16 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes roof membrane, base flashings, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, , cover boards and other components of roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as roof membrane, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, , and walkway products, for the following warranty period: Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Installed roofing system and flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roof system and flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roof membrane shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G152, ASTM G154, or ASTM G155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roof membrane shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D3746, ASTM D4272, or the "Resistance to Foot Traffic Test" in FM Approvals 4470. B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roof membrane manufacturer based on testing and field experience. C. Wind Uplift Resistance: Design roofing system to resist the following wind uplift pressures when tested according to FM Approvals 4474, UL 580, or UL 1897: D. FM Approvals' RoofNav Listing: Roof membrane, base flashings, and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Approvals 4450 or FM Approvals 4470 as part of a roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Approvals' RoofNav for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Approvals Certification markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 2. Hail -Resistance Rating: FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-34 SH. E. Energv Performance: Roortne system shall have an initial solar reflectance of not less than 0.70 and an emissivity of not less than 0.86 when tested according to CRRC-1. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 6 of 16 2.2 THERMOPLASTIC POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING A. TPO Sheet: ASTM D6878/D6878M, internally fabric- or scrim -reinforced, fabric -backed TPO sheet. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Carlisle Svntec Systems. b. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway comnanv. C. Versico Roofing Systems; Carlisle Construction Materials. d. Or approved equal. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain components for roofing system from roof membrane manufacturer or manufacturers approved by roof membrane manufacturer. 3. Thickness: 60 mils, nominal. 4. Exposed Face Color: White. 2.3 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with other roofing components. 1. Adhesive and Sealants: Comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction. B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard unreinforced TPO sheet flashing, 55 mils thick, minimum, of same color as TPO sheet. C. Prefabricated Pipe Flashings: As recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. D. Roof Vents: As recommended by roof membrane manufacturer. 1. Size: Not less than 4-inch diameter. E. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard. F. Slip Sheet: Manufacturer's standard, of thickness required for application. G. Vented Base Sheet: ASTM D4897/D4897M, Type II; nonperforated, asphalt -impregnated fiberglass reinforced, with mineral granular patterned surfacing on bottom surface. H. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors. I. Metal Battens: Manufacturer's standard, aluminum -zinc -alloy -coated or zinc -coated steel sheet, approximately 1 inch wide by 0.05 inch thick, prepunched. J. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roofing components to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 7 of 16 K. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories. 2.4 ROOF INSULATION A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by TPO roof membrane manufacturer, approved for use in FM Approvals' RoofNav listed roof assemblies, approved for use in SPRI's Directory of Roof Assemblies listed roof assemblies. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass -fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Compressive Strength: 20 psi. 2. Size: 48 by 48 inches. 3. Thickness: Refer to Drawing for tapered insulation minimum R-value. C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory -tapered insulation boards. 1. Material: Match roof insulation. 2. Minimum Thickness: 1/4 inch. 3. Slope: a. Roof Field: 1/4 inch per foot unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. b. Saddles and Crickets: 1/2 inch per foot unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2.5 INSULATION ACCESSORIES A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with other roofing system components. B. Fasteners: Factory -coated steel fasteners with metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion - resistance provisions in FM Approvals 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. C. Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer as follows: 1. Modified asphaltic, asbestos -free, cold -applied adhesive. D. Cover Board: ASTM C208, Type II, Grade 2, cellulosic -fiber insulation board, 1/2 inch thick. A. Flexible Walkways: Factory -formed, nonporous, heavy-duty, slip -resisting, surface -textured walkway pads, approximately 3/16 inch thick and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer. 1. Size: Approximately 36 by 60 inches. 2. Color: Contrasting with roof membrane. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 8 of 16 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and roof -drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that surface plane flatness and fastening of steel roof deck complies with requirements in Section 05 3100 "Steel Decking." 4. Verify that minimum concrete drying period recommended by roofing system manufacturer has passed. 5. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture, and that minimum concrete internal relative humidity is not more than 75 percent, or as recommended by roofing system manufacturer, when tested according to ASTM F2170. a. Test Frequency: One test probe per each 1000 sq. ft., or portion thereof, of roof deck, with not less than three tests probes. b. Submit test reports within 24 hours after performing tests. 6. Verify that concrete -curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed. 7. Verify that joints in precast concrete roof decks have been grouted flush with top of concrete. 8. Verify that minimum curing period recommended by roofing system manufacturer for lightweight insulating concrete roof decks has passed. 9. Verify any damaged sections of cementitious wood -fiber decks have been repaired or replaced. 10. Verify adjacent cementitious wood -fiber panels are vertically aligned to within 1/8 inch at top surface. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing system installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections. B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof -drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast. C. Perform fastener -pullout tests according to roof system manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Submit test result within 24 hours after performing tests. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 9 of 16 a. Include manufacturer's requirements for any revision to previously submitted fastener patterns required to achieve specified wind uplift requirements. D. Install sound -absorbing insulation strips according to acoustical roof deck manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ROOFING, GENERAL A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions, SPRI's Directory of Roof Assemblies listed roof assembly requirements, and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29. B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at end of workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning Work on adjoining roofing. C. Install roof membrane and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition and to not void warranty for existing roofing system. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of workday. B. Comply with roofing system and roof insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation. C. Installation Over Metal Decking: 1. Install base layer of insulation with joints staggered not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows and with long joints continuous at right angle to flutes of decking. a. Locate end joints over crests of decking. b. Where installing composite and noncomposite insulation in two or more layers, install noncomposite board insulation for bottom layer and intermediate layers, if applicable, and install composite board insulation for top layer. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. d. Make joints between adjacent insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width. e. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with each side equal to the diameter of the drain bowl plus 24 inches. 1) Trim insulation so that water flow is unrestricted. f. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. g. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. h. Loosely lay base layer of insulation units over substrate. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 10 of 16 i. Mechanically attach base layer of insulation using mechanical fasteners specifically designed and sized for fastening specified board -type roof insulation to metal decks. 1) Fasten insulation according to requirements in SPRI's Directory of Roof Assemblies for specified Wind Uplift Load Capacity. 2) Fasten insulation to resist specified uplift pressure at corners, perimeter, and field of roof. 2. Install upper layers of insulation and tapered insulation with joints of each layer offset not less than 12 inches from previous layer of insulation. a. Staggered end joints within each layer not less than 24 inches in adjacent rows. b. Install with long joints continuous and with end joints staggered not less than 12 inches in adjacent rows. C. Trim insulation neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. d. Make joints between adjacent insulation boards not more than 1/4 inch in width. e. At internal roof drains, slope insulation to create a square drain sump with each side equal to the diameter of the drain bowl plus 24 inches. 1) Trim insulation so that water flow is unrestricted. f. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. g. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations. h. Loosely lay each layer of insulation units over substrate. i. Adhere each layer of insulation to substrate using adhesive according to SPRI's Directory of Roof Assemblies listed roof assembly requirements for specified Wind Uplift Load Capacity and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29, as follows: 1) Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. 2) Set each layer of insulation in ribbons of bead -applied insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. 3) Set each layer of insulation in a uniform coverage of full -spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF COVER BOARDS A. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. 1. Trim cover board neatly to fit around penetrations and projections, and to fit tight to intersecting sloping roof decks. 2. At internal roof drains, conform to slope of drain sump. a. Trim cover board so that water flow is unrestricted. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 11 of 16 3. Cut and fit cover board tight to nailers, projections, and penetrations. 4. Loosely lay cover board over substrate. 5. Adhere cover board to substrate using adhesive according to SPRI's Directory of Roof Assemblies listed roof assembly requirements for specified Wind Uplift Load Capacity and FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-29, as follows: a. Set cover board in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. b. Set cover board in ribbons of bead -applied insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. C. Set cover board in a uniform coverage of full -spread insulation adhesive, firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place. B. Install slip sheet over cover board and beneath roof membrane. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF ADHERED ROOF MEMBRANE A. Adhere roof membrane over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Unroll roof membrane and allow to relax before installing. C. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel and Owner's testing and inspection agency. D. Accurately align roof membrane, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps. E. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roof membrane at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roof membrane. Do not apply to splice area of roof membrane. F. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Apply a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt to substrate at temperature and rate required by manufacturer, and install fabric -backed roof membrane. Do not apply to splice area of roof membrane. G. Fabric -Backed Roof Membrane Adhesive: Apply to substrate at rate required by manufacturer, and install fabric -backed roof membrane. H. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roof membrane securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing. I. Apply roof membrane with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roof membrane, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roof membrane and sheet flashings, to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut edges of roof membrane and sheet flashings. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily, and repair seam sample areas. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 12 of 16 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roof membrane that do not comply with requirements. K. Spread sealant bed over deck -drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roof membrane in place with clamping ring. 3.7 INSTALLATION OF BASE FLASHING A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing. C. Flash penetrations and field -formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing. D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation. E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars. 3.8 INSTALLATION OF WALKWAYS A. Flexible Walkways: l . Install flexible walkways at the following locations: a. Retain one or more subparagraphs below. Revise to suit Project. b. Perimeter of each rooftop unit. C. Between each rooftop unit location, creating a continuous path connecting rooftop unit locations. d. Between each roof hatch and each rooftop unit location or path connecting rooftop unit locations. e. Top and bottom of each roof access ladder. £ Between each roof access ladder and each rooftop unit location or path connecting rooftop unit locations. g. Locations indicated on Drawings. h. As required by roof membrane manufacturer's warranty requirements. 2. Provide 6-inch clearance between adjoining pads. 3. Heat weld to substrate or adhere walkway products to substrate with compatible adhesive according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 13 of 16 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, roof membrane application, sheet flashings, protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Engineer. B. Perform the following tests: Flood Testing: Flood test each roof area for leaks, according to recommendations in ASTM D5957, after completing roofing and flashing but before overlying construction is placed. Install temporary containment assemblies, plug or dam drains, and flood with potable water. a. Perform tests before overlying construction is placed. b. Flood to an average depth of 2-1/2 inches with a minimum depth of 1 inch and not exceeding a depth of 4 inches. Maintain 2 inches of clearance from top of base flashing. C. Flood each area for 48 hours. d. After flood testing, repair leaks, repeat flood tests, and snake further repairs until roofing and flashing installations are watertight. 1) Cost of retesting is Contractor's responsibility. Testing agency shall prepare survey report indicating locations of initial leaks, if any, and final survey report. C. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofmg system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion, in presence of Engineer, and to prepare inspection report. D. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. E. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements. 3.10 PROTECTING AND CLEANING A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing system, inspect roofing system for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Engineer and Owner. B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements. C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 14 of 16 3.11 ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY A. WHEREAS of , herein called the "Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project: 1. Owner: 2. Address:. 3. Building Name/Type: . 4. Address:. 5. Area of Work: . 6. Acceptance Date: 7. Warranty Period: . 8. Expiration Date: B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period, C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period Roofing Installer will, at Roofing Installer's own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition. D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. peak gust wind speed exceeding C. fire; d. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; e. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; f. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and g. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner. 2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated. 3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work. 4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 15 of 16 Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty. 5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray -cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty. 6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration. 7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor. E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this day of 1. Authorized Signature: 2. Name: 3. Title: END OF SECTION 07 54 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 54 23 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS THERMOPLASTIC-POLYOLEFIN (TPO) ROOFING Page 16 of 16 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 1 of 15 SECTION 07 62 00 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Formed roof -drainage sheet metal fabrications. 2. Formed low -slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed wall sheet metal fabrications. 4. Formed equipment support flashing. 5. Formed overhead -piping safety pans. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 034500 "Precast Architectural Concrete" for sheet metal flashing and trim attached to precast concrete walls. 2. Section 042200 "Concrete Unit Masonry" for sheet metal flashing and trim attached to concrete unit masonry. 3. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 4. Section 075423 "Thermoplastic-Polyolefin (TPO) Roofing" for materials and installation of sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing. 5. Section 07 7100 "Roof Specialties" for manufactured copings, roof -edge specialties, and roof -edge drainage systems. 6. Section 07 72 00 "Roof Accessories" for set -on -type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials. B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 2 of 15 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof -penetration flashing, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation. A. Product Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim. B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field -assembled Work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion joint covers, including showing direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof -penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, flashings, and counterflashings. 10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 1-1/2 inches per 12 inches . C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 12 inches long by actual width. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory - applied finishes. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. 3. Unit -Type Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials: Full-size Sample. 4. Anodized Aluminum Samples: Samples to show full range to be expected for each color required. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 3 of 15 F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. B. Product Certificates: For each type of coping and roof edge flashing that is ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 tested and FM Approvals approved. C. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Evaluation Reports: For copings and roof edge flashing, from an agency acceptable to authority having jurisdiction showing compliance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. E. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals. B. Special warranty. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. 1. For copings and roof edge flashings that are ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1 tested and FM Approvals approved, shop shall be listed as able to fabricate required details as tested and approved. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof edge eave, including built-in gutter fascia fascia trim, approximately 10 feet long, including supporting construction cleats, seams, attachments, underlayment, and accessories. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations in writing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 4 of 15 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. 1. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry. 2. Protect stored sheet metal flashing and trim from contact with water. B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation. oil A. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No.8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies, including cleats, anchors, and fasteners, shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 5 of 15 B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual: Architectural Metal Flashing, Condensation and Air Leakage Control, and Reroofing" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. C. Sheet Metal Standard for Copper: Comply with CDA's "Copper in Architecture Handbook." Conform to dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated. D. FM Approvals Listing: Manufacture and install copings roof edge flashings that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-60. Identify materials with name of fabricator and design approved by FM Approvals. E. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 SHEET METALS A. Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface. 1. As -Milled Finish: Mill. 2. Alclad Finish: Metallurgically bonded surfacing alloy on both sides, forming aluminum sheet with reflective luster. 3. Factory Prime Coating: Where painting after installation is required, pretreat metal with white or light-colored, factory -applied, baked -on epoxy primer coat; minimum dry film thickness of 0.2 mil. 4. Clear Anodic Finish, Coil Coated: AAMA 611, AA-M 1 2C22A4 1, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 5. Color Anodic Finish, Coil Coated: AAMA 611, AA-M 1 2C22A42/A44, Class 1, 0.018 mm or thicker. a. Color: As selected by Engineer from full range of industry colors and color densities. b. Color Range: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Stainless Steel Sheet: ASTM A240/A240M, Type 304, dead soft, fully annealed; with smooth, flat surface. 1. Finish: ASTM A480/A480M, No. 2D (dull, cold rolled). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 6 of 15 a. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. b. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1) Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece. 2) When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. D. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet in accordance with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet in accordance with ASTM A792/A792M, Class AZ50 coating designation, Grade 40; prepainted by coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 3. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS A. Felt: ASTM D226/13226M, Type II (No. 30), asphalt -saturated organic felt; nonperforated. B. Synthetic Underlayment: Laminated or reinforced, woven polyethylene or polypropylene, synthetic roofing underlayment; bitumen free; slip resistant; suitable for high temperatures over 220 deg F; and complying with physical requirements of ASTM D226/D226M for Type I and Type II felts. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. Intertape Polymer Group. C. Kirsch Building Products, LLC. d. Or approved equal. C. Slip Sheet: Rosin -sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 7 of 15 i►�lu1FYyI1ark12I:16=20VI:M 21.9NO W A. Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metalunless otherwise indicated. B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self -tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal . 1. General: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws, gasketed, with hex -washer head. a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory -applied coating. Provide metal -backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal. b. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened. C. Spikes and Ferrules: Same material as gutter; with spike with ferrule matching internal gutter width. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Stainless Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 4. Fasteners for Zinc -Tin Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M or ASTM F2329. 5. Fasteners for Zinc Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot -dip galvanized steel in accordance with ASTM Al53/A153M or ASTM F2329. C. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick. D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric polyurethane polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight. E. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type expansion joints with limited movement. F. Epoxy Seam Sealer: Two-part, noncorrosive, aluminum seam -cementing compound, recommended by aluminum manufacturer for exterior nonmoving joints, including riveted joints. G. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion in accordance with ASTM D1187/D1187M. H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 8 of 15 2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal. 3. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered and obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 4. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil -canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems. 5. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view. B. Fabrication Tolerances: 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to tolerances specified. C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal in accordance with cited sheet metal standard to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant. E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal. F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured. G. Seams: 1. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder. 2. Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. 3. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat -lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 9 of 15 H. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. 2.6 WALL SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Fabricate head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. Form head and sill flashing with 2-inch- high, end dams. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. 2. Stainless Steel: 0.0156 inch thick. 3. Galvanized Steel: 0.022 inch thick. B. Wall Expansion -Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum: 0.040 inch thick. 2. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS A. Equipment Support Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.028 inch thick. B. Overhead -Piping Safety Pans: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: 0.040 inch thick. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 10 of 15 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details indicated and recommendations of cited sheet metal standard that apply to installation characteristics required unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder welds sealant. 2. Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 3. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. 4. Install continuous cleats with fasteners spaced not more than 12 inches o.c. 5. Space individual cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners. 6. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil -canning, and free of buckling and tool marks. 7. Do not field cut sheet metal flashing and trim by torch. 8. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure - treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated -aluminum and stainless steel sheet metal flashing and trim with bituminous coating where flashing and trim contact wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet. C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 2. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints. 3. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings. D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation. F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant -filled joints unless otherwise indicated. a. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page I 1 of 15 b. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. C. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. d. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. 1) Do not install sealant -type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." G. Rivets: Rivet joints in uncoated aluminum where necessary for strength. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF ROOF -DRAINAGE SYSTEM A. Install sheet metal roof -drainage items to produce complete roof -drainage system in accordance with cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof -drainage system. B. Hanging Gutters: 1. Join sections with riveted and soldered joints. 2. Provide for thermal expansion. 3. Attach gutters at eave or fascia to firmly anchor them in position. 4. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. 5. Slope to downspouts. 6. Fasten gutter spacers to front and back of gutter. 7. Anchor and loosely lock back edge of gutter to continuous cleat eave or apron flashing. 8. Anchor back of gutter that extends onto roof deck with cleats spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 9. Anchor gutter with gutter brackets straps spaced not more than 24 inches apart to roof deck unless otherwise indicated, and loosely lock to front gutter bead. 10. Anchor gutter with spikes and ferrules spaced not more than 24 inches apart. 11. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated on Drawings, but not exceeding, 50 feet apart. Install expansion joint caps. C. Downspouts: 1. Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. 2. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. 3. Locate hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. 4. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 5. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system. D. Parapet Scuppers: 1. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. 2. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and solder or seal with elastomeric sealant to scupper. 3. Loosely lock front edge of scupper with conductor head. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 12 of 15 4. Solder or seal with elastomeric sealant exterior wall scupper flanges into back of conductor head. E. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall, with elevation of conductor head rim at minimum of 1 inch below scupper discharge. F. Expansion -Joint Covers: Install expansion joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated on Drawings. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow. WEAll1 fylW.11aWINOWeKelmW61610a W.1%1weIMCI A. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited sheet metal standard. 1. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. 2. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant. B. Roof Edge Flashing: 1. Install roof edge flashings in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 2. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Interlock bottom edge of roof edge flashing with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at staggered 3-inch centers. 3. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. C. Copings: 1. Install roof edge flashings in accordance with ANSI/SPRI/FM 4435/ES-1. 2. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. a. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at 24-inch centers. b. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at 24-inch centers. 3. Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces in accordance with recommendations in FM Global Property Loss Prevention Data Sheet 1-49 for specified FM Approvals' listing for required windstorm classification. D. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close -fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless steel draw band and tighten. E. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. 1. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 13 of 15 2. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. 3. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches. 4. Secure in waterproof manner by means of snap -in installation and sealant or lead wedges and sealant unless otherwise indicated. F. Roof -Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof -penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF WALL FLASHINGS A. Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture in accordance with cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall -opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers. B. Opening Flashings in Frame Construction: Install continuous head, sill, jamb, and similar flashings to extend 4 inches beyond wall openings. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING A. Equipment Support Flashing: 1. Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. 2. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member. B. Overhead -Piping Safety Pans: 1. Suspend pans from structure above, independent of other overhead items such as equipment, piping, and conduit, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. Pipe and install drain line to plumbing waste or drainage system. 3.7 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.8 CLEANING A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder. C. Clean off excess sealants. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM Page 14 of 15 K2�;9 ZellI Wei HQ[ I A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. B. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended in writing by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. C. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction. D. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures, as determined by Engineer. END OF SECTION 07 62 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 1 of 9 SECTION 07 71 00 - ROOF SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copings. 2. Roof -edge drainage systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for custom- and site -fabricated sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Section 07 72 00 "Roof Accessories" for set -on -type curbs, equipment supports, roof hatches, vents, and other manufactured roof accessory units. 4. Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for field -applied sealants between roof specialties and adjacent materials. C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Engineer, Owner's insurer if applicable, roofing -system testing and inspecting agency representative, roofing Installer, roofing -system manufacturer's representative, Installer, structural -support Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roof specialties, including installers of roofing materials and accessories. 2. Examine substrate conditions for compliance with requirements, including flatness and attachment to structural members. 3. Review special roof details, roof drainage, and condition of other construction that will affect roof specialties. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For roof specialties. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 2 of 9 1. Include plans, elevations, expansion joint locations, keyed details, and attachments to other work. Distinguish between plant- and field -assembled work. 2. Include details for expansion and contraction; locations of expansion joints, including direction of expansion and contraction. 3. Indicate profile and pattern of seams and layout of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. 4. Detail termination points and assemblies, including fixed points. 5. Include details of special conditions. C. Samples: For each type of roof specialty and for each color and texture specified. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of roof specialty indicated with factory -applied color finishes. E. Samples for Verification: 1. Include Samples of each type of roof specialty to verify finish and color selection, in manufacturer's standard sizes. 2. Include copings, roof -edge specialties, roof -edge drainage systems, reglets and counterflashings made from 12-inch lengths of full-size components in specified material, and including fasteners, cover joints, accessories, and attachments. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of roof specialty. C. Product Test Reports: For copings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For roofing specialties to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer offering products meeting requirements that are FM Approvals listed for specified class and SPRI ES-1 tested to specified design pressure. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 3 of 9 B. Source Limitations: Obtain roof specialties approved by manufacturer providing roofing -system warranty specified in Section. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical roof edge as shown on Drawings. 2. Build mockup of typical roof edge as part of Integrated Exterior Mockup specified in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements" 3. Build mockup of typical roof edge, including fascia gutter and downspout, approximately 10 feet long, including supporting construction, seams, attachments, and accessories. 4. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 5. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not store roof specialties in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store roof specialties away from uncured concrete and masonry. B. Protect strippable protective covering on roof specialties from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for the period of roof -specialty installation. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify profiles and tolerances of roof -specialty substrates by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. B. Coordination: Coordinate roof specialties with flashing, trim, and construction of parapets, roof deck, roof and wall panels, and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Roofing -System Warranty: Roof specialties are included in warranty provisions in Section 075423 "Thermoplastic-Polyolefin Roofing." B. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace roof specialties that show evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 4 of 9 Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Roof specialties shall withstand exposure to weather and resist thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. B. FM Approvals' Listing: Manufacture and install copings and roof -edge specialties that are listed in FM Approvals' "RoofNav" and approved for windstorm classification, Class 1-90. Identify materials with FM Approvals' markings. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, hole elongation, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Provide clips that resist rotation and avoid shear stress as a result of thermal movements. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2.2 COPINGS A. Metal Copings: Manufactured coping system consisting of metal coping cap in section lengths not exceeding 12 feet, concealed anchorage; with corner units, end cap units, and concealed splice plates with finish matching coping caps. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Architectural Products Comnanv. b. Berridge Manufacturing Comi)anv. C. PAC -CLAD; Petersen; a Carlisle company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Formed Aluminum Sheet Coping Caps: Aluminum sheet, 0.063 inch thick thickness as required to meet performance requirements. a. Surface: Smooth, flat finish. b. Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer. C. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 5 of 9 3. Corners: Factory mitered and mechanically clinched and sealed watertight. 4. Special Fabrications: Two-way sloped coping cap. 5. Coping -Cap Attachment Method: face leg hooked to continuous cleat with back leg fastener exposed, fabricated from coping -cap material. a. Snap -on Coping Anchor Plates: Concealed, galvanized -steel sheet, 12 inches wide, with integral cleats. b. Face -Leg Cleats: Concealed, continuous galvanized -steel sheet. 2.3 ROOF -EDGE DRAINAGE SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ATAS International, Inc. 2. Architectural Products Comnanv. 3. Castle Metal Products. 4. Or approved equal. B. Gutters: Manufactured in uniform section lengths not exceeding 12 feet, with matching corner units, ends, outlet tubes, and other accessories. Elevate back edge at least 1 inch above front edge. Furnish flat -stock gutter straps, gutter brackets, expansion joints, and expansion joint covers fabricated from same metal as gutters. 1. Aluminum Sheet: 0.063 inch thick. 2. Gutter Profile: according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 3. Corners: Factory mitered and continuously welded. 4. Gutter Supports: Straps Manufacturer's standard supports as selected by Engineer with finish matching the gutters. C. Downspouts: Plain rectangular complete with mitered elbows, manufactured from the following exposed metal. Furnish with metal hangers, from same material as downspouts, and anchors. 1. Formed Aluminum: 0.063 inch thick. D. Parapet Scuppers: Manufactured with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch- wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. 1. Formed Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. E. Conductor Heads: Manufactured conductor heads, each with flanged back and stiffened top edge, and of dimensions and shape indicated, complete with outlet tube that nests into upper end of downspout, exterior flange trim, and built-in overflow. 1. Formed Aluminum: 0.032 inch thick. F. Aluminum Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer. 1. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 6 of 9 i►•xlulr0217k\IGy A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper to suit forming operations and performance required. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Fasteners: Manufacturer's recommended fasteners, suitable for application and designed to meet performance requirements. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Exposed Penetrating Fasteners: Gasketed screws with hex washer heads matching color of sheet metal. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. B. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant of type, grade, class, and use classifications required by roofing -specialty manufacturer for each application. C. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked -type joints with limited movement. D. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/1)1187M. 2.6 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical and painted finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Coil -Coated Aluminum Sheet Finishes: High -Performance Organic Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. a. Three -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 2605. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. b. Concealed Surface Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard acrylic or polyester backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 7 of 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine walls, roof edges, and parapets for suitable conditions for roof specialties. C. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage where applicable, and securely anchored. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install roof specialties according to manufacturer's written instructions. Anchor roof specialties securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, solder, protective coatings, separators, underlayments, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete roof -specialty systems. 1. Install roof specialties level, plumb, true to line and elevation; with limited oil -canning and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder and sealant. 3. Install roof specialties to fit substrates and to result in weathertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before manufacture. 4. Torch cutting of roof specialties is not permitted. 5. Do not use graphite pencils to mark metal surfaces. B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum roof specialties with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof specialties for waterproof performance. C. Expansion Provisions: Allow for thermal expansion of exposed roof specialties. 1. Space movement joints at a maximum of 12 feet with no joints within 18 inches of corners or intersections unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 2. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. D. Fastener Sizes: Use fasteners of sizes that penetrate substrate not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance. E. Seal concealed joints with butyl sealant as required by roofing -specialty manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 8 of 9 F. Seal joints as required for weathertight construction. Place sealant to be completely concealed in joint. Do not install sealants at temperatures below 40 deg F. G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre -tin edges of sheets to be soldered to a width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pre -tinning where pre - tinned surface would show in completed Work. Tin edges of uncoated copper sheets using solder for copper. Do not use torches for soldering. Heat surfaces to receive solder and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF COPINGS A. Install cleats, anchor plates, and other anchoring and attachment accessories and devices with concealed fasteners. B. Anchor copings with manufacturer's required devices, fasteners, and fastener spacing to meet performance requirements. 1. Interlock face and back leg drip edges of snap -on coping cap into cleated anchor plates anchored to substrate at manufacturer's required spacing that meets performance requirements. 2. Interlock face -leg drip edge into continuous cleat anchored to substrate at manufacturer's required spacing that meets performance requirements. Anchor back leg of coping with screw fasteners and elastomeric washers at manufacturer's required spacing that meets performance requirements. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ROOF -EDGE DRAINAGE -SYSTEM A. Install components to produce a complete roof -edge drainage system according to manufacturer's written instructions. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof -edge drainage system. B. Gutters: Join and seal gutter lengths. Allow for thermal expansion. Attach gutters to firmly anchored gutter supports spaced not more than24 inches apart. Attach ends with rivets and seal with sealant to make watertight. Slope to downspouts. Install gutter with expansion joints at locations indicated but not exceeding 50 feet] apart. Install expansion joint caps. C. Downspouts: Join sections with manufacturer's standard telescoping joints. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls and 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. Provide elbows at base of downspouts at grade to direct water away from building. D. Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low -slope roofs. Set in elastomeric sealant. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 71 00 ROOF SPECIALTIES Page 9 of 9 E. Parapet Scuppers: Install scuppers through parapet where indicated. Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. 1. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and seal or solder to scupper. 2. Loosely lock front edge of scupper with conductor head. 3. Seal or solder exterior wall scupper flanges into back of conductor head. F. Conductor Heads: Anchor securely to wall with elevation of conductor top edge 1 inch below scupper discharge. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering. B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder and sealants. C. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as roof specialties are installed. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces, including removing unused fasteners, metal filings, pop rivet stems, and pieces of flashing. Maintain roof specialties in a clean condition during construction. D. Replace roof specialties that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 71 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 10 SECTION 07 72 00 - ROOF ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Roof curbs. 2. Roof hatches. 3. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for shop- and field -formed metal flashing, roof -drainage systems, roof expansion joint covers, and miscellaneous sheet metal trim and accessories. 2. Section 07 7100 "Roof Specialties" for manufactured fasciae, copings, gravel stops, gutters and downspouts, and counterflashing. 3. Section 237416.13 "Packaged, Large -capacity, Rooftop Air -Conditioning Units" for standard curbs specified with rooftop units. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of roof accessories with roofing membrane and base flashing and interfacing and adjoining construction to provide a leakproof, weathertight, secure, and noncorrosive installation. B. Coordinate dimensions with rough -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of roof accessory. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For roof accessories. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 10 1. Include plans, elevations, keyed details, and attachments to other work. Indicate dimensions, loadings, and special conditions. Distinguish between plant- and field - assembled work. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, prepared on Samples of size to adequately show color. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. For roof curbs and equipment supports indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail mounting, securing, and flashing of roof -mounted items to roof structure. Indicate coordinating requirements with roof membrane system. 2. Wind -Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of wind restraints. Show anchorage details and indicate quantity, diameter, and depth of penetration of anchors. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Roof plans, drawn to scale, and coordinating penetrations and roof - mounted items. Show the following: 1. Size and location of roof accessories specified in this Section. 2. Method of attaching roof accessories to roof or building structure. 3. Other roof -mounted items including mechanical and electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, and conduit. 4. Required clearances. B. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 3 of 10 C. Florida Regulatory Approvals: Provide copy of current, valid statewide product approval for product, material or system as shown on the drawings and as specified in this section, in accordance with Rule 9N-3. Product approval shall be for the specific manufacturer, product type, model or style, and the State Approval Number. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For roof accessories to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty on Painted Finishes: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace roof accessories that show evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Fluoropolymer Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Roof accessories shall withstand exposure to weather and resist thermally induced movement without failure, rattling, leaking, or fastener disengagement due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. B. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design roof curbs and equipment supports to comply with wind performance requirements, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated. C. Wind -Restraint Performance: As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 ROOF CURBS A. Roof Curbs: Internally reinforced roof -curb units capable of supporting superimposed live and dead loads, including equipment loads and other construction indicated on Drawings, bearing continuously on roof structure, and capable of meeting performance requirements; with welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, straight sides, and integrally formed deck - mounting flange at perimeter bottom. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 4 of 10 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Curbs Plus. Inc. b. LMCurbs. C. RCS Fabrications Inc. d. Or approved equal. B. Size: Coordinate dimensions with roughing -in information or Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. C. Supported Load Capacity: Coordinate load capacity with information on Shop Drawings of equipment to be supported. D. Material: Zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet, 0.079 inch thick. 1. Finish: Two -coat fluoropolymer. 2. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. E. Construction: 1. Curb Profile: Profile as indicated on Drawings compatible with roofing system. 2. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 3. Top Surface: As indicated on the Drawings. 4. Sloping Roofs: Where roof slope exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb with perimeter curb height tapered to accommodate roof slope so that top surface of perimeter curb is level. Equip unit with water diverter or cricket on side that obstructs water flow. 5. Insulation: Factory insulated with 1-1/2-inch- thick glass -fiber board insulation. 6. Liner: Same material as curb, of manufacturer's standard thickness and finish. 7. Nailer: Factory -installed wood nailer under top flange on side of curb, continuous around curb perimeter. 8. Metal Counterflashing: Manufacturer's standard, removable, fabricated of same metal and finish as curb. 9. Damper Tray: Provide damper tray or shelf with opening 3 inches less than interior curb dimensions indicated. 2.3 ROOF HATCHES A. Roof Hatches: Metal roof -hatch units with lids and insulated double -walled curbs, welded or mechanically fastened and sealed corner joints, continuous lid -to -curb counterflashing and weathertight perimeter gasketing, integral metal cant, and integrally formed deck -mounting flange at perimeter bottom. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. BILCO Companv (The). b. Babcock -Davis. C. JL Industries: Activar Construction Products Groun. Inc. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 5 of 10 d. Or approved equal. B. Type and Size: Double -leaf lid, As indicated on Drawings. C. Loads: Minimum 40-lbf/sq. ft. external live load and internal uplift load. D. Hatch Material: Aluminum sheet. 1. Thickness: Manufacturer's standard thickness for hatch size indicated. 2. Finish: Mill. 3. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. E. Construction: Insulation: 2-inch- thick, polyisocyanurate board. a. R-Value: 12.0 according to ASTM C1363. 2. Nailer: Factory -installed wood nailer continuous around hatch perimeter. 3. Hatch Lid: Opaque, insulated, and double walled, with manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 4. Hatch Lid: Glazed, insulated, and double walled, with manufacturer's standard metal liner of same material and finish as outer metal lid. 5. Curb Liner: Manufacturer's standard, of same material and finish as metal curb. 6. On ribbed or fluted metal roofs, form flange at perimeter bottom to conform to roof profile. 7. Fabricate curbs to minimum height of 12 inches above roofing surface unless otherwise indicated. 8. Sloping Roofs: Where slope or roof deck exceeds 1:48, fabricate curb with perimeter curb height that istapered to accommodate roof slope so that top surfaces of perimeter curb are level. Equip hatch with water diverter or cricket on side that obstructs water flow. F. Hardware: Spring operators, hold -open arm,stainless steel spring latch with turn handles, stainless steel butt- or pintle-type hinge system, and padlock hasps inside and outside. 1. Provide two -point latch on lids larger than 84 inches. 2. Provide remote -control operation. G. Safety Railing System: Roof -hatch manufacturer's standard system including rails, clamps, fasteners, safety barrier at railing opening, and accessories required for a complete installation; attached to roof hatch and complying with 29 CFR 1910.23 requirements and authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Height: 42 inches] above finished roof deck. 2. Posts and Rails: Galvanized -steel pipe, 1-1/4 inches in diameter or galvanized -steel tube, 1-5/8 inches in diameter. 3. Flat Bar: Galvanized steel, 2 inches high by 3/8 inch thick. 4. Maximum Opening Size: System constructed to prevent passage of a sphere 21 inches in diameter. 5. Chain Passway Barrier: Galvanized proof coil chain with quick link on fixed end. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 6 of 10 6. Self -Latching Gate: Fabricated of same materials and rail spacing as safety railing system. Provide manufacturer's standard hinges and self -latching mechanism. 7. Post and Rail Tops and Ends: Weather resistant, closed or plugged with prefabricated end fittings. 8. Provide weep holes or another means to drain entrapped water in hollow sections of handrail and railing members. 9. Fabricate joints exposed to weather to be watertight. 10. Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard, finished to match railing system. 11. Finish: Manufacturer's standard. a. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. H. Ladder -Assist Post: Roof -hatch manufacturer's standard device for attachment to roof -access ladder. 1. Operation: Post locks in place on full extension; release mechanism returns post to closed position. 2. Height: 42 inches above finished roof deck. 3. Material: Stainless steel. 4. Post: 1-5/8-inch- diameter pipe. 5. Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked enamel or powder coat. a. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.4 METAL MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, manufacturer's standard alloy for finish required, with temper to suit forming operations and performance required. 1. Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. a. Two -Coat Fluoropolymer Finish: AAMA 2605. System consisting of primer and fluoropolymer color topcoat containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) resin by weight. 2. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester -backer finish consisting of prime coat and wash coat, with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. B. Aluminum Extrusions and Tubes: ASTM B221, manufacturer's standard alloy and temper for type of use, finished to match assembly where used; otherwise mill finished. C. Steel Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A123/A123M unless otherwise indicated. D. Galvanized -Steel Tube: ASTM A500/A500M, round tube, hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A123/A123M. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 7 of 10 Pa•� u1FYyIlaKIMI:L6=2UVr:Mtl21.9NO W A. Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items required by manufacturer for a complete installation. B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C1289, thickness and thermal resistivity as indicated. C. Wood Nailers: Softwood lumber, pressure treated with waterborne preservatives for aboveground use, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, containing no arsenic or chromium, and complying with AWPA C2; not less than 1-1/2 inches thick. D. Bituminous Coating: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/1)1187M. E. Fasteners: Roof accessory manufacturer's recommended fasteners suitable for application and metals being fastened. Match finish of exposed fasteners with finish of material being fastened. Provide nonremovable fastener heads to exterior exposed fasteners. Furnish the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Fasteners for Zinc -Coated or Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel: Series 300 stainless steel or hot -dip zinc -coated steel according to ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329. 2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Stainless Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. F. Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard tubular or fingered design of neoprene, EPDM, PVC, or silicone or a flat design of foam rubber, sponge neoprene, or cork. G. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C920, elastomericsilicone polymer sealant as recommended by roof accessory manufacturer for installation indicated; low modulus; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints and remain watertight. H. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C1311, single -component, solvent -release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for expansion joints with limited movement. I. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D4586/D4586M, asbestos free, of consistency required for application. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 8 of 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, to verify actual locations, dimensions, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored. C. Verify dimensions of roof openings for roof accessories. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install roof accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install roof accessories level; plumb; true to line and elevation; and without warping, jogs in alignment, buckling, or tool marks. 2. Anchor roof accessories securely in place so they are capable of resisting indicated loads. 3. Use fasteners, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete installation of roof accessories and fit them to substrates. 4. Install roof accessories to resist exposure to weather without failing, rattling, leaking, or loosening of fasteners and seals. B. Metal Protection: Protect metals against galvanic action by separating dissimilar metals from contact with each other or with corrosive substrates by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. 1. Coat concealed side of uncoated aluminum stainless steel roof accessories with bituminous coating where in contact with wood, ferrous metal, or cementitious construction. 2. Underlayment: Where installing roof accessories directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install a course of underlayment and cover with manufacturer's recommended slip sheet. 3. Bed flanges in thick coat of asphalt roofing cement where required by manufacturers of roof accessories for waterproof performance. C. Roof Curb Installation: Install each roof curb so top surface is level. D. Roof -Hatch Installation: 1. Verify that roof hatch operates properly. Clean, lubricate, and adjust operating mechanism and hardware. 2. Attach safety railing system to roof -hatch curb. 3. Attach ladder -assist post according to manufacturer's written instructions. E. Seal joints with elastomeric] or butyl sealant as required by roof accessory manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 9 of 10 0"Nz/:l►IIZ[oil A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing according to ASTM A780/A780M. B. Clean exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Clean off excess sealants. D. Replace roof accessories that have been damaged or that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 07 72 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 72 00 ROOF ACCESSORIES Page 10 of 10 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Pagel of 8 SECTION 07 84 13 - PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Penetration firestopping systems for the following applications: a. Penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 84 43 "Joint Firestopping" for joints in or between fire -resistance -rated construction, at exterior curtain-wall/floor intersections, and in smoke barriers. 2. Section 400506 "Couplings, Adapters, and Specials for Process Piping" for Process pipes penetrations. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: For each penetration firestopping system. Include location, illustration of firestopping system, and design designation of qualified testing and inspecting agency. 1. Engineering Judgments: Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing and inspecting agency's illustration for a particular penetration firestopping system, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by penetration firestopping system manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire -resistance -rated assembly. Obtain approval of authorities having jurisdiction prior to submittal. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 2 of 8 D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each penetration firestopping system, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating that penetration firestopping systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Approval according to FM Approval 4991, "Approval Standard for Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with its "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install penetration firestopping system when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by penetration firestopping system manufacturers or when substrates are wet because of rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure penetration firestopping materials per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilations or, where this is inadequate, forced -air circulation. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Coordinate construction of openings and penetrating items to ensure that penetration firestopping systems can be installed according to specified firestopping system design. B. Coordinate sizing of sleeves, openings, core -drilled holes, or cut openings to accommodate penetration firestopping systems. C. Notify testing agency at least seven days in advance of penetration firestopping installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 3 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: 1. Perform penetration firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Penetration Firestopping Systems" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Penetration firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified testing agency. 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 2) Intertek Group in its "Directory of Listed Building Products." 3) FM Approval in its "Approval Guide." 2.2 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Penetration Firestopping Systems: Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of construction penetrated. Penetration firestopping systems shall be compatible with one another, with the substrates forming openings, and with penetrating items if any. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Building and Construction. b. Hilti, Inc. C. Roxtec Inc. d. Or approved equal. B. Penetrations in Fire -Resistance -Rated Walls: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: Not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. Fire -resistance -rated walls include fire -barrier walls. C. Penetrations in Horizontal Assemblies: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 4 of 8 W-Rating: Provide penetration firestopping systems showing no evidence of water leakage when tested according to UL 1479. D. Exposed Penetration Firestopping Systems: Flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E84. E. Manufactured Piping Penetration Firestopping System: Penetration firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E814 or UL 1479, based on testing at a positive pressure differential of 0.01-inch wg. 1. F-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated. 2. T-Rating: At least one hour, but not less than the fire -resistance rating of constructions penetrated except for floor penetrations within the cavity of a wall. 3. W-Rating: Provide penetration firestopping systems showing no evidence of water leakage when tested according to UL 1479. 4. Sleeve: Molded -PVC plastic, of length to match slab thickness and with integral nailing flange on one end for installation in cast -in -place concrete slabs. 5. Stack Fitting: ASTM A48/A48M, gray -iron, hubless-pattern wye branch with neoprene 0-ring at base and gray -iron plug in thermal -release harness. Include PVC protective cap for plug. 6. Special Coating: Corrosion resistant on interior of fittings. F. Accessories: Provide components for each penetration firestopping system that are needed to install fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only those components specified by penetration firestopping system manufacturer and approved by qualified testing and inspecting agency for conditions indicated. 1. Permanent forming/damming/backing materials. 2. Substrate primers. 3. Collars. 4. Steel sleeves. 5. Temporary forming materials. 6. Masking Tape: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer or width required by project conditions. 2.3 FILL MATERIALS A. Cast -in -Place Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled devices for use in cast -in -place concrete floors and consisting of an outer sleeve lined with an intumescent strip, a flange attached to one end of the sleeve for fastening to concrete formwork, and a neoprene gasket. B. Latex Sealants: Single -component latex formulations that do not re -emulsify after cure during exposure to moisture. C. Firestop Devices: Factory -assembled collars formed from galvanized steel and lined with intumescent material sized to fit specific diameter of penetrant. D. Intumescent Composite Sheets: Rigid panels consisting of aluminum -foil -faced intumescent elastomeric sheet bonded to galvanized -steel sheet. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 5 of 8 E. Intumescent Putties: Nonhardening, water-resistant, intumescent putties containing no solvents or inorganic fibers. F. Intumescent Wrap Strips: Single -component intumescent elastomeric sheets with aluminum foil on one side. G. Mortars: Prepackaged dry mixes consisting of a blend of inorganic binders, hydraulic cement, fillers and lightweight aggregate formulated for mixing with water at Project site to form a nonshrinking, homogeneous mortar. H. Pillows/Bags: Reusable heat -expanding pillows/bags consisting of glass -fiber cloth cases filled with a combination of mineral -fiber, water -insoluble expansion agents, and fire -retardant additives. Where exposed, cover openings with steel -reinforcing wire mesh to protect pillows/bags from being easily removed. I. Silicone Foams: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. Silicone Sealants: Single -component, silicone -based, neutral -curing elastomeric sealants. 2.4 MIXING A. Penetration Firestopping Materials: For those products requiring mixing before application, comply with penetration firestopping system manufacturer's written instructions for accurate proportioning of materials, water (if required), type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other items or procedures needed to produce products of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for opening configurations, penetrating items, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Before installing penetration firestopping systems, clean out openings immediately to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with the following requirements: Remove from surfaces of opening substrates and from penetrating items foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of penetration firestopping materials. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 6 of 8 2. Clean opening substrates and penetrating items to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with penetration firestopping materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. B. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install penetration firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support fill materials during their application and in the position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings. After installing fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not forming permanent components of firestopping. C. Install fill materials by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Fill voids and cavities formed by openings, forming materials, accessories and penetrating items to achieve required fire -resistance ratings. 2. Apply materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by openings and penetrating items. 3. For fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Wall Identification: Permanently label walls containing penetration firestopping systems with the words "FIRE AND/OR SMOKE BARRIER - PROTECT ALL OPENINGS," using lettering not less than 3 inches high and with minimum 0.375-inch strokes. 1. Locate in accessible concealed floor, floor -ceiling, or attic space at 15 feet from end of wall and at intervals not exceeding 30 feet. B. Penetration Identification: Identify each penetration firestopping system with legible metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of penetration firestopping system edge so labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove penetrating items or firestopping systems. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labels CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 7 of 8 with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Penetration Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections according to ASTM E2174. B. Where deficiencies are found or penetration firestopping system is damaged or removed because of testing, repair or replace penetration firestopping system to comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing penetration firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess fill materials adjacent to openings as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by penetration firestopping system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which openings occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure that penetration firestopping systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, immediately cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated penetration firestopping material and install new materials to produce systems complying with specified requirements. 3.7 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHEZ. B. Penetration Firestopping Systems for Metallic Pipes, Conduits, or Tubing: 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L- 1064. 2. F-Rating: 2 hours. 3. T-Rating: 0 hour. 4. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing. 5. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating. C. Penetration Firestopping Systems for Nonmetallic Pipe, Conduit, or Tubing: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0784 13 PENETRATION FIRESTOPPING Page 8 of 8 1. UL-Classified Systems: W-L- 2002. 2. F-Rating: 2 hours. 3. T-Rating: 2 hours. 4. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 7 cfm/sq.ft. 5. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than 1 cfm/sq.ft. 6. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing. 7. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating. D. Penetration Firestopping Systems for Miscellaneous Mechanical Penetrants: 1. UL-Classified Systems: C-AJ-1630. 2. F-Rating: 2 hours. 3. T-Rating: 0 hour. 4. L-Rating at Ambient: Less than 1 CFM/SQ FT. 5. L-Rating at 400 Deg F: Less than CFM/SQ FT. 6. W-Rating: No leakage of water at completion of water leakage testing. 7. Type of Fill Materials: As required to achieve rating. END OF SECTION 07 84 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Pagel of 8 SECTION 07 84 43 - JOINT FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Joints in or between fire -resistance -rated constructions. 2. Joints at exterior and interior wall/floor and roof intersections. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping" for penetrations in fire -resistance -rated walls, horizontal assemblies, and smoke barriers and for wall identification. 2. Section 07 95 13.16 "Exterior Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies" for fire -resistive manufactured expansion joint cover assemblies for exterior building walls, soffits, and parapets. 3. Section 054000 "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for firestop tracks for metal -framed partition heads. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Product Schedule: For each joint firestopping system. Include location, illustration of firestopping system, and design designation of qualified testing agency. 1. Engineering Judgments: Where Project conditions require modification to a qualified testing agency's illustration for a particular joint firestopping system condition, submit illustration, with modifications marked, approved by joint firestopping system manufacturer's fire -protection engineer as an engineering judgment or equivalent fire - resistance -rated assembly. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 2 of 8 D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each joint firestopping system, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates: From Installer indicating that joint firestopping systems have been installed in compliance with requirements and manufacturer's written instructions. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A firm that has been approved by FM Approvals according to FM Approvals 4991, "Approval of Firestop Contractors," or been evaluated by UL and found to comply with UL's "Qualified Firestop Contractor Program Requirements." B. Installer Qualifications: A firm with 5 years' experience in successfully installing fire -resistive joint firestopping systems like that specified and having experienced staff trained in installing the manufacturer's products per specified requirements. 1. Being able to purchase manufacturer's products does not meet installer qualification. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install joint firestopping systems when ambient or substrate temperatures are outside limits permitted by joint firestopping system manufacturers or when substrates are wet due to rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. B. Install and cure joint firestopping systems per manufacturer's written instructions using natural means of ventilation or, where this is inadequate, forced -air circulation. 0[1]0I A. Coordinate construction of joints to ensure that joint firestopping systems can be installed according to specified firestopping system design. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 3 of 8 B. Coordinate sizing of joints to accommodate joint firestopping systems. C. Notify testing agency at least seven days in advance of penetration firestopping installations; confirm dates and times on day preceding each series of installations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: 1. Perform joint firestopping system tests by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Test per testing standards referenced in "Joint Firestopping Systems" Article. Provide rated systems complying with the following requirements: a. Joint firestopping systems shall bear classification marking of a qualified testing agency. 1) UL in its "Fire Resistance Directory." 2.2 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEMS A. Joint Firestopping Systems: Systems that resist spread of fire, passage of smoke and other gases, and maintain original fire -resistance rating of assemblies in or between which joint firestopping systems are installed. Joint firestopping systems shall accommodate building movements without impairing their ability to resist the passage of fire and hot gases. B. Joints in or between Fire -Resistance -Rated Construction: Provide joint firestopping systems with ratings determined per ASTM E1966 or UL 2079. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Building and Construction. b. Hilti, Inc. C. Tremco Incorporated. d. Or approved equal. 2. Fire -Resistance Rating: Equal to or exceeding the fire -resistance rating of the wall, floor, or roof in or between which it is installed. C. Joints at Exterior and interior Wall/Floor and Roof Intersections: Provide joint firestopping systems with rating determined per ASTM E2307. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. 3M Building and Construction. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 4 of 8 b. Hilti, Inc. C. Tremco Incorporated. d. Or approved equal. 2. F-Rating: Equal to or exceeding the fire -resistance rating of the floor assembly. D. Exposed Joint Firestopping Systems: Flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of less than 25 and 450, respectively, as determined per ASTM E84. E. Accessories: Provide components of joint firestopping systems, including primers and forming materials, that are needed to install elastomeric fill materials and to maintain ratings required. Use only components specified by joint firestopping system manufacturer and approved by the qualified testing agency for conditions indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configurations, substrates, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning: Before installing joint firestopping systems, clean joints immediately to comply with fire -resistive joint system manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove from surfaces of joint substrates foreign materials that could interfere with adhesion of elastomeric fill materials or compromise fire -resistive rating. 2. Clean joint substrates to produce clean, sound surfaces capable of developing optimum bond with elastomeric fill materials. Remove loose particles remaining from cleaning operation. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. B. Prime substrates where recommended in writing by joint firestopping system manufacturer using that manufacturer's recommended products and methods. Confine primers to areas of bond; do not allow spillage and migration onto exposed surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape to prevent penetration firestopping from contacting adjoining surfaces that will remain exposed on completion of the Work and that would otherwise be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods used to remove stains. Remove tape as soon as possible without disturbing firestopping's seal with substrates. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 5 of 8 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install joint firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and published drawings for products and applications indicated. B. Install forming materials and other accessories of types required to support elastomeric fill materials during their application and in position needed to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths required to achieve fire ratings indicated. After installing elastomeric fill materials and allowing them to fully cure, remove combustible forming materials and other accessories not indicated as permanent components of fire -resistive joint system. C. Install elastomeric fill materials for joint firestopping systems by proven techniques to produce the following results: 1. Elastomeric fill voids and cavities formed by joints and forming materials as required to achieve fire -resistance ratings indicated. 2. Apply elastomeric fill materials so they contact and adhere to substrates formed by joints. 3. For elastomeric fill materials that will remain exposed after completing the Work, finish to produce smooth, uniform surfaces that are flush with adjoining finishes. 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Joint Identification: Identify joint firestopping systems with legible metal or plastic labels. Attach labels permanently to surfaces adjacent to and within 6 inches of joint edge so labels are visible to anyone seeking to remove or joint firestopping system. Use mechanical fasteners or self -adhering -type labels with adhesives capable of permanently bonding labels to surfaces on which labels are placed. Include the following information on labels: 1. The words "Warning - Joint Firestopping - Do Not Disturb. Notify Building Management of Any Damage." 2. Contractor's name, address, and phone number. 3. Designation of applicable testing agency. 4. Date of installation. 5. Manufacturer's name. 6. Installer's name. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspecting Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections according to ASTM E2393. B. Where deficiencies are found or joint firestopping systems are damaged or removed due to testing, repair or replace joint firestopping systems so they comply with requirements. C. Proceed with enclosing joint firestopping systems with other construction only after inspection reports are issued and installations comply with requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 6 of 8 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean off excess elastomeric fill materials adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials that are approved in writing by joint firestopping system manufacturers and that do not damage materials in which joints occur. B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions during and after installation that ensure joint firestopping systems are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. If damage or deterioration occurs despite such protection, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint firestopping systems immediately and install new materials to produce joint firestopping systems complying with specified requirements. 3.7 JOINT FIRESTOPPING SYSTEM SCHEDULE A. Where UL-classified systems are indicated, they refer to system numbers in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory" under product Category XHBN. B. Wall -to -Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: WW-D-0000-0999. 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - percent compression or extension. C. Floor -to -Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: FW-D-0000-0999. 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 20% percent compression, extension, or horizontal shear. D. Head -of -Wall, Fire -Resistive Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: HW-D-0000-0999. 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 20% percent compression or extension. E. Bottom -of -Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems: 1. UL-Classified Systems: BW-D-. 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - percent compression or extension. F. Wall -to -Wall, Joint Firestopping Systems Intended for Use as Corner Guards: 1. UL-Classified Systems: CG-D-. 2. Assembly Rating: 2 hours. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 7 of 8 3. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated. 4. Movement Capabilities: Class I - 20% percent compression or extension. END OF SECTION 07 84 43 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 84 43 JOINT FIRESTOPPING Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 1 of 12 SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silicone joint sealants. 2. Nonstaining silicone joint sealants. 3. Urethane joint sealants. 4. Immersible joint sealants. 5. Mildew -resistant joint sealants. 6. Butyl joint sealants. 7. Latex joint sealants. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 321373 "Concrete Paving Joint Sealants" for sealing joints in paved roads, parking lots, walkways, and curbing. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each joint -sealant product. B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch- wide joints formed between two 6-inch- long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Joint -Sealant Schedule: Include the following information: 1. Joint -sealant application, joint location, and designation. 2. Joint -sealant manufacturer and product name. 3. Joint -sealant formulation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 2 of 12 4. Joint -sealant color. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified testing agency. B. Product Test Reports: For each kind of joint sealant, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Schedule: Include the following information for each joint sealant and substrate material to be tested: 1. Joint -sealant location and designation. 2. Manufacturer and product name. 3. Type of substrate material. 4. Proposed test. 5. Number of samples required. D. Preconstruction Laboratory Test Reports: From sealant manufacturer, indicating the following: 1. Materials forming joint substrates and joint -sealant backings have been tested for compatibility and adhesion with joint sealants. 2. Interpretation of test results and written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation are needed for adhesion. E. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Reports: Indicate which sealants and joint preparation methods resulted in optimum adhesion to joint substrates based on testing specified in "Preconstruction Testing" Article. F. Field -Adhesion -Test Reports: For each sealant application tested. G. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Product Testing: Test joint sealants using a qualified testing agency. 1. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified according to ASTM C 1021 to conduct the testing indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1.7 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 3 of 12 C. Mockups: Install sealant in mockups of assemblies specified in other Sections that are indicated to receive joint sealants specified in this Section. Use materials and installation methods specified in this Section. ME A. LOU American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING Preconstruction Laboratory Testing: Submit to joint -sealant manufacturers, for testing indicated below, samples of materials that will contact or affect joint sealants. 1. Adhesion Testing: Use ASTM C794 to determine whether priming and other specific joint preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of joint sealants to joint substrates. 2. Compatibility Testing: Use ASTM C 1087 to determine sealant compatibility when in contact with glazing and gasket materials. 3. Stain Testing: Use ASTM C 1248 to determine stain potential of sealant when in contact with masonry substrates. 4. Submit manufacturer's recommended number of pieces of each type of material, including joint substrates, joint -sealant backings, and miscellaneous materials. 5. Schedule sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 6. For materials failing tests, obtain joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures, including use of specially formulated primers. 7. Testing will not be required if joint -sealant manufacturers submit data that are based on previous testing, not older than 24 months, of sealant products for adhesion to, staining of, and compatibility with joint substrates and other materials matching those submitted. Preconstruction Field -Adhesion Testing: Before installing sealants, field test their adhesion to Project joint substrates as follows: 1. Locate test joints where indicated on Project or, if not indicated, as directed by Engineer. 2. Conduct field tests for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. 3. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of dates and times when test joints will be erected. 4. Arrange for tests to take place with joint -sealant manufacturer's technical representative present. a. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1.1 in ASTM C1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521. 1) For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 4 of 12 5. Report whether sealant failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. For sealants that fail adhesively, retest until satisfactory adhesion is obtained. 6. Evaluation of Preconstruction Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing, in absence of other indications of noncompliance with requirements, will be considered satisfactory. Do not use sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint - sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint -sealant manufacturer for applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed from joint substrates. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression. 2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric contaminants. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 5 of 12 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint -sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. i►•>II►• MIa[Ke]►10L671►111&1WAWAR11 I A. Silicone, Acid Curing, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, acid -curing silicone joint sealant: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik; Arkema. b. Pecora Corporation. C. Sika Corporation - Building Components. d. Or approved equal. 2.3 NONSTAINING SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS A. Nonstaining Joint Sealants: No staining of substrates when tested according to ASTM C1248. B. Silicone, Nonstaining, S, NS, 100150, NT: Nonstaining, single -component, nonsag, plus 100 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 100150, Use NT. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Pecora Corporation. b. Sika Corporation - Building Components. C. Tremco Incorporated. d. Or approved equal. 2.4 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS A. Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, nontraffic-use, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik: Arkema. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 6 of 12 b. Pecora Corporation. C. Sika Corporation - Building Components. d. Or approved equal. KsIulul11:i91.11Nare] 1211&1 IRW.11►vW A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bostik; Arkema. 2. Pecora Corporation. 3. Sika Corporation — Building Components. B. Immersible Joint Sealants. Suitable for immersion in liquids; ASTM C1247, Class 1; tested in deionized water unless otherwise indicated C. Urethane, Immersible, S, NS, 35, NT, I: Immersible, single -component, nonsag, plus 35 percent and minus 35 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 35, Use NT and I. D. Urethane, Immersible, S, P, 25, T, NT, I: Immersible, single -component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, NT, and 1. E. Urethane, Immersible, M, P, 25, T, NT, I: Immersible, multicomponent, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, urethane joint sealant; ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T, NT, and I. 2.6 BUTYL JOINT SEALANTS A. Butyl -Rubber -Based Joint Sealants: ASTM C1311. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik: Arkema. b. Pecora Corporation. C. Sika Corporation - Building Components. d. Or approved equal. 2.7 LATEX JOINT SEALANTS A. Acrylic Latex: Acrylic latex or siliconized acrylic latex, ASTM C834, Type OP, Grade NF. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Pecora Corporation. b. Bostik. C. Sika Corporation. d. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 7 of 12 A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Adfast. b. Alcot Plastics Ltd. C. Construction Foam Products, a division of Nomaco, Inc. d. Or approved equal. B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C1330, Type O (open -cell material) or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint -sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. C. Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint -filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Primer: Material recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests and field tests. B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates. C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. PART 3 - EXECUTION U H 0 0 119*N01 MIEN0[0]01I A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 8 of 12 3.2 PREPARATION A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost. 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil -free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry. C. Architectural precast concrete wall panels. 3. Remove laitance and form -release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass. C. Fiberglass. B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint -sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint -sealant -substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint - sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS A. General: Comply with joint -sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply. B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross -sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 9 of 12 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application, and replace them with dry materials. D. Install bond -breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints. E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates. 2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross -sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C1193 unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Field -Adhesion Testing: Field test joint -sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows: Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows: a. Perform 10 tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for each kind of sealant and joint substrate. b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test per each floor per elevation. 2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field -Applied Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C1193 or Method A, Tail Procedure, in ASTM C1521. a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite side. Repeat procedure for opposite side. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 10 of 12 Inspect tested joints and report on the following: a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids. b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified requirements. C. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled -out portion failed to adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant manufacturer's field -adhesion hand -pull test criteria. 4. Record test results in a field -adhesion -test log. Include dates when sealants were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant dimensions. 5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant. B. Evaluation of Field -Adhesion -Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements. 4Xb. M1@W.1W1Q191 A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur. 3.6 PROTECTION A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work. 3.7 JOINT -SEALANT SCHEDULE A. Joint -Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints in brick pavers. b. Isolation and contraction joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. C. Joints between plant -precast architectural concrete paving units. d. Tile control and expansion joints. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 11 of 12 e. Joints between different materials listed above. f. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, M, P, 50, T, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. B. Joint -Sealant Application: Exterior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces subject to water immersion. 1. Joint Locations: a. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, immersible, S, P, 25, T, NT, I. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. C. Joint -Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Construction joints in cast -in -place concrete. b. Joints between plant -precast architectural concrete units. C. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. d. Joints in glass unit masonry assemblies. e. Joints in exterior insulation and finish systems. f. Joints between metal panels. g. Joints between different materials listed above. h. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors windows and louvers. i. Control and expansion joints in ceilings and other overhead surfaces. j . Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, nonstaining, S, NS, 50, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. D. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior joints in horizontal traffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Isolation joints in cast -in -place concrete slabs. b. Control and expansion joints in tile flooring. C. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, P, 25, T, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. E. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control and expansion joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Tile control and expansion joints. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS Page 12 of 12 C. Vertical joints on exposed surfaces ofconcrete walls and partitions. d. Joints on underside of plant -precast structural concrete beams and planks. e. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Urethane, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. F. Joint -Sealant Application: Interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces not subject to significant movement. 1. Joint Locations: a. Control joints on exposed interior surfaces of exterior walls. b. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors windows. C. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Acrylic latex. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. G. Joint -Sealant Application: Mildew -resistant interior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations: a. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. b. Tile control and expansion joints where indicated. C. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Silicone, mildew resistant, acid curing, S, NS, 25, NT. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. H. Joint -Sealant Application: Concealed mastics. 1. Joint Locations: a. Aluminum thresholds. b. Sill plates. C. Other joints as indicated on Drawings. 2. Joint Sealant: Butyl -rubber based. 3. Joint -Sealant Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of colors. END OF SECTION 07 92 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Pagel of 8 SECTION 07 95 13.16 - EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes exterior building expansion joint cover assemblies. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for expansion joint cover assemblies. B. Shop Drawings: For each expansion joint cover assembly. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, splices, block -out requirement, attachments to other work, and line diagrams showing entire route of each expansion joint. 2. Where expansion joint cover assemblies change planes, provide isometric or clearly detailed drawing depicting how components interconnect. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Include manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors and finishes available for each exposed metal and elastomeric seal material. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of expansion joint cover assembly, full width by 6 inches long in size. E. Expansion Joint Cover Assembly Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of the supplier. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Manufacturer and model number for each expansion joint cover assembly. 2. Expansion joint cover assembly location cross-referenced to Drawings. 3. Nominal, minimum, and maximum joint width. 4. Movement direction. 5. Materials, colors, and finishes. 6. Product options. 7. Fire -resistance ratings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 8 F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: For each fire -resistance -rated expansion joint cover assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical expansion joint cover assembly as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTION A. Furnish units in longest practicable lengths to minimize field splicing. B. Include factory -fabricated closure materials and transition pieces, T joints, corners, curbs, cross - connections, and other accessories as required to provide continuous expansion joint cover assemblies. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Provide expansion joint cover assemblies with fire barriers identical to those of systems tested for fire resistance according to UL 2079 or ASTM E 1966 by a qualified testing agency. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 8 1. Hose Stream Test: Wall-to-wall and wall -to -soffit assemblies shall be subjected to hose stream testing. B. Expansion Joint Design Criteria As indicated on Drawings: 1. Type of Movement: Thermal Wind sway. a. Nominal Joint Width: As indicated on Drawings. b. Minimum Joint Width: As indicated on Drawings. C. Maximum Joint Width: As indicated on Drawings. 2.3 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVERS A. Exterior Metal -Plate Joint Covers indicated on Drawings: Assembly consisting of sliding metal cover plate in continuous contact with gaskets mounted on metal frames fixed to sides of joint gap. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Balco. a CSW Industrials Companv. b. Construction Specialties, Inc. C. inpro Comoration. d. Or approved equal. 2. Application: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Installation: Surface mounted. 4. Fire -Resistance Rating: Not less than that indicated on Drawings. 5. Exposed Metal: a. Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard. 1) Color: As selected by Engineer from full range of industry colors and color densities. b. Stainless steel: Manufacturer's standard. C. Bronze: Manufacturer's standard. d. Brass: Manufacturer's standard. B. Exterior Elastomeric-Seal Joint Coveras indicated on Drawings: Assembly consisting of elastomeric seal anchored to surface -mounted frames fixed to sides of joint gap. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Balco. a CSW Industrials Companv. b. Construction Specialties, Inc. C. inpro Comoration. d. Or approved equal. 2. Application: As indicated on Drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 4 of 8 3. Installation: Surface -mounted. 4. Fire -Resistance Rating: Not less than that indicated on Drawings. 5. Exposed Metal: a. Aluminum: Manufacturer's standard. 1) Color: As selected by Engineer from full range of industry colors and color densities. b. Stainless steel: Manufacturer's standard. C. Bronze: Manufacturer's standard. d. Brass: Manufacturer's standard. 6. Seal: Preformed elastomeric membrane or extrusion. a. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5 for extrusions; ASTM B 209, Alloy 6061-T6 for sheet and plate. 1. Apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum surfaces to be placed in contact with cementitious materials. B. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M or ASTM A 666, Type 304 for plates, sheet, and strips. C. Brass: ASTM B 36/13 36M, UNS Alloy C26000 for half hard sheet and coil. D. Bronze: ASTM B 455, Alloy C38500 for extrusions; Alloy C23000 red brass for plates. E. Elastomeric Seals: Manufacturer's standard preformed elastomeric membranes or extrusions to be installed in metal frames. F. Fire Barriers: Any material or material combination, when fire tested after cycling, designated to resist the passage of flame and hot gases through a movement joint and to comply with performance criteria for required fire -resistance rating. G. Moisture Barrier: Manufacturer's standard, flexible elastomeric material. A. Mill finish. B. Clear Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A41, Class I, 0.018 min or thicker. C. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 5 of 8 2.6 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. Run grain of directional finishes with long dimension of each piece. 2. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 3. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. C. Bright, Cold -Rolled, Unpolished Finish: No. 2B. 2.7 COPPER -ALLOY FINISHES A. Buffed Finish: M21 (Mechanical Finish: buffed, smooth specular). B. Medium -Satin Finish: M32 (Mechanical Finish: directionally textured, medium satin). 2.8 ACCESSORIES A. Moisture Barriers: Manufacturer's standard continuous, waterproof membrane within joint and attached to substrate on sides of joint. 1. Provide where indicated on Drawings. B. Manufacturer's stainless -steel attachment devices. Include anchors, clips, fasteners, set screws, spacers, and other accessories compatible with material in contact, as indicated or required for complete installations. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine surfaces where expansion joint cover assemblies will be installed for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Notify Engineer where discrepancies occur that will affect proper expansion joint cover assembly installation and performance. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to expansion joint cover assembly manufacturer's written instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 6 of 8 B. Coordinate and furnish anchorages, setting drawings, and instructions for installing expansion joint cover assemblies. Provide fasteners of metal, type, and size to suit type of construction indicated and to provide for secure attachment of expansion joint cover assemblies. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for storing, handling, and installing expansion joint cover assemblies and materials unless more stringent requirements are indicated. B. Metal Frames: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required to install expansion joint cover assemblies. 1. Install in true alignment and proper relationship to joints and adjoining finished surfaces measured from established lines and levels. 2. Adjust for differences between actual structural gap and nominal design gap due to ambient temperature at time of installation. 3. Cut and fit ends to accommodate thermal expansion and contraction of metal without buckling of frames. 4. Install frames in continuous contact with adjacent surfaces. a. Shimming is not permitted. 5. Locate anchors at interval recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 3 inches from each end and not more than 24 inches o.c. C. Seals: Install elastomeric seals and membranes in frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Install with minimum number of end joints. 1. Provide in continuous lengths for straight sections. 2. Seal transitions. Vulcanize or heat -weld field -spliced joints as recommended by manufacturer. 3. Installation: Mechanically lock seals into frames or adhere to frames with adhesive or pressure -sensitive tape as recommended by manufacturer. D. Install with hairline mitered corners where expansion joint cover assemblies change direction or abut other materials. E. Terminate exposed ends of expansion joint cover assemblies with field- or factory -fabricated termination devices. F. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Coordinate installation of expansion joint cover assembly materials and associated work so complete assemblies comply with performance requirements. 1. Fire Barriers: Install fire barriers to provide continuous, uninterrupted fire resistance throughout length of joint, including transitions and field splices. G. Moisture Barrier Drainage: If indicated, provide drainage fitting and connect to drains. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 7 of 8 f �4IGHIiIX4WOW 61 A. Transition to Roof Expansion Joint Covers: Coordinate installation of exterior wall and soffit expansion joint covers with roof expansion joint covers specified in Section 07 7129 "Manufactured Roof Expansion Joints." Install factory -fabricated units at transition between exterior walls and soffits and roof expansion joint cover assemblies. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Do not remove protective covering until finish work in adjacent areas is complete. When protective covering is removed, clean exposed metal surfaces to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Protect the installation from damage by work of other Sections. END OF SECTION 07 95 13.16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0795 13.16 EXTERIOR EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 1 of 10 SECTION 08 1113 - HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Interior standard steel doors and frames. 2. Exterior standard steel doors and frames. 3. Bi-part Sliding to open; Monorail Door, Industrial Sliding Door. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 087100 'Door Hardware" for door hardware for hollow -metal doors. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Minimum Thickness: Minimum thickness of base metal without coatings according to NAAMM-HMMA 803 or ANSI/SDI A250.8. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate anchorage installation for hollow -metal frames. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. B. Coordinate requirements for installation of door hardware, electrified door hardware, and access control and security systems. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 2 of 10 Include construction details, material descriptions, core descriptions, fire -resistance ratings, temperature -rise ratings, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following: 1. Elevations of each door type. 2. Details of doors, including vertical- and horizontal -edge details and metal thicknesses. 3. Frame details for each frame type, including dimensioned profiles and metal thicknesses. 4. Locations of reinforcement and preparations for hardware. 5. Details of each different wall opening condition. 6. Details of electrical raceway and preparation for electrified hardware, access control systems, and security systems. 7. Details of anchorages, joints, field splices, and connections. 8. Details of accessories. 9. Details of moldings, removable stops, and glazing. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For hollow -metal doors and frames with factory -applied color finishes. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Finishes: For each type of exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of not less than 3 by 5 inches. 2. Fabrication: Prepare Samples approximately 12 by 12 inches to demonstrate compliance with requirements for quality of materials and construction: a. Doors: Show vertical -edge, top, and bottom construction; core construction; and hinge and other applied hardware reinforcement. Include separate section showing glazing if applicable. b. Frames: Show profile, corner joint, floor and wall anchors, and silencers. Include separate section showing fixed hollow -metal panels and glazing if applicable. E. Product Schedule: For hollow -metal doors and frames, prepared by or under the supervision of supplier, using same reference numbers for details and openings as those on Drawings. Coordinate with final door hardware schedule. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For door inspector. Submit copy of DHI Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certificate. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 3 of 10 B. Product Test Reports: For each type of fire -rated hollow -metal door and frame assembly thermally rated door assemblies for tests performed by a qualified testing agency indicating compliance with performance requirements. C. Calculations for bi-part, sliding to open monorail door and frame: 1. Submit stamped calculations by a registered professional engineer from within the state or territory where the project will be constructed or substantially improved, to verify the door's ability to withstand the design loading. D. Oversize Construction Certification: For assemblies required to be fire -rated and exceeding limitations of labeled assemblies. E. Field quality control reports. 1.8 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Documents: For fire -rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fire -Rated Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspections of fire - rated door assemblies shall meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 80, section 5.2.3.1 and the following: 1. Door and Hardware Institute Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification. B. Egress Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspections of egress door assemblies shall meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15.4 and the following: 1. Door and Hardware Institute Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hollow -metal doors and frames palletized, packaged, or crated to provide protection during transit and Project -site storage. Do not use nonvented plastic. 1. Provide additional protection to prevent damage to factory -finished units. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 4 of 10 B. Deliver welded frames with two removable spreader bars across bottom of frames, tack welded to jambs and mullions. C. Store hollow -metal doors and frames vertically under cover at Project site with head up. Place on minimum 4-inch- high wood blocking. Provide minimum 1/4-inch space between each stacked door to permit air circulation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Ceco Door, AADG, Inc., ASSA ABLOY. 2. Curries, AADG, Inc., ASSA ABLOY Group. 3. Steelcraft, Alleizion Dlc. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for fire -protection ratings and temperature -rise limits indicated on Drawings, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 10C. 1. Temperature -Rise Limit: Where indicated on Drawings, provide doors that have a maximum transmitted temperature end point of not more than 450 deg F above ambient after 30 minutes of standard fire -test exposure. B. Thermally Rated Door Assemblies: Provide door assemblies with U-factor of not more than 0.61 deg Btu/F x h x sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM C518. 2.3 INTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct hollow -metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Heavy -Duty Doors and Frames: ANSUSDI A250.8, Level 2; ANSUSDI A250.4, Level B. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. C. Face: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.042 inch. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e. Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 5 of 10 f. Core: Polystyrene Vertical steel stiffener. g. Fire -Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard laminated mineral board core for fire - rated and temperature -rise -rated doors. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch. b. Transom Frames: Fabricated from same thickness material as adjacent door frame. C. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime. 2.4 EXTERIOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES A. Construct hollow -metal doors and frames to comply with standards indicated for materials, fabrication, hardware locations, hardware reinforcement, tolerances, and clearances, and as specified. B. Extra -Heavy -Duty Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8, Level 3; ANSI/SDI A250.4, Level A. At locations indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. 1. Doors: a. Type: As indicated in the Door and Frame Schedule. b. Thickness: 1-3/4 inches. C. Face: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A60 coating. d. Edge Construction: Model 2, Seamless. e. Edge Bevel: Provide manufacturer's standard beveled or square edges. f. Top Edge Closures: Close top edges of doors with flush closures of same material as face sheets. Seal joints against water penetration. g. Bottom Edges: Close bottom edges of doors where required for attachment of weather stripping with end closures or channels of same material as face sheets. Provide weep -hole openings in bottoms of exterior doors to permit moisture to escape. h. Core: Polystyrene Vertical steel stiffener. i. Fire -Rated Core: Manufacturer's standard laminated mineral board core for fire - rated doors. 2. Frames: a. Materials: Metallic -coated steel sheet, minimum thickness of 0.053 inch, with minimum A60 coating. b. Construction: Full profile welded. 3. Exposed Finish: Prime. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 6 of 10 2.5 FRAME ANCHORS A. Jamb Anchors: 1. Type: Anchors of minimum size and type required by applicable door and frame standard, and suitable for performance level indicated. 2. Quantity: Minimum of three anchors per jamb, with one additional anchor for frames with no floor anchor. Provide one additional anchor for each 24 inches of frame height above 7 feet. 3. Post -Installed Expansion Anchor: Minimum 3/8-inch- diameter bolts with expansion shields or inserts, with manufacturer's standard pipe spacer. B. Floor Anchors: Provide floor anchors for each jamb and mullion that extends to floor. C. Floor Anchors for Concrete Slabs with Underlayment: Adjustable -type anchors with extension clips, allowing not less than 2-inch height adjustment. Terminate bottom of frames at top of underlayment. D. Material: ASTM A879/A879M, Commercial Steel (CS), 04Z coating designation; mill phosphatized. 1. For anchors built into exterior walls, steel sheet complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M or ASTM A10l l/Al0l lM; hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M, Class B. 2.6 MATERIALS A. Cold -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; suitable for exposed applications. B. Hot -Rolled Steel Sheet: ASTM A1011/A1011M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; free of scale, pitting, or surface defects; pickled and oiled. C. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B. D. Inserts, Bolts, and Fasteners: Hot -dip galvanized according to ASTM A153/A153M. E. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hollow -metal frames of type indicated. F. Mineral -Fiber Insulation: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing); consisting of fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool; with maximum flame -spread and smoke - developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively; passing ASTM E136 for combustion characteristics. G. Glazing: Comply with requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 7 of 10 2.7 BI-PART INDUSTRIAL SLIDING MONORAIL DOOR A. Basis -of -Design: Sliding Monorail Doors by PS Access Solutions, which is located at: 1150 S. 48t" St., Grand Forks, ND 58201. Toll free Tel.: 877-446-1519. Website: www.nsaccesssolutions.com or www._nsindustries.com. Email: 4Dsinfo(&iDsindustries.com; Or equal. B. Product Details: 1. Door Sections: Sections shall be, at a minimum, nominal 1-5/8 inch thick, fabricated with a welded internal frame, 16 gauge sheeting on the interior and exterior, welded in place. Insulate voids between internal door framing and door sheeting, full depth of cavity. 2. Track/Frame: Track shall be minimum 1/4 inch thick, furnished in one piece (as practical), with integral mounting brackets. Vertical track supports shall be furnished at each jamb, interlocking with track, providing a full height sealing edge at each jamb. Clearance pack -outs shall be integral to track and vertical track supports, providing a nominal 2 inch clearance between door face and wall mounting surface. Door stop at closed position shall be full height of opening and interlock with track. Provide factory located stop clip to stop door at open position. 3. Top Trolley Assembly: Shall be one-piece, the full width of door section. A minimum of 3/4 inch vertical travel adjustment shall be available for leveling of door panel. Top guide rollers to be sized appropriately to weight and size of door panel, but at a minimum shall be 4 inch diameter, with roller bearings and grease fittings. Rollers to have non -corrosive treads machined to match track and shall provide both vertical load support and lateral load control from either side of door without binding. 4. Bottom Guide Roller Assembly: Bottom guide roller to be non -corrosive and provide dual lateral load control of door while concealed within door bottom. Roller -mount to be integral to vertical track supports and shall not require floor anchors. Bottom guide roller to be non -corrosive and shall not require lubrication. 5. Handles: Provide one (1) 12 inch bow handle. Opposite side of door to have one (1) 6 inch by 8 inch recessed flush pull. Handles to be factory located on door. 6. Safety Device: Doors to have factory installed standard hand protection device with operating lever mounted within door panel. Intermediate stopping location to be factory located, and field adjustable. 7. Weatherseals: Head seal to be factory located. Trail jamb and sill seal to be field located. 8. Options: a. Deadlatch. b. Closer assist, spring reel type, with hold open latch. C. Monorail notches, sized per Drawings. 2.8 MATERIALS A. Industrial sliding door panel: 1. Steel: Commercial Quality -Low Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A 569, ASTM A 366, ASTM A 36; of appropriate size and strength with welded construction. B. Door Panel Sheeting: Panel to be sheeted with galvannealed steel sheeting or plate, Commercial Quality -Low Carbon ASTM A-569, ASTM A-366, ASTM A-36 welded in place. 1. Steel: Commercial Quality -Low Carbon steel conforming to ASTM A-569, ASTM A- 366, ASTM A-36; of appropriate size and strength with welded construction. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 8 of 10 C. Weatherseals to be compressible rubber type, and to be field replaceable. D. Frame to include jamb and head members for field locating and installation on structure. Jamb members to be designed and fabricated with appropriate material as required for the loading. 1. Steel: Structural steel shapes conforming to ASTM A 36 of appropriate size and strength. E. Frame Mounting Hardware: Provide anchors, as required. F. Operating Hardware: Provide hardware sized for the size and weight of the industrial sliding door. Hardware to be factory located as practical. Latching hardware to be as indicated on Drawings. Doors to be factory prepared for applicable latching devices. G. Steel Shop Finish: Apply in accordance with manufacturer recommendations and instructions. 1. Primer: manufacturer's recommended shop primer. 2. Top Coat: manufacturer's recommended industrial top coat. A. Door Astragals: Provide overlapping astragal on one leaf of pairs of doors where required by NFPA 80 for fire -performance rating or where indicated. Extend minimum 3/4 inch beyond edge of door on which astragal is mounted or as required to comply with published listing of qualified testing agency. B. Hollow -Metal Frames: Fabricate in one piece except where handling and shipping limitations require multiple sections. Where frames are fabricated in sections, provide alignment plates or angles at each joint, fabricated of metal of same or greater thickness as frames. 1. Frames: Provide closed tubular members with no visible face seams or joints, fabricated from same material as door frame. Fasten members at crossings and to jambs by welding. 2. Provide countersunk, flat- or oval -head exposed screws and bolts for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 3. Door Silencers: Except on weather-stripped frames, drill stops to receive door silencers as follows. Keep holes clear during construction. a. Single -Door Frames: Drill stop in strike jamb to receive three door silencers. b. Double -Door Frames: Drill stop in head jamb to receive two door silencers. 4. Terminated Stops (Hospital Stops): Terminate stops 6 inches above finish floor with a 90-degree angle cut, and close open end of stop with steel sheet closure. Cover opening in extension of frame with welded -steel filler plate, with welds ground smooth and flush with frame. C. Hardware Preparation: Factory prepare hollow -metal doors and frames to receive templated mortised hardware, and electrical wiring; include cutouts, reinforcement, mortising, drilling, and tapping according to ANSI/SDI A250.6, the Door Hardware Schedule, and templates. 1. Reinforce doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 2. Comply with BHMA A156.115 for preparing hollow -metal doors and frames for hardware. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 9 of 10 2.10 STEEL FINISHES A. Prime Finish: Clean, pretreat, and apply manufacturer's standard primer. Shop Primer: Manufacturer's standard, fast -curing, lead- and chromate -free primer complying with ANSUSDI A250.10; recommended by primer manufacturer for substrate; compatible with substrate and field -applied coatings despite prolonged exposure. PART 3 - EXECUTION fcA�9:lQ7:IZIZ%0to] ►1 A. Remove welded -in shipping spreaders installed at factory. Restore exposed finish by grinding, filling, and dressing, as required to make repaired area smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch up factory -applied finishes where spreaders are removed. B. Drill and tap doors and frames to receive nontemplated, mortised, and surface -mounted door hardware. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install hollow -metal doors and frames plumb, rigid, properly aligned, and securely fastened in place. Comply with approved Shop Drawings and with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Hollow -Metal Frames: Comply with ANSUSDI A250.11. Set frames accurately in position; plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set. After wall construction is complete, remove temporary braces without damage to completed Work. a. Where frames are fabricated in sections, field splice at approved locations by welding face joint continuously; grind, fill, dress, and make splice smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. Touch-up finishes. b. Install frames with removable stops located on secure side of opening. 2. Fire -Rated Openings: Install frames according to NFPA 80. 3. Floor Anchors: Secure with postinstalled expansion anchors. a. Floor anchors may be set with power -actuated fasteners instead of postinstalled expansion anchors if so indicated and approved on Shop Drawings. 4. Solidly pack mineral -fiber insulation inside frames. 5. Masonry Walls: Coordinate installation of frames to allow for solidly filling space between frames and masonry with grout or mortar. 6. In -Place Concrete or Masonry Construction: Secure frames in place with postinstalled expansion anchors. Countersink anchors, and fill and make smooth, flush, and invisible on exposed faces. 7. Installation Tolerances: Adjust hollow -metal frames to the following tolerances: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 11 13 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES Page 10 of 10 a. Squareness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at door rabbet on a line 90 degrees from jamb perpendicular to frame head. b. Alignment: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs on a horizontal line parallel to plane of wall. C. Twist: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at opposite face corners of jambs on parallel lines, and perpendicular to plane of wall. d. Plumbness: Plus or minus 1/16 inch, measured at jambs at floor. C. Hollow -Metal Doors: Fit and adjust hollow -metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified below. 1. Non -Fire -Rated Steel Doors: Comply with ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Fire -Rated Doors: Install doors with clearances according to NFPA 80. D. Glazing: Comply with installation requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" and with hollow - metal manufacturer's written instructions. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection Agency: Engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and to furnish reports to Engineer. B. Inspections: 1. Fire -Rated Door Inspections: Inspect each fire -rated door according to NFPA 80, Section 5.2. 2. Egress Door Inspections: Inspect each door equipped with panic hardware, each door equipped with fire exit hardware, each door located in an exit enclosure, each electrically controlled egress door, and each door equipped with special locking arrangements according to NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15. C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements. E. Prepare and submit separate inspection report for each fire -rated door assembly indicating compliance with each item listed in NFPA 80 and NFPA 101. 3.4 REPAIR A. Prime -Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth rusted or damaged areas of prime coat and apply touchup of compatible air -drying, rust -inhibitive primer. B. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting of abraded areas of paint are specified in painting Sections. END OF SECTION 08 11 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Pagel of 8 SECTION 08 14 16 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Solid core five-ply flush wood doors and transom panels for opaque finish. 2. Metal frames. 3. Factory finishing flush wood doors and frames. 4. Factory fitting flush wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 087100 'Door Hardware" for door hardware in flush wood doors. 2. Section 088000 "Glazing" for glazing in sidelite panels. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product, including the following: 1. Door core materials and construction. 2. Door edge construction 3. Door face type and characteristics. 4. Door louvers. 5. Door trim for openings. 6. Door frame construction. 7. Factory -machining criteria. 8. Factory- finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each type of door; construction details not covered in Product Data; and the following: 1. Door schedule indicating door and frame location, type, size, fire protection rating, and swing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 2 of 8 2. Door elevations, dimension and locations of hardware, lite and louver cutouts, and glazing thicknesses. 3. Details of frame for each frame type, including dimensions and profile. 4. Details of electrical raceway and preparation for electrified hardware, access control systems, and security systems. 5. Dimensions and locations of blocking for hardware attachment. 6. Dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 7. Clearances and undercuts. 8. Requirements for veneer matching. 9. Doors to be factory finished and application requirements. 10. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For plastic -laminate door faces and factory -finished door frames. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Corner sections of doors, approximately 8 by 10 inches, with door faces and edges representing actual materials to be used. 2. Louver blade and frame sections, 6 inches long, for each material and finish specified. 3. Frames for light openings, 6 inches long, for each material, type, and finish required. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For door inspector. 1. Egress Door Inspector: Submit documentation of compliance with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15.4. B. Field quality -control reports. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Special warranties. B. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program certificates. C. Record Documents: For fire -rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 3 of 8 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Certification: Licensed participant in AWI's Quality Certification Program. B. Fire -Rated Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality -control inspections of fire - rated door assemblies shall comply with qualifications set forth in NFPA 80, Section 5.2.3.1 and the following: 1. DHI's Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification. C. Egress Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality -control inspections of egress door assemblies shall comply with qualifications set forth in NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15.4 and the following: 1. DHI's Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Package doors individually in cardboard cartons, and wrap bundles of doors in plastic sheeting. C. Mark each door on top and bottom rail with opening number used on Shop Drawings. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Enviromnental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels designed for building occupants for the remainder of construction period. B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed and weathertight, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature between 60 and 90 deg F and relative humidity between 25 and 55 percent during remainder of construction period. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace doors and frames that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 4 of 8 a. Delamination of veneer. b. Warping (bow, cup, or twist) more than 1/4 inch in a 42-by-84-inch section. C. Telegraphing of core construction in face veneers exceeding 0.01 inch in a 3-inch span. 2. Warranty shall also include installation and finishing that may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors and frames. 3. Warranty Period for Solid -Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain flush wood doors from single manufacturer. 2.2 FLUSH WOOD DOORS AND FRAMES, GENERAL A. Quality Standard: In addition to requirements specified, comply with AWI/AWMAC/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards." 1. Provide labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that doors and frames comply with requirements of grades specified. a. Contractor shall register the Work under this Section with the AWI Quality Certification Program at www.awiqcp.org or by calling 855-345-0991. 2. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with the Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard. 2.3 SOLID -CORE FLUSH WOOD DOORS WITH PLASTIC -LAMINATE FACES A. Interior Doors: 1. Manufacturer: Provide products by one of the followin2:> a. VT Industries, Inc. b. Marshfield Doors Systems, Inc. C. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.; A Masonite Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Performance Grade: ANSI/WDMA I.S. lA Heavy Duty. 3. Performance Grade: a. ANSI/WDMA I.S. IA Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. 4. Architectural Woodwork Standards Grade: Premium. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 5 of 8 5. Plastic -Laminate Faces: High-pressure decorative laminates complying with NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. 6. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: As selected by Engineer from laminate manufacturer's full range of products. 7. Exposed Vertical and Top Edges: Plastic laminate that matches faces, applied before faces. a. Mineral -Core Doors: At hinge stiles, provide laminated -edge construction with improved screw -holding capability and split resistance. Comply with specified requirements for exposed edges. 1) Screw -Holding Capability: 475 lbf in accordance with WDMA T.M. 10. 8. Core for Non -Fire -Rated Doors: a. ANSI A208.1, Grade LD-1 particleboard. 1) Provide doors with glued -wood -stave or WDMA I.S. 10 structural - composite -lumber cores instead of particleboard cores for doors scheduled to receive exit devices in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." b. Glued wood stave. C. WDMA I.S. 10 structural composite lumber. 1) Screw Withdrawal, Door Face: 475 lbf. 2) Screw Withdrawal, Vertical Door Edge: 475 lbf. d. Either glued wood stave or WDMA I.S. 10 structural composite lumber. 9. Construction: Five plies, hot -pressed or cold -pressed bonded (vertical and horizontal edging is bonded to core), with entire unit abrasive planed before faces and crossbands are applied. 2.4 LIGHT FRAMES AND LOUVERS A. Metal Frames for Light Openings in Fire -Rated Doors: Manufacturer's standard frame formed of 0.048-inch- thick, cold -rolled steel sheet; with powder -coated finish; and approved for use in doors. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame -opening sizes indicated. 1. Comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard for fitting unless otherwise indicated. 2. Comply with NFPA 80 requirements for fire -rated doors. B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. 1. Locate hardware to comply with DHI-WDHS-3. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 6 of 8 2. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, ANSI/BHMA- 156.115-W, and hardware templates. 3. Coordinate with hardware mortises in metal frames, to verify dimensions and alignment before factory machining. 4. For doors scheduled to receive electrified locksets, provide factory -installed raceway and wiring to accommodate specified hardware. 5. Metal Astragals: Factory machine astragals and formed -steel edges for hardware for pairs of fire -rated doors. C. Transom and Side Panels: 1. Fabricate matching panels with same construction, exposed surfaces, and finish as specified for associated doors. 2. Finish bottom edges of transoms and top edges of rabbeted doors same as door stiles. 3. Fabricate door and transom panels with full -width, solid -lumber, rabbeted, meeting rails. 4. Provide factory -installed spring bolts for concealed attachment into jambs of metal door frames. D. Openings: Factory cut and trim openings through doors. 1. Light Openings: Trim openings with moldings of material and profile indicated. 2. Glazing: Factory install glazing in doors indicated to be factory finished. Comply with applicable requirements in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." 3. Louvers: Factory install louvers in prepared openings. 2.6 FACTORY FINISHING A. Comply with referenced quality standard for factory finishing. 1. Complete fabrication, including fitting doors for openings and machining for hardware that is not surface applied, before finishing. 2. Finish faces, all four edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. 3. Stains and fillers may be omitted on top and bottom edges, edges of cutouts, and mortises. B. Factory finish doors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and installed door frames, with Installer present, before hanging doors. 1. Verify that installed frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with level heads and plumb jambs. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 7 of 8 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Section 087100 "Door Hardware." B. Install doors and frames to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and referenced quality standard, and as indicated. C. Install frames level, plumb, true, and straight. 1. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. 2. Anchor frames to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. a. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing. b. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork. 1) For factory -finished items, use filler matching finish of items being installed. D. Job -Fitted Doors: 1. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below. a. Do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted for fire -rated doors. 2. Machine doors for hardware. 3. Seal edges of doors, edges of cutouts, and mortises after fitting and machining. 4. Clearances: a. Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. b. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. C. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, providel/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold unless otherwise indicated. d. Comply with NFPA 80 for fire -rated doors. 5. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. 6. Bevel fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock edge; trim stiles and rails only to extent permitted by labeling agency. E. Factory -Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. F. Factory -Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection Agency: Owner will engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and to furnish reports to Engineer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 14 16 FLUSH WOOD DOORS Page 8 of 8 B. Inspections: 1. Provide inspection of installed Work through AWI's Quality Certification Program, certifying that wood doors and frames, including installation, comply with requirements of AWI/AWMCA/WI's "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for the specified grade. 2. Egress Door Inspections: Inspect each door equipped with panic hardware, each door equipped with fire exit hardware, each door located in an exit enclosure, each electrically controlled egress door, and each door equipped with special locking arrangements in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1.15. C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. B. Finished Doors: Replace doors that are damaged or that do not comply with requirements. Doors may be repaired or refinished if Work complies with requirements and shows no evidence of repair or refinishing. END OF SECTION 08 14 16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 08 33 23 - OVERHEAD COILING DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Insulated service doors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications" for miscellaneous steel supports, door -opening framing, corner guards, and bollards. 2. Section 034500 "Precast Architectural Concrete" for parking control equipment interlocked to overhead coiling doors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of overhead coiling door and accessory. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components, profiles for slats, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished accessories. 3. Include description of automatic -closing device and testing and resetting instructions. B. Shop Drawings: For each installation and for special components not dimensioned or detailed in manufacturer's product data. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies, and indicate dimensions, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include points of attachment and their corresponding static and dynamic loads imposed on structure. 4. For exterior components, include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for excluding and draining moisture to the exterior. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's finish charts showing full range of colors and textures available for units with factory -applied finishes. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 2 of 10 1. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish on the following components, in manufacturer's standard sizes: 1. Curtain slats. 2. Bottom bar with sensor edge. 3. Guides. 4. Brackets. 5. Hood. 6. Locking device(s). 7. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and testing and inspecting agency. 1. Fire -Rated Door Inspector: Submit documentation of compliance with NFPA 80, Section 5.2.3.1. 2. Submit copy of DHI Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certificate. B. Oversize Construction Certification: For door assemblies required to be fire -rated and that exceed size limitations of labeled assemblies. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Special warranty. B. Maintenance Data: For overhead coiling doors to include in maintenance manuals. C. Record Documents: For fire -rated doors, list of door numbers and applicable room name and number to which door accesses. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units required for this Project. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 3 of 10 1. Maintenance Proximity: Not more than two hours' normal travel time from Installer's place of business to Project site. B. Fire -Rated Door Inspector Qualifications: Inspector for field quality control inspections of fire - rated door assemblies is to meet the qualifications set forth in NFPA 80, Section 5.2.3.1 and the following: 1. Door and Hardware Institute Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certification. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. f�I��.r/::::�►Y11./ A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of doors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain overhead coiling doors from single source from single manufacturer. 1. Obtain operators and controls from overhead coiling -door manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance, Exterior Doors: Capable of withstanding the following design wind loads: 1. Design Wind Load: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Deflection Limits: Design overhead coiling doors to withstand design wind load without evidencing permanent deformation or disengagement of door components. 2.3 DOOR ASSEMBLY A. Insulated Service Door: Overhead coiling door formed with curtain of interlocking metal slats. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 4 of 10 a. Cookson. a CornellCookson comnanv. b. Overhead Door Comoration. C. Ravnor Garage Doors. d. Or approved equal. B. Operation Cycles: Door components and operators capable of operating for not less than 10,000. One operation cycle is complete when a door is opened from the closed position to the fully open position and returned to the closed position. 1. Include tamperproof cycle counter. C. Air Infiltration: Maximum rate of 0.4 cfin/sq. ft. at 15 and 25 mph when tested according to ASTM E283 or DASMA 105. D. STC Rating: 26. E. Insulated Door Curtain R-Value: Minimum 7.7 R-Value. F. Door Curtain Material: Galvanized steel. G. Door Curtain Slats: Flatprofile slats of 3-1/4-inch center -to -center height. 1. Insulated -Slat Interior Facing: Metal. 2. Gasket Seal. Manufacturer's standard continuous gaskets between slats. H. Bottom Bar: Two angles, each not less than 1-1/2 by 1-1/2 by 1/8 inch thick; fabricated from hot -dip galvanized steel and finished to match door. I. Curtain Jamb Guides: Galvanized steel with exposed finish matching curtain slats. J. Hood: Match curtain material and finish. 1. Shape: Round. 2. Mounting: As indicated on Drawings. K. Electric Door Operator: 1. Usage Classification: Medium duty, up to 12 cycles per hour and up to 50 cycles per day. 2. Operator Location: Front of hood. 3. Safety: Listed according to UL 325 by a qualified testing agency for commercial or industrial use; moving parts of operator enclosed or guarded if exposed and mounted at 8 ft. or lower. 4. Motor Exposure: Interior. 5. Motor Electrical Characteristics: a. Horsepower: 1.5 hp or as recommended by manufacturer for door size. b. Voltage: 115 V ac, single phase, 60 Hz. 6. Emergency Manual Operation: Chain type. L. Curtain Accessories: Equip door with weatherseals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 5 of 10 M. Door Finish: 1. Powder -Coated Finish: Color as selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2. Interior Curtain -Slat Facing: Match finish of exterior curtain -slat face. 2.4 MATERIALS, GENERAL A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.5 DOOR CURTAIN MATERIALS AND CONSTRUCTION A. Door Curtains: Fabricate overhead coiling -door curtain of interlocking metal slats, designed to withstand wind loading indicated, in a continuous length for width of door without splices. Unless otherwise indicated, provide slats of thickness and mechanical properties recommended by door manufacturer for performance, size, and type of door indicated, and as follows: 1. Steel Door Curtain Slats: Zinc -coated (galvanized), cold -rolled structural -steel sheet; complying with ASTM A653/A653M, with G90 zinc coating; nominal sheet thickness (coated) of 0.028 inch; and as required. 2. Insulation: Fill slats for insulated doors with manufacturer's standard thermal insulation complying with maximum flame -spread and smoke -developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E84 or UL 723. Enclose insulation completely within slat faces. 3. Metal Interior Curtain -Slat Facing: Match metal of exterior curtain -slat face. B. Curtain Jamb Guides: Manufacturer's standard angles or channels and angles of same material and finish as curtain slats unless otherwise indicated, with sufficient depth and strength to retain curtain, to allow curtain to operate smoothly, and to withstand loading. Slot bolt holes for guide adjustment. Provide removable stops on guides to prevent overtravel of curtain, and a continuous bar for holding windlocks. 2.6 HOODS A. General: Form sheet metal hood to entirely enclose coiled curtain and operating mechanism at opening head. Contour to fit end brackets to which hood is attached. Roll and reinforce top and bottom edges for stiffness. Form closed ends for surface -mounted hoods and fascia for any portion of between jamb mounting that projects beyond wall face. Equip hood with intermediate support brackets as required to prevent sagging. Galvanized Steel: Nominal 0.028-inch- thick, hot -dip galvanized -steel sheet with G90 zinc coating, complying with ASTM A653/A653M. B. Removable Metal Soffit: Formed or extruded from same metal and with same finish as curtain if hood is mounted above ceiling unless otherwise indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 6 of 10 i►a� NI 171r."II rKXK$]W06l.R ki A. Weatherseals for Exterior Doors: Equip each exterior door with weather-stripping gaskets fitted to entire exterior perimeter of door for a weather -resistant installation unless otherwise indicated. 1. At door head, use 1/8-inch- thick, replaceable, continuous -sheet baffle secured to inside of hood or field -installed on the header. 2. At door jambs, use replaceable, adjustable, continuous, flexible, 1/8-inch- thick seals of flexible vinyl, rubber, or neoprene. 2.8 COUNTERBALANCE MECHANISM A. General: Counterbalance doors by means of manufacturer's standard mechanism with an adjustable -tension, steel helical torsion spring mounted around a steel shaft and contained in a spring barrel connected to top of curtain with barrel rings. Use grease -sealed bearings or self- lubricating graphite bearings for rotating members. B. Counterbalance Barrel: Fabricate spring barrel of manufacturer's standard hot -formed, structural -quality, seamless or welded carbon -steel pipe, of sufficient diameter and wall thickness to support rolled -up curtain without distortion of slats and to limit barrel deflection to not more than 0.03 in./ft. of span under full load. C. Counterbalance Spring: One or more oil -tempered, heat -treated steel helical torsion springs. Size springs to counterbalance weight of curtain, with uniform adjustment accessible from outside barrel. Secure ends of springs to barrel and shaft with cast -steel barrel plugs. Fire -Rated Doors: Equip with auxiliary counterbalance spring and prevent tension release from main counterbalance spring when automatic -closing device operates. D. Torsion Rod for Counterbalance Shaft: Fabricate of manufacturer's standard cold -rolled steel, sized to hold fixed spring ends and carry torsional load. E. Brackets: Manufacturer's standard mounting brackets of either cast iron or cold -rolled steel plate. 2.9 ELECTRIC DOOR OPERATORS A. General: Electric door operator assembly of size and capacity recommended and provided by door manufacturer for door and operation -cycles requirement specified, with electric motor and factory-prewired motor controls, starter, gear -reduction unit, solenoid -operated brake, clutch, control stations, control devices, integral gearing for locking door, and accessories required for proper operation. 1. Comply with NFPA 70. 2. Control equipment complying with NEMA ICS 1, NEMA ICS 2, and NEMA ICS 6, with NFPA 70 Class 2 control circuit, maximum 24-V ac or dc. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 7 of 10 B. Usage Classification: Electric operator and components capable of operating for not less than number of cycles per hour indicated for each door. C. Door Operator Location(s): Operator location indicated for each door. Front -of -Hood Mounted: Operator is mounted to the right or left door head plate with the operator on coil side of the door -hood assembly and connected to the door drive shaft with drive chain and sprockets. Front clearance is required for this type of mounting. D. Motors: Reversible -type motor with controller (disconnect switch) for motor exposure indicated for each door assembly. 1. Electrical Characteristics: Minimum as indicated for each door assembly. If not indicated, large enough to start, accelerate, and operate door in either direction from any position, at a speed not less than 8 in./sec. and not more than 12 in./sec., without exceeding nameplate ratings or service factor. 2. Operating Controls, Controllers, Disconnect Switches, Wiring Devices, and Wiring: Manufacturer's standard unless otherwise indicated. 3. Coordinate wiring requirements and electrical characteristics of motors and other electrical devices with building electrical system and each location where installed. E. Limit Switches: Equip each motorized door with adjustable switches interlocked with motor controls and set to automatically stop door at fully opened and fully closed positions. F. Obstruction -Detection Devices: External entrapment protection consisting of indicated automatic safety sensor capable of protecting full width of door opening. For non -fire -rated doors, activation of device immediately stops and reverses downward door travel. Photoelectric Sensor: Manufacturer's standard system designed to detect an obstruction in door opening without contact between door and obstruction. a. Self -Monitoring Type: Designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensing device. When self -monitoring feature is activated, door closes only with sustained or constant pressure on close button. 2. Electric Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor activates device. Connect to control circuit using manufacturer's standard take-up reel or self -coiling cable. a. Self -Monitoring Type: Four -wire -configured device designed to interface with door operator control circuit to detect damage to or disconnection of sensor edge. 3. Pneumatic Sensor Edge: Automatic safety sensor edge, located within astragal or weather stripping mounted to bottom bar. Contact with sensor activates device. G. Control Station: Three -button control station in fixed location with momentary -contact push- button controls labeled "Open" and "Stop" and sustained- or constant -pressure push-button control labeled "Close." Interior -Mounted Units: Full -guarded, surface -mounted, heavy-duty type, with general- purpose NEMA ICS 6, Type 1 enclosure. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 8 of 10 2. Exterior -Mounted Units: Full -guarded, standard -duty, surface -mounted, weatherproof type, NEMA ICS 6, Type 4 enclosure, key operated. H. Emergency Manual Operation: Equip each electrically powered door with capability for emergency manual operation. Design manual mechanism so required force for door operation does not exceed 25 lbf. I. Emergency Operation Disconnect Device: Equip operator with hand -operated disconnect mechanism for automatically engaging manual operator and releasing brake for emergency manual operation while disconnecting motor without affecting timing of limit switch. Mount mechanism so it is accessible from floor level. Include interlock device to automatically prevent motor from operating when emergency operator is engaged. J. Motor Removal: Design operator so motor may be removed without disturbing limit -switch adjustment and without affecting emergency manual operation. 2.10 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA 500 for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.11 STEEL AND GALVANIZED -STEEL FINISHES A. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: Manufacturer's standard baked -on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, pretreatment, application, and minimum dry film thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate construction and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine locations of electrical connections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Install overhead coiling doors and operating equipment complete with necessary hardware, anchors, inserts, hangers, and equipment supports; according to manufacturer's written instructions and as specified. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 9 of 10 B. Install overhead coiling doors, hoods, controls, and operators at the mounting locations indicated for each door. C. Accessibility: Install overhead coiling doors, switches, and controls along accessible routes in compliance with the accessibility standard. D. Fire -Rated Doors: Install according to NFPA 80. E. Smoke -Control Doors: Install according to NFPA 80 and NFPA 105. F. Power -Operated Doors: Install automatic garage doors openers according to UL 325. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections and to furnish reports to Engineer. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test door release, closing, and alarm operations when activated by smoke detector or building's fire -alarm system. Test manual operation of closed door. Reset door -closing mechanism after successful test. 2. Fire -Rated Door Inspections: Inspect each fire -rated door in accordance with NFPA 80, Section 5.2. C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements. 3.4 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. After electrical circuitry has been energized, operate doors to confirm proper motor rotation and door performance. 3. Test and adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly so that doors operate easily, free of warp, twist, or distortion. 1. Adjust exterior doors and components to be weather resistant. B. Lubricate bearings and sliding parts as recommended by manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 33 23 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS Page 10 of 10 C. Adjust seals to provide tight fit around entire perimeter. 3.6 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service includes 12months' full maintenance by skilled employees of coiling -door Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door operation. Parts and supplies are to be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 1. Perform maintenance, including emergency callback service, during normal working hours. 2. Include 24-hour-per-day, seven -day -per -week, emergency callback service. 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain overhead coiling doors. END OF SECTION 08 33 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 083483 FLOOR DOORS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 08 34 83 - FLOOR DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum floor doors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 72 00 "Roof Accessories" for roof hatches. 2. Section 07 8123 "Intumescent Fire Protection" for fire protection applied to underside of fire doors. 3. Section 08 31 13 "Access Doors and Frames" for wall- and ceiling -mounted access doors and frames. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, materials, individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Product Schedule: For floor doors. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For testing and inspecting agency. 1. Fire -Rated Door Inspector: Submit documentation of compliance with NFPA 80, Section 5.2.3.1. 2. Submit copy of DHI Fire and Egress Door Assembly Inspector (FDAI) certificate. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Documents: For fire -rated floor doors, list of applicable room name and number in which floor door is located. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 083483 FLOOR DOORS Page 2 of 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ALUMINUM FLOOR DOORS A. Gutter Channel Frame Aluminum Floor Door: 1. Frame: Mill finish aluminum, gutter profile, with integral drainage coupling and perimeter gasket. 2. Door: Double leaf, 1/4-inch-thick, diamond -pattern mill -finish aluminum plate. 3. Loading Capacity: 300-lbf/sq. ft. pedestrian live load and AASHTO H2O concentrated wheel load, without impact. 4. Options: Odor gasket. 5. Hardware: a. Material and Finish: Type 316 stainless steel, including latch and lifting mechanism assemblies, hold -open arms, and brackets, hinges, pins, and fasteners]. b. Hinges: Heavy-duty butt hinges with stainless steel pins. C. Operating Mechanism: Adjustable counterbalancing springs, heavy-duty hold -open arm that automatically locks door open at 90 degrees, release handle with vinyl grip that allows for one -handed closure, and recessed lift handle. d. Latch: Stainless steel slam latch. e. Lock: Recessed padlock hasp with cover. B. Safety Accessories: Safety grid/grating. 00UVlr0217k\Q.y A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. B. Rolled -Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A786/A786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A36M or ASTM A283/A283M, Grade C or D. C. Steel Sheet: Uncoated or electrolytic zinc coated, ASTM A879/A879M, with cold -rolled steel sheet substrate complying with ASTM Al008/A1008M, Commercial Steel (CS), exposed. D. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, Commercial Steel (CS), Type B; with minimum G60 or A60 metallic coating. E. Rolled -Stainless Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A793, manufacturer's standard finish. F. Stainless Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bars: ASTM A666. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. G. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, Alloy 6063-T6. H. Aluminum -Alloy Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B632B632M, Alloy 6061-T6. I. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. J. Frame Anchors: Same material as door face. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 K. Inserts, Bolts, and Anchor Fasteners: ASTM A153/A153M or ASTM F2329. 2.3 FABRICATION 083483 FLOOR DOORS Page 3 of 4 Hot -dip galvanized steel according to A. General: Provide floor doors manufactured as integral units ready for installation. B. Metal Surfaces: For metal surfaces exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces without blemishes. Do not use materials with exposed pitting, seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or roughness. C. Grind exposed welds smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces. Furnish attachment devices and fasteners of type required to secure floor doors to types of supports indicated. D. Latching Mechanisms: Furnish number required to hold doors in flush, smooth plane when closed. 1. For cylinder locks, furnish two keys per lock and key all locks alike. 2. For recessed panel doors, provide access sleeves for each locking device. Furnish plastic grommets and install in holes cut through finish. E. Aluminum: After fabrication, apply manufacturer's standard protective coating on aluminum that comes in contact with concrete. 2.4 FINISHES A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. D. Hot -dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A153/A153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A123/A123M for other steel and iron products. E. Prime Painted Steel: Apply manufacturer's standard, lead- and chromate -free, universal primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. F. Stainless Steel Finish: Bright, cold -rolled, unpolished ASTM A480/A480M No. 2B finish. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 083483 FLOOR DOORS Page 4 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing floor doors. B. Apply intumescent fire protection to underside of floor door cover to minimum thickness required by intumescent fire protection manufacturer for fire rating indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspection Agency: Engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections and to furnish reports to Engineer. B. Inspections: 1. Fire -Rated Door Inspections: Inspect each fire -rated floor door in accordance with NFPA 80, Section 5.2. C. Repair or remove and replace installations where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements. D. Reinspect repaired or replaced installations to determine if replaced or repaired door assembly installations comply with specified requirements. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust doors and hardware, after installation, for proper operation. END OF SECTION 08 34 83 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 1 of 14 SECTION 08 4113 - ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. 2. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 088000 "Glazing". 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Plans, elevations, sections, full-size details, and attachments to other work. 2. Details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture occurring within the assembly to the exterior. 3. Full-size isometric details of each type of vertical -to -horizontal intersection of aluminum - framed entrance and storefront systems, showing the following: a. Joinery, including concealed welds. b. Anchorage. C. Expansion provisions. d. Glazing. e. Flashing and drainage. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 2 of 14 4. Connection to and continuity with adjacent thermal, weather, air, and vapor barriers. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color sheets, showing full range of available colors for each type of exposed finish. D. Samples for Verification: Actual sample of finished products for each type of exposed finish. 1. Size: Manufacturers' standard size. E. Fabrication Sample: Of each vertical -to -horizontal intersection of assemblies, made from 12- inch lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery, including concealed welds. 2. Anchorage. 3. Expansion provisions. 4. Glazing. 5. Flashing and drainage. F. Entrance Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under supervision of supplier, detailing fabrication and assembly of entrance door hardware, as well as procedures and diagrams. Coordinate final entrance door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of entrance door hardware. G. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. H. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS: A. For aluminum -framed entrances and storefront systems, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Energy Performance Certificates: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems, accessories, and components, from manufacturer. 1. Basis for Certification: NFRC-certified energy performance values for each aluminum - framed entrance and storefront system. B. Product Test Reports: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 3 of 14 C. Preconstruction Test Reports: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. 1. Testing Program: Developed specifically for Project. 2. Test Reports: Prepared by a qualified preconstruction testing agency for each preconstruction test. 3. Record Drawings: As -built drawings of preconstruction laboratory mockups showing changes made during preconstruction laboratory mockup testing. D. Source Quality -Control Reports: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. E. Quality -Control Program: Developed specifically for Project, including fabrication and installation, in accordance with recommendations in ASTM C1401. Include periodic quality - control reports. F. Sample Warranties: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. B. Maintenance Data for Structural Sealant: For structural -sealant -glazed storefront. Include ASTM C 1401 recommendations for post -installation -phase quality -control program. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Entity that is certified under the North American Contractor Certification Program (NACC) and that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Testing Agency Qualifications: Qualified in accordance with ASTM E699 for testing indicated and accredited by IAS or ILAC Mutual Recognition Arrangement as complying with ISOJEC 17025 and acceptable to Owner and Engineer. C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Engineer, except with Engineer's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Engineer for review. D. Structural -Sealant Glazing: Comply with ASTM C1401 for design and installation of storefront systems that include structural glazing. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 4 of 14 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 MOCKUPS A. Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Testing to be performed on mockups in accordance with requirements in "Field Quality Control' Article. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations by Change Order. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures, including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Noise of vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. C. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering. d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas. e. Failure of operating components. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No.8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 5 of 14 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. 1. Aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems to withstand movements of supporting structure, including, but not limited to, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads. 2. Failure also includes the following: a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure. b. Glass breakage. C. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements. d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components. e. Failure of operating units. C. Structural Loads: 1. Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Other Design Loads: As indicated on Drawings. D. Deflection of Framing Members Supporting Glass: At design wind load, as follows: 1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to 1/175 of clear span for spans of up to 13 feet 6 inches and to 1/240 of clear span plus 1/4 inch for spans greater than 13 feet 6 inches. 2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1 /8 inch. a. Operable Units: Provide a minimum 1/16-inch clearance between framing members and operable units. Cantilever Deflection: Limited to 2L/175 at unsupported cantilevers. E. Structural: Test in accordance with ASTM E330/E330M as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors, do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, storefront assemblies, including entrance doors and anchorage, do not evidence material CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 6 of 14 failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. 3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. F. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Test in accordance with ASTM E331 as follows: 1. No evidence of water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas, including entrance doors, when tested in accordance with a minimum static -air -pressure differential of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.241bf/sq. ft.. G. Seismic Performance: Aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Seismic Drift Causing Glass Fallout: Complying with criteria for passing based on building occupancy type when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.6 at design displacement and 1.5 times the design displacement. H. Energy Performance: Certified and labeled by manufacturer for energy performance as follows: 1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): a. Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: U-factor for the system of not more than 0.69 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined in accordance with NFRC 100. 2. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient (SHGC): a. Fixed Glazing and Framing Areas: SHGC for the system of not more than 0.40 as determined in accordance with NFRC 200. I. Noise Reduction: Test in accordance with ASTM E90, with ratings determined by ASTM E1332, as follows. 1. Outdoor -Indoor Transmission Class: Minimum 34. J. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. 2. Thermal Cycling: No buckling; stress on glass; sealant failure; excess stress on framing, anchors, and fasteners; or reduction of performance when tested in accordance with AAMA 501.5. a. High Exterior Ambient -Air Temperature: That which produces an exterior metal - surface temperature of 180 deg F. b. Low Exterior Ambient -Air Temperature: 0 deg F. C. Interior Ambient -Air Temperature: 75 deg F. K. Structural -Sealant Joints: 1. Designed to carry gravity loads of glazing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 7 of 14 2. Designed to produce tensile or shear stress of less than 20 psi. 2.2 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer Company, Inc.; Arconic Corporation. 3. YKK AP America Inc. 4. Or approved equal. B. Framing Members: Manufacturer's extruded- or formed -aluminum framing members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Exterior Framing Construction: Thermally broken. 2. Interior Vestibule Framing Construction: Nonthermal. 3. Glazing System: Retained mechanically with gaskets on four sides. 4. Glazing Plane: Front. 5. Finish: Clear anodic finish. 6. Fabrication Method: Field -fabricated stick system. 7. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 8. Steel Reinforcement: As required by manufacturer. C. Backer Plates: Manufacturer's standard, continuous backer plates for framing members, if not integral, where framing abuts adjacent construction. D. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning system components. E. Entrance Doors: Manufacturer's standard glazed entrance doors for manual -swing or automatic operation. 1. Door Construction: 1-3/4-inch overall thickness, with minimum 0.125-inch- thick, extruded -aluminum tubular rail and stile members. Mechanically fasten corners with reinforcing brackets that are deeply penetrated and fillet welded or that incorporate concealed tie rods. a. Thermal Construction: High-performance plastic connectors separate aluminum members exposed to the exterior from members exposed to the interior. 2. Door Design: As indicated. 3. Glazing Stops and Gaskets: Beveled, snap -on, extruded -aluminum stops and preformed gaskets. a. Provide nonremovable glazing stops on outside of door. 4. Finish: Match adjacent storefront framing finish. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 8 of 14 2.3 ENTRANCE DOOR HARDWARE A. Entrance Door Hardware: Hardware not specified in this Section is specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." B. General: Provide entrance door hardware and entrance door hardware sets indicated in door and frame schedule for each entrance door, to comply with requirements in this Section. 1. Entrance Door Hardware Sets: Provide quantity, item, size, finish or color indicated, and products complying with BHMA standard referenced. 2. Sequence of Operation: Provide electrified door hardware function, sequence of operation, and interface with other building control systems indicated. 3. Opening -Force Requirements: a. Egress Doors: Not more than 15 lbf to release the latch and not more than 30 lbf to set the door in motion. b. Accessible Interior Doors: Not more than 5 lbf to fully open door. C. Designations: Requirements for design, grade, function, finish, quantity, size, and other distinctive qualities of each type of entrance door hardware are indicated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. Products are identified by using entrance door hardware designations as follows: Named Manufacturers' Products: Manufacturer and product designation are listed for each door hardware type required for the purpose of establishing minimum requirements. Manufacturers' names are abbreviated in "Entrance Door Hardware Sets" Article. 2. References to BHMA Standards: Provide products complying with these standards and requirements for description, quality, and function. D. Cylinders: As specified in Section 087100 "Door Hardware." E. Strikes: Provide strike with black -plastic dust box for each latch or lock bolt; fabricated for aluminum framing. F. Removable Mullions: BHMA A156.3 extruded aluminum. When used with panic exit devices, provide removable mullions listed and labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, for panic protection, based on testing in accordance with UL 305. Use only mullions that have been tested with exit devices to be used. G. Weather Stripping: Manufacturer's standard replaceable components. Compression Type: Made of ASTM D2000 molded neoprene or ASTM D2287 molded PVC. 2. Sliding Type: AAMA 701/702, made of wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile with nylon -fabric or aluminum -strip backing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 9 of 14 H. Weather Sweeps: Manufacturer's standard exterior -door bottom sweep with concealed fasteners on mounting strip. I. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21 raised thresholds beveled with a slope of not more than 1:2, with maximum height of 1/2 inch. J. Finger Guards: Manufacturer's standard collapsible neoprene or PVC gasket anchored to frame hinge jamb at center -pivoted doors. 2.4 GLAZING A. Glazing: Comply with Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." B. Glazing Gaskets: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing." C. Glazing Sealants: Comply with Section 088000 "Glazing." D. Structural Glazing Sealants: ASTM C1184 chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with system components with which it comes in contact; specifically formulated and tested for use as structural sealant and approved by structural -sealant manufacturer for use in storefront system indicated. 1. Color: Black. E. Weatherseal Sealants: ASTM C920 for Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O; chemically curing silicone formulation that is compatible with structural sealant and other system components with which it comes in contact; recommended by structural -sealant, weatherseal-sealant, and structural -sealant -glazed storefront manufacturers for this use. 1. Color: Match structural sealant. 2.5 MATERIALS A. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. B. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221. C. Structural Profiles: ASTM B308/B308M. D. Steel Reinforcement: 1. Structural Shapes, Plates, and Bars: ASTM A36/A36M. 2. Cold -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A1008/A1008M. 3. Hot -Rolled Sheet and Strip: ASTM A1011/A1011M. E. Steel Reinforcement Primer: Manufacturer's standard zinc -rich, corrosion -resistant primer complying with SSPC-PS Guide No. 12.00; applied immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment. Select surface preparation methods in accordance with recommendations in SSPC-SP COM, and prepare surfaces in accordance with applicable SSPC standard. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 10 of 14 2.6 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials. 1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 2. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads. 3. Use exposed fasteners with countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system. B. Anchors: Three-way adjustable anchors with minimum adjustment of 1 inch that accommodate fabrication and installation tolerances in material and finish compatible with adjoining materials and recommended by manufacturer. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A123/A123M or ASTM A153/A153M requirements. C. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. D. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt -mastic paint containing no asbestos, formulated for 30- mil thickness per coat. E. Rigid PVC filler. 2.7 FABRICATION A. Form or extrude aluminum shapes before finishing. B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding. C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: 1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. 2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. 3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members. 4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of glazing and framing to maintain required glazing edge clearances. 5. Provisions for field replacement of glazing from interior for vision glass and exterior for spandrel glazing or metal panels. 6. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible. D. Mechanically Glazed Framing Members: Fabricate for flush glazing without projecting stops. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 11 of 14 E. Structural -Sealant -Glazed Framing Members: Include accommodations for using temporary support device to retain glazing in place while structural sealant cures. F. Storefront Framing: Fabricate components for assembly using screw -spline system. G. Entrance Door Frames: Reinforce as required to support loads imposed by door operation and for installing entrance door hardware. 1. At interior and exterior doors, provide compression weather stripping at fixed stops. H. Entrance Doors: Reinforce doors as required for installing entrance door hardware. 1. At pairs of exterior doors, provide sliding -type weather stripping retained in adjustable strip and mortised into door edge. 2. At exterior doors, provide weather sweeps applied to door bottoms. I. Entrance Door Hardware Installation: Factory install entrance door hardware to the greatest extent possible. Cut, drill, and tap for factory -installed entrance door hardware before applying finishes. J. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project in accordance with Shop Drawings. 2.8 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 1. Color: As selected by Engineer from full range of industry colors and color densities. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Structural Sealant: Perform quality -control procedures complying with ASTM C1401 recommendations, including, but not limited to, assembly material qualification procedures, sealant testing, and assembly fabrication reviews and checks. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 12 of 14 3.2 INSTALLATION OF ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCE AND STOREFRONT SYSTEMS A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. B. Do not install damaged components. C. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. D. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. E. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints. F. Seal perimeter and other joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. G. Metal Protection: 1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or by installing nonconductive spacers. 2. Where aluminum is in contact with concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint. H. Set continuous sill members and flashing in full sealant bed, as specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants," to produce weathertight installation. I. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer. J. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and grades. K. Install operable units level and plumb, securely anchored, and without distortion. Adjust weather-stripping contact and hardware movement to produce proper operation. L. Install entrance doors to produce smooth operation and tight fit at contact points. 1. Exterior Doors: Install to produce weathertight enclosure and tight fit at weather stripping. 2. Field -Installed Entrance Door Hardware: Install surface -mounted entrance door hardware in accordance with entrance door hardware manufacturers' written instructions using concealed fasteners to greatest extent possible. M. Install glazing as specified in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." N. Install structural glazing as follows: 1. Prepare surfaces that will contact structural sealant in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces. 2. Set glazing into framing in accordance with sealant manufacturer and framing manufacturer's written instructions and standard practice. Use a spacer or backer as recommended by manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 13 of 14 3. Set glazing with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. 4. Hold glazing in place using temporary retainers of type and spacing recommended by manufacturer, until structural sealant joint has cured. 5. Apply structural sealant to completely fill cavity, in accordance with sealant manufacturer and framing manufacturer's written instructions and in compliance with local codes. 6. Apply structural sealant at temperatures indicated by sealant manufacturer for type of sealant. 7. Allow structural sealant to cure in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 8. Clean and protect glass as indicated in Section 08 80 00 "Glazing." 9. After structural sealant has completely cured, remove temporary retainers and insert backer rod between lites of glass as recommended by sealant manufacturer. 10. Install weatherseal sealant to completely fill cavity, in accordance with sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to produce weatherproof joints. 1;19�917g0]0 Mono)@0M."I►1410 A. Install aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 40 feet. 3. Alignment: a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch. b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch. C. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch. 4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests. B. Tests: Perform the following tests on representative areas of aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems. Water -Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, areas designated by Engineer to be tested in accordance with AAMA 501.2 and to not evidence water penetration. a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Engineer. b. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Engineer. Perform at least three tests, prior to 10, 35, and 70 percent completion. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0841 13 ALUMINUM -FRAMED ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS Page 14 of 14 2. Air Leakage: ASTM E783 at 1.5 times the rate specified for laboratory testing in "Performance Requirements" Article but not more than 0.09 cfm/sq. ft. at a static -air - pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.. a. Perform a minimum of two tests in areas as directed by Engineer. b. Perform tests in each test area as directed by Engineer. Perform at least three tests, prior to 10, 35, and 70 percent completion. 3. Water Penetration: ASTM El 105 at a minimum uniform static -air -pressure differential of 0.67 times the static -air -pressure differential specified for laboratory testing in "Performance Requirements" Article, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft., and to not evidence water penetration. 4. Structural -Sealant Adhesion: Test structural sealant in accordance with recommendations in ASTM C1401, Destructive Test Method A, "Hand Pull Tab (Destructive)," Appendix X2. a. Test a minimum of two areas on each building facade. b. Repair installation areas damaged by testing. C. Inspection Agency: Owner will engage a qualified inspector to perform inspections. D. Inspections: Egress Door Inspections: Inspect each aluminum -framed entrance door equipped with panic hardware, located in an exit enclosure, electrically controlled, and equipped with special locking arrangements, in accordance with NFPA 101, Ch. 7 "Means of Egress," Section "Means of Egress Components," Article "Inspection of Door Openings." E. Aluminum -framed entrance and storefront systems will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Entrance Door Hardware Maintenance: 1. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions as needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of entrance door hardware. 2. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, provide six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of entrance door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper entrance door hardware operation at rated speed and capacity. Use parts and supplies that are the same as those used in the manufacture and installation of original equipment. END OF SECTION 08 41 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase W Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 1 of 9 SECTION 08 45 23 - FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes aluminum -framed assemblies incorporating fiberglass -sandwich panels as follows: 1. Wall assemblies. 2. Delegated design. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for aluminum components of panel assemblies. B. Shop Drawings: For panel assemblies. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. 2. Include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction and for draining moisture within the assembly to the exterior. C. Samples: In manufacturer's standard size. 1. For each type of fiberglass -sandwich panel. 2. For each type of exposed finish for framing members. D. Fabrication Samples: Of each framing system intersection and adjacent panels, made from 12- inch lengths of full-size framing members and showing details of the following: 1. Joinery. 2. Anchorage. 3. Expansion provisions. 4. Fiberglass -sandwich panels. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 2 of 9 5. Flashing and drainage. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS: A. For panel assemblies indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. B. Product Test Reports: For each fiberglass -sandwich -panel assembly, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. C. Evaluation Reports: For fiberglass -sandwich -panel assemblies from ICC-ES. D. Field quality -control reports. E. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For panel assemblies to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegated Design Engineer: Licensed professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in the jurisdiction of the project location. B. Manufacturer Qualifications: For fiberglass -sandwich panels, a qualified manufacturer whose facilities, processes, and products are monitored by an independent, accredited quality -control agency for compliance with applicable requirements in ICC-ES AC04 or ICC-ES AC177. C. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 3 of 9 Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 MOCKUPS A. Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for fabrication and installation. 1. Build mockup of typical panel assemblies as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of panel assemblies that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection. b. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. C. Water leakage. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fiberglass -sandwich panels that exhibit defects in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Defects include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Fiberbloom. b. Delamination of coating, if any, from exterior face sheet. C. Color change exceeding requirements. d. Delamination of panel face sheets from panel cores. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Special Aluminum -Finish Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components on which finishes fail within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include normal weathering. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, checking, crazing, peeling, chalking, and fading of finishes. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 4 of 9 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements," to design fiberglass -sandwich -panel assemblies. B. Structural Loads: As indicated on Drawings. C. Deflection Limits: Vertical Panel Assemblies: Limited to 1/60 of clear span for each assembly component. D. Structural -Test Performance: Provide panel assemblies tested in accordance with ASTM E330, as follows: 1. When tested at positive and negative wind -load design pressures, assemblies do not show evidence of deflection exceeding specified limits. 2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind -load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not show evidence of material failures, structural distress, and permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds. E. Water Penetration under Static Pressure: Provide panel assemblies that do not evidence water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas when tested in accordance with ASTM E331 at a minimum static -air -pressure difference of 20 percent of positive wind -load design pressure, but not less than 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. F. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient- and surface -temperature changes. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. G. Energy Performance: Provide panel assemblies with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below and certified and labeled according to NFRC: 1. Thermal Transmittance (U-Factor): Fixed glazing and framing areas to have U-factor of not more than 0.46 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F as determined in accordance with NFRC 100. 2. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient (SHGC): Fixed glazing and framing areas to have a SHGC of no greater than 0.25 as determined in accordance with NFRC 200. 3. Air Infiltration: Maximum air leakage through fixed glazing and framing areas of 0.30 cfm/sq. ft. of fixed wall area as determined in accordance with ASTM E283 at a minimum static -air -pressure differential of 1.57 lbf/sq. ft.. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 5 of 9 A. Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Assemblies: Translucent assemblies that are supported by aluminum framing and glazed with fiberglass -sandwich panels. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Kalwall Corporation. b. Kingspan Light + Air LLC. C. Major Industries, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2.3 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH PANELS A. Fiberglass -Sandwich Panels: Uniformly colored, translucent, thermoset, fiberglass -reinforced - polymer face sheets bonded to both sides of a grid core. 1. Core Insulation: Fill panel cores with aerogel. B. Panel Thickness: 2-3/4 inches. C. Grid Core: Mechanically interlocked, extruded -aluminum I -beams, with a minimum flange width of 7/16 inch. 1. Extruded Aluminum: ASTM B221, in alloy and temper recommended in writing by manufacturer. 2. I -Beam Construction: Thermally broken, extruded aluminum. 3. Grid Pattern: As indicated on Drawings. D. Exterior Face Sheet: 1. Thickness: 0.070 inch. 2. Color: Crystal. 3. Protective Weathering Surface: Manufacturer's standard. E. Interior Face Sheet: 1. Thickness: 0.045 inch. 2. Color: Crystal. F. Fiberglass -Sandwich -Panel Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard for permanent adhesion of facings to cores. G. Panel Strength: 1. Maximum Panel Deflection: 3-1/2 inches when a 4-by-12-foot panel is tested in accordance with ASTM E72 at 34 lbf/sq. ft., with a maximum 0.090-inch set deflection after five minutes. 2. Panel Support Strength: Capable of supporting, without failure, a 300-lbf concentrated load when applied to a 3-inch- diameter disk in accordance with ASTM E661. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 6 of 9 H. Panel Performance: 1. Self -Ignition Temperature: 650 deg F or more in accordance with ASTM D1929. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less in accordance with ASTM E84, or 75 or less in accordance with ASTM D2843. 3. Combustibility Classification: Class CC 1 based on testing in accordance with ASTM D635. 4. Interior Finish Classification: Class B based on testing in accordance with ASTM E84. 5. Color Change: Not more than 3.0 units Delta E, when measured in accordance with ASTM D2244, after outdoor weathering compliant with procedures in ASTM D1435. a. Outdoor Weathering Conditions: Sixty months in southern Florida. 6. Impact Resistance: No fracture or tear at impact of 60 ft. x lbf by a 3-1/4-inch- diameter, 5-lb freefalling ball in accordance with UL 972 test procedure. 7. Haze Factor: Greater than 90 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D1003. 2.4 ALUMINUM FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Components: Manufacturer's standard extruded -aluminum members of thickness required and reinforced as required to support imposed loads. 1. Construction: Thermally broken, extruded aluminum. B. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended in writing by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated. 1. Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209. 2. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B221. 3. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B429/B429M. 4. Structural Profiles: ASTM 13308/13308M. C. Brackets and Reinforcements: Manufacturer's standard high -strength aluminum with nonstaining, nonferrous shims for aligning skylight components. D. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard, corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, and nonbleeding fasteners and accessories; compatible with adjacent materials. 1. At closures, retaining caps, or battens, use ASTM Al93/AI93M, 300 series stainless steel screws. 2. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration. 3. At movement joints, use slip joint linings, spacers, and sleeves of material and type recommended in writing by manufacturer. E. Concrete and Masonry Inserts: Hot -dip galvanized cast-iron, malleable -iron, or steel inserts complying with ASTM A123/A123M orASTM A153/A153Mrequirements. F. Concealed Flashing: Corrosion -resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 7 of 9 G. Exposed Flashing and Closures: Aluminum sheet not less than 0.040 inch thick, finished to match framing. H. Framing Gaskets: Manufacturer's standard. I. Frame -System Sealants: As specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants." J. Corrosion -Resistant Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Frame System Fabrication: 1. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics: a. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations. b. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered. C. Internal guttering systems or other means to drain water passing through joints, and moisture migrating within assembly to exterior. 2. Fabricate sill closures with weep holes and for installation as continuous component. 3. Reinforce components as required to receive fastener threads. B. Panel Fabrication: Factory assemble and seal panels. 1. Laminate face sheets to grid core under a controlled process using heat and pressure to produce straight adhesive bonding lines that cover width of core members and that have sharp edges. a. White spots indicating lack of bond at intersections of grid -core members are limited in number to four for every 40 sq. ft. of panel and limited in diameter to 3/64 inch. 2. Fabricate with grid pattern that is symmetrical about centerlines of each panel. 3. Fabricate panel to allow condensation within panel to escape. 4. Reinforce panel corners. 2.6 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. High -Performance Organic Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2604 and containing not less than 50 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 8 of 9 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Do not install damaged components. 2. Fit joints between aluminum components to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion. 3. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints. 4. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion, electrolytic deterioration, and immobilization of moving joints. 5. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated. B. Metal Protection: Where aluminum components will contact dissimilar materials, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion -resistant coating or by installing nonconductive spacers as recommended in writing by manufacturer for this purpose. C. Install components plumb and true in alignment with established lines and elevations. D. Skylight Assemblies: Install continuous aluminum sill closures with weatherproof expansion joints and locked and sealed corners. Locate weep holes at rafters. Install components to drain water passing through joints and moisture migrating within assembly to exterior. E. Erection Tolerances: Install panel assemblies to comply with the following maximum tolerances: 1. Alignment: Limit offset from true alignment to 1/32 inch where surfaces abut in line, edge to edge, at corners, or where a reveal or protruding element separates aligned surfaces by less than 3 inches; otherwise, limit offset to 1/8 inch. 2. Location and Plane: Limit variation from true location and plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet, but no greater than 1 /2 inch over total length. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. 1. Water -Spray Test: Before installation of interior finishes has begun, panel assemblies to be tested in accordance with AAMA 501.2 and to not show evidence of water penetration. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 45 23 FIBERGLASS -SANDWICH -PANEL ASSEMBLIES Page 9 of 9 B. Repair or remove work where test results and inspections indicate that it does not comply with specified requirements. C. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. END OF SECTION 08 45 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Pagel of 8 SECTION 08 5113 - ALUMINUM WINDOWS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Section includes aluminum windows for interior and exterior locations. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Combination Assemblies: An assembly formed by a combination of two or more separate fenestration products whose frames are mulled together utilizing a combination mullion or reinforcing mullion. B. Combination Mullions: A horizontal or vertical member formed by joining two or more individual fenestration units together without a mullion stiffener. C. Reinforcing Mullions: A horizontal or vertical member with an added continuous mullion stiffener and joining two or more individual fenestration units along the sides of the mullion stiffener. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review and discuss finishing of aluminum windows that is required to be coordinated with finishing of other aluminum work for color and finish matching. 3. Review, discuss, and coordinate interrelationship of aluminum windows with other exterior wall components. Include provisions for anchoring, flashing, weeping, sealing perimeters, and protecting finishes. 4. Review and discuss sequence of work required to construct a watertight and weathertight exterior building envelope. 5. Inspect and discuss condition of substrate and other preparatory work performed by other trades. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 2 of 8 I%. KTfh0to] ►ILY81:1SMIWIG11ILI A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, glazing and fabrication methods, dimensions of individual components and profiles, hardware, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Plans, elevations, sections, hardware, accessories, insect screens, operational clearances, and details of installation, including anchor, flashing, and sealant installation. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's standard color sheets, showing full range of available colors for each type of exposed finish. D. Samples for Verification: Actual sample of finished products for each type of exposed finish: 1. Exposed Aluminum Finishes: 2 by 4 inches. 2. Exposed Hardware: Full-size units. E. Product Schedule: For aluminum windows. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. Delegated Design Submittals: For reinforcing mullions, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1.7 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Test and Evaluation Reports: 1. Product Test Reports: For each aluminum window, for tests performed by qualified testing agency. B. Field Quality -Control Reports: For aluminum windows. C. Qualification Statements: For manufacturer and Installer. D. Delegated Design Engineer Qualifications: For reinforcing mullions. E. Sample warranties. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 3 of 8 f018)1.1UI101F.-I 0 A. Warranty Documentation: 1. Manufacturers' special warranties. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating aluminum windows that meet or exceed performance requirements indicated and of documenting this performance by test reports and calculations. B. Installer Qualifications: Authorized representative who is trained and approved by aluminum window manufacturer. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An FGIA-accredited testing agency for testing indicated. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. A. Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Owner specifically approves such deviations by Change Order. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver aluminum windows to Project site in original, unopened packages and store them in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Protect aluminum windows against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Handle aluminum windows in a manner that prevents damage before, during, and after installation. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install aluminum windows outside of limits recommended in writing by manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 4 of 8 In1i/:117:M: ►1I11.1 A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace aluminum windows that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure to meet performance requirements. b. Structural failures, including excessive deflection, water leakage, condensation, and air infiltration. C. Faulty operation of movable sash and hardware. d. Deterioration of materials and finishes beyond normal weathering. e. Failure of insulating glass. 2. Warranty Period: a. Window: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Glazing Units: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Aluminum Finish: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain aluminum windows from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Product Standard: Comply with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 for definitions and minimum standards of performance, materials, components, accessories, and fabrication unless more stringent requirements are indicated. 1. Window Certification: FGIA certified with label attached to each window. B. Performance Class and Grade: AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 as follows: 1. Minimum Performance Class: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Minimum Performance Grade: As indicated on Drawings. C. Energy Performance: Certified and labeled by manufacturer for energy performance as follows: 1. Thermal Transmittance (U-factor): As determined in accordance with NFRC 100: a. Fixed Windows: Not more than 0.35 Btu/sq. ft. x h x deg F. 2. Solar Heat -Gain Coefficient (SHGC): As determined in accordance with NFRC 200: a. Fixed Windows: Not more than 0.30. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 5 of 8 D. Thermal Movements: Provide aluminum windows, including anchorage, which allow for thermal movements resulting from the following maximum change (range) in ambient and surface temperatures by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base engineering calculation on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F ambient; 180 deg F material surfaces. 2.3 ALUMINUM WINDOWS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. EFCO Corporation. 2. Kawneer Companv, Inc.; Arconic Corporation. 3. YKK AP America Inc. 4. Or approved equal. B. Provide manufacturer's standard aluminum window assemblies consisting of frames, sashes, glass, hardware, fasteners, and all components and accessories as required for a complete installation. C. Operating Types: Provide the following operating types in locations indicated on Drawings: 1. Fixed. D. Frames and Sashes: Aluminum extrusions of alloy, temper, and strength complying with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440. 1. Thermally Broken Construction: Fabricate frames, sashes, and muntins with an integral, concealed, low -conductance thermal barrier located between exterior materials and window members exposed on interior side in a manner that eliminates direct metal -to - metal contact. E. Glazing System: As specified in 08 80 00 "Glazing". F. Weather Stripping: Provide manufacturer's standard full -perimeter weather stripping for each operable sash unless otherwise indicated. G. Fasteners: Noncorrosive and compatible with window members, trim, hardware, anchors, and other components. 1. Exposed Fasteners: Avoid exposed fasteners to greatest extent possible. For application of hardware, use fasteners that match finish hardware being fastened. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Subsills: Thermally broken, extruded -aluminum subsills in configurations indicated on Drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 6 of 8 B. Interior Trim: Extruded -aluminum profiles in sizes and configurations indicated on Drawings. C. Panning Trim: Profiles in sizes and configurations indicated on Drawings. D. Receptor System: Two-piece, snap -together, thermally broken extruded aluminum receptor system that anchors windows in place. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Fabricate aluminum windows in sizes indicated. Include a complete system for assembling components and anchoring windows. B. Glaze aluminum windows in the factory. C. Weather strip each operable sash to provide weathertight installation. D. Weep Holes: Provide weep holes and internal passages to conduct infiltrating water to exterior. E. Provide water -shed members above side -hinged sashes and similar lines of natural water penetration. F. Mullions: Provide mullions and coverplates, matching window units, complete with anchors for support to structure and installation of window units. Allow for erection tolerances and provide for movement of window units due to thermal expansion and building deflections. Provide mullions and coverplates capable of withstanding design wind loads of window units. G. Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing, hardware application, and other work in the factory to greatest extent possible. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Comply with NAAMM/NOMMA AMP 500 "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products," for recommendations for applying and designating finishes. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are unacceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, AA-M12C22A42/A44, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. 1. Color: As selected by Engineer from full range of industry colors and color densities. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 7 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine openings, substrates, structural support, anchorage, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify rough opening dimensions, levelness of sill plate, and operational clearances. C. Examine wall flashings, vapor retarders, air and weather barriers, and other built-in components to ensure weathertight window installation. D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing windows, hardware, accessories, and other components. For installation procedures and requirements not addressed in manufacturer's written instructions, comply with installation requirements in ASTM E2112. B. Install windows level, plumb, square, true to line, without distortion or impeding thermal movement, anchored securely in place to structural support, and in proper relation to wall flashing and other adjacent construction to produce weathertight construction. C. Mullions: Install combination and reinforcing mullions for combination assemblies in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. D. Install windows and components to drain water passing joints and condensation to the exterior. E. Separate aluminum from sources of corrosion or electrolytic action at points of contact with other materials. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. 1. Testing and inspecting agency will interpret tests and state in each report whether tested work complies with or deviates from requirements. B. Testing Services: Testing and inspection of installed windows as follows: 1. Testing Methodology: Testing of windows for air infiltration and water resistance in accordance with AAMA 502. 2. Air -Infiltration Testing: a. Test Pressure: As required to determine compliance in accordance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 10 1 /1. S.2/A440 for performance class indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0851 13 ALUMINUM WINDOWS Page 8 of 8 b. Allowable Air -Leakage Rate: 1.5 times the applicable AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 rate for product type and performance class rounded down to one decimal place. 3. Water -Resistance Testing: a. Test Pressure: Two-thirds times test pressure required to determine compliance with AAMA/WDMA/CSA 101/I.S.2/A440 performance grade indicated. b. Allowable Water Infiltration: No water penetration. 4. Testing Extent: Three window(s) of each type as selected by Engineer and a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency. Windows will be tested after perimeter sealants have cured. 5. Test Reports: Prepared in accordance with AAMA 502. C. Tests and Inspections: 1. Windows will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust operating sashes and hardware for a tight fit at contact points and weather stripping for smooth operation and weathertight closure. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean exposed surfaces immediately after installing windows using manufacturer's written instructions. Avoid damaging finishes. Remove excess sealants, glazing materials, dirt, and other substances. B. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. C. Protect window surfaces from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. If contaminating substances do contact window surfaces, remove contaminants immediately in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 08 51 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page I of 25 SECTION 08 71 00 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Mechanical door hardware for the following: a. Swinging doors. b. Sliding doors. 2. Cylinders for door hardware specified in other Sections. 3. Electrified door hardware. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 081113 "Hollow Metal Doors and Frames" for astragals provided as part of labeled fire -rated assemblies and for door silencers provided as part of hollow -metal frames. 2. Section 08 14 16 "Flush Wood Doors" for provided as part of labeled fire -rated assemblies. 3. Section 08 33 23 "Overhead Coiling Doors" for door hardware provided as part of overhead coiling door assemblies. 4. Section 08 41 13 "Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts" for entrance door. 5. Section 28 46 21.11 "Addressable Fire -Alarm Systems" for connections to building fire - alarm system. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Floor -Recessed Door Hardware: Coordinate layout and installation with floor construction. 1. Cast anchoring inserts into concrete. B. Installation Templates: Distribute for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. C. Security: Coordinate installation of door hardware, keying, and access control with Owner's security consultant. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 2 of 25 D. Electrical System Roughing -In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to power supplies and building safety and security systems. E. Existing Openings: Where hardware components are scheduled for application to existing construction or where modifications to existing door hardware are required, field verify existing conditions and coordinate installation of door hardware to suit opening conditions and to provide proper door operation. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Conference participants shall include Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant and Owner's security consultant. B. Keying Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Conference participants shall include Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant and Owner's security consultant. 2. Incorporate conference decisions into keying schedule after reviewing door hardware keying system including, but not limited to, the following: a. Flow of traffic and degree of security required. b. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. C. Requirements for key control system. d. Requirements for access control. e. Address for delivery of keys. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. B. Shop Drawings: For electrified door hardware. 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 2. Include details of interface of electrified door hardware and building safety and security systems. C. Samples: For each exposed product in each finish specified, in manufacturer's standard size. 1. Tag Samples with full product description to coordinate Samples with door hardware schedule. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish. E. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed product, in each finish specified. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 3 of 25 Sample Size: Full-size units or minimum 2-by-4-inch Samples for sheet and 4-inch long Samples for other products. a. Full-size Samples will be returned to Contractor. Units that are acceptable and remain undamaged through submittal, review, and field comparison process may, after final check of operation, be incorporated into the Work, within limitations of keying requirements. 2. Tag Samples with full product description to coordinate Samples with door hardware schedule. F. Door Hardware Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant. Coordinate door hardware schedule with doors, frames, and related work to ensure proper size, thickness, hand, function, and finish of door hardware. 1. Submittal Sequence: Submit door hardware schedule concurrent with submissions of Product Data, Samples, and Shop Drawings. Coordinate submission of door hardware schedule with scheduling requirements of other work to facilitate the fabrication of other work that is critical in Project construction schedule. 2. Format: Use same scheduling sequence and format and use same door numbers as in door hardware schedule in the Contract Documents. 3. Content: Include the following information: a. Identification number, location, hand, fire rating, size, and material of each door and frame. b. Locations of each door hardware set, cross-referenced to Drawings on floor plans and to door and frame schedule. C. Complete designations, including name and manufacturer, type, style, function, size, quantity, function, and finish of each door hardware product. d. Description of electrified door hardware sequences of operation and interfaces with other building control systems. e. Fastenings and other installation information. f. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, and designations contained in door hardware schedule. g. Mounting locations for door hardware. h. List of related door devices specified in other Sections for each door and frame. G. Keying Schedule: Prepared by or under the supervision of Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant, detailing Owner's final keying instructions for locks. Include schematic keying diagram and index each key set to unique door designations that are coordinated with the Contract Documents. H. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. I. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 4 of 25 fw''1►1110110VRNI16].G11rfY110UVIIs1F.111 V A. Qualification Data: For Installer and Architectural Hardware Consultant. B. Product Certificates: For each type of electrified door hardware. Certify that door hardware for use on each type and size of labeled fire -rated doors complies with listed fire -rated door assemblies. C. Product Test Reports: For compliance with accessibility requirements, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for door hardware on doors located in accessible routes. D. Field quality -control reports. E. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For each type of door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. B. Schedules: Final door hardware and keying schedule. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Supplier of products and an employer of workers trained and approved by product manufacturers and of an Architectural Hardware Consultant who is available during the course of the Work to consult Contractor, Engineer, and Owner about door hardware and keying. 1. Warehousing Facilities: In Project's vicinity. 2. Scheduling Responsibility: Preparation of door hardware and keying schedule. 3. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of data for electrified door hardware, including Shop Drawings, based on testing and engineering analysis of manufacturer's standard units in assemblies similar to those indicated for this Project. B. Architectural Hardware Consultant Qualifications: A person who is experienced in providing consulting services for door hardware installations that are comparable in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is currently certified by DHI as an Architectural Hardware Consultant (AHC) and an Electrified Hardware Consultant (EHC). C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 5 of 25 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Inventory door hardware on receipt and provide secure lock -up for door hardware delivered to Project site. B. Tag each item or package separately with identification coordinated with the final door hardware schedule, and include installation instructions, templates, and necessary fasteners with each item or package. C. Deliver keys to manufacturer of key control system for subsequent delivery to Owner. D. Deliver keys and permanent cores to Owner by registered mail or overnight package service. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. b. Faulty operation of doors and door hardware. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering and use. 2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion unless otherwise indicated below: a. Electromagnetic and Delayed -Egress Locks: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. b. Exit Devices: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of door hardware from single manufacturer. 1. Provide electrified door hardware from same manufacturer as mechanical door hardware unless otherwise indicated. Manufacturers that perform electrical modifications and that are listed by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction are acceptable. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Where fire -rated doors are indicated, provide door hardware complying with NFPA 80 that is listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire- CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 6 of 25 protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL IOC. B. Smoke- and Draft -Control Door Assemblies: Where smoke- and draft -control door assemblies are required, provide door hardware that complies with requirements of assemblies tested according to UL 1784 and installed in compliance with NFPA 105. 1. Air Leakage Rate: Maximum air leakage of 0.3 cfin/sq. ft. at the tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg of water. C. Electrified Door Hardware: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. D. Means of Egress Doors: Latches do not require more than 15 lbf to release the latch. Locks do not require use of a key, tool, or special knowledge for operation. E. Accessibility Requirements: For door hardware on doors in an accessible route, comply with the USDOYs "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design", ICC A117.1 and Texas Accessibility Standards. 1. Provide operating devices that do not require tight grasping, pinching, or twisting of the wrist and that operate with a force of not more than 5 lbf. 2. Comply with the following maximum opening -force requirements: a. Interior, Non -Fire -Rated Hinged Doors: 5 lbf applied perpendicular to door. b. Fire Doors: Minimum opening force allowable by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Bevel raised thresholds with a slope of not more than 1:2. Provide thresholds not more than 1 /2 inch high. 4. Adjust door closer sweep periods so that, from an open position of 90 degrees, the door will take at least 5 seconds to move to a position of 12 degrees from the latch. 5. Adjust spring hinges so that, from an open position of 70 degrees, the door will take at least 1.5 seconds to move to the closed position. 2.3 HINGES A. Hinges: BHMA A156.1. Provide template -produced hinges for hinges installed on hollow -metal doors and hollow -metal frames. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alle2ion Dlc. b. Ha2er Companies. C. McKinney Products Companv, ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 7 of 25 A. Self -Closing Hinges and Pivots: BHMA At 56.17. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alleaion Dlc. b. Haaer ComDanies. C. McKinnev Products Companv: ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc.: ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. 2.5 CONTINUOUS HINGES A. Continuous Hinges: BHMA A156.26; minimum 0.120-inch- thick, hinge leaves with minimum overall width of 4 inches; fabricated to full height of door and frame and to template screw locations; with components finished after milling and drilling are complete. B. Continuous, Gear -Type Hinges: Extruded -aluminum, pitiless, geared hinge leaves joined by a continuous extruded -aluminum channel cap; with concealed, self-lubricating thrust bearings. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alleaion Dlc. b. Haaer Companies. C. McKinnev Products Companv: ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHES A. Lock Functions: As indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Lock Throw: Comply with testing requirements for length of bolts required for labeled fire doors, and as follows: 1. Bored Locks: Minimum 1/2-inch latchbolt throw. 2. Mortise Locks: Minimum 3/4-inch latchbolt throw. 3. Deadbolts: Minimum 1.25-inch bolt throw. C. Lock Backset: 2-3/4 inches unless otherwise indicated. D. Lock Trim: 1. Description: manufacturer's design designation. 2. Levers: Forged. 3. Escutcheons (Roses): Forged. 4. Dummy Trim: Match lever lock trim and escutcheons. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 8 of 25 E. Strikes: Provide manufacturer's standard strike for each lock bolt or latchbolt complying with requirements indicated for applicable lock or latch and with strike box and curved lip extended to protect frame; finished to match lock or latch. 1. Flat -Lip Strikes: For locks with three-piece antifriction latchbolts, as recommended by manufacturer. 2. Extra -Long -Lip Strikes: For locks used on frames with applied wood casing trim. 3. Aluminum -Frame Strike Box: Manufacturer's special strike box fabricated for aluminum framing. 4. Rabbet Front and Strike: Provide on locksets for rabbeted meeting stiles. F. Mortise Locks: BHMA A156.13; Security Grade 1; stamped steel case with steel or brass parts; Series 1000. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alleaion plc. b. Haaer Companies. C. Or approved equal. 2.7 AUXILIARY LOCKS A. Mortise Auxiliary Locks: BHMA A156.36; Grade 1; with strike that suits frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Alleaion plc. b. Haaer Companies. C. Or approved equal. B. Push -Button Combination Locks: BHMA A156.36; cylindrical; Grade 1; lock opens by entering a one- to five -digit code by pushing correct buttons in correct sequence; automatically relocks when door is closed; with strike that suits frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Kaba Ilco Corp. b. ASSA ABLOY C. Or approved equal. 2.8 ELECTRIC STRIKES A. Electric Strikes: BHMA A156.31; Grade 1; with faceplate to suit lock and frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 9 of 25 a. ASSA ABLOY Electronic Securitv Hardware. ASSA ABLOY. b. Allegion plc. C. Hager Companies. d. Or approved equal. 2.9 ELECTROMECHANICAL LOCKS A. Electromechanical Locks: BHMA A156.25; Grade 1; motor or solenoid driven; with strike that suits frame. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. SARGENT Manufacturing Companv. ASSA ABLOY. b. Allegion. C. Or approved equal. 2. Type: Mortise deadbolt. 2.10 EXIT LOCKS AND EXIT ALARMS A. Exit Locks and Alarms: BHMA A156.29, Grade 1. 2.11 SURFACE BOLTS A. Surface Bolts: BHMA A156.16. 2.12 MANUAL FLUSH BOLTS A. Manual Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.16; minimum 3/4-inch throw; designed for mortising into door edge. 2.13 AUTOMATIC AND SELF -LATCHING FLUSH BOLTS A. Automatic Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Type 25; minimum 3/4-inch throw; with dust -proof strikes; designed for mortising into door edge. Include wear plates. B. Self -Latching Flush Bolts: BHMA A156.3, Type 27; minimum 3/4-inch throw; with dust -proof strikes; designed for mortising into door edge. Include wear plates. 2.14 EXIT DEVICES AND AUXILIARY ITEMS A. Exit Devices and Auxiliary Items: BHMA A156.3. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 10 of 25 PAFb�1[eZy114 B al/a1e17:I1W A. Lock Cylinders: To be provided by the Owner. 2.16 KEYING A. Keying System: Factory registered, complying with guidelines in BHMA A156.28, appendix. Provide one extra key blank for each lock. Incorporate decisions made in keying conference. 1. No Master Key System: Only change keys operate cylinders. a. Provide three cylinder change keys. 2. Master Key System: Change keys and a master key operate cylinders. a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five master keys. 3. Grand Master Key System: Change keys, a master key, and a grand master key operate cylinders. a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five each of master and grand master keys. 4. Great -Grand Master Key System: Change keys, a master key, a grand master key, and a great -grand master key operate cylinders. a. Provide three cylinder change keys and five each of master, grand master, and great -grand master keys. 5. Existing System: a. Master key or grand master key locks to Owner's existing system. b. Re -key Owner's existing master key system into new keying system. 6. Keyed Alike: Key all cylinders to same change key. B. Keys: Nickel silver. 1. Stamping: Permanently inscribe each key with a visual key control number and include the following notation: a. Notation: "DO NOT DUPLICATE." 2.17 KEY CONTROL SYSTEM A. Key Control Cabinet: BHMA A156.28; metal cabinet with baked -enamel finish; containing key -holding hooks, labels, two sets of key tags with self-locking key holders, key -gathering envelopes, and temporary and permanent markers; with key capacity of 150 percent of the number of locks. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 11 of 25 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Lund Eauipment Co.. Inc. b. MMF Industries. C. Te1Kee; Oasis International. d. Or approved equal. 2. Wall -Mounted Cabinet: Grade 1 cabinet with hinged -panel door equipped with key - holding panels and pin -tumbler cylinder door lock. B. Key Lock Boxes: Designed for storage of two keys. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. HPC. a Hudson Lock Comvanv. b. Kidde; Carrier Global Corporation. C. Knox Comnanv. d. Or approved equal. C. Key Control System Software: Multiple -index system for recording and reporting key -holder listings, tracking keys and lock and key history, and printing receipts for transactions. Include instruction manual. 2.18 OPERATING TRIM A. Operating Trim: BHMA A156.6; stainless steel unless otherwise indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: a. Alleeion plc. b. Rockwood Manufacturing Companv; ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc.: ASSA ABLOY. C. Trimco. d. Or approved equal. 2.19 ACCESSORIES FOR PAIRS OF DOORS A. Coordinators: BHMA A156.3; consisting of active -leaf, hold -open lever and inactive -leaf release trigger; fabricated from steel with nylon -coated strike plates; with built-in, adjustable safety release; and with internal override. B. Carry -Open Bars: BHMA A156.3; prevent the inactive leaf from opening before the active leaf, provide polished brass or bronze carry -open bars with strike plate for inactive leaves of pairs of doors unless automatic or self -latching bolts are used. C. Astragals: BHMA A156.22. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 12 of 25 n l�Y810VNIT4104i1161.`l21W1 A. Surface Closers: BHMA A156.4; rack-and-pinion hydraulic type with adjustable sweep and latch speeds controlled by key -operated valves and forged -steel main arm. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for size of door closers depending on size of door, exposure to weather, and anticipated frequency of use. Provide factory -sized closers, adjustable to meet field conditions and requirements for opening force. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Allegion plc. b. Or approved equal. 2.21 MECHANICAL STOPS AND HOLDERS A. Wall- and Floor -Mounted Stops: BHMA A156.16. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Hiawatha, Inc, a division of the Activar Construction Products Group. b. Rockwood Manufacturing Companv. ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Group, Inc., ASSA ABLOY. C. Trimco. d. Or approved equal. A. Door Gasketing: BHMA A156.22; with resilient or flexible seal strips that are easily replaceable and readily available from stocks maintained by manufacturer. B. Maximum Air Leakage: When tested according to ASTM E283 with tested pressure differential of 0.3-inch wg, as follows: 1. Smoke -Rated Gasketing: 0.3 cfm/sq. ft. of door opening. 2. Gasketing on Single Doors: 0.3 cfin/sq. ft. of door opening. 3. Gasketing on Double Doors: 0.50 cfin per ft. of door opening. 2.23 THRESHOLDS A. Thresholds: BHMA A156.21; fabricated to full width of opening indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. National Guard Products, Inc. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 13 of 25 b. Pemko Manufacturinia Comt)anv Inc.. ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Grout), Inc., ASSA ABLOY. C. Rixson SDecialty Door Controls, ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. 2.24 METAL PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS A. Metal Protective Trim Units: BHMA A156.6; fabricated from 0.050-inch- thick stainless steel; with manufacturer's standard machine or self -tapping screw fasteners. 2.25 AUXILIARY DOOR HARDWARE 1. Auxiliary Hardware: BHMA A156.16. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. National Guard Products, Inc. b. Pemko Manufacturing Comnanv Inc., ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls Grout), Inc.: ASSA ABLOY. C. Rixson Snecialtv Door Controls, ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. 2.26 AUXILIARY ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE 1. Auxiliary Electrified Door Hardware: 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. National Guard Products, Inc. b. Pemko Manufacturinia ComDanv Inc.. ASSA ABLOY Accessories and Door Controls GrouD, Inc., ASSA ABLOY. C. Rixson SDecialty Door Controls, ASSA ABLOY. d. Or approved equal. A. Manufacturer's Nameplate: Do not provide products that have manufacturer's name or trade name displayed in a visible location except in conjunction with required fire -rating labels and as otherwise approved by Engineer. 1. Manufacturer's identification is permitted on rim of lock cylinders only. B. Base Metals: Produce door hardware units of base metal indicated, fabricated by forming method indicated, using manufacturer's standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. Furnish metals of a quality equal to or greater than that of specified door hardware units and BHMA A156.18. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 14 of 25 C. Fasteners: Provide door hardware manufactured to comply with published templates prepared for machine, wood, and sheet metal screws. Provide screws that comply with commercially recognized industry standards for application intended, except aluminum fasteners are not permitted. Provide Phillips flat -head screws with finished heads to match surface of door hardware unless otherwise indicated. 1. Concealed Fasteners: For door hardware units that are exposed when door is closed, except for units already specified with concealed fasteners. Do not use through bolts for installation where bolt head or nut on opposite face is exposed unless it is the only means of securely attaching the door hardware. Where through bolts are used on hollow door and frame construction, provide sleeves for each through bolt. 2. Fire -Rated Applications: a. Machine Screws: For the following: 1) Hinges mortised to doors or frames. 2) Strike plates to frames. 3) Closers to doors and frames. b. Steel Through Bolts: For the following unless door blocking is provided: 1) Surface hinges to doors. 2) Closers to doors and frames. 3) Surface -mounted exit devices. 3. Spacers or Sex Bolts: For through bolting of hollow -metal doors. 4. Gasketing Fasteners: Provide noncorrosive fasteners for exterior applications and elsewhere as indicated. 2.28 FINISHES A. Provide finishes complying with BHMA Al56.18 as indicated in door hardware schedule. B. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. C. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine doors and frames, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, labeled fire -rated door assembly construction, wall and floor construction, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 15 of 25 B. Examine roughing -in for electrical power systems to verify actual locations of wiring connections before electrified door hardware installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Steel Doors and Frames: For surface -applied door hardware, drill and tap doors and frames according to ANSI/SDI A250.6. B. Wood Doors: Comply with door and hardware manufacturers' written instructions. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Mounting Heights: Mount door hardware units at heights to comply with the following unless otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. 1. Standard Steel Doors and Frames: ANSI/SDI A250.8. 2. Custom Steel Doors and Frames: HMMA 831. 3. Wood Doors: DHI's "Recommended Locations for Architectural Hardware for Wood Flush Doors." B. Install each door hardware item to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Where cutting and fitting are required to install door hardware onto or into surfaces that are later to be painted or finished in another way, coordinate removal, storage, and reinstallation of surface protective trim units with finishing work. Do not install surface -mounted items until finishes have been completed on substrates involved. 1. Set units level, plumb, and true to line and location. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrates as necessary for proper installation and operation. 2. Drill and countersink units that are not factory prepared for anchorage fasteners. Space fasteners and anchors according to industry standards. C. Hinges: Install types and in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than the number recommended by manufacturer for application indicated or one hinge for every 30 inches of door height, whichever is more stringent, unless other equivalent means of support for door, such as spring hinges or pivots, are provided. D. Intermediate Offset Pivots: Where offset pivots are indicated, provide intermediate offset pivots in quantities indicated in door hardware schedule, but not fewer than one intermediate offset pivot per door and one additional intermediate offset pivot for every 30 inches of door height greater than 90 inches. E. Lock Cylinders: Install construction cores to secure building and areas during construction period. 1. Replace construction cores with permanent cores as directed by Owner. 2. Furnish permanent cores to Owner for installation. F. Key Control System: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 16 of 25 1. Key Control Cabinet: Tag keys and place them on markers and hooks in key control system cabinet, as determined by final keying schedule. 2. Key Lock Boxes: Install where indicated or approved by Engineer to provide controlled access for fire and medical emergency personnel. 3. Key Control System Software: Set up multiple -index system based on final keying schedule. G. Boxed Power Supplies: Locate power supplies as indicated or, if not indicated, above accessible ceilings. Verify location with Engineer. Configuration: Provide one power supply for each door opening with electrified door hardware. H. Thresholds: Set thresholds for exterior doors and other doors indicated in full bed of sealant complying with requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." I. Stops: Provide floor stops for doors unless wall or other type stops are indicated in door hardware schedule. Do not mount floor stops where they will impede traffic. Perimeter Gasketing: Apply to head and jamb, forming seal between door and frame. Do not notch perimeter gasketing to install other surface -applied hardware. K. Meeting Stile Gasketing: Fasten to meeting stiles, forming seal when doors are closed. L. Door Bottoms: Apply to bottom of door, forming seal with threshold when door is closed. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant: Engage a qualified independent Architectural Hardware Consultant to perform inspections and to prepare inspection reports. Independent Architectural Hardware Consultant will inspect door hardware and state in each report whether installed work complies with or deviates from requirements, including whether door hardware is properly installed and adjusted. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Initial Adjustment: Adjust and check each operating item of door hardware and each door to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. Replace units that cannot be adjusted to operate as intended. Adjust door control devices to compensate for final operation of heating and ventilating equipment and to comply with referenced accessibility requirements. 1. Door Closers: Adjust sweep period to comply with accessibility requirements and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Spring Hinges: Adjust to achieve positive latching when door is allowed to close freely from an open position of 70 degrees and so that closing time complies with accessibility requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Electric Strikes: Adjust horizontal and vertical alignment of keeper to properly engage lock bolt. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 17 of 25 B. Occupancy Adjustment: Approximately three months after date of Substantial Completion, Installer's Architectural Hardware Consultant shall examine and readjust each item of door hardware, including adjusting operating forces, as necessary to ensure function of doors, door hardware, and electrified door hardware. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean adjacent surfaces soiled by door hardware installation. B. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. C. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure that door hardware is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. 3.7 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish a complete set of specialized tools and maintenance instructions for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and replacement of door hardware. B. Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include six months' full maintenance by skilled employees of door hardware Installer. Include quarterly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper door and door hardware operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies. 3.8 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain door hardware. 3.9 DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE 1. MK - McKinney 2. PE - Pemko 3. SA - SARGENT 4. RO - Rockwood 5. OT - Other 6. SU - Securitron Hardware Sets Set: 1.0 Doors: DE-200A, DE-200B, DE-200C Description: EXTERIOR STOREFRONT PAIR CARD READER RIM EXIT CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2 Continuous Hinge 1 Mullion 1 Rim Exit Device, Storeroom 1 Rim Exit Device, Exit Only 1 Cylinder 2 Door Pull 2 Drop Plate 2 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1 Astragal 1 Rain Guard 1 Perimeter Seals 2 Sweep 1 Threshold 2 ElectroLynx Harness 2 ElectroLynx Harness 2 Position Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Card Reader 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 18 of 25 CFM x Height Req x SLF-HD1 PE 087100 SER12 L980A US28 SA 087100 DG1 55 56 AD8504 Less Pull US32D SA 087100 55 AD8510 EO US32D SA 087100 DG1980CI US26D SA 087100 RM3311-36 Mtg-Type 12XHD US32D RO 084126 281D EN SA 087100 281 CPS EN SA 087100 By Storefront Mfr OT 346C + 4" ODW PE 087100 By Storefront Mfr OT 345CNB PE 087100 171A PE 087100 QC-C 1500P MK 087100 QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 DPS-M-GR SU 087100 AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 2.0 Doors: DE-105B Description: EXTERIOR HM PAIR SVR CARD READER 2 Continuous Hinge 1 Electrified SVR Exit 1 Surface Vert Rod Exit 2 Surface Closer 2 Kick Plate (Pairs) 2 Wall Stop 1 Gasketing 1 Rain Guard 2 Sweep 1 Threshold 2 ElectroLynx Harness CFM x Height Req x HD SER12 55 N138774-24v ETL DG1 55 NB8706 ETL 281 P10 K1050 10" x 1" LDW CSK BEV 406 332CS Head x Jambs 346C + 4" ODW 345CNB 171A QC-C 1500P US32D US32D EN US32D US32D PE 087100 SA 087100 SA 087100 SA 087100 RO 087100 RO 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 MK 087100 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 19 of 25 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 2 Position Switch DPS-M-GR SU 087100 1 Power Supply AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 1 Card Reader By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 3.0 Doors: DB-102A, DE-1001), DE-103B Description: EXTERIOR HM PAIR CARD READER RIM EXIT 2 Continuous Hinge CFM x Height Req x HD SER12 1 Mullion L980S 1 Rim Exit Device, Storeroom 1 Rim Exit Device, Dummy 1 Cylinder 2 Surface Closer w/ Stop 2 Kick Plate 1 Astragal 1 Gasketing 1 Rain Guard 2 Sweep 1 Threshold 2 ElectroLynx Harness 2 ElectroLynx Harness 2 Position Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Card Reader DG1 55 56 8804 ETL 55 8810 ETL DG1 980C1 281 CPS K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV 18041CNB 332CS Head x Jambs 346C + 4" ODW 345CNB 171A QC-C 1500P QC-C**** x Length Required DPS-M-GR AQL x Amps Req'd By Others PE 087100 PC SA 087100 US32D SA 087100 US32D SA 087100 US26D SA 087100 EN SA 087100 US32D RO 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 MK 087100 MK 087100 SU 087100 SU 087100 OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 4.0 Doors: DA-100A, DA-100C, DB-100A, D13-100C, DB-10213, DE-104A, DE-10413, DE-105A, DE-106A, DE-106B Description: EXTERIOR HM SGL CARD READER RIM EXIT CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1 Continuous Hinge 1 Rim Exit Device, Storeroom 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1 Kick Plate 1 Gasketing 1 Rain Guard 1 Sweep 1 Threshold 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 Position Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Card Reader CFM x Height Req x HD SER12 DG1 55 56 8804 ETL 281 CPS K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV 332CS Head x Jambs 346C + 4" ODW 345CNB 171A QC-C 1500P QC-C**** x Length Required DPS-M-GR AQL x Amps Req'd By Others 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 20 of 25 PE 087100 US32D SA 087100 EN SA 087100 US32D RO 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 MK 087100 MK 087100 SU 087100 SU 087100 OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 5.0 Doors: DE -IOTA Description: EXTERIOR HM SGL CARD READER LOCK 1 Continuous Hinge CFM x Height Req x HD SER12 PE 087100 1 Fail Secure Lock DG1 RX 8271-24V LNL US26D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 281 CPS EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Gasketing 332CS Head x Jambs PE 087100 1 Rain Guard 346C + 4" ODW PE 087100 1 Sweep 345CNB PE 087100 1 Threshold 171A PE 087100 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C 1500P MK 087100 1 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 1 Position Switch DPS-M-GR SU 087100 1 Power Supply AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 1 Card Reader By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 21 of 25 Set: 6.0 Doors: D13-101A Description: EXTERIOR HM SGL STOREROOM FUNCTION 1 Continuous Hinge CFM x Height Req x HD PE 087100 1 Storeroom Lock DG1 8204 LNL US26D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 281 CPS EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Gasketing 332CS Head x Jambs PE 087100 1 Rain Guard 346C + 4" ODW PE 087100 1 Sweep 345CNB PE 087100 1 Threshold 171A PE 087100 Set: 7.0 Doors: DE-102A Description: PAIR CARD READER RIM EXIT 4 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 2 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt T4A3786 QC12 US26D MK 087100 1 Mullion L980S PC SA 087100 1 Rim Exit Device, Storeroom DG1 55 56 8804 ETL US32D SA 087100 1 Rim Exit Device, Dummy 55 8810 ETL US32D SA 087100 1 Cylinder DG1 980C1 US26D SA 087100 2 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1431 CPS EN SA 087100 2 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Astragal 18041CNB PE 087100 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 087100 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C 1500P MK 087100 2 ElectroLynx Harness QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 2 Position Switch DPS-M-GR SU 087100 1 Power Supply AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 1 Card Reader By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 8.0 Doors: DE-203A, DE-20313, DE-2031), DE-203E Description: SGL CARD READER RIM EXIT RATED CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt 1 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt I Rim Exit Device, Storeroom 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1 Kick Plate 1 Gasketing 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 ElectroLynx Harness I Position Switch 1 Power Supply I Card Reader 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 22 of 25 T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 T4A3786 QC12 US26D MK 087100 DG1 12 55 56 8804 ETL US32D SA 087100 1431 CPS EN SA 087100 K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 S88BL Head x Jambs PE 087100 QC-C1500P MK 087100 QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 DPS-M-GR SU 087100 AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 9.0 Doors: DB-102C Description: SGL STOREROOM FUNCTION RIM EXIT RATED 3 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 1 Rim Exit Device, Storeroom DG1 12 8804 ETL US32D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1431 CPS EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Gasketing S88BL Head x Jambs PE 087100 Doors: DE-102B Description: SGL CARD READER RIM EXIT 2 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt 1 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt I Rim Exit Device, Storeroom I Surface Closer w/ Stop I Kick Plate 3 Silencer 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 Position Switch Set: 10.0 T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 T4A3786 QC12 US26D MK 087100 DG1 55 56 8804 ETL US32D SA 087100 1431 CPS EN SA 087100 K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 608-RKW RO 087100 QC-C 1500P MK 087100 QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 DPS-M-GR SU 087100 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1 Power Supply 1 Card Reader AQL x Amps Req'd By Others 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 23 of 25 SU 087100 OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 11.0 Doors: DE-205A, DE-209A, DE-210A Description: SGL CARD READER LOCK INSWING 2 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt 1 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt 1 Fail Secure Lock 1 Surface Closer 1 Kick Plate 1 Wall Stop 3 Silencer 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 ElectroLynx Harness 1 Position Switch 1 Power Supply 1 Card Reader T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 T4A3786 QC12 US26D MK 087100 DG1 RX 8271-24V LNL US26D SA 087100 14310 EN SA 087100 K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 406 US32D RO 087100 608-RKW RO 087100 QC-C1500P MK 087100 QC-C**** x Length Required MK 087100 DPS-M-GR SU 087100 AQL x Amps Req'd SU 087100 By Others OT Notes: ENTRY VIA PRESENTATION OF AUTHORIZED PROXIMITY CREDENTIAL OR MECHANICAL KEY OVERRIDE. REQUEST -TO -EXIT INTEGRATED IN LATCHING HARDWARE. DOOR STATUS MONITORED. FREE EGRESS AT ALL TIMES. Set: 12.0 Doors: DE-201A, DE-202A Description: SGL CLASSROOM FUNCTION RIM EXIT CLOSER/STOP 3 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt 1 Rim Exit Device, Classroom 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1 Kick Plate 1 Gasketing 1 Sweep 1 Threshold T4A3786 DG1 8813 ETL 1431 CPS K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV S88BL Head x Jambs 345CNB 171A Set: 13.0 US26D MK 087100 US32D SA 087100 EN SA 087100 US32D RO 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 PE 087100 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 24 of 25 Doors: DE-103A Description: PAIR CLASSROOM FUNCTION SVR 6 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt T4A3786 US26D MK 087100 2 Surface Vert Rod Exit, Classroom DG1 NB8713 ETL US32D SA 087100 2 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1431 CPS EN SA 087100 2 Kick Plate (Pairs) K1050 10" x 1" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Astragal 18041CNB PE 087100 2 Silencer 608-RKW RO 087100 Set: 14.0 Doors: DE-212A Description: SGL CLASSROOM FUNCTION SEALS/THRESHOLD 3 Hinge, Full Mortise, Hvy Wt T4A3386 NRP 4-1/2" x 4-1/2" US32D MK 087100 1 Classroom Lock DG1 8237 LNL US26D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer 1431 P 10 EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Wall Stop 406 US32D RO 087100 1 Gasketing S88BL Head x Jambs PE 087100 1 Sweep 345CNB PE 087100 1 Threshold 171A PE 087100 Set: 15.0 Doors: DE-211A Description: SGL CLASSROOM FUNCTION INSWING 3 Hinge, Full Mortise TA2714 US26D MK 087100 1 Classroom Lock DG1 8237 LNL US26D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer 14310 EN SA 087100 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV US32D RO 087100 1 Wall Stop 406 US32D RO 087100 3 Silencer 608-RKW RO 087100 Set: 16.0 Doors: DE-204A, DE-208A Description: SGL STOREROOM FUNCTION INSWING 3 Hinge, Full Mortise TA2714 US26D MK 087100 1 Storeroom Lock DG1 8204 LNL US26D SA 087100 1 Surface Closer 14310 EN SA 087100 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 I Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV 1 Wall Stop 406 3 Silencer 608-RKW Set: 17.0 Doors: DE-206A Description: SGL PRIVACY FUNCTION CLOSER/STOP 3 Hinge, Full Mortise TA2714 1 Privacy Lock w/ Occupancy Indica- V 11 8265 VN1 L r 1 Surface Closer w/ Stop 1431 CPS 1 Kick Plate K1050 10" x 2" LDW CSK BEV 3 Silencer 608-RKW Set: 18.0 Doors: DA-100B, DB-100B, DE-203C, DE-212B Description: OVERHEAD DOOR 1 Balance of Hardware By Assembly Mfr 1. END OF SECTION 08 7100 08 71 00 DOOR HARDWARE Page 25 of 25 US32D RO 087100 US32D RO 087100 RO 087100 US26D MK 087100 US26D SA 087100 EN SA 087100 US32D RO 087100 RO 087100 OT CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 1 of 14 SECTION 08 80 00 — GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass products. 2. Laminated glass. 3. Insulating glass. 4. Glazing sealants. 5. Glazing tapes. 6. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 088300 "Mirrors." 2. Section 084113 "Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts". 3. Section 085113 "Aluminum Windows". 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Glass Manufacturers: Firms that produce primary glass, fabricated glass, or both, as defined in referenced glazing publications. B. Glass Thicknesses: Indicated by thickness designations in millimeters in accordance with ASTM C1036. C. IBC: International Building Code. D. Interspace: Space between lites of an insulating -glass unit. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate glazing channel dimensions to provide necessary bite on glass, minimum edge and face clearances, and adequate sealant thicknesses, with reasonable tolerances to achieve proper safety margins for glazing retention under each design load case, load case combination, and service condition. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 2 of 14 A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review temporary protection requirements for glazing during and after installation. 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Glass Samples: For each type of the following products; 12 inches square. 1. Laminated glass. 2. Insulating glass. C. Glazing Accessory Samples: For sealants and colored spacers, in 12-inch lengths. Install sealant Samples between two strips of material representative in color of adjoining framing system. D. Glazing Schedule: List glass types and thicknesses for each size opening and location. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.7 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. For glass indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturers of fabricated glass units. B. Product Certificates: For glass. C. Product Test Reports: For fabricated glass and glazing sealants, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 3 of 14 1. For glazing sealants, provide test reports based on testing current sealant formulations within previous 36-month period. D. Preconstruction adhesion and compatibility test report. E. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricated -Glass Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer of fabricated glass units who is approved and certified by primary glass manufacturer. B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified glazing contractor for this Project who is certified under the North American Contractor Certification Program (NACC) for Architectural Glass & Metal (AG&M) contractors and who employs glazing technicians certified under the Architectural Glass and Metal Technician (AGMT) certification program. C. Glass Testing Agency Qualifications: A qualified independent testing agency accredited according to the NFRC CAP 1 Certification Agency Program. D. Sealant Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent testing agency qualified according to ASTM C1021 to conduct the testing indicated. E. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Install glazing in mockups specified in Section 084113 "Aluminum -Framed Entrances and Storefronts" Section 085113 "Aluminum Windows" to match glazing systems required for Project, including glazing methods. 2. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.10 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Adhesion and Compatibility Testing: Test each glass product, tape sealant, gasket, glazing accessory, and glass -framing member for adhesion to and compatibility with elastomeric glazing sealants. 1. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of current sealant products and glazing materials matching those submitted. 2. Use ASTM C1087 to determine whether priming and other specific joint -preparation techniques are required to obtain rapid, optimum adhesion of glazing sealants to glass, tape sealants, gaskets, and glazing channel substrates. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 4 of 14 3. Test no fewer than eight Samples of each type of material, including joint substrates, shims, sealant backings, secondary seals, and miscellaneous materials. 4. Schedule enough time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work. 5. For materials failing tests, submit sealant manufacturer's written instructions for corrective measures including use of specially formulated primers. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect glazing materials in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent damage to glass and glazing materials from condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with insulating -glass manufacturer's written instructions for venting and sealing units to avoid hermetic seal ruptures due to altitude change. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with glazing when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by glazing material manufacturers and when glazing channel substrates are wet from rain, frost, condensation, or other causes. Do not install glazing sealants when ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F. 1RUMEN I :.\►Y11./ A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Coated -Glass Products: Manufacturer agrees to replace coated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of coated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning coated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include peeling, cracking, and other indications of deterioration in coating. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Laminated Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace laminated -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of laminated glass is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning laminated glass contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include edge separation, delamination materially obstructing vision through glass, and blemishes exceeding those allowed by referenced laminated -glass standard. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. C. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Insulating Glass: Manufacturer agrees to replace insulating -glass units that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of insulating glass is defined as failure of hermetic seal under normal use that is not attributed to glass breakage or to maintaining and cleaning insulating glass contrary to manufacturer's written CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 5 of 14 instructions. Evidence of failure is obstruction of vision by dust, moisture, or film on interior surfaces of glass. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gurdian Glass; SunGuard. 2. Oldcastle BuildingEnvolope. 3. Viracon, Inc. 4. Or approved equal. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Installed glazing systems shall withstand normal thermal movement and wind and impact loads (where applicable) without failure, including loss or glass breakage attributable to defective manufacture, fabrication, or installation; failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight; deterioration of glazing materials; or other defects in construction. B. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design glazing. C. Structural Performance: Glazing shall withstand the following design loads within limits and under conditions indicated determined in accordance with the IBC and ASTM E1300: 1. Design Wind Pressures: As indicated on Drawings Determine design wind pressures applicable to Project in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7, based on heights above grade indicated on Drawings. a. Wind Design Data: As indicated on Drawings. b. Basic Wind Speed: As indicated on Drawings. C. Importance Factor: 1.0. d. Exposure Category: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Design Snow Loads: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Probability of Breakage for Sloped Glazing: For glass sloped more than 15 degrees from vertical, design glass for a probability of breakage not greater than 0.001. 4. Maximum Lateral Deflection: For glass supported on all four edges, limit center -of -glass deflection at design wind pressure to not more than 1150 times the short -side length or 1 inch, whichever is less. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 6 of 14 5. Thermal Loads: Design glazing to resist thermal stress breakage induced by differential temperature conditions and limited air circulation within individual glass lites and insulated glazing units. D. Safety Glazing: Where safety glazing is indicated, provide glazing that complies with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. E. Thermal and Optical Performance Properties: Provide glass with performance properties specified, as indicated in manufacturer's published test data, based on procedures indicated below: 1. For monolithic -glass lites, properties are based on units with lites 6 min thick. 2. For laminated -glass lites, properties are based on products of construction indicated. 3. For insulating -glass units, properties are based on units of thickness indicated for overall unit and for each lite. 4. U-Factors: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 100 and based on most current non -beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program, expressed as Btu/sq. ft. xhxdeg F. 5. SHGC and Visible Transmittance: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 200 and based on most current non -beta version of LBL's WINDOW computer program. 6. Visible Reflectance: Center -of -glazing values, in accordance with NFRC 300. 2.3 GLASS PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers and organizations below unless more stringent requirements are indicated. See these publications for glazing terms not otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. 1. NGA Publications: "Laminated Glazing Reference Manual" and "Glazing Manual." 2. AAMA Publications: AAMA GDSG-1, "Glass Design for Sloped Glazing," and AAMA TIR A7, "Sloped Glazing Guidelines." 3. IGMA Publication for Sloped Glazing: IGMA TB-3001, "Guidelines for Sloped Glazing." 4. IGMA Publication for Insulating Glass: SIGMA TM-3000, "North American Glazing Guidelines for Sealed Insulating Glass Units for Commercial and Residential Use." B. Safety Glazing Labeling: Where safety glazing is indicated, permanently mark glazing with certification label of the SGCC or another certification agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Label shall indicate manufacturer's name, type of glass, thickness, and safety glazing standard with which glass complies. C. Insulating -Glass Certification Program: Permanently marked either on spacers or on at least one component lite of units with appropriate certification label of the IGCC. D. Thickness: Where glass thickness is indicated, it is a minimum. Provide glass that complies with performance requirements and is not less than thickness indicated. 1. Minimum Glass Thickness for Exterior Lites: 6 mm. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 7 of 14 2. Thickness of Tinted Glass: Provide same thickness for each tint color indicated throughout Project. E. Strength: Where annealed float glass is indicated, provide annealed float glass, heat - strengthened float glass, or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where heat -strengthened float glass is indicated, provide heat - strengthened float glass or fully tempered float glass as needed to comply with "Performance Requirements" Article. Where fully tempered float glass is indicated, provide fully tempered float glass. 2.4 GLASS PRODUCTS A. Clear Annealed Float Glass: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1 (clear), Quality-Q3. B. Fully Tempered Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind FT (fully tempered), Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. 1. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. C. Heat -Strengthened Float Glass: ASTM C1048, Kind HS (heat strengthened), Type I, Condition A (uncoated) unless otherwise indicated, Type I, Class 1 (clear) or Class 2 (tinted) as indicated, Quality-Q3. Fabrication Process: By horizontal (roller -hearth) process with roll -wave distortion parallel to bottom edge of glass as installed unless otherwise indicated. 2.5 LAMINATED GLASS A. Laminated Glass: ASTM C1172. Use materials that have a proven record of no tendency to bubble, discolor, or lose physical and mechanical properties after fabrication and installation. 1. Construction: Laminate glass with polyvinyl butyral interlayer to comply with interlayer manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Interlayer Thickness: Provide thickness not less than that indicated and as needed to comply with requirements. 3. Interlayer Color: Clear unless otherwise indicated. 2.6 INSULATING GLASS A. Insulating -Glass Units: Factory -assembled units consisting of sealed lites of glass separated by a dehydrated interspace, qualified in accordance with ASTM E2190. 1. Sealing System: Dual seal, with manufacturer's standard primary and secondary sealants. 2. Perimeter Spacer: Manufacturer's standard spacer material and construction. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 8 of 14 1) Technoform Glass Insulation North America. 2) Thermix; a brand of Ensin2er USA. 3. Desiccant: Molecular sieve or silica gel, or a blend of both. 2.7 GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: 1. Compatibility: Compatible with one another and with other materials they contact, including glass products, seals of insulating -glass units, and glazing channel substrates, under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers' written instructions for selecting glazing sealants suitable for applications indicated and for conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors of Exposed Glazing Sealants: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range of industry colors. 2.8 GLAZING TAPES A. Back -Bedding Mastic Glazing Tapes: Preformed, butyl -based, 100 percent solids elastomeric tape; nonstaining and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces; with or without spacer rod as recommended in writing by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated; and complying with ASTM C1281 and AAMA 800 for products indicated below: 1. AAMA 804.3 tape, where indicated. 2. AAMA 806.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is subject to continuous pressure. 3. AAMA 807.3 tape, for glazing applications in which tape is not subject to continuous pressure. B. Expanded Cellular Glazing Tapes: Closed -cell, PVC foam tapes; factory coated with adhesive on both surfaces; and complying with AAMA 800 for the following types: 1. AAMA 810.1, Type 1, for glazing applications in which tape acts as primary sealant. 2. AAMA 810.1, Type 2, for glazing applications in which tape is used in combination with a full bead of liquid sealant. 2.9 MISCELLANEOUS GLAZING MATERIALS A. General: Provide products of material, size, and shape complying with referenced glazing standard, recommended in writing by manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials for application indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation. B. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Types recommended by sealant or gasket manufacturer. C. Setting Blocks: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 9 of 14 1. Neoprenewith Shore A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. D. Spacers: 1. Neoprene blocks or continuous extrusions of hardness required by glass manufacturer to maintain glass lites in place for installation indicated. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. E. Edge Blocks: 1. Neoprene with Shore A durometer hardness per manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Type recommended in writing by sealant or glass manufacturer. F. Cylindrical Glazing Sealant Backing: ASTM C1330, Type O (open -cell material), of size and density to control glazing sealant depth and otherwise produce optimum glazing sealant performance. 2.10 FABRICATION OF GLAZING UNITS A. Fabricate glazing units in sizes required to fit openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with written instructions of product manufacturer and referenced glazing publications, to comply with system performance requirements. 1. Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on glass framing members and glazing components. a. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. B. Clean-cut or flat -grind vertical edges of butt -glazed monolithic lites to produce square edges with slight chamfers at junctions of edges and faces. C. Grind smooth and polish exposed glass edges and corners. PART 3-EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine framing, glazing channels, and stops, with Installer present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, and offsets at corners. 2. Presence and functioning of weep systems. 3. Minimum required face and edge clearances. 4. Effective sealing between joints of glass -framing members. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 10 of 14 K �9lgM7:117:741Mei A. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings not firmly bonded to substrates. B. Examine glazing units to locate exterior and interior surfaces. Label or mark units as needed so that exterior and interior surfaces are readily identifiable. Do not use materials that leave visible marks in the completed Work. 3.3 GLAZING, GENERAL A. Comply with combined written instructions of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and other glazing materials, unless more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in referenced glazing publications. B. Protect glass edges from damage during handling and installation. Remove damaged glass from Project site and legally dispose of off Project site. Damaged glass includes glass with edge damage or other imperfections that, when installed, could weaken glass, impair performance, or impair appearance. C. Apply primers to joint surfaces where required for adhesion of sealants, as determined by preconstruction testing. D. Install setting blocks in sill rabbets, sized and located to comply with referenced glazing publications, unless otherwise required by glass manufacturer. Set blocks in thin course of compatible sealant suitable for heel bead. E. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites. F. Provide spacers for glass lites where length plus width is larger than 50 inches. 1. Locate spacers directly opposite each other on both inside and outside faces of glass. Install correct size and spacing to preserve required face clearances, unless gaskets and glazing tapes are used that have demonstrated ability to maintain required face clearances and to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Provide 1/8-inch- minimum bite of spacers on glass and use thickness equal to sealant width. With glazing tape, use thickness slightly less than final compressed thickness of tape. G. Provide edge blocking where indicated or needed to prevent glass lites from moving sideways in glazing channel, as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer and in accordance with requirements in referenced glazing publications. H. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. I. Set glass lites with proper orientation so that coatings face exterior or interior as specified. Where wedge-shaped gaskets are driven into one side of channel to pressurize sealant or gasket on opposite side, provide adequate anchorage so gasket cannot walk out when installation is subjected to movement. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 11 of 14 K. Square cut wedge-shaped gaskets at corners and install gaskets in a manner recommended by gasket manufacturer to prevent corners from pulling away; seal corner joints and butt joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. 3.4 TAPE GLAZING A. Position tapes on fixed stops so that, when compressed by glass, their exposed edges are flush with or protrude slightly above sightline of stops. B. Install tapes continuously, but not necessarily in one continuous length. Do not stretch tapes to make them fit opening. C. Cover vertical framing joints by applying tapes to heads and sills first, then to jambs. Cover horizontal framing joints by applying tapes to jambs, then to heads and sills. D. Place joints in tapes at corners of opening with adjoining lengths butted together, not lapped. Seal joints in tapes with compatible sealant approved by tape manufacturer. E. Do not remove release paper from tape until right before each glazing unit is installed. F. Apply heel bead of elastomeric sealant. G. Center glass liter in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against tape by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. H. Apply cap bead of elastomeric sealant over exposed edge of tape. 3.5 GASKET GLAZING (DRY) A. Cut compression gaskets to lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with allowance for stretch during installation. B. Insert soft compression gasket between glass and frame or fixed stop so it is securely in place with joints miter cut and bonded together at corners. C. Installation with Drive-in Wedge Gaskets: Center glass liter in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket by inserting dense compression gaskets formed and installed to lock in place against faces of removable stops. Start gasket applications at corners and work toward centers of openings. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. D. Installation with Pressure -Glazing Stops: Center glass lites in openings on setting blocks, and press firmly against soft compression gasket. Install dense compression gaskets and pressure - glazing stops, applying pressure uniformly to compression gaskets. Compress gaskets to produce a weathertight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended in writing by gasket manufacturer. E. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 12 of 14 3.6 SEALANT GLAZING (WET) A. Install continuous spacers, or spacers combined with cylindrical sealant backing, between glass liter and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel and blocking weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers or spacers and backings in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. B. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. C. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Immediately after installation, remove nonpermanent labels and clean surfaces. B. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Examine glass surfaces adjacent to or below exterior concrete and other masonry surfaces at frequent intervals during construction, but not less than once a month, for buildup of dirt, scum, alkaline deposits, or stains. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do contact with glass, remove substances immediately as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. Remove and replace glass that cannot be cleaned without damage to coatings. C. Remove and replace glass that is damaged during construction period. D. Wash glass on both exposed surfaces not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended in writing by glass manufacturer. 3.8 MONOLITHIC GLASS SCHEDULE A. Ultraclear Fully Tempered Float Glass (MG). I . Basis -of -Design Product: Vitro Architectural Glass; Starphire. 2. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 3. Safety glazing required. B. Silicone -Coated Spandrel Tempered Float Glass (SMG). 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Vitro Architectural Glass; Starphire . 2. Minimum Thickness: 6 mm. 3. Safety glazing required. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 13 of 14 MW:�u11►/:11Y21 6)W.1 1041so121Bill a 01 A. Clear Laminated Glass Type (LG) : Clear laminated glass with two plies of heat -strengthened float glass. 1. Basis -of -Design Product: Vitro Architectural Glass; Starphire. 2. Conformance: ASTM C1172 and complying with testing requirements. 3. Outboard Lite: Starphire float glass as manufactured by Vitro Architectural Glass. a. Conformance: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 2, Quality q3. b. Thickness: 6mm (1/4"). C. Heat -Treatment: Heat -strengthened, ASTM C 1048, Kind HS. 4. Interlayer: a. Type: PVB. b. Thickness:0.060 inch. C. Color: Clear. 5. Inboard Lite: Solargray Clear float glass as manufactured by Vitro Architectural Glass. a. Conformance: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class 2, Quality q3. b. Thickness: 6mm (1/4"). C. Heat -Treatment: Heat -strengthened, ASTM C 1048, Kind HS. d. Magnetic Sputter Vacuum Deposition Coating (MSVD): ASTM C 1376. e. Coating: Solarban 70 on Surface #3. 6. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.95 maximum. 7. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.86 maximum. 8. Visible Light Transmittance: 30 percent minimum. 9. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.25 maximum. 10. Outdoor Visible Light Reflectance: 15 percent maximum. 3.10 INSULATING GLASS SCHEDULE A. Clear Insulating Glass Type (ITG):Double Glazed Clear Insulating Glass Unit, Low-E 1. Basis -of -Design Product:Vitro Architectural Glass; Solarcoat Low-e Clear 6mm (2) Air 1/2" Solarcoat Low-e on Clear 6mm (3). 2. Conformance: ASTM E 2190. 3. Outdoor Lite: Clear float glass as manufactured by Vitro Architectural Glass. a. Conformance: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class I, Quality q3. b. Glass Thickness: 600 (1/4"). C. Pyrolytic deposition coating: ASTM C 1376. d. Coating: Solarcoat Low-E on Surface #2. e. Heat -Treatment: Tempered; ASTM C 1048, Kind FT; Safety Glazing meets ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR-1201. 4. Interspace Content: Air 1/2". CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 80 00 GLAZING Page 14 of 14 Indoor Lite: Clear float glass as manufactured by Vitro Architectural Glass. a. Conformance: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class I, Quality q3. b. Glass Thickness: 600 (1/4"). C. Pyrolytic deposition coating: ASTM C 1376. d. Coating: Solarcoat Low-E on Surface #3. e. Heat -Treatment: Tempered; ASTM C 1048, Kind FT; Safety Glazing meets ANSI Z97.1 and CPSC 16CFR-1201. 6. Performance Requirements: a. Visible Light Transmittance: 68 percent minimum. b. Visible Light Transmittance: 68 percent minimum. C. Winter Nighttime U-Factor: 0.31 maximum. d. Summer Daytime U-Factor: 0.30 maximum. e. Shading Coefficient: 0.61 maximum. f. Solar Heat Gain Coefficient: 0.61 maximum. g. Outdoor Visible Light Reflectance: 17 percent maximum. IEND OF SECTION 08 80 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 1 of 7 SECTION 08 83 00 - MIRRORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silvered flat glass mirrors. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 80 00 "Glazing" for glass with reflective coatings used for vision and spandrel liter. 2. Section 10 28 00 "Toilet, Bath, and Laundry Accessories" for metal -framed mirrors. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Mirrors: Include description of materials and process used to produce each type of silvered flat glass mirror specified that indicates sources of glass, glass coating components, edge sealer, and quality -control provisions. B. Shop Drawings: Include mirror elevations, edge details, mirror hardware, and attachment details. C. Samples: For each type of the following: 1. Mirrors: 12 inches square, including edge treatment on two adjoining edges. 2. Mirror Clips: Full size. 3. Mirror Trim: 12 inches long. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 2 of 7 f1EAl1►11101103RNI16].G0r 3810031IS1I.3W A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Product Certificates: For each type of mirror. C. Preconstruction Test Reports: From mirror manufacturer indicating that mirror mastic was tested for compatibility and adhesion with mirror backing and substrates on which mirrors are installed. D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For mirrors to include in maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified Installer, who employs glass installers for this Project who are certified under the National Glass Association's Certified Glass Installer Program. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING A. Preconstruction Mirror Mastic Compatibility Test: Submit mirror mastic products to mirror manufacturer for testing to determine compatibility of mastic with mirror backing. Testing is not required if data are submitted based on previous testing of mirror mastic products and mirror backing matching those submitted. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect mirrors in accordance with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and as needed to prevent damage to mirrors from moisture, condensation, temperature changes, direct exposure to sun, or other causes. B. Comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions for shipping, storing, and handling mirrors as needed to prevent deterioration of silvering, damage to edges, and abrasion of glass surfaces and applied coatings. Store indoors. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 3 of 7 IIL�� aIQa 4161►IJ01IfI►f A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install mirrors until ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at levels indicated for final occupancy. 1.10 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to replace mirrors that deteriorate within specified warranty period. Deterioration of mirrors is defined as defects developed from normal use that are not attributed to mirror breakage or to maintaining and cleaning mirrors contrary to manufacturer's written instructions. Defects include discoloration, black spots, and clouding of the silver film. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Gardner Glass, Inc. 2. Guardian Glass LLC. 3. National Glass Industries, Inc. 4. Or approved equal. B. Source Limitations for Mirrors: Obtain mirrors from single source from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Mirror Accessories: Obtain mirror -glazing accessories from single source. 2.2 SILVERED FLAT GLASS MIRRORS A. Mirrors, General: ASTM C1503; manufactured using copper -free, low -lead mirror coating process. B. Laminated Mirrors: ASTM C1172, Type II. 1. Glass for Outer Lite: Annealed float glass, Mirror Select Quality, ultraclear (low -iron) float glass with a minimum 91 percent visible light transmission. a. Tint Color: Gray. 2. Nominal Thickness for Outer Lite: 6.0 mm. 3. Glass for Inner Lite: Annealed float glass; ASTM C1036, Type I (transparent flat glass), Quality-Q3; Class 1 (clear). 4. Nominal Thickness: 6.0 mm. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 4 of 7 5. Interlayer: Mirror manufacturer's standard 0.030-inch- thick, clear polyvinyl-butyral interlayer with a proven record of showing no tendency to delaminate from, or cause damage to, silver coating. C. Safety Glazing Products: For laminated mirrors, provide products that comply with 16 CFR 1201, Category II. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Setting Blocks: Elastomeric material with a Shore, Type A durometer hardness of 85, plus or minus 5. B. Edge Sealer: Coating compatible with glass coating and approved by mirror manufacturer for use in protecting against silver deterioration at mirrored glass edges. C. Film Backing for Safety Mirrors: Film backing and pressure -sensitive adhesive; both compatible with mirror backing paint as certified by mirror manufacturer. 2.4 MIRROR HARDWARE A. Aluminum J-Channels: Aluminum extrusions with a return deep enough to produce a glazing channel to accommodate mirrors of thickness indicated and in lengths required to cover edges of mirrors in a single piece. 1. Aluminum J Channel Bottom Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 3/8 and 7/8 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Andscot ComDanv. Inc. 2) C.R. Laurence Co., Inc., CRH Americas, Inc. 3) Stvlmark.Inc. 4) Or approved equal. 2. Aluminum J Channel Top Trim: J-channels formed with front leg and back leg not less than 5/8 and 1 inch in height, respectively, and a thickness of not less than 0.04 inch. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Andscot Companv, Inc. 2) C.R. Laurence Co., Inc.: CRH Americas, Inc. 3) Stvlmark, Inc. 4) Or approved equal. 3. Finish: Clear bright anodized. B. Mirror Bottom Clips: As indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 5 of 7 C. Mirror Top Clips: As indicated. D. Plated Steel Hardware: Formed -steel shapes with plated finish indicated. 1. Profile: As indicated. 2. Finish: Clear bright anodized. E. Fasteners: Fabricated of same basic metal and alloy as fastened metal and matching it in finished color and texture where fasteners are exposed. F. Anchors and Inserts: Provide devices as required for mirror hardware installation. Provide toothed or lead -shield, expansion -bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. Provide galvanized anchors and inserts for applications on inside face of exterior walls and where indicated. 2.5 FABRICATION A. Shop fabricate mirrors to greatest extent possible. B. Fabricate cutouts for notches and holes in mirrors without marring visible surfaces. Locate and size cutouts, so they fit closely around penetrations in mirrors. C. Mirror Edge Treatment: Flat polished. 1. Seal edges of mirrors with edge sealer after edge treatment to prevent chemical or atmospheric penetration of glass coating. 2. Require mirror manufacturer to perform edge treatment and sealing in factory immediately after cutting to final sizes. D. Film -Backed Safety Mirrors: Apply film backing with adhesive coating over mirror backing paint, as recommended in writing by film -backing manufacturer, to produce a surface free of bubbles, blisters, and other imperfections. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, over which mirrors are to be mounted, with Installer present, for compliance with installation tolerances, substrate preparation, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility of existing fmishes or primers with mirror mastic. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces are dry. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 6 of 7 K0�99lg0 :37:V11910 A. Comply with mastic manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparation of substrates, including coating substrates with mastic manufacturer's special bond coating where applicable. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Install mirrors to comply with mirror manufacturer's written instructions and with referenced National Glass Association (NGA) publications. Mount mirrors accurately in place in a manner that avoids distorting reflected images. NGA Publications: "Glazing Manual" and "Installation Techniques Designed to Prolong the Life of Flat Glass Mirrors." B. Provide a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface for air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. C. Install mirrors with mirror hardware. Attach mirror hardware securely to mounting surfaces with mechanical fasteners installed with anchors or inserts as applicable. Install fasteners so heads do not impose point loads on backs of mirrors. 1. Aluminum J-Channels: Provide setting blocks 1/8 inch thick by 4 inches long at quarter points. To prevent trapping water, provide, between setting blocks, two slotted weeps not less than 1/4 inch wide by 3/8 inch long at bottom channel. 2. Aluminum J-Channels and Cleat: Fasten J-channel directly to wall and attach top trim to continuous cleat fastened directly to wall. 3. Mirror Clips: Place a felt or plastic pad between mirror and each clip to prevent spalling of mirror edges. Locate clips so they are symmetrically placed and evenly spaced. 4. Install mastic as follows: a. Apply barrier coat to mirror backing where approved in writing by manufacturers of mirrors and backing material. b. Apply mastic to comply with mastic manufacturer's written instructions for coverage and to allow air circulation between back of mirrors and face of mounting surface. C. After mastic is applied, align mirrors and press into place while maintaining a minimum airspace of 1/8 inch between back of mirrors and mounting surface. 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Protect mirrors from breakage and contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. B. Do not permit edges of mirrors to be exposed to standing water. C. Maintain environmental conditions that prevent mirrors from being exposed to moisture from condensation or other sources for continuous periods of time. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 08 83 00 MIRRORS Page 7 of 7 D. Clean exposed surface of mirrors not more than four days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Clean mirrors as recommended in writing by mirror manufacturer and NGA's publication "Proper Procedures for Cleaning Flat Glass Mirrors." END OF SECTION 08 83 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 08 91 19 - FIXED LOUVERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fixed extruded aluminum louvers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 034500 "Precast Architectural Concrete" for louvers in precast panels. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Louver Terminology: Definitions of terms for metal louvers contained in AMCA 501 apply to this Section unless otherwise defined in this Section or in referenced standards. B. Horizontal Louver: Louver with horizontal blades (i.e., the axis of the blades is horizontal). C. Drainable-Blade Louver: Louver with blades having gutters that collect water and drain it to channels in jambs and mullions, which carry it to bottom of unit and away from opening. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. For louvers specified to bear AMCA seal, include printed catalog pages showing specified models with appropriate AMCA Certified Ratings Seals. B. Shop Drawings: For louvers and accessories. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Show frame profiles and blade profiles, angles, and spacing. 1. Show weep paths, gaskets, flashings, sealants, and other means of preventing water intrusion. 2. Show mullion profiles and locations. C. Samples: For each type of metal finish required. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 2 of 6 D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Test Reports: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed in accordance with AMCA 500-L by a qualified testing agency or by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, for each type of louver and showing compliance with performance requirements specified. B. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with the following: 1. AWS D1.2/D1.2M, "Structural Welding Code - Aluminum." B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify actual dimensions of openings by field measurements before fabrication. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Special Finish Warranty, Factory -Applied Finishes: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of baked enamel, powder coat, or organic finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Delta E units when tested in accordance with ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No.8 rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 3 of 6 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain louvers from single source from a single manufacturer where indicated to be of same type, design, or factory -applied color finish. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Structural Performance: Louvers withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated without permanent deformation of louver components, noise or metal fatigue caused by louver -blade rattle or flutter, or permanent damage to fasteners and anchors. Wind pressures are considered to act normal to the face of the building. 1. Wind Loads: a. Determine loads based on pressures as indicated on Drawings. B. Louver Performance Ratings: Provide louvers complying with requirements specified, as demonstrated by testing manufacturer's stock units identical to those provided, except for length and width in accordance with AMCA 500-L. C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes. 1. Temperature Change (Range): 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. D. SMACNA Standard: Comply with recommendations in SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" for fabrication, construction details, and installation procedures. 2.3 FIXED EXTRUDED -ALUMINUM LOUVERS A. Horizontal, Drainable-Blade, Extruded Aluminum: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. All-Lite Architectural Products. b. Greenheck Fan Corporation. C. Ruskin Company. d. Pottorff. e. United Enertech. f. Or approved equal. 2. Louver Depth: As indicated on Louver Schedule. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 4 of 6 3. Frame and Blade Nominal Thickness: Not less than 0.080 inch. 4. Mullion Type: Exposed. 5. Louver Performance Ratings: As indicated on Drawings. 6. AMCA Seal: Mark units with AMCA Certified Ratings Seal. 2.4 LOUVER SCREENS A. General: Provide screen at each exterior louver. 1. Screen Location for Fixed Louvers: Interior face. 2. Screening Type: Bird screening, except where insect screening is indicated. B. Secure screen frames to louver frames with machine screws with heads finished to match louver, spaced a maximum of 6 inches from each corner and at 12 inches o.c. C. Louver Screen Frames: Fabricate with mitered corners to louver sizes indicated. 1. Metal: Same type and form of metal as indicated for louver to which screens are attached. Reinforce extruded -aluminum screen frames at corners with clips. 2. Finish: Same finish as louver frames to which louver screens are attached. 3. Type: Rewirable frames with a driven spline or insert. 2.5 MATERIALS A. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, Alloy 6063-T5, T-52, or T6. B. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B209, Alloy 3003 or 5005, with temper as required for forming, or as otherwise recommended by metal producer for required finish. C. Fasteners: Use types and sizes to suit unit installation conditions. 1. Use tamper -resistant screws for exposed fasteners unless otherwise indicated. 2. For fastening aluminum, use aluminum or 300 series stainless steel fasteners. 3. For color -finished louvers, use fasteners with heads that match color of louvers. D. Post -installed Fasteners for Concrete and Masonry: Torque -controlled expansion anchors, fabricated from stainless steel components, with allowable load or strength design capacities calculated in accordance with ICC-ES AC193 and ACI 318 greater than or equal to the design load, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M conducted by a qualified testing agency. E. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D1187/D1187M. 2.6 FABRICATION A. Factory assemble louvers to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 5 of 6 B. Maintain equal louver blade spacing, including separation between blades and frames at head and sill, to produce uniform appearance. C. Fabricate frames, including integral sills, to fit in openings of sizes indicated, with allowances made for fabrication and installation tolerances, adjoining material tolerances, and perimeter sealant joints. Frame Type: Channel unless otherwise indicated. D. Include supports, anchorages, and accessories required for complete assembly. E. Provide vertical mullions of type and at spacings indicated, but not more than is recommended by manufacturer, or 72 inches o.c., whichever is less. 1. Exposed Mullions: Where indicated, provide units with exposed mullions of same width and depth as louver frame. Where length of louver exceeds fabrication and handling limitations, provide interlocking split mullions designed to permit expansion and contraction. 2. Exterior Corners: Prefabricated corner units with mitered and welded blades and with fully recessed mullions at corners. F. Provide subsills made of same material as louvers or extended sills for recessed louvers. G. Join frame members to each other and to fixed louver blades with fillet welds concealed from view unless otherwise indicated or size of louver assembly makes bolted connections between frame members necessary. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Finish louvers after assembly. B. High -Performance Organic Finish: Multiple -coat Fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. 1. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Color and Gloss: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and openings, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0891 19 FIXED LOUVERS Page 6 of 6 41W�9 7: I7.1 1 1 to] ►1 A. Coordinate setting drawings, diagrams, templates, instructions, and directions for installation of anchorages that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry construction. Coordinate delivery of such items to Project site. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Locate and place louvers level, plumb, and at indicated alignment with adjacent work. B. Use concealed anchorages where possible. Provide brass or lead washers fitted to screws where required to protect metal surfaces and to make a weathertight connection. C. Form closely fitted joints with exposed connections accurately located and secured. D. Provide perimeter reveals and openings of uniform width for sealants and joint fillers, as indicated. E. Protect unpainted galvanized- and nonferrous -metal surfaces that are in contact with concrete, masonry, or dissimilar metals from corrosion and galvanic action by applying a heavy coating of bituminous paint or by separating surfaces with waterproof gaskets or nonmetallic flashing. F. Install concealed gaskets, flashings, joint fillers, and insulation as louver installation progresses, where weathertight louver joints are required. Comply with Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants" for sealants applied during louver installation. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Clean exposed louver surfaces that are not protected by temporary covering, to remove fingerprints and soil during construction period. Do not let soil accumulate during construction period. B. Before final inspection, clean exposed surfaces with water and a mild soap or detergent not harmful to finishes. Thoroughly rinse surfaces and dry. C. Restore louvers damaged during installation and construction, so no evidence remains of corrective work. If results of restoration are unsuccessful, as determined by Engineer, remove damaged units and replace with new units. 1. Touch up minor abrasions in finishes with air-dried coating that matches color and gloss of, and is compatible with, factory -applied finish coating. END OF SECTION 08 91 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 1 of 6 SECTION 09 06 90 - PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Sections includes paint color schedule to indicate color and textures of paint to be provided. B. Related Requirements: 1. Painting is included in Division 09. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Submit the following for each type of coating system and in each color and gloss of finish coat indicated. 1. Color cards for initial color selections. 2. Three sets of 8-in by 8-in samples, on 1/4-in hardboard, of all colors required for all types of paint. Resubmit until approved. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.5 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 2 of 6 ITEM NUMBER/COLOR BUILDING EXTERIOR (new) Steel lintels TBS Steel bollards Match Color of Roof Hollow metal doors and frames TBS Overhead Coiling Doors TBS Other surfaces scheduled or noted to be painted or repainted. TBS BUILDING_INTERIOR (new unless otherwise noted) Misc. formed metal closures and trim TBS Metal roof joists, bracing and connections TBS Metal roof deck, misc. bracing and connections TBS Steel columns, posts, beams, misc. bracing and connections TBS Gypsum board See Drawings CMU TBS New hollow metal doors and frames TBS Other surfaces scheduled or noted to be painted or repainted. TBS ITEM SIGNAGE COLOR HVAC Hot Water/Glycol Supply Hot Glycol Supply TBS Hot Water/Glycol Return Hot Glycol Return TBS Electric Unit Heaters Electric Unit Heater No. Factory Finish Hot Water Unit Heaters Hot Water Unit Heater No._ TBS Air handling units (interior) Air Handling Unit No TBS Exhaust Fans Exhaust Fan No. _ TBS Expansion Tanks Expansion Tank No. _ TBS Boilers Boiler No. TBS Air Separators Air Separator No. _ TBS Air Conditioning Unit Air Conditioning Unit No._ TBS ITEM SIGNAGE COLOR PLUMBING Compressed Air Compressed Air TBS Acid Vent Acid Vent TBS Acid Waste Acid Waste TBS Cold Water Cold Water TBS Emergency Water Emergency Water TBS Emergency Water (Showers/Lab) Emergency Water TBS Fire Line Fire Line TBS Fire Service Water (potable) Fire Service TBS Gas Gas Yellow Hot Water (potable) Potable Hot Water TBS Hot Water Return (potable) Potable Hot Water Return TBS Laboratory Cold Water Laboratory Cold Water TBS Laboratory Hot Water Laboratory Hot Water TBS Pump Discharge Pump Discharge TBS Protected Water (non -potable) Protected Water TBS CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 Protected Hot Water (non -potable) Pressure Waste Rainleader (exposed) Soil Sprinkler Line Tepid Water Vacuum Vacuum Exhaust Vent ELECTRICAL Transformers and switchgear Exposed metal conduit and boxes Panelboards Mounting channels and misc. support systems Motor control centers Unistrut systems Control panels Light fixture pendants Protected Hot Water Pressure Waste Roof Drain Soil Sprinkler Line Tepid Water Vacuum Vacuum Exhaust Vent 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 3 of 6 TBS TBS To match abutting surface TBS TBS TBS TBS TBS TBS -- Eggshell — Factory Finish -- To match abutting surface -- To match abutting surface -- White -- Eggshell — Factory Finish -- White -- Eggshell — Factory Finish -- White ITEM SIGNAGE COLOR MECHANICAL PIPING SYSTEMS (See Mechanical Schematics and Drawings.) Process Piping: Primary Coagulant (ACH) Primary Coagulant Yellow with Orange Bands Compressed Air Compressed Air Light Green Citric Acid Citric Acid Yellow Clean -in -Place Supply Clean -in -Place Supply Yellow Clean -in -Place Return Clean -in -Place Return Yellow Clean -in -Place Waste Clean -in -Place Waste Yellow Closed Loop Cooling Water Closed Loop Cooling Water Light Blue Supply/Return Supply/Retum Caustic Soda Caustic Soda White with Orange Bands Drain Drain Dark Grey Process Drain Process Drain Dark Grey Filtrate Filtrate Light Blue Filter Backwash Water Supply Filter Backwash Supply Light Blue Filtered Water Filtered Water Light Blue Membrane Feed Membrane Feed Light Blue Gaseous Oxygen Gaseous Oxygen Stainless Steel Hydrofluosilicic Acid Hydrofluosilicic Acid Yellow with Red Bands Liquid Ammonium Sulfate Liquid Ammonium Sulfate Yellow with Brown Bands Liquid Oxygen Liquid Oxygen Stainless Steel Low Pressure Air Low Pressure Air Light Green Membrane Backwash Water Supply Membrane Backwash Supply Light Blue Membrane Backwash Waste Membrane Backwash Waste Drak Grey Nitrogen Gas Nitrogen Gas Stainless Steel CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 4 of 6 Ozone Off Gas Ozone Off Gas Stainless Steel with White Bands Open Loop Cooling Water Open Loop Cooling Water Light Blue Supply/Return Supply/Return Overflow Overflow Match Associated Process Fluid Color Code Ozonated Water Ozonated Water Green Ozone Gas Ozone Gas Stainless Steel with White Bands Raw Water Raw Water Tan Sample Sample Match Associated Process Fluid Color Code Sample (Ozonated Water) Sample (Ozonated Water) Stainless Steel Sample Return (Ozonated Water) Sample Return (Ozonated Stainless Steel Water) Sodium Bisulfite Sodium Bisulfite Light Green with Yellow Bands Softened Water Softened Water Light Blue Sodium Hypochlorite Sodium Hypochlorite Yellow Sludge Sludge Dark Brown Sanitary Sewer Sanitary Sewer Dark Grey Settled Water Settled Water Green Sidestream Venturi Injection Water Sidestream Venturi Injection Light Blue Water Utility Water Utility Water Light Grey Vent Vent Light Grey Waste Backwash Water — Filter Filter Waste Backwash Dark Grey Water Washwater Recycle Washwater Recycle Tan ITEM SIGNAGE COLOR PROCESS EQUIPMENT: Finish paint all exposed, non -submerged and submerged, ferrous metal surfaces that are not factory finished painted. Provide equipment Signage for all scheduled equipment listed as specified in Section 101423. Liquid Oxygen Tank Liquid Oxygen Tank White Liquid Nitrogen Tank Liquid Nitrogen Tank White Compressed Air Receiver Tank Compressed Air Receiver Tank Beige Sample Pump Sample Pump Blue Sidestream Pump Sidestream Pump Blue Closed Loop Cooling Water Pump Closed Loop Cooling Water Pump Blue Sample Recycle Pump Sample Recycle Pump Dark Green Ozone Destruct Blower Ozone Destruct Blower Stainless Steel Flocculator Flocculator Dark Green Air Scour Blower Air Scour Blower Blue Filter Backwash Pump Filter Backwash Pump Beige Membrane Feed Pump Membrane Feed Pump Beige Membrane Strainer Membrane Strainer Red Membrane Skid Frame Membrane Skid Frame Blue Membrane Backwash Pump Membrane Backwash Pump Blue CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 5 of 6 Membrane CIP Pump Membrane CIP Pump Stainless Steel Misc. Items: Post Indicator Valves Post Indicator Valve TBS Fire Hydrants Fire Hydrant TBS Slide Gates Slide Gate TBS Floor Stands Floor Stand TBS Yard Hydrants Yard Hydrant TBS Wash Hose Stations Wash Hose Station TBS Strainers Strainer TBS Sample Sink Sample Sink TBS PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - EXECUTION (NOT USED) END OF SECTION 09 06 90 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 06 90 PAINT COLOR SCHEDULE Page 6 of 6 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Pagel of 8 SECTION 09 22 16 - NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Non -load -bearing steel framing systems for interior partitions. 2. Suspension systems for interior gypsum ceilings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 092900 "Gypsum Board". 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of code -compliance certification for studs and tracks. B. Evaluation Reports: For high -strength steel studs and tracks firestop tracks post -installed anchors and power -actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Code -Compliance Certification of Studs and Tracks: Provide documentation that framing members are certified according to the product -certification program of the Steel Framing Industry Association or the Steel Stud Manufacturers Association. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Notify manufacturer of damaged materials received prior to installation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 2 of 8 B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Protect cold -formed metal framing from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling as required by AISI S202, "Code of Standard Practice for Cold - Formed Steel Structural Framing." PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Test -Response Characteristics: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies that incorporate non - load -bearing steel framing, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated, in accordance with ASTM E119 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated on Drawings, in accordance with ASTM E90 and classified in accordance with ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. C. Horizontal Deflection: For wall assemblies, limited to 1/240 of the wall height based on horizontal loading of 10 lbf/sq. ft. 2.2 FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Framing Members, General: Comply with ASTM C645 for conditions indicated. 1. Steel Sheet Components: Comply with ASTM C645 requirements for metal unless otherwise indicated 2. Protective Coating: Comply with ASTM C645; ASTM A653/A653M, G40; or coating with equivalent corrosion resistance. Galvannealed products are unacceptable. a. Coating demonstrates equivalent corrosion resistance with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Studs and Track: ASTM C645. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. b. C1arkDietrich. C. SCAFCO Steel Stud Companv: Stone Group of Companies. 2. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0329 inch. 3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 3 of 8 C. High -Strength Steel Studs and Tracks: Roll -formed with surface deformations to stiffen the framing members. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. b. C1arkDietrich. C. SCAFCO Steel Stud Company; Stone Group of Companies. 2. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0180 inch. 3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. D. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where indicated, provide one of the following: 1. Single Long -Leg Track System: Top track with 2-inch- deep flanges in thickness not less than indicated for studs, installed with studs friction fit into top track and with continuous bridging located within 12 inches of the top of studs to provide lateral bracing. 2. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top track manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interior partition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: 1) CRACO Mfg., Inc. E. Firestop Tracks: Top track manufactured to allow partition heads to expand and contract with movement of structure while maintaining continuity of fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated; in thickness not less than indicated for studs and in width to accommodate depth of studs. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. CEMCO; California Expanded Metal Products Co. b. C1arkDietrich. C. SCAFCO Steel Stud Companv. Stone Group of Companies. F. Flat Strap and Backing Plate: Steel sheet for blocking and bracing in length and width indicated. 1. Manufacturers: a. MRI Steel Framing, LLC.; or equal. 2. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0269 inch. G. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 4 of 8 a. MRI Steel Framing, LLC. Or equal. 2. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0296 inch. 3. Depth: As indicated on Drawings. H. Resilient Furring Channels: 1/2-inch- deep, steel sheet members designed to reduce sound transmission. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. MRI Steel Framing, LL(. Or equal. 2. Configuration: Asymmetrical or hat shaped. I. Z-Shaped Furring: With slotted or nonslotted web, face flange of 1-1/4 inches, wall attachment flange of 3/4 inch, minimum uncoated -steel thickness of 0.0179 inch, and depth required to fit insulation thickness indicated. 1. <Double click here to find, evaluate, and insert list of manufacturers and Droducts.> 2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Tie Wire: ASTM A64I/A64IM, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062-inch- diameter wire, or double strand of 0.048-inch- diameter wire. B. Hanger Attachments to Concrete: 1. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193 and ACI318 as appropriate for the substrate. C. Wire Hangers: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.16 inch in diameter. D. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): Cold -rolled, commercial -steel sheet with a base -steel thickness of 0.0538 inch and minimum 1/2-inch- wide flanges. 1. Depth: 2 inches. E. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 1. Hat -Shaped, Rigid Furring Channels: 7/8 inch deep. a. Minimum Base -Steel Thickness: 0.0296 inch. 2.4 AUXILIARY MATERIALS A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 5 of 8 1. Fasteners for Steel Framing: Of type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and other properties required to fasten steel members to substrates. B. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls: Provide one of the following: 1. Asphalt -Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D226/D226M, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated. 2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive -backed, closed -cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates, with Installer present, and including welded hollow -metal frames, cast -in anchors, and structural framing, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 41V�9 7iI7., I 7:rIto] eI A. Suspended Assemblies: Coordinate installation of suspension systems with installation of overhead structure to ensure that inserts and other provisions for anchorages to building structure have been installed to receive hangers at spacing required to support the Work and that hangers will develop their full strength. 1. Furnish concrete inserts and other devices indicated to other trades for installation in advance of time needed for coordination and construction. B. Coordination with Sprayed Fire -Resistive Materials: 1. Before sprayed fire -resistive materials are applied, attach offset anchor plates or ceiling tracks to surfaces indicated to receive sprayed fire -resistive materials. Where offset anchor plates are required, provide continuous plates fastened to building structure not more than 24 inches o.c. 2. After sprayed fire -resistive materials are applied, remove them only to extent necessary for installation of non -load -bearing steel framing. Do not reduce thickness of fire - resistive materials below that are required for fire -resistance ratings indicated. Protect adjacent fire -resistive materials from damage. 3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Installation Standard: ASTM C754. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 6 of 8 1. Gypsum Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C841 that apply to framing installation. 2. Portland Cement Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C1063 that apply to framing installation. 3. Gypsum Veneer Plaster Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C844 that apply to framing installation. 4. Gypsum Board Assemblies: Also comply with requirements in ASTM C840 that apply to framing installation. B. Install framing and accessories plumb, square, and true to line, with connections securely fastened. C. Install supplementary framing, and blocking to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. D. Install bracing at terminations in assemblies. E. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with non -load -bearing steel framing members. Frame both sides of joints independently. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF FRAMING SYSTEMS A. Install framing system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. 1. Single -Layer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 2. Multilayer Application: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. 3. Tile Backing Panels: As required by horizontal deflection performance requirements] 16 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated. B. Where studs are installed directly against exterior masonry walls or dissimilar metals at exterior walls, install isolation strip between studs and exterior wall. C. Install studs so flanges within framing system point in same direction. D. Install tracks at floors and overhead supports. Extend framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings except where partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing around ducts that penetrate partitions above ceiling. 1. Slip -Type Head Joints: Where framing extends to overhead structural supports, install to produce joints at tops of framing systems that prevent axial loading of finished assemblies. 2. Door Openings: Screw vertical studs at jambs to jamb anchor clips on door frames; install track section (for cripple studs) at head and secure to jamb studs. a. Install two studs at each jamb unless otherwise indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 7 of 8 b. Install cripple studs at head adjacent to each jamb stud, with a minimum 1/2-inch clearance from jamb stud to allow for installation of control joint in finished assembly. C. Extend jamb studs through suspended ceilings and attach to underside of overhead structure. 3. Other Framed Openings: Frame openings other than door openings the same as required for door openings unless otherwise indicated. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above door heads. 4. Fire -Resistance -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with fire -resistance -rated assembly indicated and support closures and to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. a. Firestop Track: Where indicated, install to maintain continuity of fire -resistance - rated assembly indicated. 5. Sound -Rated Partitions: Install framing to comply with sound -rated assembly indicated. 6. Curved Partitions: a. Bend track to uniform curve and locate straight lengths so they are tangent to arcs. b. Begin and end each arc with a stud, and space intermediate studs equally along arcs. On straight lengths of no fewer than two studs at ends of arcs, place studs 6 inches o.c. E. Direct Furring: 1. Screw to wood framing. 2. Attach to concrete or masonry with stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. F. Z-Shaped Furring Members: 1. Erect insulation, specified in Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation," vertically and hold in place with Z-shaped furring members spaced 24 inches o.c. 2. Except at exterior corners, securely attach narrow flanges of furring members to wall with concrete stub nails, screws designed for masonry attachment, or powder -driven fasteners spaced 24 inches o.c. 3. At exterior corners, attach wide flange of furring members to wall with short flange extending beyond corner; on adjacent wall surface, screw -attach short flange of furring channel to web of attached channel. At interior corners, space second member no more than 12 inches from corner and cut insulation to fit. G. Installation Tolerance: Install each framing member so fastening surfaces vary not more than 1/8 inch from the plane formed by faces of adjacent framing. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Install suspension system components according to spacings indicated, but not greater than spacings required by referenced installation standards for assembly types. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 22 16 NON-STRUCTURAL METAL FRAMING Page 8 of 8 1. Hangers: 48 inches o.c. 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners):48 inches o.c. 3. Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. B. Isolate suspension systems from building structure where they abut or are penetrated by building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement. C. Suspend hangers from building structure as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structural or suspension system. a. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions and offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 2. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with locations of hangers required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in the form of trapezes or equivalent devices. a. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced installation standards. 3. Wire Hangers: Secure by looping and wire tying, either directly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices and fasteners that are secure and appropriate for substrate, and in a manner that will not cause hangers to deteriorate or otherwise fail. 4. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. 5. Do not attach hangers to permanent metal forms. Furnish cast -in -place hanger inserts that extend through forms. 6. Do not attach hangers to rolled -in hanger tabs of composite steel floor deck. 7. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. D. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Wire tie furring channels to supports. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF GRID SUSPENSION SYSTEMS A. Grid Suspension Systems: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension systems meet vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross -furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Installation Tolerances: Install suspension systems that are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet measured lengthwise on each member that will receive finishes and transversely between parallel members that will receive finishes. END OF SECTION 09 22 16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 1 of 11 SECTION 09 29 00 - GYPSUM BOARD PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior gypsum board. 2. Tile backing panels. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 054000 "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for structural steel framing that supports gypsum board panels. 2. Section 09 30 13 "Ceramic Tiling" for cementitious backer units installed as substrates for ceramic tile. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For the following: 1. Gypsum wallboard. 2. Gypsum board, Type X. 3. Gypsum ceiling board. 4. Impact -resistant gypsum board. 5. Mold -resistant gypsum board. B. Samples: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- long length for each trim accessory indicated. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of trim accessory indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Trim Accessories: Full-size Sample in 12-inch- long length for each trim accessory indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 2 of 11 E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups of at least 100 sq. ft. in surface area to demonstrate aesthetic effects and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockups for the following: a. Each level of gypsum board finish indicated for use in exposed locations. b. Each texture finish indicated. 2. Apply or install final decoration indicated, including painting and wallcoverings, on exposed surfaces for review of mockups. 3. Simulate finished lighting conditions for review of mockups. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Store materials inside under cover and keep them dry and protected against weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction traffic, and other potential causes of damage. Stack panels flat and supported on risers on a flat platform to prevent sagging. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with ASTM C840 requirements or gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions, whichever are more stringent. B. Do not install paper -faced gypsum panels until installation areas are enclosed and conditioned. C. Do not install panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 3 of 11 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: For fire -resistance -rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM El19 by an independent testing agency. B. STC-Rated Assemblies: For STC-rated assemblies, provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to ASTM E90 and classified according to ASTM E413 by an independent testing agency. 2.2 GYPSUM BOARD, GENERAL A. Size: Provide maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each area and that correspond with support system indicated. 2.3 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD A. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C1396/C1396M. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American GVDsum. b. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. C. USG Comoration. d. Or approved equal. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. B. Gypsum Board, Type X: ASTM C 1 396/C I 396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gvnsum. b. CertainTeed. SAINT-GOBAIN. C. USG Corporation. d. Or approved equal. 2. Thickness: 5/8 inch. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. C. Gypsum Ceiling Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 4 of 11 a. American Gvnsum. b. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. C. USG Corporation. d. Or approved equal. 2. Thickness: 1/2 inch. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. D. Impact -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M gypsum board, tested according to ASTM C I 629/C 1 629M. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American GvDsum. b. CertainTeed: SAINT-GOBAIN. C. USG Corporation. d. Or approved equal. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3. Surface Abrasion: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements. 4. Indentation: ASTM C 1629/C 1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements. 5. Soft -Body Impact: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements. 6. Hard -Body Impact: ASTM C1629/C1629M, meets or exceeds Level 3 requirements according to test in Annex Al. 7. Long Edges: Tapered. 8. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. E. Mold -Resistant Gypsum Board: ASTM C1396/C1396M. With moisture- and mold -resistant core and paper surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Gvnsum. b. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. C. USG Comoration. d. Or approved equal. 2. Core: 1/2 inch for ceilings, 5/8 inch, Type X for walls. 3. Long Edges: Tapered. 4. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274. 2.4 TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C1178/C1178M, with manufacturer's standard edges. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 5 of 11 a. CertainTeed. SAINT-GOBAIN. b. Georizia-Pacific Gv_vsum LLC. C. USG Corporation. d. Or approved equal. 2. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 3. Mold Resistance: ASTM D3273, score of 10 as rated according to ASTM D3274 2.5 TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Interior Trim: ASTM C1047. 1. Material: Galvanized or aluminum -coated steel sheet. 2. Shapes: a. Cornerbead. b. Bullnose bead. C. LC -Bead: J-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. d. L-Bead: L-shaped; exposed long flange receives joint compound. e. U-Bead: J-shaped; exposed short flange does not receive joint compound. f. Expansion (control) joint. g. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: With notched or flexible flanges. 2.6 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS A. General: Comply with ASTM C475/C475M. B. Joint Tape: 1. Interior Gypsum Board: Paper. 2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper. 3. Glass -Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh. 4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer. C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Board: For each coat, use formulation that is compatible with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats. 1. Prefilling: At open joints and damaged surface areas, use setting -type taping compound. 2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, fasteners, and trim flanges, use setting -type taping compound. a. Use setting -type compound for installing paper -faced metal trim accessories. 3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. 5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use setting -type, sandable topping compound. D. Joint Compound for Tile Backing Panels: 1. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by backer unit manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 6 of 11 i►a� NOto.14IaG1IWaUI:V1:1tiIF.11I y A. Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Laminating Adhesive: Adhesive or joint compound recommended for directly adhering gypsum panels to continuous substrate. C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033 to 0.112 inch thick. 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel manufacturer. D. Sound -Attenuation Blankets: ASTM C665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) produced by combining thermosetting resins with mineral fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool. 1. Fire -Resistance -Rated Assemblies: Comply with mineral -fiber requirements of assembly. E. Thermal Insulation: As specified in Section 07 2100 "Thermal Insulation." PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and substrates including welded hollow -metal frames and support framing, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine panels before installation. Reject panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION AND FINISHING OF PANELS, GENERAL A. Comply with ASTM C840. B. Install ceiling panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoid abutting end joints in central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. C. Install panels with face side out. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. D. Locate edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back -blocking is provided behind end joints. Do not place tapered CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 3.3 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 7 of 11 edges against cut edges or ends. Stagger vertical joints on opposite sides of partitions. Do not make joints other than control joints at corners of framed openings. E. Form control and expansion joints with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels. F. Cover both faces of support framing with gypsum panels in concealed spaces (above ceilings, etc.), except in chases braced internally. 1. Unless concealed application is indicated or required for sound, fire, air, or smoke ratings, coverage may be accomplished with scraps of not less than 8 sq. ft. in area. 2. Fit gypsum panels around ducts, pipes, and conduits. 3. Where partitions intersect structural members projecting below underside of floor/roof slabs and decks, cut gypsum panels to fit profile formed by structural members; allow 1/4- to 3/8-inch- wide joints to install sealant. G. Isolate perimeter of gypsum board applied to non -load -bearing partitions at structural abutments. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- wide spaces at these locations and trim edges with edge trim where edges of panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical sealant. H. Attachment to Steel Framing: Attach panels so leading edge or end of each panel is attached to open (unsupported) edges of stud flanges first. I. Wood Framing: Install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction. Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide -dimension lumber, including floor joists and headers. Float gypsum panels over these members or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage. K. A. STC-Rated Assemblies: Seal construction at perimeters, behind control joints, and at openings and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant. Install acoustical sealant at both faces of partitions at perimeters and through penetrations. Comply with ASTM C919 and with manufacturer's written instructions for locating edge trim and closing off sound -flanking paths around or through assemblies, including sealing partitions above acoustical ceilings. Install sound attenuation blankets before installing gypsum panels unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side. INSTALLATION OF INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD Install interior gypsum board in the following locations: 1. Wallboard Type: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Type X: As indicated on Drawings and where assembly. 3. Ceiling Type: Ceiling surfaces. 4. Impact -Resistant Type: As indicated on Drawings. 5. Glass -Mat Interior Type: As indicated on Drawings. Single -Layer Application: required for fire -resistance -rated CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 8 of 11 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to greatest extent possible and at right angles to framing unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly, and minimize end joints. a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of panels. b. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. 3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically (parallel to framing) with no end joints. Locate edge joints over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. C. Multilayer Application: 1. On ceilings, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers before applying base layers on walls/partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members and offset face -layer joints one framing member, 16 inches minimum, from parallel base -layer joints, unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance - rated assembly. 2. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum board indicated for base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face -layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base -layer joints unless otherwise indicated or required by fire -resistance -rated assembly. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. 3. On Z-shaped furring members, apply base layer vertically (parallel to framing) and face layer either vertically (parallel to framing) or horizontally (perpendicular to framing) with vertical joints offset at least one furring member. Locate edge joints of base layer over furring members. 4. Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports with steel drill screws. D. Laminating to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsum board manufacturer's written instructions and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. E. Curved Surfaces: 1. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, across curved surface plus 12-inch- long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent to them. 2. For double -layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches o.c. Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws spaced 12 inches o.c. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR GYPSUM PANELS FOR CEILINGS AND SOFFITS A. Apply panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and located over supports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 9 of 11 1. Install with 1/4-inch open space where panels abut other construction or structural penetrations. 2. Fasten with corrosion -resistant screws. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF TILE BACKING PANELS A. Glass -Mat, Water -Resistant Backing Panels: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with 1/4-inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. B. Where tile backing panels abut other types of panels in same plane, shim surfaces to produce a uniform plane across panel surfaces. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF TRIM ACCESSORIES A. General: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Control Joints: Install control joint saccording to ASTM C840 and in specific locations approved by Engineer for visual effect. C. Interior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Comerbead: Use at outside corners unless otherwise indicated. 2. Bullnose Bead: Use where indicated. 3. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. 4. L-Bead: Use where indicated. 5. U-Bead: Use where indicated. 6. Curved -Edge Cornerbead: Use at curved openings. D. Exterior Trim: Install in the following locations: 1. Cornerbead: Use at outside corners. 2. LC -Bead: Use at exposed panel edges. E. Aluminum Trim: Install in locations indicated on Drawings. 3.7 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces. B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas. C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except for trim products specifically indicated as not intended to receive tape. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 29 00 GYPSUM BOARD Page 10 of 11 D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below and according to ASTM C840: 1. Level 1: Ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated. 2. Level 2: Panels that are substrate for tile. 3. Level 4: At panel surfaces that will be exposed to view unless otherwise indicated. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 4. Level 5: Where indicated on Drawings. a. Primer and its application to surfaces are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." 3.8 PROTECTION A. Protect adjacent surfaces from drywall compound and promptly remove from floors and other non -drywall surfaces. Repair surfaces stained, marred, or otherwise damaged during drywall application. B. Protect installed products from damage from weather, condensation, direct sunlight, construction, and other causes during remainder of the construction period. C. Remove and replace panels that are wet, moisture damaged, and mold damaged. 1. Indications that panels are wet or moisture -damaged include, but are not limited to, discoloration, sagging, or irregular shape. 2. Indications that panels are mold damaged include, but are not limited to, fuzzy or splotchy surface contamination and discoloration. END OF SECTION 09 29 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 1 of 10 SECTION 09 30 13 - CERAMIC TILING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Porcelain wall tile. 2. Porcelain floor tile. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 079200 "Joint Sealants" for sealing of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile surfaces. 2. Section 09 29 00 "Gypsum Board" for tile backer units. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. General: Definitions in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards and in ANSI A137.1 apply to Work of this Section unless otherwise specified. B. ANSI A108 Series: ANSI A108.01, ANSI A108.02, ANSI A108.1A, ANSI A108.1B, ANSI A108.1C, ANSI A108.4, ANSI A108.5, ANSI A108.6, ANSI A108.8, ANSI A108.9, ANSI A108.10, ANSI A108.11, ANSI A108.12, ANSI A108.13, ANSI A108.14, ANSI A108.15, ANSI A108.16, and ANSI A108.17, which are contained in its "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile." C. Face Size: Actual tile size, excluding spacer lugs. D. Module Size: Actual tile size plus joint width indicated. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review requirements in ANSI Al08.01 for substrates and for preparation by other trades. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 2 of 10 1%. K'Teh0MOL381:3uIIaF."IILI A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Show locations of each type of tile and tile pattern. Show widths, details, and locations of expansion, contraction, control, and isolation joints in tile substrates and finished tile surfaces. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For tile, grout, and accessories involving color selection. D. Samples for Verification: 1. Full-size units of each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. 2. Assembled samples mounted on a rigid panel, with grouted joints, for each type and composition of tile and for each color and finish required. Make samples at least 36 inches square, but not fewer than four tiles. Use grout of type and in color or colors approved for completed Work. 3. Full-size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color and finish required. 4. Metal edge strips in 6-inch lengths. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Master Grade Certificates: For each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. C. Product Certificates: For each type of product. D. Product Test Reports: For tile -setting and -grouting products and certified porcelain tile. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match and are from same production runs as products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Tile and Trim Units: Furnish quantity of full-size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size indicated. 2. Grout: Furnish quantity of grout equal to 3 percent of amount installed for each type, composition, and color indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 3 of 10 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: 1. Installer employs only Ceramic Tile Education Foundation Certified Installers or installers recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor as Journeyman Tile Layers for Project. B. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of each type of floor tile installation. 2. Build mockup of each type of wall tile installation. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use. Comply with requirements in ANSI A137.1 for labeling tile packages. B. Store tile and cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination can be avoided. D. Store liquid materials in unopened containers and protected from freezing. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install tile until construction in spaces is complete and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated in referenced standards and manufacturer's written instructions. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations for Tile: Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from single source or producer. 1. Obtain tile of each type and color or finish from same production run and of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties for each contiguous area. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 4 of 10 B. Source Limitations for Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain ingredients of a uniform quality for each mortar, adhesive, and grout component from single manufacturer and each aggregate from single source or producer. 1. Obtain setting and grouting materials, except for unmodified Portland cement and aggregate, from single manufacturer. C. Source Limitations for Other Products: Obtain each of the following products specified in this Section from a single manufacturer: 1. Stone thresholds. 2. Waterproof membrane. 3. Crack isolation membrane. 4. Cementitious backer units. 5. Metal edge strips. 2.2 PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1 for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. 1. Provide tile complying with Standard grade requirements unless otherwise indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI A108.02, ANSI standards referenced in other Part 2 articles, ANSI standards referenced by TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules, and other requirements specified. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within ranges, blend tile in factory and package so tile units taken from one package show same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. D. Mounting: For factory -mounted tile, provide back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 1. Where tile is indicated for installation in wet areas, do not use back- or edge -mounted tile assemblies unless tile manufacturer specifies in writing that this type of mounting is suitable for installation indicated and has a record of successful in-service performance. 2.3 TILE PRODUCTS A. Porcelain Tile Type T-1 and T-2: Unglazed porcelain floor and wall tiles. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Daltile; a brand of Dal -Tile Corporation. b. Interceramic. C. Marazzi USA; a brand of Dal -Tile Corporation. d. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 5 of 10 2. Certification: Tile certified by the Porcelain Tile Certification Agency. 3. Face Size: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Face Size Variation: Rectified. 5. Thickness: 1/4 inch. 6. Face: Plain with square edges. 7. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: Not less than 0.42. 8. Tile Color, Glaze, and Pattern: As indicated on the architectural finish schedule drawing. 9. Grout Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 10. Trim Units: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable and matching characteristics of adjoining flat tile. Provide shapes as follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. External Corners: Surface bullnose, module size same as adjoining flat tile. b. Internal Corners: Field -butted square corners. 2.4 THRESHOLDS A. General: Fabricate to sizes and profiles indicated or required to provide transition between adjacent floor finishes. 1. Bevel edges at 1:2 slope, with lower edge of bevel aligned with or up to 1/16 inch above adjacent floor surface. Finish bevel to match top surface of threshold. Limit height of threshold to 1/2 inch or less above adjacent floor surface. B. Marble Thresholds: ASTM C503/C503M, with a minimum abrasion resistance of 12according to ASTM C1353 or ASTM C241/C241M and with honed finish. 1. Description: Uniform, fine- to medium -grained white stone with gray veining. 2.5 SETTING MATERIALS A. Standard Dry -Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.1. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik; Arkema. b. C-Cure. C. Laticrete International, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI Al 18.1. B. Modified Dry -Set Mortar (Thinset): ANSI A118.4. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik; Arkema. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 6 of 10 b. C-Cure. C. Laticrete International, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Provide prepackaged, dry -mortar mix containing dry, redispersible, vinyl acetate or acrylic additive to which only water must be added at Project site. 3. For wall applications, provide mortar that complies with requirements for nonsagging mortar in addition to the other requirements in ANSI Al 18.4. 2.6 GROUT MATERIALS A. Sand -Portland Cement Grout: ANSI A108.10, consisting of white or gray cement and white or colored aggregate as required to produce color indicated. B. High -Performance Tile Grout: ANSI A118.7. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bostik: Arkema. b. C-Cure. C. Laticrete International, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Polymer Type: Ethylene vinyl acetate or acrylic additive, in dry, redispersible form, prepackaged with other dry ingredients. 3. Polymer Type: Acrylic resin or styrene-butadiene rubber in liquid -latex form for addition to prepackaged dry -grout mix. 2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland cement -based formulation provided or approved by manufacturer of tile -setting materials for installations indicated. B. Vapor -Retarder Membrane: Polyethylene sheeting, ASTM D4397, 4.0 mils thick. C. Metal Edge Strips: Angle or L-shaped, height to match tile and setting -bed thickness, metallic or combination of metal and PVC or neoprene base, designed specifically for flooring applications; stainless steel, ASTM A276/A276M or ASTM A666, 300 Series exposed -edge material. Manufacturers: Subiect to compliance with requirements, Drovide products by one of the following: a. Blanke Coporation. b. Ceramic Tool Company, Inc. C. Schluter Systems L.P. d. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 7 of 10 D. Tile Cleaner: A neutral cleaner capable of removing soil and residue without harming tile and grout surfaces, specifically approved for materials and installations indicated by tile and grout manufacturers. E. Floor Sealer: Manufacturer's standard product for sealing grout joints and that does not change color or appearance of grout. 2.8 MIXING MORTARS AND GROUT A. Mix mortars and grouts to comply with referenced standards and mortar and grout manufacturers' written instructions. B. Add materials, water, and additives in accurate proportions. C. Obtain and use type of mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures to produce mortars and grouts of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for installations indicated. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions where tile will be installed, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrates for setting tile are firm; dry; clean; free of coatings that are incompatible with tile -setting materials, including curing compounds and other substances that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone; and comply with flatness tolerances required by ANSI Al08.01 for installations indicated. 2. Verify that concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar comply with surface finish requirements in ANSI A108.01 for installations indicated. a. Verify that surfaces that received a steel trowel finish have been mechanically scarified. b. Verify that protrusions, bumps, and ridges have been removed by sanding or grinding. 3. Verify that installation of grounds, anchors, recessed frames, electrical and mechanical units of work, and similar items located in or behind tile has been completed. 4. Verify that joints and cracks in tile substrates are coordinated with tile joint locations; if not coordinated, adjust joint locations in consultation with Engineer. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 8 of 10 K1W�;]Ri17:17:r1 to] ►1 A. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in concrete substrates for tile floors installed with thinset mortar with trowelable leveling and patching compound specifically recommended by tile - setting material manufacturer. B. Where indicated, prepare substrates to receive waterproof membrane by applying a reinforced mortar bed that complies with ANSI A108.1A and is sloped 1/4 inch per foot toward drains. C. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations, verify that tile has been factory blended and packaged so tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages and match approved Samples. If not factory blended, either return to manufacturer or blend tiles at Project site before installing. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF TILE A. Comply with TCNA's "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation" for TCNA installation methods specified in tile installation schedules. Comply with parts of the ANSI A108 series "Specifications for Installation of Ceramic Tile" that are referenced in TCNA installation methods, specified in tile installation schedules, and apply to types of setting and grouting materials used. For the following installations, follow procedures in the ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards for providing 95 percent mortar coverage: a. Tile floors in wet areas. b. Tile floors consisting of tiles 8 by 8 inches or larger. C. Tile floors consisting of rib -backed tiles. B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form complete covering without interruptions unless otherwise indicated. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. C. Accurately form intersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces. Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish, or built-in items for straight aligned joints. Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures, and other penetrations so plates, collars, or covers overlap tile. D. Provide manufacturer's standard trim shapes where necessary to eliminate exposed tile edges. E. Where accent tile differs in thickness from field tile, vary setting -bed thickness so that tiles are flush. F. Jointing Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern unless otherwise indicated. Lay out tile work and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Lay out tile work to minimize the use of pieces that are less than half of a tile. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets so joints between sheets are not apparent in finished work. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 9 of 10 2. Where adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim are specified or indicated to be same size, align joints. 3. Where tiles are specified or indicated to be whole integer multiples of adjoining tiles on floor, base, walls, or trim, align joints unless otherwise indicated. G. Joint Widths: Unless otherwise indicated, install tile with the following joint widths: 1. Porcelain Tile: 1/4 inch. H. Lay out tile wainscots to dimensions indicated or to next full tile beyond dimensions indicated. I. Expansion Joints: Provide expansion joints and other sealant -filled joints, including control, contraction, and isolation joints, where indicated. Form joints during installation of setting materials, mortar beds, and tile. Do not saw -cut joints after installing tiles. 1. Where joints occur in concrete substrates, locate joints in tile surfaces directly above them. J. Metal Edge Strips: Install at locations indicated on Drawings. 3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace tile that is damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in a manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. B. Cleaning: On completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they are free of foreign matter. 1. Remove grout residue from tile as soon as possible. 2. Clean grout smears and haze from tile according to tile and grout manufacturer's written instructions but no sooner than 10 days after installation. Use only cleaners recommended by tile and grout manufacturers and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of tile and other surfaces to be cleaned. Protect metal surfaces and plumbing fixtures from effects of cleaning. Flush surfaces with clean water before and after cleaning. 3.5 PROTECTION A. Protect installed tile work with kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent staining, damage, and wear. If recommended by tile manufacturer, apply coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. B. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from tiled floors for at least seven days after grouting is completed. C. Before final inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse neutral protective cleaner from tile surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0930 13 CERAMIC TILING Page 10 of 10 4rl''10MYMR004"M1.11u110I1@31►13F."\nQ:740cole .Yy:10ill0a A. Interior Floor Installations, Concrete Subfloor: Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA F111 and ANSI A108.1A; cement mortar bed (thickset) with cleavage membrane. a. Tile Type: Porcelain. b. Bond Coat for Cured -Bed Method: Modified dry -set mortar. C. Grout: High-performance unsanded grout. B. Interior Wall Installations, Wood or Metal Studs or Furring: Ceramic Tile Installation: TCNA W221 or TCNA W244F; thinset mortar on cementitious backer units or fiber -cement backer board over vapor -retarder membrane. a. Ceramic Tile Type: T-1 and T-2. b. Thinset mortar: Modified dry -set mortar. C. Grout: High-performance unsanded grout. END OF SECTION 0930 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 09 51 23 - ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Acoustical tiles. 2. Metal suspension system. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 054000 "Cold -Formed Metal Framing" for structural framing supporting ceiling suspension systems. C. Products furnished, but not installed under this Section, include anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices to be cast in concrete. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Acoustical tiles. 2. Metal suspension system. 3. Accessories. 4. Metal edge moldings and trim. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, 6 inches in size. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For components with factory -applied finishes. D. Samples for Verification: For each component indicated and for each exposed finish required, prepared on Samples of sizes indicated below: 1. Acoustical Tiles: Set of full-size Samples of each type, color, pattern, and texture. 2. Concealed Suspension -System Members: 6-inch- long Sample of each type. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 2 of 10 Exposed Moldings and Trim: Set of 6-inch- long Samples of each type and color. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Reflected ceiling plans, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Ceiling suspension -system members. 2. Structural members to which suspension systems will be attached. 3. Method of attaching hangers to building structure. a. Furnish layouts for cast -in -place anchors, clips, and other ceiling attachment devices whose installation is specified in other Sections. 4. Carrying channels or other supplemental support for hanger -wire attachment where conditions do not permit installation of hanger wires at required spacing. 5. Size and location of initial access modules for acoustical tile. 6. Items penetrating finished ceiling and ceiling -mounted items including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Diffusers. C. Grilles. d. Speakers. e. Sprinklers. f. Access panels. g. Perimeter moldings. 7. Show operation of hinged and sliding components adjacent to acoustical tiles. 8. Minimum Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch = 1 foot. B. Qualification Data: For testing agency. C. Product Test Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency. D. Evaluation Reports: For each acoustical tile ceiling suspension system and anchor and fastener type, from ICC-ES. E. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 3 of 10 A. Maintenance Data: For finishes to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Full-size tiles equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 2. Suspension -System Components: Quantity of each concealed grid and exposed component equal to 2 percent of quantity installed. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical ceiling area as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver acoustical tiles, suspension -system components, and accessories to Project site and store them in a fully enclosed, conditioned space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, humidity, temperature extremes, direct sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes. B. Before installing acoustical tiles, permit them to reach room temperature and a stabilized moisture content. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not install acoustical tile ceilings until spaces are enclosed and weathertight, wet -work in spaces is complete and dry, work above ceilings is complete, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 4 of 10 1. Pressurized Plenums: Operate ventilation system for not less than 48 hours before beginning acoustical tile ceiling installation. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Source Limitations for Suspended Acoustical Tile Ceiling System: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile and its suspension system from single source from single manufacturer. B. Source Limitations for Directly Attached Acoustical Tile Ceiling Tile: Obtain each type of acoustical ceiling tile from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Seismic Performance: Suspended ceilings to withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: Comply with ASTM E84; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Flame -Spread Index: Class B in accordance with ASTM E1264. 2. Smoke -Developed Index: 450 or less. C. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Comply with ASTM E 119; testing by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Indicate design designations from UL or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. 2.3 ACOUSTICAL TILES (ACT) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries. 2. CertainTeed. SAINT-GOBAIN. 3. USG Corporation. 4. Or approved equal. B. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that comply with ASTM E1264 classifications as designated by type, form, pattern, acoustical rating, and light reflectance unless otherwise indicated. C. Classification: Provide fire -resistance -rated tiles as follows: 1. Type and Form, Type III: Mineral base with painted finish; Form 2, water felted. 2. Pattern: as indicated by manufacturer's designation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 5 of 10 D. Color: White. E. Light Reflectance (LR): Not less than 0.80. F. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): Not less than 30. G. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Not less than 0.70. H. Edge/Joint Detail: As indicated by manufacturer's designation. I. Thickness: 3/4 inch. J. Modular Size: As indicated on Drawings. K. Antimicrobial Treatment: Manufacturer's standard broad spectrum, antimicrobial formulation that inhibits fungus, mold, mildew, and gram -positive and gram -negative bacteria and showing no mold, mildew, or bacterial growth when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273, ASTM D3274, or ASTM G21 and evaluated in accordance with ASTM D3274 or ASTM G21. 2.4 METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEM A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong Ceiling & Wall Solutions. 2. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. 3. USG Corporation. 4. Or approved equal. B. Metal Suspension -System Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard, direct -hung, fully concealed, metal suspension system and accessories of type, structural classification, and finish indicated that complies with applicable requirements in ASTM C635/C635M. 1. High -Humidity Finish: Where indicated, provide coating tested and classified for "severe environment performance" in accordance with ASTM C635/C635M. 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. Attachment Devices: Size for five times the design load indicated in ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung," unless otherwise indicated. Comply with seismic design requirements. 1. Anchors in Concrete: Anchors of type and material indicated below, with holes or loops for attaching hangers of type indicated and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to five times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM E488/E488M or ASTM E1512 as applicable, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. a. Type: Postinstalled expansion anchors. b. Corrosion Protection, Carbon Steel: Components zinc plated in accordance with ASTM B633, Class SC 1 (mild) service condition. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 6 of 10 C. Corrosion Protection, Stainless Steel: Components complying with ASTM F593 and ASTM F594, Group 1 Alloy 304 or 316. 2. Power -Actuated Fasteners in Concrete: Fastener system of type suitable for application indicated, fabricated from corrosion -resistant materials, with clips or other accessory devices for attaching hangers of type indicated, and with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 10 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined by testing in accordance with ASTM El 190, conducted by a qualified testing and inspecting agency. B. Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires as follows: 1. Zinc -Coated, Carbon -Steel Wire: ASTM A641/A641M, Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper. 2. Stainless Steel Wire: ASTM A580/A580M, Type 304, nonmagnetic. 3. Size: Wire diameter sufficient for its stress at three times hanger design load (ASTM C635/C635M, Table 1, "Direct Hung") will be less than yield stress of wire, but not less than 0.106-inch- diameter wire. C. Hanger Rods: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust -inhibitive paint. D. Flat Hangers: Mild steel, zinc coated or protected with rust -inhibitive paint. E. Angle Hangers: Angles with legs not less than 7/8 inch wide; formed with 0.04-inch- thick, galvanized -steel sheet complying with ASTM A653/A653M, G90 coating designation; with bolted connections and 5/16-inch- diameter bolts. F. Seismic Stabilizer Bars: Manufacturer's standard perimeter stabilizers designed to accommodate seismic forces. G. Seismic Struts: Manufacturer's standard compression struts designed to accommodate lateral forces. H. Seismic Clips: Manufacturer's standard seismic clips designed to secure acoustical tiles in -place during a seismic event. [ �uIgoKR lJ 191NOto]r171.1CV.11a12191u•I A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 2. CertainTeed; SAINT-GOBAIN. 3. USG Coporation. 4. Or approved equal. B. Extruded -Aluminum Edge Moldings and Trim: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's extruded -aluminum edge moldings and trim of profile indicated or referenced by manufacturer's designations, including splice plates, corner pieces, and attachment and other clips, complying with seismic design requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 7 of 10 1. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: Minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with ASTM C635/C635M and coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 2.7 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Acoustical Sealant: As specified in Section 07 92 19 "Acoustical Joint Sealants." 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Acoustical Tile Adhesive: Type recommended in writing by acoustical tile manufacturer, bearing UL label for Class 0-25 flame spread. B. Staples: 5/16-inch- long, divergent -point staples. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, including structural framing and substrates to which acoustical tile ceilings attach or abut, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements specified in this and other Sections that affect ceiling installation and anchorage and for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine acoustical tiles before installation. Reject acoustical tiles that are wet, moisture damaged, or mold damaged. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Testing Substrates: Before adhesively bonding tiles to wet -placed substrates such as cast -in - place concrete or plaster, test and verify that moisture level is below tile manufacturer's recommended limits. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical tiles to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less -than -half -width tiles at borders unless otherwise indicated, and comply with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. C. Layout openings for penetrations centered on the penetrating items. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS A. Install suspended acoustical tile ceilings in accordance with ASTM C636/C636M and manufacturer's written instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 8 of 10 Fire -Rated Assembly: Install fire -rated ceiling systems in accordance with tested fire - rated design. B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required and, if permitted with fire -resistance -rated ceilings,] to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, counters playing, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension -system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly to structure or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for substrate and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Secure flat, angle, channel, and rod hangers to structure, including intermediate framing members, by attaching to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure and appropriate for both the structure to which hangers are attached and the type of hanger involved. Install hangers in a manner that will not cause them to deteriorate or fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 6. Do not support ceilings directly from permanent metal forms or floor deck. Fasten hangers to cast -in -place hanger inserts, post installed mechanical or adhesive anchors, or power -actuated fasteners that extend through forms into concrete. 7. When steel framing does not permit installation of hanger wires at spacing required, install carrying channels or other supplemental support for attachment of hanger wires. 8. Do not attach hangers to steel deck tabs. 9. Do not attach hangers to steel roof deck. Attach hangers to structural members. 10. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers unless otherwise indicated; provide hangers not more than 8 inches from ends of each member. 11. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling loads within performance limits established by referenced standards. C. Secure bracing wires to ceiling suspension members and to supports with a minimum of four tight turns. Suspend bracing from building's structural members as required for hangers without attaching to permanent metal forms, steel deck, or steel deck tabs. Fasten bracing wires into concrete with cast -in -place or post installed anchors. D. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles. 1. Apply acoustical sealant in a continuous ribbon concealed on back of vertical legs of moldings before they are installed. 2. Screw attach moldings to substrate at intervals not more than 16 inches o.c. and not more than 3 inches from ends. Miter corners accurately and connect securely. 3. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 9 of 10 E. Install suspension -system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. F. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical tiles as follows: As indicated on reflected ceiling plans. G. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system and exposed moldings and trim. Place splines or suspension -system flanges into kerfed edges of tiles so tile -to -tile joints are interlocked. 1. Fit adjoining tiles to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tiles for accurate fit at borders and around penetrations through ceiling. 2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf -type, spring -steel spacers between tiles and moldings, spaced 12 inches o.c. 3. Protect lighting fixtures and air ducts in accordance with requirements indicated for fire - resistance -rated assembly. 3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A. Suspended Ceilings: Install main and cross runners level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non -cumulative. B. Moldings and Trim: Install moldings and trim to substrate and level with ceiling suspension system to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 12 feet, non -cumulative. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspections: Periodic inspection during the installation of suspended ceiling grids in accordance with ASCE/SEI 7. B. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections. C. Acoustical tile ceiling hangers, anchors, and fasteners will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touchup of minor finish damage. B. Remove and replace tiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanently eliminate evidence of damage. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 51 23 ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS Page 10 of 10 END OF SECTION 09 51 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 09 65 13 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Thermoplastic -rubber base. 2. Rubber molding accessories. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified, not less than 12 inches long. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of product indicated. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of product indicated and for each color, texture, and pattern required in manufacturer's standard -size Samples, but not less than 12 inches long. E. Product Schedule: For resilient base and accessory products. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, of each type, color, pattern, and size of resilient product installed. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 6 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Coordinate mockups in this Section with mockups specified in other Sections. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store resilient products and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 70 deg F or more than 95 deg F, in spaces to receive resilient products during the following periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After installation and until Substantial Completion, maintain ambient temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Install resilient products after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 THERMOPLASTIC -RUBBER BASE (B-1) A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Armstrong Flooring, Inc. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 3 of 6 2. Johnsonite: a Tarkett comnanv. 3. Ronne Corporation; Ro_D_ne Holding Companv. 4. Or approved equal. B. Product Standard: ASTM F1861, Type TP (rubber, thermoplastic). 1. Group: I (solid, homogeneous) or II (layered). 2. Style and Location: a. Style B, Cove: Provide in areas with resilient floor coverings. b. Style C, Butt to: Provide in areas indicated. C. Thickness: 0.125 inch. D. Height: As indicated on Drawings. E. Lengths: Cut lengths 48 inches long or coils in manufacturer's standard length. F. Outside Corners: Preformed. G. Inside Corners: Preformed. H. Colors: As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex -modified, portland-cement-based or blended hydraulic -cement -based formulation provided or approved by resilient -product manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water-resistant type recommended by resilient -product manufacturer for resilient products and substrate conditions indicated. C. Stair -Tread Nose Filler: Two-part epoxy compound recommended by resilient stair -tread manufacturer to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. D. Metal Edge Strips: Extruded aluminum with mill finish, nominal 2 inches wide, of height required to protect exposed edges of flooring, and in maximum available lengths to minimize running joints. E. Floor Polish: Provide protective, liquid floor -polish products recommended by resilient stair - tread manufacturer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 4 of 6 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of resilient products. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Installation of resilient products indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure adhesion of resilient products. B. Concrete Substrates for Resilient Stair Accessories: Prepare horizontal surfaces according to ASTM F710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. 3. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrate alkalinity falls within range on pH scale recommended by manufacturer in writing, but not less than 5 or more than 9 pH. 4. Moisture Testing: Perform tests so that each test area does not exceed 200 sq. ft., and perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with test areas evenly spaced in installation areas. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Using in -situ probes, ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. C. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates with trowelable leveling and patching compound; remove bumps and ridges to produce a uniform and smooth substrate. D. Do not install resilient products until materials are the same temperature as space where they are to be installed. 1. At least 48 hours in advance of installation, move resilient products and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed. E. Immediately before installation, sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by resilient products. 3.3 RESILIENT BASE INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient base. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 5 of 6 B. Apply resilient base to walls, columns, pilasters, casework and cabinets in toe spaces, and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. C. Install resilient base in lengths as long as practical without gaps at seams and with tops of adjacent pieces aligned. D. Tightly adhere resilient base to substrate throughout length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. E. Do not stretch resilient base during installation. F. On masonry surfaces or other similar irregular substrates, fill voids along top edge of resilient base with manufacturer's recommended adhesive filler material. G. Preformed Corners: Install preformed corners before installing straight pieces. 3.4 RESILIENT ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for installing resilient accessories. B. Resilient Stair Accessories: 1. Use stair -tread -nose filler to fill nosing substrates that do not conform to tread contours. 2. Tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. 3. For treads installed as separate, equal -length units, install to produce a flush joint between units. C. Resilient Molding Accessories: Butt to adjacent materials and tightly adhere to substrates throughout length of each piece. Install reducer strips at edges of floor covering that would otherwise be exposed. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and protecting resilient products. B. Perform the following operations immediately after completing resilient -product installation: 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from surfaces. 2. Sweep and vacuum horizontal surfaces thoroughly. 3. Damp -mop horizontal surfaces to remove marks and soil. C. Protect resilient products from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. D. Cover resilient products subject to wear and foot traffic until Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 09 65 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 0965 13 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES Page 6 of 6 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Pagel of 8 SECTION 09 67 23 - RESINOUS FLOORING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resinous flooring systems. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include manufacturer's technical data, application instructions, and recommendations for each resinous flooring component required. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of exposed finish required. C. Samples for Verification: For each resinous flooring system required, 6 inches square, applied to a rigid backing by Installer for this Project. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Installer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that installers comply with specified requirements. B. Material Certificates: For each resinous flooring component, from manufacturer. C. Material Test Reports: For each resinous flooring system, by a qualified testing agency. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 2 of 8 A. Maintenance Data: For resinous flooring to include in maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer. B. Engage an installer who is certified in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer as qualified to apply resinous flooring systems indicated. C. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Apply full -thickness mockups on 96-inch- square floor area selected by Engineer. a. Include 96-inch length of integral cove base with inside and outside corner. 2. Simulate finished lighting conditions for Engineer's review of mockups. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original packages and containers, with seals unbroken, bearing manufacturer's labels indicating brand name and directions for storage and mixing with other components. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate temperature, ambient temperature, moisture, ventilation, and other conditions affecting resinous flooring application. B. Lighting: Provide permanent lighting or, if permanent lighting is not in place, simulate permanent lighting conditions during resinous flooring application. C. Close spaces to traffic during resinous flooring application and for 24 hours after application unless manufacturer recommends a longer period. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 3 of 8 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Flammability: Self -extinguishing according to ASTM D635. 2.2 MANUFACTURERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain primary resinous flooring materials, including primers, resins, hardening agents, grouting coats, and topcoats, from single source from single manufacturer. Obtain secondary materials, including patching and fill material, joint sealant, and repair materials, of type and from manufacturer recommended in writing by manufacturer of primary materials. 2.3 RESINOUS FLOORING A. Resinous Flooring System: Abrasion-, impact-, and chemical -resistant, aggregate -filled, and resin -based monolithic floor surfacing designed to produce a seamless floor and integral cove base. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Sherwin-Williams Hiah Performance Floorina. b. Stonhard, Inc. C. Tnemec Company, Inc. d. Or approved equal. B. System Characteristics: 1. Color and Pattern: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Wearing Surface: Textured for slip resistance. 3. Overall System Thickness: 1/4 inch. C. Primer: Type recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. 1. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. D. Waterproofing Membrane: Type recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated. 1. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. E. Reinforcing Membrane: Flexible resin formulation that is recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer for substrate and resinous flooring system indicated and that inhibits substrate cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring. 1. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 4 of 8 a. Provide fiberglass scrim embedded in reinforcing membrane. F. Patching and Fill Material: Resinous product of or approved by resinous flooring manufacturer and recommended by manufacturer for application indicated. G. Body Coats: 1. Resin: Epoxy. 2. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Type: Pigmented. 4. Application Method: Self -leveling slurry with broadcast aggregates. 5. Number of Coats: One. 6. Thickness of Coats: 1/4 inch. 7. Aggregates: Manufacturer's standard. H. Grout Coat: 1. Resin: Epoxy. 2. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Type: Pigmented. 4. Thickness of Coat: 8 mils. 1. Topcoats: Sealing or finish coats. 1. Resin: Epoxy. 2. Formulation Description: 100 percent solids. 3. Type: Pigmented. 4. Number of Coats: One. 5. Thickness of Coats: 1/4 inch. 6. Finish: Matte. J. System Physical Properties: Provide resinous flooring system with the following minimum physical property requirements when tested according to test methods indicated: 1. Compressive Strength: 15,567 psi minimum according to ASTM C579. 2. Tensile Strength: 2,100 psi minimum according to ASTM C307. 3. Flexural Modulus of Elasticity: 4,550 psi minimum according to ASTM C580. 4. Water Absorption: No more than 0.1 grams water absorption according to ASTM C413. 5. Impact Resistance: No chipping, cracking, or delamination and not more than 1/16-inch permanent indentation according to MIL-D-3134J. 6. Resistance to Elevated Temperature: No slip or flow of more than 1/16 inch according to MIL-D-3134J. 7. Abrasion Resistance: 65.2 mg loss, average of three tests according to ASTM D4060. 8. Hardness: Not less than Shore type D hardness of 72.3 according to ASTM D2240. 9. Critical Radiant Flux: 0.45 W/sq. cm or greater according to NFPA 253. K. System Chemical Resistance: Test specimens of cured resinous flooring system are unaffected when tested according to ASTM D1308 for 50 percent immersion in the following reagents for no fewer than seven days: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 5 of 8 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Prepare and clean substrates according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions for substrate indicated. Provide clean, dry substrate for resinous flooring application. B. Concrete Substrates: Provide sound concrete surfaces free of laitance, glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form -release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and other contaminants incompatible with resinous flooring. 1. Roughen concrete substrates as follows: a. Shot -blast surfaces with an apparatus that abrades the concrete surface, contains the dispensed shot within the apparatus, and recirculates the shot by vacuum pickup. b. Comply with NACE No. 6/SSPC-SP13, with a Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) of 3 or greater in accordance with the International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) Technical Guideline No. 310.2R, unless manufacturer's written instructions are more stringent. 2. Repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. 3. Verify that concrete substrates are dry and moisture -vapor emissions are within acceptable levels according to manufacturer's written instructions. a. Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Proceed with application of resinous flooring only after substrates have maximum moisture -vapor -emission rate of 3 lb of water/1000 sq. ft. of slab area in 24 hours. b. Relative Humidity Test: Use in situ probes, ASTM F2170. Proceed with installation only after substrates have a maximum 75 percent relative humidity level measurement. 4. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Verify that concrete substrates have pH within acceptable range. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with application only after substrates pass testing. C. Patching and Filling: Use patching and fill material to fill holes and depressions in substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Control Joint Treatment: Treat control joints and other nonmoving substrate cracks to prevent cracks from reflecting through resinous flooring according to manufacturer's written instructions. D. Resinous Materials: Mix components and prepare materials according to resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 6 of 8 A. Apply components of resinous flooring system according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform, monolithic wearing surface of thickness indicated. 1. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion of resinous flooring system to substrate, and optimum intercoat adhesion. 2. Cure resinous flooring components according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination during application and curing processes. 3. Expansion and Isolation Joint Treatment: At substrate expansion and isolation joints, comply with resinous flooring manufacturer's written instructions. B. Primer: Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. C. Waterproofing Membrane: Apply waterproofing membrane where indicated on Drawings, in manufacturer's recommended thickness. Apply waterproofing membrane to integral cove base substrates. D. Reinforcing Membrane: Apply reinforcing membrane to substrate cracks. E. Integral Cove Base: Apply cove base mix to wall surfaces before applying flooring. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions and details, including those for taping, mixing, priming, troweling, sanding, and topcoating of cove base. Round internal and external corners. Integral Cove Base: 4 inches high. F. Self -Leveling Body Coats: Apply self -leveling slurry body coats in thickness indicated for flooring system. Aggregates: Broadcast aggregates at rate recommended by manufacturer and, after resin is cured, remove excess aggregates to provide surface texture indicated. G. Troweled or Screeded Body Coats: Apply troweled or screeded body coats in thickness indicated for flooring system. Hand or power trowel and grout to fill voids. When body coats are cured, remove trowel marks and roughness using method recommended by manufacturer. H. Grout Coat: Apply grout coat, of type recommended by resinous flooring manufacturer, to fill voids in surface of final body coat. I. Topcoats: Apply topcoats in number indicated for flooring system and at spreading rates recommended in writing by manufacturer and to produce wearing surface indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Material Sampling: Owner may, at any time and any number of times during resinous flooring application, require material samples for testing for compliance with requirements. Owner will engage an independent testing agency to take samples of materials being used. Material samples will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 7 of 8 2. Testing agency will test samples for compliance with requirements, using applicable referenced testing procedures or, if not referenced, using testing procedures listed in manufacturer's product data. 3. If test results show applied materials do not comply with specified requirements, pay for testing, remove noncomplying materials, prepare surfaces coated with unacceptable materials, and reapply flooring materials to comply with requirements. B. Core Sampling: At the direction of Owner and at locations designated by Owner, take one core sample per 1000 sq. ft. of resinous flooring, or portion of, to verify thickness. For each sample that fails to comply with requirements, take two additional samples. Repair damage caused by coring. Correct deficiencies in installed flooring as indicated by testing. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect resinous flooring from damage and wear during the remainder of construction period. Use protective methods and materials, including temporary covering, recommended in writing by resinous flooring manufacturer. END OF SECTION 09 67 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 67 23 RESINOUS FLOORING Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 1 of 10 SECTION 09 91 23 - INTERIOR PAINTING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Primers. 2. Water -based finish coatings. 3. Solvent -based finish coatings. 4. Floor sealers and paints. 5. Dry fall coatings. B. Related Requirements: Section 055000 "Metal Fabrications" for shop priming metal fabrications. C. Surfaces not included as part of field -applied finish work, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Pre -finished Items: Do not include painting when factory -finishing or installer -finishing is specified for such items, such as but not limited to architectural woodwork and casework, metal roof edging systems, pre -finished partition systems, acoustic materials, toilet enclosures, elevator entrance doors, frames, and equipment, and mechanical and electrical equipment, including, fixtures, switchgear, distribution cabinets, and light fixtures. 2. Concealed Surfaces: Finishing of walls and ceilings in concealed and generally inaccessible areas, foundation spaces, furred areas, utility tunnels, pipe spaces, duct shafts and elevator shafts. 3. Finished Metal Surfaces: Metal surfaces of anodized aluminum, stainless steel, chromium plate, copper, bronze, and similar finished materials. 4. Operating Parts: Moving parts of operating units, mechanical and electrical parts, such as valve and damper operators, linkages, sensing devices, motors, and fan shafts. 5. Code -required Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters' Laboratories, Warnock -Hershey or Factory Mutual labels, or any equipment identification, performance rating, name, or nomenclature plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D 523: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 2 of 10 1. MPI Gloss Level 1 - Traditional Matte or Flat Finish: Maximum five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees. 2. MPI Gloss Level 2 - Velvet -Like Finish: Maximum 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 3 - Traditional Eggshell -Like Finish: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin -Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 5. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi -Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 6. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 7. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. B. Paint: Various coating systems materials, including primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers and fillers, and other applied materials, whether used as prime, intermediate or finish coats. C. Finished Areas: Interior rooms, areas, and spaces in which exposed surfaces are finished by Work of this Section or other Sections. Non -exposed spaces above suspended ceilings are not to be included as part of painting Work, unless otherwise indicated. D. Utility Areas: Exterior and interior rooms, areas, and spaces dedicated for plumbing, mechanical, electrical, communication, and safety equipment. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate. 2. VOC content. B. Samples: For each type of topcoat product. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and in each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. E. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 3 of 10 G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Coating Maintenance Manual: Upon conclusion of painting, Contractor, paint manufacturer, or supplier shall submit a coating maintenance manual, such as Sherwin-Williams "Custodian Project Color and Product Information" report or equal that includes: 1. Area Summary with finish schedule. 2. Area Detail designating where each product, color, and finish was used. 3. Product data pages and safety data sheets. 4. Care and cleaning instructions. 5. Touch-up procedures. 6. Color samples, 4 inches by 5 inches, of each color and finish. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system. a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft. b. Other Items: Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 4 of 10 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 degrees F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 degrees F. B. Do not apply paints when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 degrees F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. 1. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Engineer and Owner. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Company (BMC). 2. PPG Paints (PPG). 3. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 4. Or approved equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain paint materials from single source from single listed manufacturer. 1. Manufacturer's designations listed on a separate color schedule are for color reference only and do not indicate prior approval. 2.2 PAINT PRODUCTS, GENERAL A. Material Compatibility: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 5 of 10 1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated. B. Colors: As indicated in finish plan on Drawings. Twenty percent of surface area will be painted with deep tones. 2.3 MIXING A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Process pigments to a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogenous coating with good flow and brushing properties, and capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags. B. Mix and prepare painting materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions. C. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. D. Stir materials before application to produce a mixture of uniform density and stir during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and strain material before using. E. Do not thin painting materials unless recommended by manufacturer. When paint thinning is required, comply with manufacturer's printed instructions; use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Paint Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage the services of a qualified testing agency to sample paint materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If paint materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying paints if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying paint materials from Project site, pay for testing, and repaint surfaces painted with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously painted surfaces if, on repainting with complying materials, the two paints are incompatible. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 6 of 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions. 2. Where acceptability of substrate conditions is in question, apply samples and perform in - situ testing to verify compatibility, adhesion, and film integrity of new paint application. 3. Report, in writing, conditions that may affect application, appearance, or performance of paint. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. Fiber -Cement Board: 12 percent. 3. Masonry (Clay and CMUs): 12 percent. 4. Wood: 15 percent. 5. Gypsum Board: 12 percent. 6. Plaster: 12 percent. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Verify that finishing compound is sanded smooth. D. Spray -Textured Ceiling Substrates: Verify that surfaces are dry. E. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2. Repainting of Previously Painted Surfaces: Verify conditions and compatibility between new and existing painting products. F. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with paint manufacturer's written preparation instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface -applied protection if any. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 7 of 10 C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, rust, scale, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated. 2. Remove mildew, efflorescence, deleterious films, and foreign material from surface by appropriate methods as recommended by manufacturer. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 03732. E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces or mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer, if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by paint manufacturer. but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." G. Shop -Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop -primed surfaces. H. Galvanized -Metal Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied paints. SSPC-SP 16, "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals." I. Aluminum Substrates: Remove loose surface oxidation. Wood Substrates: l . Scrape and clean knots, and apply coat of knot sealer before applying primer. 2. Sand surfaces that will be exposed to view, and dust off. 3. Prime edges, ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood. 4. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in the finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried. K. All Substrates: Remove foreign materials, dust, dirt, and other deleterious films that impairs bond of paints to substrates. L. Previously Finished Surfaces: Comply with paint manufacturer's specifications appropriate for substrate to be coated, for proper preparation of previously finished surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 8 of 10 419Kl� ];9aCORN ImeI A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Paint front and backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. 5. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers. 6. Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for drying time required between succeeding coats. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of topcoat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks. E. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and re -prime as required. Notify Engineer in writing of anticipated problems in using specified coating systems with substrates primed by others. F. Painting Fire Suppression, Plumbing, HVAC, Electrical, Communication, and Electronic Safety and Security Work: Paint the following work where exposed in equipment rooms: a. Equipment, including panelboards and switch gear. b. Uninsulated metal piping. C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Tanks that do not have factory -applied final finishes. h. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. 2. Paint the following work where exposed in occupied spaces: a. Equipment, including panelboards. b. Uninsulated metal piping. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 9 of 10 C. Uninsulated plastic piping. d. Pipe hangers and supports. e. Metal conduit. f. Plastic conduit. g. Duct, equipment, and pipe insulation having cotton or canvas insulation covering or other paintable jacket material. h. Other items as directed by Engineer. Paint portions of internal surfaces of metal ducts, without liner, behind air inlets and outlets that are visible from occupied spaces. G. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by paint manufacturer to achieve specified dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article "Interior Painting Schedule." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site. 1. Do not clean equipment with free -draining water and prevent solvents, thinners, cleaners, and other contaminants from entering into waterways, sanitary and storm drain systems, and ground. 2. Dispose of contaminants in accordance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Allow empty paint cans to dry before disposal. 4. Collect waste paint by type and deliver to recycling or collection facility. B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 91 23 INTERIOR PAINTING Page 10 of 10 fc�''I�MY�17[�] 7J: 1\-►�Y1�[ei.Yy01�11iJ��! A. Paragraphs below identify specific painting materials and appropriate specified painting system to be used on a particular substrate; actual substrate material surfaces for this Project shall be as indicated in this Interior Painting Schedule and as indicated on Drawings. B. CMU Substrates. Light Industrial Water Based System - Walls: a. Block Filler: Acrylic latex, interior/exterior: 1) SWC: Heavy Duty Block Filler - B42W46. 2) PPG: Speedhide Int/Ext Hi Fill Acrylic Latex Block Filler 6-15XI. 3) BMC: Corotech Acrylic Block Filler V114. b. Primer: Alkali resistant, latex, flat. 1) SWC: Loxon Concrete & Masonry Primer, LX-50 Series. 2) PPG: Perma-Crete Int/Ext Alkali Resistant Primer, 4-603XI. 3) BMC: Acrylic High -Build Masonry Primer, 609/K609. C. Intermediate Coat: Latex, matching topcoat. d. Topcoat: Acrylic latex enamel, eggshell finish (MPI Gloss Level 3): 1) SWC: Pro Industrial Pre -Catalyzed Waterbased Epoxy Eg-Shel, K45-1150 Series. 2) PPG: Pitt -Glaze WB 1 Interior Eggshell Pre -Catalyzed Water -Borne Acrylic Epoxy 16-310 Series. 3) BMC: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Eggshell, N538. C. Gypsum Board Substrates: Latex over Latex Sealer System: a. Prime Coat: Primer sealer, latex, interior. 1) SWC: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Latex Primer, B28-2600. 2) PPG: Speedhide Zero Interior ZERO VOC Latex Sealer 6-4900XI. 3) BMC: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Primer N534. b. Intermediate Coat: Matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Latex, interior, eggshell finish (MPI Gloss Level 3): 1) SWC: ProMar 200 Zero VOC Interior Latex Eg-shel, B20-12650 Series. 2) PPG: Speedhide Zero Interior Zero VOC Latex Satin 6-441 OXI Series. 3) BMC: Ultra Spec 500 Interior Eggshell, N538. END OF SECTION 09912 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 1 of 10 SECTION 09 96 73.13 — WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates:. 1. Steel. 2. Ductile or cast iron. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D523: 1. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin -Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 2. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi -Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. B. Moderate Exposure: An atmosphere that can be characterized as corrosive, within reasonable limits, is considered a moderate environment. In an industrial setting, a moderate environment indicates intermittent exposure to high humidity and condensation with occasional development of mold and mildew. Exposure to heavy concentrations of chemical fumes or mist and accidental chemical spills or splash occurs occasionally in a moderate environment. Regular use of strong chemicals rather than standard commercial cleaning agent also changes a mild environment into a moderate one. Metal corrosion is common in a moderate environment. C. Severe Exposure: An aggressively corrosive industrial or predominantly chemical environment with regular exposure to strong chemical fumes, mists, and dust is considered a severe environment. In an industrial setting, a severe environment is one with sustained exposure to high humidity and condensation that results in heavy development of mold and mildew. Frequent spilling and splashing of strong chemicals (acids, alkalis, oxidizers, and solvents) are also characteristic of a severe environment. Metal corrosion can be expected in a severe environment. Immersion conditions, marine environment with sustained exposure to saltwater spray, and arctic environment with long periods of extremely low temperature are considered severe environments. These are areas where if no high-performance coatings are applied on steel or concrete, very early failure and structural damage will be evident. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 2 of 10 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on actual substrate material to be coated, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Schedule. Include color designations and product runs (batch numbers). E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same production run, (batch number) that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system. Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 3 of 10 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3. Deliver materials on site in factory sealed containers from the manufacturer. Do not use materials from previous jobs. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within the coatings manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point and rising; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, mist, and in conditions that do not meet the manufacturer's recommendations. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Carboline Company (CAR). 2. PPG Paints (PPG). 3. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 4. Tnemec Company, Inc. (TNE). 5. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 4 of 10 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Material Compatibility: 1. Each coating system within indicated substrates uses compatible material with one another, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Topcoat manufacturer recommends products in writing for use in each coating system coat and on indicated substrate. 3. Use products from same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. B. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, both coatings are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Concrete Substrates: 12 percent, when measured with electronic moisture meter. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 5 of 10 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be coated. 1. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 2. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 3. Remove surface -applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP I O NACE No. 2, "Near White Blast Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 5. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." 6. NAPF 500-03, "Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Cast Ductile Iron Fittings." 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 6 of 10 D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. E. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by high-performance manufacturer to achieve specified dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article "Water Treatment and Purification Coating Schedule." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR STEEL AND DUCTILE OR CAST-IRON SUBSTRATES A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre -application quality assurance and post -application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. 1. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, then Holiday Testing. 2. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. 3. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull -off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions, pay for testing, and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness and pull -off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Owner or Owner's representative will conduct random independent inspections and tests for final acceptance or rejection of pipe coating. B. Quality Assurance Testing: 1. Surface Preparation Testing: a. Test surface profile of abrasive blasted surfaces with "Press-O-Film" tester tape or equivalent in accordance with NACE RP0287. b. Provide tester tape suitable for the intended profile height. C. Measure profile to a minimum tolerance of 0.1 mil, maximum. d. Use electronic surface profilometers necessary to verify tester tape measurements. C. Quality Control Testing: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D7091 or ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. General: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 7 of 10 1) Test a minimum of two pipes for adhesion from each lot of pipes to be coated up to 3,000 square feet of pipe. Conduct an additional adhesion test on every increment up to 2,000 square feet of pipe coated in excess of the first 3,000 square feet of pipe (i.e., if one workday of production is 7,000 square feet of pipe, four adhesion tests will be conducted on the pipe lot.). Conduct adhesion testing on not less than 50 percent of each pipe produced within a lot. 2) A pipe lot is defined as quantity of pipe that is coated by a single crew within a work shift, but not exceeding 12 hours. 3) Perform adhesion tests not less than 24 hours after coating application. Tests conducted prior to 24 hours will be acceptable only if test meets or exceeds adhesion criteria specified, and the test was requested by Owner. 4) Randomly select pipe for adhesion testing. Owner reserves the right to perform adhesion testing at any time or location. b. Rejection of Coating: 1) If any coatings within a lot fails to meet test criteria specified for coating type, those coatings are considered rejected along with all other coatings within the lot. Each coating within the rejected pipe lot will then be individually tested and rejected on a pipe -by -pipe basis in conformance with test procedures and criteria specific for the coating type. 2) Remove rejected coatings from full pipe length, abrasive blast pipe, and recoat. Holiday Testing: a. Conduct holiday tests on completed coatings after cure or 24-hours, whichever is less. Provide a high voltage testing equipment and test in accordance with NACE SP0274 and the Specifications. b. Use actual coating thickness for holiday testing. C. Provide holiday detector with an audible signal when contact is made between pipeline and electrode at coating holidays (defects). Provide a good ground and a low electrical resistance between pipeline and detector. Make only direct connections to uncoated areas or to pipe ends at holdback areas. d. Clean and dry pipe surface when testing. Always keep electrode in motion and in firm contact with coated surface while test voltage is being applied. Move electrode evenly over the surface at approximately 0.5 to 1 fps. Do not exceed 1 fps of travel time. e. Mark location of detected holidays for repair. Retest after making necessary repairs. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 8 of 10 B. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.6 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION COATING SCHEDULE A. Steel Substrates, Submerged Surfaces: Protection from raw water contact in clarifiers treatment tanks, and similar tanks. 1. Moderate Exposure: a. Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61-600 Certified: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carbozinc 621PW or Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. cA)SWC: Duraplate UHS Primer or Corothane I Galvapac IK Zinc 4 Primer. d) TNE: Series 94-H2O. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 20. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5). a) CAR: Carboguard 635 VOC. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 20. B. Ductile Iron or Cast -Iron Substrates, Submerged Surfaces: 1. Moderate to Severe Exposure, Exterior of Pipe: a. 100 Percent Solids Amine Cured Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61-600 Certified: 1) Direct to Metal Coat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Phenoline Tank Shield. b) PPG: Novaguard 810ER/840 or Aquatapoxy Series. c) SWC: Duraplate UHS. d) TNE: Series 22. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 9 of 10 b. 100 Percent Solids Amine Cured Edge Retentive Epoxy System, NSF/ANSI 61- 600 Certified: 1) Direct to Metal Coat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Phenoline Tank Shield. b) PPG: Novaguard 810 ER. c) SWC: Sherplate PW Epoxy. d) TNE: Series FC22. C. 100 Percent Solids Elastomeric Urethane System, NSF/ANSI 61-600 Certified, Interior of Pipe: 1) Direct to Metal Coat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) b) c) d) END OF SECTION 09 96 73.13 CAR: Polyclad 767. PPG: Aquataflex 5051506. SWC: Poly Cote 115. TNE: Series 406. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.13 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS WATER TREATMENT AND PURIFICATION SYSTEM COATINGS Page 10 of 10 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 1 of 10 ��L�[�7�[�IZ!Ly7c�c�c�.% :►�IY�1�1►111[y:1�luICN�f.�C�77:[fi�[K�7:�Y1►[tiy PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems on the following substrates: 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 055200 "Metal Railings" for shop priming metal railings with coatings specified in this Section. 2. Section 099679 "Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Area Coatings" for general field painting of process areas, piping, and equipment. 3. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for general field painting. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D 523: 1. MPI Gloss Level 1 - Traditional Matte or Flat Finish: Maximum five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees. 2. MPI Gloss Level 2 - Velvet -Like Finish: Maximum 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 3 - Traditional Eggshell -Like Finish: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin -Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 5. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi -Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 6. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 7. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 2 of 10 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. 1. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on actual substrate material to be coated, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Chemical Storage Coating Schedule. Include color designations and product runs (batch numbers). E. Chemical Compatibility: Manufacturers chemical compatibility references with respective service chemicals at concentrations and temperature specified. Complete description of chemical resistance for all materials, including coatings and accessories, that will come in contact with chemicals, including statement from manufacturer that the various materials are suitable for the intended services. If materials suggested herein are not appropriate or recommended, manufacturer will clearly identify the appropriate material. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system. Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 3 of 10 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3. Deliver materials on site in factory sealed containers from the manufacturer. Do not use materials from previous jobs. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within the coatings manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point and rising; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Engineer and Owner. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, mist, and in conditions that do not meet the manufacturer's recommendations. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Carboline Company (CAR). 2. PPG Paints (PPG). 3. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 4. Tnemec Company, Inc. (TNE). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 4 of 10 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Material Compatibility: 1. Each coating system within indicated substrates uses compatible material with one another, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Topcoat manufacturer recommends products in writing for use in each coating system coat and on indicated substrate. 3. Use products from same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. B. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, both coatings are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Concrete Substrates: 12 percent, when measured with electronic moisture meter. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2. Recoating of Previously Coated Surfaces: Verify conditions and compatibility between new and existing high-performance coating products. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 5 of 10 D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. K ' .1MI 61 A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be coated. 1. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 2. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 3. Remove surface -applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be coated exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 310.2R. 2. Prior to coating application, fill all voids and bugholes with filler/putty in accordance with coating supplier's recommendations. 3. Abrasive blast clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6. E. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2 requires that 95 percent of surface area be free of visible residue. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. For concrete substrates, apply coating when the surface temperature is decreasing to avoid impacts from outgassing. 2. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 6 of 10 B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. E. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by high-performance manufacturer to achieve specified dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article "Chemical Storage Coating Schedule." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATE A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre -application quality assurance and post -application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: pH Testing, Surface Profile Testing, and Moisture Testing, followed by Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, and Holiday Testing. b. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. C. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull -off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions, pay for testing, and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness, pull -off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. B. Quality Assurance Testing: Surface Preparation Testing: a. Inspect and test condition of substrate for compliance with coating manufacturer's requirements. b. Measure surface profile using International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) 310.2 Comparator Coupons. C. Test concrete cleanliness by measuring pH of moisture in concrete capillaries. 1) pH of New Concrete: 12 to 13. 2) pH of Existing Concrete Subjected to Acid Attack: 9.0 minimum. C. Quality Control Testing: Dry Film Thickness Testing: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 7 of 10 a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. Field test pull -off strength of coatings on concrete using portable pull -off adhesion testers. Comply with ASTM D7234. Minimum adhesion of 200 psi with failure in the concrete substrate (concrete over 90 percent of the load fixture surface). 3. Holiday Testing: a. Field test continuity verification of coatings applied to concrete substrates. Discontinuities include pinholes, internal voids, holidays, cracks, and conductive inclusions. Comply with ASTM D4787. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.6 CHEMICAL STORAGE COATING SCHEDULE A. Concrete Substrates, Exterior and Interior Secondary Containment, and Concrete Repair: 1. Bulk Chemical Storage Area, Including Aluminum Chlorohvdrate Storaze Area: a. High Performance Vinyl Ester Lining System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Semstone 800 Primer at 5.0-6.0 mils DFT (horizontal surfaces) and 8-10 mils DFT (vertical surfaces). b) SWC: Magnalux 1100 at 3.5-4.5 mils DFT. c) TNE: Series 252SC ChemBlocat at 4.0-12.0 mils DFT. 2) Intermediate Coat(s): a) CAR: Semstone 800/870 with Aggregate. Apply Semstone 870 to horizontal surfaces with a broadcast of 20/40 or 30/60 mesh Dupont Starblast coarse or garnet aggregate. Apply Semstone 800 blended CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 8 of 10 with Semstone Thixotrope part "D" and 80-120 mesh silica at 30.0- 40.0 mils on vertical sufaces. b) SWC: Magnalux 1200 with 20 lbs Type M aggregate per gallon (mortar) at 60.0-65.0 mils DFT, Magnalux 1200 (laminate) with 1.0- ounce glass mat at 40.0-50.0 mils DFT, and Magnalux 210OFF (gel coat) at 15.0-20.0 mils DFT. c) TNE: Series 252SC ChemBloc MCK (mortar) at 60.0-80.0 mils DFT with 3/4-ounce chopped strand glass mat and Series 252SC ChemBloc RCK (saturant) at 8.0-12.0 mils DFT. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Semstone 870 at 20 mils DFT (horizontal surfaces). Apply Semstone 870 blended with 80-120 mesh Dupont Starblast or garnet and Semstone Thixotrope part "D" at 40 mils on vertical surfaces. b) SWC: Magnalux 2500WX at 8.0 to 16.0 mils DFT. c) TNE: Series 252SC ChemBloc at 4.0-12.0 mils DFT. 2. CIP Tote Storage Area: a. 100% Solids, Modified Novolac Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Semstone 110 at 4.0-5.0 mils DFT on horizontal and vertical surfaces. b) SWC: Macropoxy 5000 at 3.0-5.0 mils DFT. c) TNE: Tnemec Series 237 Power -Tread at 4.0-8.0 mils DFT. 2) Putty/filler: Provide putty/filler as required to fill bugholes, tie rod holes, cavities, honeycombs and other surface defects on horizontal or vertical surfaces. Provide and apply product per coating manufacturer's recommendations. 3) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Semstone 110 at 25.0-35.0 mils DFT with fine silica aggregate or Thixotrope Part D on vertical surfaces and Semstone 145 at 25.0 — 35.0 mils DFT with broadcast aggregate of 20/40 mesh silica or garnet on horizontal sufaces. b) SWC: Dura-Plate 8200 with 30# silica sand on horizontal surfaces broadcast to refusal at 25.0-35.0 mils DFT. c) TNE: Tnemec Series 239SC ChemBloc at 60-80 mils DFT with Tnemec 3/4 oz. chopped strand fiberglass mat and Series 239SC ChemBloc RCK saturant at 8.0-12 mils DFT. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 9 of 10 4) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Semstone 110 blended with 80/120 Silica or Garnet and Semstone Thixotrope Part D at 40 mils DFT on vertical surfaces and Semstone 145 at 15.0-20.0 mils DFT on horizontal surfaces. b) SWC: Dura-Plate 8200 at 15.0-25.0 mils DFT. c) TNE: Series 282 Tneme-Glaze at 6.0-12.0 mils DFT. END OF SECTION 09 96 73.33 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 73.33 WATER TREATMENT CHEMICAL STORAGE COATINGS Page 10 of 10 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 1 of 16 SECTION 09 96 79 — ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes surface preparation and application of high-performance coating systems for water and wastewater treatment. 1. Exterior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. b. Concrete masonry units (CMUs). C. Steel. d. Ductile or cast iron. e. Galvanized steel. £ Plastic substrate. 2. Interior Substrates: a. Concrete vertical and horizontal surfaces. b. Concrete masonry units CMUs. C. Steel. d. Ductile or cast iron. e. Galvanized steel. f. Plastic substrate. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 051200 "Structural Steel Framing" for shop priming of structural steel with primers specified in this Section. 2. Section 055200 "Metal Railings" for shop priming pipe and tube railings with coatings specified in this Section. 3. Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting" for general field painting. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. MPI Gloss Levels: Following define gloss levels according to ASTM D 523: 1. MPI Gloss Level 1 - Traditional Matte or Flat Finish: Maximum five units at 60 degrees and 10 units at 85 degrees. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 2 of 16 2. MPI Gloss Level 2 - Velvet -Like Finish: Maximum 10 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 3. MPI Gloss Level 3 - Traditional Eggshell -Like Finish: 10 to 25 units at 60 degrees and 10 to 35 units at 85 degrees. 4. MPI Gloss Level 4 - Satin -Like Finish: 20 to 35 units at 60 degrees and minimum 35 units at 85 degrees. 5. MPI Gloss Level 5 - Traditional Semi -Gloss Finish: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees. 6. MPI Gloss Level 6 - Traditional Gloss: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees. 7. MPI Gloss Level 7 - High Gloss: Minimum 85 units at 60 degrees. B. Mild Exposure: Normal outdoor weathering and standard industrial exposures are considered mild environments. A normal industrial setting is one with low to moderate levels of humidity and condensation and little development of mold and mildew. A mild environment has only limited exposure to chemical fumes or mist, and occasional occurrences of chemical spills or splash. Regular cleaning with standard commercial chemical cleaning agents, with only occasional use of stronger chemical cleaning agents, is also characteristics of a mild environment. Metal corrosion will occur in a mild environment, but it is minimal. These are generally dry areas with little to no Hydrogen Sulfide (H2S), Chlorine, or other corrosive chemicals, or the area is damp. C. Moderate Exposure: An atmosphere that can be characterized as corrosive, within reasonable limits, is considered a moderate environment. In an industrial setting, a moderate environment indicates intermittent exposure to high humidity and condensation with occasional development of mold and mildew. Exposure to heavy concentrations of chemical fumes or mist and accidental chemical spills or splash occurs occasionally in a moderate environment. Regular use of strong chemicals rather than standard commercial cleaning agent also changes a mild environment into a moderate one. Metal corrosion is common in a moderate environment. D. Severe Exposure: An aggressively corrosive industrial or predominantly chemical environment with regular exposure to strong chemical fumes, mists, and dust is considered a severe environment. In an industrial setting, a severe environment is one with sustained exposure to high humidity and condensation that results in heavy development of mold and mildew. Frequent spilling and splashing of strong chemicals (acids, alkalis, oxidizers, and solvents) are also characteristic of a severe environment. Metal corrosion can be expected in a severe environment. Immersion conditions, marine environment with sustained exposure to saltwater spray, and arctic environment with long periods of extremely low temperature are considered severe environments. These are areas where if no high-performance coatings are applied on steel or concrete, very early failure and structural damage will be evident. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions. Indicate VOC content. B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 3 of 16 C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated. 1. Submit Samples on actual substrate material to be coated, 8 inches square. 2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area. D. Product List: Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in Atmospheric Protection Coating Schedule and Plant Service Areas Coating Schedule. Include color designations and product runs (batch numbers). E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. F. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same production run (batch number), that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Coatings: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. Engineer will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system. a. Wall and Ceiling Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.. b. Other Items: Engineer will designate items or areas required. 2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups. a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Engineer at no added cost to Owner. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 4 of 16 4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well -ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily. 3. Deliver materials on site in factory sealed containers from the manufacturer. Do not use materials from previous jobs. 1.8 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are within the coatings manufacturer's recommendations. B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point and rising; or to damp or wet surfaces. C. Lead Paint: It is not expected that lead paint will be encountered in the Work. If suspected lead paint is encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Engineer and Owner. D. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, mist, and in conditions that do not meet the manufacturer's recommendations. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following: 1. Carboline Company (CAR). 2. PPG Paints (PPG). 3. The Sherwin-Williams Company (SWC). 4. Tnemec Company, Inc. (TNE). 5. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 5 of 16 2.2 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS A. Material Compatibility: 1. Each coating system within indicated substrates uses compatible material with one another, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience. 2. Topcoat manufacturer recommends products in writing for use in each coating system coat and on indicated substrate. 3. Use products from same manufacturer for each coat in coating system. B. Colors: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of Coating Materials: Owner reserves the right to invoke the following procedure: 1. Owner will engage services of a qualified testing agency to sample coating materials. Contractor will be notified in advance and may be present when samples are taken. If coating materials have already been delivered to Project site, samples may be taken at Project site. Samples will be identified, sealed, and certified by testing agency. 2. Testing agency will perform tests for compliance with product requirements. 3. Owner may direct Contractor to stop applying coatings if test results show materials being used do not comply with product requirements. Contractor shall remove noncomplying coating materials from Project site, pay for testing, and recoat surfaces coated with rejected materials. Contractor will be required to remove rejected materials from previously coated surfaces if, on recoating with complying materials, both coatings are incompatible. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows: 1. Concrete: 12 percent. 2. CMUs: 12 percent. C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 2. Recoating of Previously Coated Surfaces: Verify conditions and compatibility between new and existing high-performance coating products. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 6 of 16 D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated. B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be coated. 1. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface -applied protection before surface preparation and coating. 2. After completing coating operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. 3. Remove surface -applied protection if any. C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated. D. Concrete Substrates: Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Concrete Floors: Remove oil, dust, grease, dirt, and other foreign materials. Comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6 or ICRI 310.2R. 2. Clean surfaces with pressurized water. Use pressure range of 1500 to 4000 psi at 6 to 12 inches. 3. Abrasive blast clean surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP-13/NACE 6. 4. Prepare substrate with manufacturer's recommended Concrete Surface Profile (CSP) based on coating system to be applied: a. High -build coatings, 10 to 40 mils: CSP 3 to CSP 5. b. Self -leveling toppings, 50 mils to 1/8-inch: CSP 4 to CSP 6. E. Masonry Substrates: Remove efflorescence and chalk. Do not coat surfaces if moisture content, alkalinity of surfaces, or alkalinity of mortar joints exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions. F. Steel Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. SSPC-SP 5/NACE No. 1, "White Metal Blast Cleaning." 2. SSPC-SP 10/NACE No. 2, "Near White Blast Cleaning." 3. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 4. SSPC-SP 7/NACE No. 4, "Brush-off Blast Cleaning." 5. SSPC-SP 11, "Power Tool Cleaning to Bare Metal." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 7 of 16 6. NAPF 500-03, "Surface Preparation Standard for Ductile Iron Pipe and Cast Ductile Iron Fittings." 7. SSPC-SP 16, "Brush -Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel, Stainless Steels, and Non -Ferrous Metals." G. Ductile Iron Substrates: Remove rust, loose mill scale, and shop primer if any. Clean using methods recommended in writing by manufacturer but not less than the following: 1. NAPF 500-03-03, "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. NAPF 500-03-04, "Abrasive Blast Cleaning for Ductile Iron Pipe." 3. NAPF 500-03-05, "Abrasive Blast Cleaning for Ductile Iron Fittings." H. Galvanized -steel substrates should not be chromate passivated if primers are field applied. If galvanized steel is chromate passivated, consult manufacturers for appropriate surface preparation and primers. Galvanized -Steel Substrates: Remove grease and oil residue from galvanized sheet metal by mechanical methods to produce clean, lightly etched surfaces that promote adhesion of subsequently applied coatings. Plastic Substrates: Solvent wipe per SSPC-SP1 to remove dirt, grease, and any other surface contamination. Lightly abrade entire surface and repeat solvent wipe process. 3.3 APPLICATION A. Apply high-performance coatings in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated. 2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only. 3. Coat backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces. 4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates. B. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identification of each coat if multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color of finish coat but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. C. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. D. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks. E. Film Thickness: Apply paint in wet film thickness (WFT) recommended by high-performance manufacturer to achieve specified dry film thickness (DFT) for each coat of paint. Since DFT varies among manufacturers, this reference is not included in Article "Atmospheric Protection Coating Schedule and Plant Service Areas Coating Schedule." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 8 of 16 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR CONCRETE SUBSTRATES A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre -application quality assurance and post -application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. 1. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: pH Testing, Surface Profile Testing, and Moisture Testing, followed by Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, and Holiday Testing. b. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. C. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull -off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions, pay for testing, and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness, pull -off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. B. Quality Assurance Testing: Surface Preparation Testing: a. Inspect and test condition of substrate for compliance with coating manufacturer's requirements. b. Measure surface profile using International Concrete Repair Institute (ICRI) 310.2 Comparator Coupons. C. Test concrete cleanliness by measuring the pH of the moisture in the concrete capillaries. 1) pH of New Concrete: 12 to 13. 2) pH of Concrete Subjected to Acid Attack: 9.0 minimum. C. Quality Control Testing: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. Field test pull -off strength of coatings on concrete using portable pull -off adhesion testers. Comply with ASTM D7234. Minimum adhesion of 200 psi with failure in the concrete substrate (concrete over 90 percent of the load fixture surface). 3. Holiday Testing: a. Field test continuity verification of coatings applied to concrete substrates. Discontinuities include pinholes, internal voids, holidays, cracks, and conductive inclusions. Comply with ASTM D4787. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 9 of 16 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL FOR STEEL, DUCTILE OR CAST IRON, GALVANIZED STEEL, AND PLASTIC SUBSTRATES A. General: Field quality control referenced in this Article includes testing of both pre -application quality assurance and post -application quality control of high-performance coatings. Employ approved testing and inspecting agency to perform quality assurance and quality control. 1. Perform Quality Control Testing in the order identified in the following subparagraph. a. Testing Order: Dry Film Thickness Testing, Adhesion Testing, then Holiday Testing. 2. Repair substrate, touch up, and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing. 3. If test results show that dry film thickness, holiday, and pull -off strength of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions, pay for testing, and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness and pull -off strength that complies with coating manufacturer's written instructions. 4. Owner or Owner's representative will conduct random independent inspections and tests for the final acceptance or rejection of pipe coating. B. Quality Assurance Testing: Surface Preparation Testing: a. Test surface profile of abrasive blasted surfaces with "Press-O-Film" tester tape or equivalent in accordance with NACE RP0287. b. Provide tester tape suitable for the intended profile height. C. Measure profile to a minimum tolerance of 0.1 mils, maximum. d. Use electronic surface profilometers necessary to verify tester tape measurements. C. Quality Control Testing: 1. Dry Film Thickness Testing: a. Inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness per ASTM D7091 or ASTM D6132. 2. Adhesion Testing: a. General: 1) Test a minimum of two pipes for adhesion from each lot of pipes to be coated up to 3,000 square feet of pipe. Conduct an additional adhesion test on every increment up to 2,000 square feet of pipe coated in excess of the first 3,000 square feet of pipe (i.e., if one workday of production is 7,000 square feet of pipe, four adhesion tests will be conducted on the pipe lot.). Conduct adhesion testing on not less than 50 percent of each pipe produced within a lot. 2) A pipe lot is defined as the quantity of pipe that is coated by a single crew within a work shift, but not exceeding 12 hours. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 10 of 16 3) Perform adhesion tests not less than 24 hours after coating application. Tests conducted prior to 24 hours will be acceptable only if test meets or exceeds adhesion criteria specified and the test was requested by Owner. 4) Randomly select pipe for adhesion testing. Owner reserves the right to perform adhesion testing at any time or location. b. Rejection of Coating: 1) If any coatings within a lot fails to meet test criteria specified for coating type, those coatings are considered rejected along with all other coatings within the lot. Each coating within the rejected pipe lot will then be individually tested and rejected on a pipe -by -pipe basis in conformance with test procedures and criteria specific for the coating type. 2) Rejected coatings shall have all coating removed from full pipe length, pipe abrasive blasted, and recoated. Holiday Testing: a. Conduct holiday tests on completed coatings after cure or 24-hours, whichever is less. Provide a high voltage testing equipment and test in accordance with NACE SP0274 and the Specifications. b. Use actual coating thickness for holiday testing. C. Provide holiday detector with an audible signal when contact is made between pipeline and electrode at coating holidays (defects). Provide a good ground and a low electrical resistance between pipeline and detector. Make only direct connections to uncoated areas or to pipe ends at holdback areas. d. Clean and dry pipe surface when testing. Always keep electrode in motion and in firm contact with coated surface while test voltage is being applied. Move electrode evenly over the surface at approximately 0.5 to 1 fps. Do not exceed 1 fps of travel time. e. Mark location of detected holidays for repair. Retest after making necessary repairs. 3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. B. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Engineer, and leave in an undamaged condition. C. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces. 3.7 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION COATING SCHEDULE A. DELETE THIS NOTE: The editor of this spec is REQUIRED to provide the finalized spec to all 4 listed manufacturers to verify the product availability at the location of the project. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 11 of 16 SCAQMD is a regulation that many states have adopted which impacts VOC content in coatings. B. Exterior Weathering and Protection: Non -submerged and atmospheric service. 1. Concrete Substrates: Moderate to Severe Exposure. a. High -Performance Epoxy Acrylic Polyurethane System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Sanitile 100. b) PPG: Aquapon WB-EP. c) SWC: Loxon Conditioner. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carbothane 134 HG. b) PPG: Pitthane Ultra. c) SWC: Acrolon Ultra. d) TNE: Series 1074. 2. Masonry Substrates: Mild to Moderate Exposure. a. Acrylic Polyurethane over Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Sanitile 500. b) PPG:4-100XI. c) SWC: Loxon Block Surfacer. d) TNE: Series 130. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646 FC. d) TNE: Series 66. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5 or 6). a) CAR: Carbothane 134 series. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 12 of 16 b) PPG: Pitthane Ultra. c) SWC: Acrolon Ultra. d) TNE: Series 1094. 3. Steel Substrates: Moderate to Severe Exposure. a. Pigmented Polyurethane over Zinc -Rich Primer and Epoxy Intermediate System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carbozinc 859. b) PPG: Amercoat 68HS/68HS VOC . c) SWC: Corothane I Galvapac. d) TNE: Series 94-1-12O. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 890. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carbothane 134UV. b) PPG: Pitthane Ultra. c) SWC: Acrolon Ultra weathering urethane . d) TNE: Series 1094. 4. Ductile Iron or Cast -Iron Substrates: Moderate to Severe Exposure. a. Polysiloxane System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 890. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646 FC Epoxy. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carboxane 2000 Series. b) PPG: PSX 700/805/ONE 750. c) SWC: Sher-Loxane 800. d) TNE: Series 740. 5. Galvanized Metal Substrates: Mild to Moderate Exposure. a. Polysiloxane over Epoxy system: 1) Prime Coat: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 13 of 16 a) CAR: Carboguard 890. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: MPI Gloss Level 4 Q. a) CAR: Carboxane 2000 Series. b) PPG: PSX 700/805/ONE 750. c) SWC: Sher-Loxane 800. d) TNE: Series 690. 6. Plastic Piping and, where scheduled to be painted, plastic components. Note: Provide UV and weather protection for plastic coating system. a. Polyurethane over Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 890. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/400. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646 FC Epoxy. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: MPI Gloss Level 4 a) CAR: Carbothane 133HB. b) PPG: Pitthane Ultra. c) SWC: Acrolon 218. d) TNE: Series 1094. 3.8 PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATING SCHEDULE A. DELETE THIS NOTE: The editor of this spec is REQUIRED to provide the finalized spec to all 4 listed manufacturers to verify the product availability at the location of the project. SCAQMD is a regulation that many states have adopted which impacts VOC content in coatings. B. Miscellaneous Interior Process Support Areas, Non -submerged Surfaces, Mild to Moderate Exposure: 1. Concrete Substrates: a. Modified Polyester- Polyurethane over Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 14 of 16 d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 3) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Sanitile 855. b) PPG: Amershield VOC. c) SWC: Polylon HP. d) TNE: Series 290. 2. Masonry Substrates: a. Polysiloxane System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Sanitile 500. b) PPG: 4-100XI. c) SWC: Loxon Block Surfacer. d) TNE: Series 1254. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carboxane 2000. b) PPG: PSX700/805. c) SWC: Sher-Loxane 800. d) TNE: Series 740. 3. Steel Substrates: a. Polysiloxane System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646 FC Epoxy. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carboxane 2000. b) PPG: PSX 700/805/ONE 750. c) SWC: Sher-Loxane 800. d) TNE: Series 740. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 15 of 16 4. Ductile Iron or Cast -Iron Substrates: Interior Atmospheric Pipe Exposure. a. Urethane Over Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646 FC Epoxy. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carbothane 134 series. b) PPG: Pitthane Ultra. c) SWC: Acrolon 218. d) TNE: Series 1094. 5. Galvanized Metal Substrates: a. Epoxy System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5). a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. b. Polysiloxane System: 1) Prime Coat: a) CAR: Carboguard 60. b) PPG: Amerlock 2/2 VOC/400/600. c) SWC: Macropoxy 646. d) TNE: Series 66. 2) Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 6). a) CAR: Carboxane 2000. b) PPG: PSX 700/805/ONE 750. c) SWC: Sher-Loxane 800. d) TNE: Series 740. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 09 96 79 ATMOSPHERIC PROTECTION AND PLANT SERVICE AREAS COATINGS Page 16 of 16 C. Interior Flooring, Non -submerged Surfaces: Flooring subject to corrosive fumes, washdown, and splashing from chemical leaks and spills. Mild to Moderate Exposure. 1. Concrete Substrates: a. Epoxy Non -Slip Deck Coating System: 1) Prime Coat: 2) 3) a) CAR: Carboseal 720. b) PPG: PPG Flooring 912 LV. c) SWC: GP3579 w/ Broadcast. d) TNE: Series 201. Intermediate Coat: a) CAR: Carboseal 705 with a broadcast. b) PPG: PPG Flooring 912 LV. c) SWC: GP3746 w/ Broadcast. d) TNE: Series 222. Topcoat: (MPI Gloss Level 5). a) CAR: Carboseal 705. b) PPG: PPG Flooring 610 SL w/ 24 mesh quartz. c) SWC: GP 4850. d) TNE: Series 222. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Item Substrate New or Process Area Description Sub Area Service Condition Specification Section Designation (Bldg components) Material Existing Valves Stainless Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Stainless Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required LOX Vaporizers Stainless Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required LOX Tanks Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Liquid Oxygen Facilities Electrical Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Floor/Slab Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Ozone Generator/PSU Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Nitrogen Boost Stainless Steel/Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Purge to Destruct Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Heat Exchanger Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Pumps Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged I New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Inside face of Precast Walls Interior New 099123 Interior Painting Wall Panels Floor Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New Concrete Sealer Only Piping Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping PVC Exterior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping - NG Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Piping Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Ozone Generation Buildin¢ Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 1 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith All Rights Reserved 105176 February 2025 Process Area Item Substrate New or Process Area Description Sub Area Service Condition I Specification Section Designation (Bldg components) Material Existing Duct Supports Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Duct Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Ceilings Metal deck/steel joist, framing Interior New 099123 Interior Painting Electrical Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Valves Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings B Ozone System Valves Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Chemical Pot Feeder Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Air Separator Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Expansion Tank Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Walls Concrete Interior New 099123 Interior Painting Electrical Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Conduits, supports Electrical Panels Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Valves Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Valves Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Valves PVC Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Stainless Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 2 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Process Area Description Designation C Flocculation Basins Raw Water Area & Ozone Contact Basin Rapid Mix Basins Item (Bldg components) Piping Piping Piping - PD Piping Piping Piping Duct Supports Duct Electrical Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Electrical Panels Substrate Material PVC CPVC PVC Copper Copper Cast Iron Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Service Condition Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Partially Submerged Exterior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged Interior Non -Submerged New or Existing New New New New New New New New New New New Specification Section 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings No Coating Required No Coating Required No Coating Required No Coating Required Factory Applied per specs No Coating Required No Coating Required No Coating Required No Coating Required No Coating Required Pumps Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Floor Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New Concrete Sealer Only Floor Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Mixers Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Slide Gates Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Piping HDPE Partially Submerged New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Mixers stainless steel Submerged New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Slide Gates Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Ductile Iron Exterior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping PVC Exterior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion Eagle Mountain WTP Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule 099679A - 3 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Process Area Description Designation n Sedimentation Basins Settled Water Channel Filters Item (Bldg components) Electrical Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Electrical Panels Walls Inclined Plate Settlers Clarifier Mechanisms Clarifier Mechanism Platform Piping Piping Piping Plug Valves Plug Valves Electrical Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Electrical Panels Floor Stop Gates Walls Valves Floor Floor Underdrain Ceiling Walls Piping Valves Washwater Troughs Substrate Material Aluminum Service Condition Interior Non -Submerged New or Existing New Specification Section No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Submerged New 099673.23 Water Treatment Preliminary Treatment Coatings Aluminum Exterior New No Coating Required Ductile Iron Buried New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Ductile Iron Exterior New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings PVC Buried New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Ductile Iron Exterior New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Ductile Iron Buried New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Submerged I New No Coating Required Aluminum Submerged I New No Coating Required Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Submerged I New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Concrete Submerged I New No Coating Required Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel/Plastic/Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Carbon Steel Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Stainless Steel Submerged New No Coating Required Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion Eagle Mountain WTP Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule 099679A - 4 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Description E Filters/Operations/Membranes Filter Pipe Gallery Break Tank Operations Membrane Building (Bldg components) Floor Ceilings Walls Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping - NG Piping Piping - PD Duct Supports Duct Electrical Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Electrical Panels Valves Floor Ceilings Walls Flap Gates Piping Duct Supports Duct Piping Piping Piping Piping - NG Piping - NG Piping Electrical Conduits Electrical Conduit Supports Electrical Panels Walls, Ceilings, Floors Floor Ceilings Walls CIP and Chemical Tote Containment Sump Pumps OF Skids Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping Piping - NG Service Condition Specification Section Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required PVC Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs PVC Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Concrete Interior New No Coating Required Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Cast Iron Partially Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Carbon Steel Partially Submerged New 099673.13 Water Treatment and Purification System Coating Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required PVC Exterior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Polypropylene Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Varies; See Finish Schedule on Interior Non -Submerged New 099123 Interior Painting Drawings Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New Concrete Sealer Only Metal deck/steel joist, framing Interior Non -Submerged I New 099123 Interior Painting Precast Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New 099123 Interior Painting Partially Submerged I New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Concrete Stainless Steel Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs PVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required PVC Exterior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings CPVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required HDPE Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 5 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Specification Section Piping - NG Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Duct Supports Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Duct Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Steel Structure Steel Interior Non -Submerged New 099123 Interior Painting Valves Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Membrane Feed Pumps Carbon Steel Interior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Membrane Strainers Steel Interior New Factory Applied per specs Piping HDPE Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Membrane Feed Pumps and Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Strainers Piping Carbon Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Ductile Iron Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Valves Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Piping Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Membrane Backwash Pumps Carbon Steel Interior New No Coating Required Piping PVC Interior New No Coating Required Membrane Backwash Pumps Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Valves Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Floor Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New Concrete Sealer Only Ceilings Metal deck/steel joist, framing Interior Non -Submerged I New 099123 Interior Painting Walls CMU Interior Non -Submerged New 099123 Interior Painting Compressors Package Cast Iron Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Blower Room Valves Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Duct Supports Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Duct Galvanized Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Contaiment Area Concrete Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Storage Tanks XLPE Chemical Storage New No Coating Required Piping CPVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Membrane Building Chemical TanL Piping Copper Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Pipe (outside containment) HDPE Chemical Storage New No Coating Required Pipe (outside containment) PVC Chemical Storage New No Coating Required Storage Tanks XLPE Chemical Storage New Factory Applied per specs Contaiment Area Concrete Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Feed System Containment Area Concrete Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 6 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Description (Bldg components) Service Condition Specification Section Piping Copper Exterior New No Coating Required Aluminum CStorage Piping HDPE Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings and Feed Are Area and Feed Area Electrical Conduits PVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels PVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Exterior New No Coating Required F Chemical Facilities Steel Structure Steel Storage Tanks XLPE Chemical Storage New Factory Applied per specs Containment Area Concrete Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Feed System Containment Area Concrete Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Piping Copper Exterior New No Coating Required South Chemical Storage and Feed Piping HDPE Chemical Storage New 099673.33 Water Treatment Chemical Storage Coatings Area Electrical Conduits PVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels PVC Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Exterior New No Coating Required Steel Structure Steel Floor Concrete Interior Non -Submerged New Concrete Sealer Only Inside face of Precast Walls Wall Panels Interior Non Submerged New 099123 Interior Painting G Electrical Building Ceilings Metal deck, steel joists, framing Interior New 099123 Interior Painting Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Per MFR Interior Non -Submerged New Factory Applied per specs Piping PVC Exterior New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Floor Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Washwater Recovery Basins Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Ductile Iron Submerged New 099673.53 Water Treatment Transmission System Coatings Piping Ductile Iron Exterior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Walls Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required 1 Washwater Recovery Electrical Conduits Aluminum Exterior New No Coating Required Recycle Pump Station Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Exterior New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Exterior New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Partially Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Washwater Sludge Pump Station Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Submerged New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Valve Vaults Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 7 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal © 2023 CDM Smith 105176 All Rights Reserved February 2025 Process Area Designation Piping Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings K Miscellaneous PW Valve Vault No. 3 Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Floor Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Piping Carbon Steel Exterior Non -Submerged New 099679 Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings LAS Injection Vault Plant Water Electrical Conduits Aluminum Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required System Electrical Conduit Supports Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Electrical Panels Stainless Steel Interior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Walls Concrete Exterior Non -Submerged New No Coating Required Atmospheric Protection and Plant Service Areas Coatings Schedule Package 4 - Ph. IV Expansion 099679A - 8 Eagle Mountain WTP 100% Submittal 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 1 of 10 SECTION 10 14 23 - PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Restrictive signs/hazardous materials warning signs. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 0150 00 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary Project identification signs and for temporary informational and directional signs. 2. Section 10 14 23.16 'Room -Identification Panel Signage" for room -identification signs that are directly attached to the building. 3. Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for labels, tags, and nameplates for plumbing systems and equipment. 4. Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for labels, tags, and nameplates for HVAC systems and equipment. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard. B. Illuminated: Illuminated by lighting source integrally constructed as part of the sign unit. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of sign -anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers. B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For panel signs. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 2 of 10 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. 4. Show locations of electrical service connections. 5. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed finish. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols. D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Panel Signs: Full-size Sample. 2. Field -Applied, Vinyl -Character Signs: Full-size Sample of characters on glass. 3. Variable Component Materials: 8-inch Sample of each base material, character (letter, number, and graphic element) in each exposed color and finish not included in Samples above. 4. Exposed Accessories: Full-size Sample of each accessory type. 5. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project. E. Product Schedule: For panel signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Evaluation Reports: For post -installed anchors and power -actuated fasteners, from ICC-ES or other qualified testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 3 of 10 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image. C. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 RESTRICTIVE SIGNS AND WARNING PANEL SIGNS A. Panel Sign: Sign with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ASI Sian Svstems. Inc. b. Best Sian Svstems, Inc. C. Mohawk Sian Svstems. d. Or approved equal. 2. Solid -Sheet Sign:Aluminum sheet with finish specified in "Surface Finish and Applied Graphics" Subparagraph and as follows: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 1423 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 4 of 10 a. Thickness: 0.080 inch. Sign -Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. a. Edge Condition[: Square cut. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: Rounded to radius indicated. 4. Mounting: Provide stainless steel fasteners and plastic drill -in anchors as required. 5. All aspects of restrictive/caution signs including color and letter per OSHA standards for accident prevention. 6. Flatness Tolerance: Sign shall remain flat or uniformly curved under installed conditions as indicated on Drawings and within a tolerance of plus or minus 1/16 inch measured diagonally from corner to corner. 7. Size: 10-inch x 12-inch with 1-inch radius corners. 8. Provide 75 signs in restrictive signage and 5 additional signs, text as directed by Engineer during construction, selected from standard "DANGER", "CAUTION", "NOTICE", and "SAFETY FIRST". 9. All other aspects of the Restrictive/Caution Sign: in accordance with OSHA standards. B. Colored Coatings for Polycarbonate Sheet: For copy and background, provide colored coatings, including inks, dyes, and paints, that are recommended by manufacturers for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for three years for application intended. 1. Custom Paint Colors: Match Pantone color matching system. 2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range 2.2 FIELD -APPLIED, VINYL -CHARACTER SIGNS A. Field -Applied, Vinyl -Character Sign as indicated on Drawings: Pre -spaced characters die cut from 3- to 3.5-mil thick, weather -resistant vinyl film with release liner on the back and carrier film on the front for on -site alignment and application. 1. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Substrate: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Text and Font: As indicated on Drawings. 2.3 PANEL -SIGN MATERIALS A. Polycarbonate Sheet: ASTM C1349, AppendixXI, Type II (coated, mar -resistant, UV - stabilized polycarbonate), with coating on both sides. B. Vinyl Film: UV -resistant vinyl film of nominal thickness indicated, with pressure -sensitive, permanent adhesive on back; die cut to form characters or images as indicated on Drawings and suitable for exterior applications. C. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 5 of 10 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Fasteners and Anchors: Manufacturer's standard as required for secure anchorage of signs, noncorrosive and compatible with each material joined, and complying with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use concealed fasteners and anchors unless indicated to be exposed. 2. For exterior exposure, furnish stainless -steel devices unless otherwise indicated. 3. Exposed Metal -Fastener Components, General: a. Fabricated from same basic metal and finish of fastened metal unless otherwise indicated. 4. Sign Mounting Fasteners: a. Concealed Studs: Concealed (blind), threaded studs welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly unless otherwise indicated. b. Projecting Studs: Threaded studs with sleeve spacer, welded or brazed to back of sign material or screwed into back of sign assembly, unless otherwise indicated. C. Through Fasteners: Exposed metal fasteners matching sign finish, with type of head indicated, and installed in predrilled holes. 5. Inserts: Furnish inserts to be set by other installers into concrete or masonry work. B. Post -Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with bolts of same basic metal as fastened metal, if visible, unless otherwise indicated; with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES ACO1 ] as appropriate for the substrate. 1. Uses: Securing signs with imposed loads to structure. 2. Type: Torque -controlled, expansion anchor. 3. Material for Interior Locations: Carbon -steel components zinc -plated to comply with ASTM B633 or ASTM F1941, Class Fe/Zn 5, unless otherwise indicated. C. Power -Actuated Anchors: Fastener systems with working capacity greater than or equal to the design load, according to an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC70. D. Two -Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high -bond, foam -core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides. E. Hook -and -Loop Tape: Manufacturer's standard two-part tape consisting of hooked part on sign back and looped side on mounting surface. F. Magnetic Tape: Manufacturer's standard magnetic tape with adhesive on one side. G. Bituminous Paint: Cold -applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM DI I87/D1187M. 2.5 FABRICATION A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 6 of 10 1. Preassemble signs in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Comply with AWS for recommended practices in welding and brazing. Provide welds and brazes behind finished surfaces without distorting or discoloring exposed side. Clean exposed welded and brazed connections of flux, and dress exposed and contact surfaces. 4. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 5. Internally brace signs for stability, to meet structural performance loading without oil - canning or other surface deformation, and for securing fasteners. 6. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. B. Surface -Engraved Graphics: Machine engrave characters and other graphic devices into indicated sign surface to produce precisely formed copy, incised to uniform depth. 1. Engraved Metal: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard baked enamel. 2. Engraved Opaque Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved graphics with manufacturer's standard enamel. 3. Face -Engraved Clear Acrylic Sheet: Fill engraved copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply manufacturer's standard opaque background color coating to back face of acrylic sheet. 4. Engraved Plastic Laminate: Engrave through exposed face ply of plastic -laminate sheet to expose contrasting core ply. C. Subsurface -Applied Graphics: Apply graphics to back face of clear face -sheet material to produce precisely formed image. Image shall be free of rough edges. D. Subsurface -Engraved Graphics: Reverse engrave back face of clear face -sheet material. Fill resulting copy with manufacturer's standard enamel. Apply opaque manufacturer's standard background color coating over enamel -filled copy. E. Shop- and Subsurface -Applied Vinyl: Align vinyl film in final position and apply to surface. Firmly press film from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. C. Directional Finishes: Run grain with long dimension of each piece and perpendicular to long dimension of finished trim or border surface unless otherwise indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 7 of 10 D. Organic, Anodic, and Chemically Produced Finishes: Apply to formed metal after fabrication but before applying contrasting polished finishes on raised features unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Baked -Enamel or Powder -Coat Finish: AAMA 2603 except with a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, conversion coating, and applying and baking finish. 2.8 STAINLESS -STEEL FINISHES A. Surface Preparation: Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish. B. Polished Finishes: Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform finish, free of cross scratches. 1. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and leave surfaces chemically clean. 2. Directional Satin Finish: No. 4. 3. Dull Satin Finish: No. 6. 4. Reflective, Directional Polish: No. 7. 5. Mirrorlike Reflective, Nondirectional Polish: No. 8. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Verify that sign -support surfaces are within tolerances to accommodate signs without gaps or irregularities between backs of signs and support surfaces unless otherwise indicated. C. Verify that anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction are correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. D. Verify that electrical service is correctly sized and located to accommodate signs. E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 8 of 10 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. 4. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of exterior aluminum in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint. B. Accessible Signage: Install in locations on walls according to the accessibility standard. C. Mounting Methods: Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Projecting Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place spacers on studs, place sign in position, and push until spacers are pinched between sign and substrate, embedding the stud ends in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place spacers on studs, place sign in position with spacers pinched between sign and substrate, and install washers and nuts on stud ends projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 3. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 4. Brackets: Remove loose debris from substrate surface and install backbar or bracket supports in position so that signage is correctly located and aligned. 5. Adhesive: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 6. Two -Face Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. 7. Hook -and -Loop Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply sign component of two-part tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage; push to engage tape adhesive. Keep tape strips 0.250 inch away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges when sign is initially installed or reinstalled. Apply substrate component of tape to CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 9 of 10 substrate in locations aligning with tape on back of sign; push and rub well to fully engage tape adhesive to substrate. 8. Magnetic Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position. 9. Shim -Plate Mounting: Provide 1/8-inch- thick, concealed aluminum shim plates with predrilled and countersunk holes, at locations indicated, and where other direct mounting methods are impractical. Attach plate with fasteners and anchors suitable for secure attachment to substrate. Attach signs to plate using method specified above. D. Field -Applied, Vinyl -Character Signs: Clean and dry substrate. Align sign characters in final position before removing release liner. Remove release liner in stages, and apply and firmly press characters into final position. Press from the middle outward to obtain good bond without blisters or fishmouths. Remove carrier film without disturbing applied vinyl film. E. Signs Mounted on Glass: Provide opaque sheet matching sign material and finish onto opposite side of glass to conceal back of sign. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 10 14 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 1423 PANEL SIGNAGE Page 10 of 10 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 1 of 7 SECTION 10 14 23.16 - ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes room -identification signs that are directly attached to the building. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 101423 "Panel Signage" for restrictive, warning, and hazardous materials identification signage. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Accessible: In accordance with the accessibility standard. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Furnish templates for placement of sign -anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers. B. Furnish templates for placement of electrical service embedded in permanent construction by other installers. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For room -identification signs. 1. Include fabrication and installation details and attachments to other work. 2. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by other installers, and accessories. 3. Show message list, typestyles, graphic elements, including raised characters and Braille, and layout for each sign at least half size. C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sign assembly, exposed component, and exposed finish. 1. Include representative Samples of available typestyles and graphic symbols. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 2 of 7 D. Samples for Verification: For each type of sign assembly showing all components and with the required finish(es), in manufacturer's standard size unless otherwise indicated and as follows: 1. Room -Identification Signs: Full-size Sample. 2. Variable Component Materials: 8-inch Sample of each base material, character (letter, number, and graphic element) in each exposed color and finish not included in Samples above. 3. Exposed Accessories: Full-size Sample of each accessory type. 4. Full-size Samples, if approved, will be returned to Contractor for use in Project. E. Product Schedule: For room -identification signs. Use same designations indicated on Drawings or specified. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer. B. Sample Warranty: For special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For signs to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Variable Component Materials: 12 replaceable text inserts and interchangeable characters (letters, numbers, and graphic elements) of each type. 2. Tools: One set(s) of specialty tools for assembling signs and replacing variable sign components. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 3 of 7 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify locations of anchorage devices embedded in permanent construction by other installers by field measurements before fabrication, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. 1.11 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of signs that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Deterioration of finishes beyond normal weathering. b. Deterioration of embedded graphic image. C. Separation or delamination of sheet materials and components. 2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Accessibility Standard: Comply with applicable provisions in the USDOJ's "2010 ADA Standards for Accessible Design", ICC Al 17.1 and the Texas Accessibility Standards. 2.2 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION SIGNS A. Room -Identification Sign: Sign system with smooth, uniform surfaces; with message and characters having uniform faces, sharp corners, and precisely formed lines and profiles; and as follows: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ACE Sign Svstems. Inc. b. ASI SiQn Svstems, Inc. C. Seton Identification Products, a Bradv Corporation com_nanv_ . d. Or approved equal. 2. Laminated -Sheet Sign: Photopolymer face sheet with raised graphics laminated over subsurface graphics to acrylic backing sheet to produce composite sheet. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 4 of 7 a. Composite -Sheet Thickness: Manufacturer's standard for size of sign. b. Surface -Applied Graphics: Applied photo image. C. Color(s): As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 3. Sign -Panel Perimeter: Finish edges smooth. a. Edge Condition at Vertical Edges and at Horizontal Edges: Square cut. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: Square. 4. Frame: Entire perimeter. a. Material: Aluminum. b. Corner Condition in Elevation: Mitered. C. Finish and Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 5. Mounting: Manufacturer's standard method for substrates indicated with concealed anchors or magnetic tape. 6. Text and Typeface: . Finish raised characters to contrast with background color, and finish Braille to match background color. 2.3 SIGN MATERIALS A. Aluminum Sheet and Plate: ASTM B209, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. B. Aluminum Extrusions: ASTM B221, alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated. C. Acrylic Sheet: ASTM D4802, category as standard with manufacturer for each sign, Type UVF (UV filtering). D. Paints and Coatings for Sheet Materials: Inks, dyes, and paints that are recommended by manufacturer for optimum adherence to surface and are UV and water resistant for colors and exposure indicated. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Adhesive: As recommended by sign manufacturer. B. Two -Face Tape: Manufacturer's standard high -bond, foam -core tape, 0.045 inch thick, with adhesive on both sides. C. Hook -and -Loop Tape: Manufacturer's standard two-part tape consisting of hooked part on sign back and looped side on mounting surface. D. Magnetic Tape: Manufacturer's standard magnetic tape with adhesive on one side. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 5 of 7 pa•� W."1 .4 9[f1:740to] 21 A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard sign assemblies according to requirements indicated. 1. Preassemble signs and assemblies in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble signs and assemblies only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and installation; apply markings in locations concealed from view after final assembly. 2. Mill joints to a tight, hairline fit. Form assemblies and joints exposed to weather to resist water penetration and retention. 3. Conceal connections if possible; otherwise, locate connections where they are inconspicuous. 4. Provide rabbets, lugs, and tabs necessary to assemble components and to attach to existing work. Drill and tap for required fasteners. Use concealed fasteners where possible; use exposed fasteners that match sign finish. 2.6 GENERAL FINISH REQUIREMENTS A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. B. Appearance of Finished Work: Noticeable variations in same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of adjoining components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast. 2.7 ALUMINUM FINISHES A. Color Anodic Finish: AAMA 611, Class I, 0.018 mm or thicker. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: Install signs using mounting methods indicated and according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Install signs level, plumb, true to line, and at locations and heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance. 2. Install signs so they do not protrude or obstruct according to the accessibility standard. 3. Before installation, verify that sign surfaces are clean and free of materials or debris that would impair installation. B. Accessibility: Install signs in locations on walls according to the accessibility standard. C. Mounting Methods: 1. Concealed Studs: Using a template, drill holes in substrate aligning with studs on back of sign. Remove loose debris from hole and substrate surface. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 14 23.16 ROOM -IDENTIFICATION PANEL SIGNAGE Page 6 of 7 a. Masonry Substrates: Fill holes with adhesive. Leave recess space in hole for displaced adhesive. Place sign in position and push until flush to surface, embedding studs in holes. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. b. Thin or Hollow Surfaces: Place sign in position and flush to surface, install washers and nuts on studs projecting through opposite side of surface, and tighten. 2. Through Fasteners: Drill holes in substrate using predrilled holes in sign as template. Countersink holes in sign if required. Place sign in position and flush to surface. Install through fasteners and tighten. 3. Adhesive: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply linear beads or spots of adhesive symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign after cure without slippage. Keep adhesive away from edges to prevent adhesive extrusion as sign is applied and to prevent visibility of cured adhesive at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage adhesive. Temporarily support sign in position until adhesive fully sets. 4. Two -Face Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position, and push to engage tape adhesive. 5. Hook -and -Loop Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply sign component of two-part tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage; push to engage tape adhesive. Keep tape strips 0.250 inch away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges when sign is initially installed or reinstalled. Apply substrate component of tape to substrate in locations aligning with tape on back of sign; push and rub well to fully engage tape adhesive to substrate. 6. Magnetic Tape: Clean bond -breaking materials from substrate surface and remove loose debris. Apply tape strips symmetrically to back of sign and of suitable quantity to support weight of sign without slippage. Keep strips away from edges to prevent visibility at sign edges. Place sign in position. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Remove and replace damaged or deformed signs and signs that do not comply with specified requirements. Replace signs with damaged or deteriorated finishes or components that cannot be successfully repaired by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. B. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as signs are installed. C. On completion of installation, clean exposed surfaces of signs according to manufacturer's written instructions, and touch up minor nicks and abrasions in finish. Maintain signs in a clean condition during construction and protect from damage until acceptance by Owner. END OF SECTION 10 14 23.16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 1 of 7 SECTION 10 28 00 - TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Public -use washroom accessories. 2. Hand dryers. 3. Underlavatory guards. 4. Custodial accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 08 83 00 "Mirrors" for frameless mirrors. 2. Section 09 30 13 "Ceramic Tiling" for ceramic toilet and bath accessories. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate accessory locations with other work to prevent interference with clearances required for access by people with disabilities, and for proper installation, adjustment, operation, cleaning, and servicing of accessories. B. Deliver inserts and anchoring devices set into concrete or masonry as required to prevent delaying the Work. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include anchoring and mounting requirements, including requirements for cutouts in other work and substrate preparation. 3. Include electrical characteristics. B. Samples: For each exposed product and for each finish specified, full size. 1. Approved full-size Samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 2 of 7 C. Product Schedule: Indicating types, quantities, sizes, and installation locations by room of each accessory required. 1. Identify locations using room designations indicated. 2. Identify accessories using designations indicated. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranties. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For accessories to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Mirrors: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace mirrors that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, visible silver spoilage defects. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Manufacturer's Special Warranty for Hand Dryers: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace hand dryers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 3 of 7 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. Structural Performance: Design accessories and fasteners to comply with the following requirements: 1. Grab Bars: Installed units are able to resist 250 lbf concentrated load applied in any direction and at any point. A. Source Limitations: Obtain public -use washroom accessories from single source from single manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ASI-American Specialties, Inc. b. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. C. Bradlev Corporation. d. Or approved equal. B. Toilet Tissue (Roll) Dispenser (TD-1): 1. Description: Roll -in -reserve dispenser with hinged front secured with tumbler lockset. 2. Mounting: Surface mounted. 3. Operation: Noncontrol delivery with standard spindle. 4. Capacity: Designed for 4-1/2- or 5-inch-diameter tissue rolls. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin) C. Combination Towel (Folded) Dispenser/Waste Receptacle (PT-1): 1. Description: Combination unit for dispensing C-fold or multifold towels, with removable waste receptacle. 2. Mounting: Recessed. Designed for nominal 6-inch wall depth>. 3. Minimum Towel -Dispenser Capacity: 350 C-fold or 475 multifold paper towels] 4. Minimum Waste -Receptacle Capacity: 2 gal.>. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin)]. 6. Lockset: Tumbler type. D. Automatic Soap Dispenser (SD-1): 1. Description: Automatic dispenser with infrared sensor to detect presence of hands; battery powered; designed for dispensing soap inform. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 4 of 7 2. Mounting: Top mounted. 3. Capacity: 50.7 oz>. 4. Materials: Stainless steel No. 4 finish (satin). 5. Refill Indicator: LED indicator. 6. Low -Battery Indicator: LED indicator. E. Grab Bar (GB-18, GB-36, GB-42): 1. Mounting: Flanges with concealed fasteners. 2. Material: Stainless steel, 0.05 inch thick. a. Finish: Smooth, No. 4 finish (satin) on ends and slip -resistant texture in grip area. 3. Outside Diameter: 1-1 /4 inches. 4. Configuration and Length: As indicated on Drawings. F. Sanitary -Napkin Disposal Unit (SND-1): 1. Mounting: Recessed. 2. Door or Cover: Self -closing, disposal -opening cover and hinged face panel with tumbler lockset. 3. Receptacle: Removable. 4. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin) G. Mirror Unit (M-1): 1. Frame: Stainless steel angle, 0.05 inch thick a. Corners: Welded and ground smooth. 2. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 3. Shel£ a. Type: Concealed mounting]. b. Depth: 5 inches]. 4. Hangers: Manufacturer's standard rigid, tamper and theft resistant H. Hook: 1. Description: Double -prong unit. 2. Mounting: Exposed. 3. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). 2.3 HAND DRYERS A. Source Limitations: Obtain hand dryers from single source from single manufacturer. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 5 of 7 a. ASI-American Specialties, Inc. b. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. C. Bradlev Corporation. d. Or approved equal. B. High -Speed Air Dryer: 1. Description: High-speed, warm -air hand dryer for rapid hand drying. 2. Mounting: Surface mounted. a. Protrusion Limit: Installed unit protrudes maximum 4 inches from wall surface. 3. Operation: Infrared -sensor activated with timed power cut-off switch. a. Average Dry Time: 12 seconds. b. Automatic Shut Off. At 60 seconds. 4. Maximum Sound Level: 75 dB. 5. Cover Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin). 6. Electrical Requirements: 115 V, 14, 58 A, 1750 W. 2.4 UNDERLAVATORY GUARDS A. Under -lavatory Guard: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Buckaroos. Inc. b. Plumberex Specialty Products, Inc. C. Truebro. IPS Comoration. d. Or approved equal. 2. Description: Insulating pipe covering for supply and drain piping assemblies that prevents direct contact with and burns from piping; allow service access without removing coverings. 3. Material and Finish: Antimicrobial, molded plastic, white. 2.5 CUSTODIAL ACCESSORIES A. Source Limitations: Obtain custodial accessories from single source from single manufacturer. B. Utility Shelf- 1 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ASI-American Specialties, Inc. b. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 6 of 7 C. Bradlev Corporation. d. Or approved equal. 2. Description: With exposed edges turned down not less than 1/2 inch and supported by two triangular brackets welded to shelf underside. 3. Size: 16 inches long by 10 inches deep. 4. Material and Finish: Not less than nominal 0.05-inch- thick stainless steel, No. 4 finish (satin). C. Mop and Broom Holder: 1. Description: Unit with shelf, hooks, holders, and rod suspended beneath shelf. 2. Length: 36 inches. 3. Hooks: Four. 4. Mop/Broom Holders: Three, spring -loaded, rubber hat, cam type. 5. Material and Finish: Stainless steel, ASTM A480/A480M No. 4 finish (satin). a. Shelf. Not less than nominal 0.05-inch- thick stainless steel. b. Rod: Approximately 1/4-inch- diameter stainless steel. 2.6 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M or ASTM A666, Type 304, 0.031-inch- minimum nominal thickness unless otherwise indicated. B. Brass: ASTM B19, flat products; ASTM B16/B16M, rods, shapes, forgings, and flat products with finished edges; or ASTM B30, castings. C. Steel Sheet: ASTM A1008/A1008M, Designation CS (cold rolled, commercial steel), 0.036- inch- minimum nominal thickness. D. Galvanized -Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, with G60 hot -dip zinc coating. E. Galvanized -Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A153/A153M, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, unless otherwise recommended by manufacturer or specified in this Section, and tamper and theft resistant where exposed, and of stainless or galvanized steel where concealed. G. Chrome Plating: ASTM B456, Service Condition Number SC 2 (moderate service). H. Mirrors: ASTM C1503, Mirror Glazing Quality, clear -glass mirrors, nominal 6.0 mm thick. 2.7 FABRICATION A. General: Fabricate units with tight seams and joints, and exposed edges rolled. Hang doors and access panels with full-length, continuous hinges. Equip units for concealed anchorage and with corrosion -resistant backing plates. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 28 00 TOILET, BATH, AND LAUNDRY ACCESSORIES Page 7 of 7 B. Keys: Provide universal keys for internal access to accessories for servicing and resupplying. Provide minimum of six keys to Owner's representative. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install accessories according to manufacturers' written instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate indicated and recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units level, plumb, and firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. 1. Remove temporary labels and protective coatings. B. Grab Bars: Install to comply with specified structural -performance requirements. C. Shower Seats: Install to comply with specified structural -performance requirements. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust accessories for unencumbered, smooth operation. Replace damaged or defective items. B. Clean and polish exposed surfaces according to manufacturer's written instructions. END OF SECTION 10 28 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 10 44 16 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes portable, hand -carried fire extinguishers and mounting brackets for fire extinguishers. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to fire extinguishers including, but not limited to, the following: a. Schedules and coordination requirements. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include rating and classification, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for fire extinguisher and mounting brackets. B. Product Schedule: For fire extinguishers. Coordinate final fire-extinguisher schedule with fire - protection cabinet schedule to ensure proper fit and function. Use same designations indicated on Drawings. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Page 2 of 4 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Warranty: Sample of special warranty. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fire extinguishers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Coordinate type and capacity of fire extinguishers with fire -protection cabinets to ensure fit and function. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace fire extinguishers that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Failure of hydrostatic test according to NFPA 10 when testing interval required by NFPA 10 is within the warranty period. b. Faulty operation of valves or release levers. 2. Warranty Period: Six years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. NFPA Compliance: Fabricate and label fire extinguishers to comply with NFPA 10, "Portable Fire Extinguishers." B. Fire Extinguishers: Listed and labeled for type, rating, and classification by an independent testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide fire extinguishers approved, listed, and labeled by FM Global. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Page 3 of 4 2.2 PORTABLE, HAND -CARRIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A. Fire Extinguishers: Type, size, and capacity for each fire -protection cabinet and mounting bracket indicated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Amerex Comoration. b. JL Industries: Activar Construction Products GroUD. Inc. C. Larsen's Manufacturis ComDanv. d. Or approved equal. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain fire extinguishers, fire -protection cabinets, and accessories, from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Valves: Nickel -plated, polished -brass body. 4. Handles and Levers: Stainless steel. 5. Instruction Labels: Include pictorial marking system complying with NFPA 10, Appendix B. B. Multipurpose Dry -Chemical Type in Steel Container: UL-rated [4-A:80-B:C, 10-1b] nominal capacity, with monoammonium phosphate -based dry chemical in enameled -steel container. C. Clean -Agent Type in Steel Container: UL-ratedl-A:10-B:C, 10-lb nominal capacity, with HFC blend agent and inert material in enameled -steel container; with pressure -indicating gage. 2.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS A. Mounting Brackets: Manufacturer's standard steel, designed to secure fire extinguisher to wall or structure, of sizes required for types and capacities of fire extinguishers indicated, with plated or black baked -enamel finish. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Amerex Comoration. b. JL Industries: Activar Construction Products GrouD. Inc. C. Larsen's Manufacturing Company. d. Or approved equal. 2. Source Limitations: Obtain mounting brackets and fire extinguishers from single source from single manufacturer. B. Identification: Lettering complying with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, size, spacing, and location. Locate as indicated by Engineer. 1. Identify bracket -mounted fire extinguishers with the words "FIRE EXTINGUISHER" in red letter decals applied to mounting surface. a. Orientation: Vertical. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 10 44 16 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS Page 4 of 4 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine fire extinguishers for proper charging and tagging. 1. Remove and replace damaged, defective, or undercharged fire extinguishers. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. General: Install fire extinguishers and mounting brackets in locations indicated and in compliance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Mounting Brackets: Top of fire extinguisher to be at 42 inches above finished floor. B. Mounting Brackets: Fasten mounting brackets to surfaces, square and plumb, at locations indicated. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Verify that each fire extinguisher is present at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 10 44 16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 6 SECTION 1153 00 — LABORATORY EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes 1. Service Fittings and Accessories. 2. Under -counter glassware washer. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 123553.13 "Metal Laboratory Casework". 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for. a. Service Fittings and Accessories. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Detail fabrication and assembly of laboratory equipment. 4. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 6 D. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied finishes. E. Product Schedule: For laboratory equipment. As indicated on Drawings. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Laboratory equipment, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Laboratory cabinets. 2. Service Fittings and Accessories, provided by plumbing, HVAC, ceiling systems, access flooring, and electrical. B. Qualification Data: For Installer, manufacturer, and fabricator. C. Field quality control reports. D. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's warranty. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For laboratory equipment to include in maintenance manuals. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: For laboratory equipment to include in operation and maintenance manuals. C. Software and Firmware Operational Documentation: 1. Software operating and upgrade manuals. 2. Program Software Backup: On magnetic media or compact disk, complete with data files. 3. Device address list. 4. Printout of software application and graphic screens. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. : Insert detailed description of material and form making up a unit equal to percent of quantity installed for each size indicated, but no fewer than units. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 6 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three year's documented experience. B. Fabricator Qualifications: Company specializing in fabricating products specified in this Section with minimum three year's documented experience. C. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by manufacturer. D. Mockups: Build mockups to set quality standards for fabrication and installation for preconstruction testing. 1. Build mockup of typical as shown on Drawings. 2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion. E. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer's Warranty: to repair or replace components of that fail(s) in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: one year(s) from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Products: Under -counter glassware washer. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Fisher Scientific. 2. Labconco. 3. Universal Scientific. 4. Or approved equal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 6 C. Description: ADA Undercounter Glassware Washer Q1. Basis of Design: Universal Scientific Model #1663ADA Z Tvpe: ADA compliant built-in undercounter 3. Dimensions: As indicated on Drawings. 4. Color: Stainless steel. 5. Technical Data a. Electricitv: 120 K 60HZ, IS AMP b. Water Pressure: 4.2 —140 psi C. Heating Element: 1200 watt d. Max loading: 1300 watt 6. Sound level. Maximum 48 dB. 7. Nonmagnetic 18:9 high -quality stainless steel in all components that are exposed to water. 8. Controls: Hidden control panel w/LCD displav and front LED display. 9. Features: a. Number of temperatures: 7 b. 9 factorv-set cvcle programs: dailv. heavv. normal, delicate, quick, super -quick, eco, rinse & hold, rinse & drv. C. End -of -program signal. d. Adiustable leveling feet. e. Button lock. f. Turbo drv, drving system g. Triple filtration self-cleanine system h. Water temperature: 160 degrees F. i. ADA compliant 1 1) -ET,-QUIIE�NIELNTS A. C.,..aoities a -ad rat,.,-^^+j.-ijt;4a: As iemed an'71wiisgs, 2.3 SElVgf FITT?111. G. Basis of Design Pro a: To bo dolknines As indieated on miring . CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 6 2.4 ACCESSORIES s A. Rough -in equipment: Furnish frames, anchors, supports, accessories, and closure trim for scheduled equipment. 2.5 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Furnish shop inspection for equipment items. B. certificate of Compliance: 1. If fabricator is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating work performed at fabricator's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 2. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates areas and conditions , with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine laboratory equipment before installation. Reject laboratory equipment that are damaged. C. Examine roughing -in for laboratory equipment piping to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. D. Dwr.-nKio walls, flooFs, Foofs, and for- suitable eonditions where laboratory will be instal 5 F. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. QFIELD QUALITY PTV ('ONTDnr s A. Testiag Ageae�Enggage a qualified testing ageney toper-fofm tests and imp^ icd-ono. B. i s Field Sef-,4ee: Engage a faetofy atAher-ized sefviee representative to test an Ot/Jo r,OrA , assemblies, and equipmen4 installations, ineleding eonneetions. D. Lati E. DNa] CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 115300 LABORATORY EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 6 3.3 ET? -MIA'T4-J�SF,64t'-�40 F_- QA. Ex g e fb. el th eserviee00c'1tat7l.,e ♦ of fo staFt„ o o ins-tallatian a -ad .,..., Pap tie v . er-d ng t ,,, „ f ,.tuner's written instfuetions FAM 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust hardware and moving parts to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months from date of Substantial Completion, provide on -site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other -than -normal occupancy hours for this purpose. 3.5 DEM0NFTP_kTWN A. EE111gMge ., f ,.tefy authar-ized se viee repFesentative to train ll, nor'z n'1.:11ntenanee personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain s. 3.6 I-iD rvr�Tr OW A. Rom :e-aad Pop1_vo kakomteequ n:4hat-afo dan-x END OF SECTION 1153 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 1 of 12 SECTION 12 35 53.13 - METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal laboratory casework. 2. Utility -space framing at backs of base cabinets. 3. Filler and closure panels. 4. Laboratory countertops. 5. Laboratory accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 061000 "Rough Carpentry" for wood blocking for anchoring laboratory casework. 2. Section 09 22 16 "Non -Structural Metal Framing" for reinforcements in metal -framed partitions for anchoring laboratory casework. 1.3 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate layout and installation of framing and reinforcements for support of laboratory casework. B. Coordinate installation of laboratory casework with installation of laboratory equipment. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For laboratory casework. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachments to other work including blocking and reinforcements required for installation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 2 of 12 2. Indicate types and sizes of casework. 3. Indicate manufacturer's catalog numbers for casework. 4. Show fabrication details, including types and locations of hardware. 5. Indicate locations and types of service fittings. 6. Include details of utility spaces showing supports for conduits and piping. 7. Include details of support framing system. 8. Include details of exposed conduits, if required, for service fittings. 9. Indicate locations of and clearances from adjacent walls, doors, windows, other building components, and laboratory equipment. 10. Include coordinated dimensions for laboratory equipment specified in other Sections. C. Keying Schedule: Include schematic keying diagram, and index each key set to unique designations that are coordinated with the Contract Documents. D. Samples: For casework finishes and materials requiring color selection. E. Samples for Initial Selection: For casework finishes and materials requiring color selection. F. Samples for Verification: For each type of casework, exposed -hardware, and countertop - material finish, in manufacturer's standard sizes. 1. Base Cabinet: One full-size wide, finished base cabinet complete with hardware, doors, and drawers but without countertop. 2. Wall Cabinet: One full-size wide, finished wall cabinet complete with hardware, doors, and adjustable shelves. 3. Full -Size Samples: Maintain at Project site during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. Unless otherwise indicated, approved sample units may become part of the completed Work if in undisturbed condition at time of Substantial Completion. Notify Engineer of their locations. G. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. H. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For manufacturer. B. Product Test Reports: 1. Casework: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance of laboratory casework with requirements of specified product standard. 2. Countertop Surface Material: Based on evaluation of comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance of laboratory countertop surface material with requirements specified for chemical and physical resistance. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 3 of 12 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish complete touchup kit for each type and color of casework finish provided. Include fillers, primers, paints, and other materials necessary to perform permanent repairs to damaged laboratory casework finish. B. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. Cabinet Mounting Clips and Related Hardware: Quantity equal to 5 percent of amount installed, but no fewer than 20 of each type. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that produces casework of types indicated for this Project that has been tested for compliance with SEFA 8 M. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Protect finished surfaces during handling and installation with protective covering of polyethylene film or other suitable material. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install laboratory casework until building is enclosed, utility roughing -in and wet -work are complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Established Dimensions: Where laboratory casework is indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where casework is to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. C. Field Measurements: Where laboratory casework is indicated to fit to existing construction, verify dimensions of existing construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Provide fillers and scribes to allow for trimming and fitting. D. Locate concealed framing, blocking, and reinforcements that support casework by field measurements before enclosing them, and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 4 of 12 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Kewaunee Scientific Comoration. 2. Lab Crafters, Inc. 3. Mott Manufacturing_ Ltd. 4. Or approved equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain laboratory casework from single source from single manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. C. Product Designations: Drawings indicate sizes and configurations of laboratory casework by referencing designated manufacturer's catalog numbers. Other manufacturers' laboratory casework of similar sizes and similar door and drawer configurations and complying with Specifications may be considered. See Section 0160 00 "Product Requirements." 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. System Structural Performance: Laboratory casework and support framing system shall withstand the effects of the following gravity loads and stresses without permanent deformation, excessive deflection, or binding of drawers and doors: 1. Support Framing System: 600 lb/ft.. 2. Suspended Base Cabinets (Internal Load): 160 lb/ft.. 3. Work Surfaces (Including Tops of Suspended Base Cabinets): 160 lb/ft.. 4. Wall Cabinets (Upper Cabinets): 160 lb/ft.. 5. Shelves: 40 lb/sq. ft.. 2.3 CASEWORK, GENERAL A. Casework Product Standard: Comply with SEFA 8 M, "Laboratory Grade Metal Casework." B. Flammable Liquid Storage: Where cabinets are indicated for solvent or flammable liquid storage, provide units that are listed and labeled as complying with requirements in NFPA 30 by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.4 METAL CASEWORK MATERIALS A. Steel Sheet: Cold -rolled, commercial steel (CS) sheet, complying with ASTM A1008/A1008M; matte finish; suitable for exposed applications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 5 of 12 2.5 AUXILIARY CABINET MATERIALS A. Acid Storage -Cabinet Lining: 1/4-inch- thick, polyethylene, polypropylene, epoxy, or phenolic - composite lining material. B. Laminated Glass for Glazed Doors: Clear laminated annealed glass complying with ASTM C 1172, Kind LA, Condition A, Type I, Class I, Quality-Q3; with two plies not less than 3.0 mm thick and with clear, polyvinyl butyral interlayer. C. Frameless Glass Doors: Clear tempered glass complying with ASTM C 1048, Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality-Q3; not less than 6.0 mm thick; with exposed edges seamed before tempering. 2.6 CABINET HARDWARE A. General: Provide laboratory casework manufacturer's standard, commercial -quality, heavy-duty hardware complying with requirements indicated for each type. B. Hinges: Stainless -steel, five -knuckle hinges complying with BHMA Al56.9, Grade 1, with antifriction bearings and rounded tips. Provide two for doors 48 inches high or less and three for doors more than 48 inches high. C. Hinged -Door and Drawer Pulls: Solid -aluminum, stainless steel, or chrome -plated -brass, back - mounted pulls. Provide two pulls for drawers more than 24 inches wide. 1. Design: As selected from manufacturer's full range. 2. Overall Size: As selected from manufacturer's full range. D. Door Catches: Dual, self -aligning, permanent magnet catches. Provide two catches on doors more than 48 inches high. E. Drawer Slides: ANSI/BHMA A156.9. I. Manufacturer's standard. 2. Heavy Duty (Grade 1HD- 100): Undermount. a. Type: Full extension. b. Material: Zinc -plated ball bearing slides. C. Motion Feature: Self -closing mechanism. 3. General-purpose drawers; provide 100 lb load capacity. 4. File drawers; provide 150 lb load capacity. F. Label Holders: Stainless steel, aluminum, or chrome plated; sized to receive standard label cards approximately 1 by 2 inches, attached with screws or rivets. Provide where indicated. G. Locks: Cam or half -mortise type, brass with chrome -plated finish; complying with BHMA A156.11, Type E07281, Type E07111, or Type E07021. 1. Tumbler: Disc. 2. Lock Locations: Provide where indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 6 of 12 Keying: Key locks as directed. a. Master key for up to the number directed by Owner for key changes. 4. Key Quantity: Minimum of two keys per lock. 5. Master Key System: Key locks to be operable by master key. a. Master Keys: Provide two. 2.7 COUNTERTOP AND SINK MATERIALS A. Epoxy: Factory -molded, modified epoxy -resin formulation with smooth, nonspecular finish. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Epoxy Scientific LLC. b. Durcon: a Wilsonart Company. C. Prime Industries, Inc. d. Or approved equal. 2. Physical Properties: a. Flexural Strength: Not less than 10,000 psi. b. Modulus of Elasticity: Not less than 2,000,000 psi. C. Hardness (Rockwell M): Not less than 100. d. Water Absorption (24 Hours): Not more than 0.02 percent. e. Heat Distortion Point: Not less than 260 deg F. Chemical Resistance: Epoxy -resin material has the following ratings when tested with indicated reagents according to NEMA LD 3, Test Procedure 3.4.5: a. No Effect: Acetic acid (98 percent), acetone, ammonium hydroxide (28 percent), benzene, carbon tetrachloride, dimethyl formamide, ethyl acetate, ethyl alcohol, ethyl ether, methyl alcohol, nitric acid (70 percent), phenol, sulfuric acid (60 percent), and toluene. b. Slight Effect: Chromic acid (60 percent) and sodium hydroxide (50 percent). 4. Color: As selected by Engineer from epoxy manufacturer's full range. 2.8 METAL CABINETS A. Fabrication: Assemble and finish units at point of manufacture. Use precision dies for interchangeability of like -size drawers, doors, and similar parts. Perform assembly on precision jigs to provide units that are square. Reinforce units with angles, gussets, and channels. Except where otherwise specified, integrally frame and weld cabinet bodies to form dirt- and vermin - resistant enclosures. Where applicable, reinforce base cabinets for sink support. Maintain uniform clearance around door and drawer fronts of 1/16 to 3/32 inch. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 7 of 12 B. Flush Doors: Outer and inner pans that nest into box formation, with full -height channel reinforcements at center of door. Fill doors with noncombustible, sound -deadening material. C. Glazed Doors: Hollow -metal stiles and rails of similar construction as flush doors, with glass held in resilient channels or gasket material. D. Hinged Doors: Mortise for hinges and reinforce with angles welded inside inner pans at hinge edge. E. Drawers: Fronts made from outer and inner pans that nest into box formation, without raw metal edges at top. Sides, back, and bottom fabricated in one piece with rolled or formed top of sides for stiffening and comfortable grasp for drawer removal. F. Adjustable Shelves: Front, back, and ends formed down, with edges returned horizontally at front and back to form reinforcing channels. G. Toe Space: Fully enclosed, 4 inches high by 3 inches deep, with no open gaps or pockets. H. Utilities: Provide space, cutouts, and holes for pipes, conduits, and fittings in cabinet bodies to accommodate utility services and their support -strut assemblies. Provide base cabinets with removable backs for access to utility space. I. Filler and Closure Panels: Provide where indicated and as needed to close spaces between casework and walls, ceilings, and equipment. Fabricate from same material and with same finish as casework and with hemmed or flanged edges unless otherwise indicated. Provide knee -space panels (modesty panels) at spaces between base cabinets, where indicated. Fabricate from back-to-back panels or of hollow construction to eliminate exposed hemmed or flanged edges. 2.9 METAL CABINET FINISH A. General: Prepare, treat, and finish welded assemblies after assembling. Prepare, treat, and finish components that are to be assembled with mechanical fasteners before assembling. Prepare, treat, and finish concealed surfaces same as exposed surfaces. B. Preparation: After assembly, clean surfaces of mill scale, rust, oil, and other contaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating suited to organic coating to be applied over it. C. Chemical -Resistant Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreating, apply laboratory casework manufacturer's standard two -coat, chemical -resistant, baked -on finish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with coating manufacturer's written instructions for applying and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2 mils. 1. Chemical and Physical Resistance of Finish System: Finish complies with acceptance levels of cabinet surface finish tests in SEFA 8 M. Acceptance level for chemical spot test shall be no more than for Level 3 conditions. 2. Colors for Metal Laboratory Casework Finish: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 8 of 12 [►�[I=K�I�J� I I _Y_�171 C�13.Y:1 � 1 �7.Y1►1:�.y A. Countertops, General: Provide units with smooth surfaces in uniform plane, free of defects. Make exposed edges and corners straight and uniformly beveled. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch. B. Sinks, General: Provide sizes indicated or laboratory casework manufacturer's closest standard size of equal or greater volume, as approved by Engineer. 1. Outlets: Provide with strainers and tailpieces, NPS 1-1/2, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Overflows: provide overflow of standard beehive or open -top design with separate strainer. Height 2 inches less than sink depth. Provide in same material as strainer. C. Epoxy Countertops: 1. Countertop Fabrication: Fabricate with factory cutouts for sinks, holes for service fittings and accessories, and butt joints assembled with epoxy adhesive and concealed metal splines. a. Flat Configuration: 1 inch thick with continuous drip groove on underside 1/2 inch from overhang edge. 1) Edges and Corners: Rounded. 2) Backsplash: Integral coved. b. Construction: Uniform throughout full thickness. C. Product Option: Phenolic -composite countertops may be substituted for epoxy countertops at Contractor's option. 2. Sink Fabrication: Molded in one piece with smooth surfaces, coved corners, and bottom sloped to outlet; 1/2-inch minimum thickness. a. Provide with polypropylene strainers and tailpieces. b. Provide integral sinks in epoxy countertops, bonded to countertops with invisible joint line. C. Provide sinks for underside installation with manufacturer's recommended adjustable support system for table- and cabinet -type installations. 2.11 LABORATORY ACCESSORIES A. Stainless steel Pegboards: Stainless steel pegboards with removable polypropylene pegs and stainless steel drip troughs with drain outlet. PART 3 - EXECUTION Ki I I I I I I a W.W.-Ia lVIEWS] ►1 A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, location of reinforcements, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 9 of 12 B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF CABINETS A. Comply with installation requirements in SEFA 2. Install level, plumb, and true in line; shim as required using concealed shims. Where laboratory casework abuts other finished work, apply filler strips and scribe for accurate fit, with fasteners concealed where practical. Do not exceed the following tolerances: 1. Variation of Tops of Base Cabinets from Level: 1/16 inch in 10 feet. 2. Variation of Bottoms of Upper Cabinets from Level: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 3. Variation of Faces of Casework from a True Plane: 1/8 inch in 10 feet. 4. Variation of Adjacent Surfaces from a True Plane (Lippage): 1/32 inch. 5. Variation in Alignment of Adjacent Door and Drawer Edges: 1/16 inch. B. Utility -Space Framing: Secure to floor with two fasteners at each frame. Fasten to partition framing, wood blocking, or metal reinforcements in partitions and to base cabinets. C. Base Cabinets: Fasten cabinets to utility -space framing, partition framing, wood blocking, or reinforcements in partitions, with fasteners spaced not more than 16 inches o.c. Bolt adjacent cabinets together with joints flush, tight, and uniform. Where base cabinets are installed away from walls, fasten to floor at toe space at not more than 24 inches o.c. and at sides of cabinets with not less than two fasteners per side. D. Wall Cabinets: Fasten to hanging strips, masonry, partition framing, blocking, or reinforcements in partitions. Fasten each cabinet through back, near top, at not less than 16 inches o.c. E. Install hardware uniformly and precisely. F. Adjust operating hardware so doors and drawers align and operate smoothly without warp or bind and contact points meet accurately. Lubricate operating hardware as recommended by manufacturer. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF COUNTERTOPS A. Comply with installation requirements in SEFA 2. Abut top and edge surfaces true in plane with flush hairline joints and with internal supports placed to prevent deflection. Locate joints where indicated on Shop Drawings. B. Field Jointing: Where possible, make in same manner as shop -made joints, using dowels, splines, fasteners, adhesives, and sealants recommended by manufacturer. Shop prepare edges for field -made joints. C. Fastening: 1. Secure countertops, except for epoxy countertops, to cabinets with Z-type fasteners or equivalent, using two or more fasteners at each cabinet front, end, and back. 2. Secure epoxy countertops to cabinets with epoxy cement, applied at each corner and along perimeter edges at not more than 48 inches o.c. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 10 of 12 Where necessary to penetrate countertops with fasteners, countersink heads approximately 1/8 inch and plug hole flush with material equal to countertop in chemical resistance, hardness, and appearance. D. Provide holes and cutouts required for service fittings. E. Provide scribe moldings for closures at junctures of countertop, curb, and splash with walls as recommended by manufacturer for materials involved. Match materials and finish to adjacent laboratory casework. Use chemical -resistant, permanently elastic sealing compound where recommended by manufacturer. F. Dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches, and clean entire surface. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SINKS A. Comply with installation requirements in SEFA 2. B. Drop -in Installation of Epoxy Sinks: Rout groove in countertop to receive sink rim if not shop prepared. Set sink in adhesive and fill remainder of groove with sealant or adhesive. Use procedures and products recommended by sink and countertop manufacturers. Remove excess adhesive and sealant while still wet and finish joint for neat appearance. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF LABORATORY ACCESSORIES A. Install accessories in accordance with Shop Drawings, installation requirements in SEFA 2, and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Securely fasten adjustable shelving supports, stainless steel shelves, and pegboards to partition framing, wood blocking, or reinforcements in partitions. C. Install shelf standards plumb and at heights to align shelf brackets for level shelves. Install shelving level and straight, closely fitted to other work where indicated. D. Securely fasten pegboards to partition framing, wood blocking, or reinforcements in partitions. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE FITTINGS A. Comply with requirements in other Sections for installing water and laboratory gas service fittings and electrical devices. B. Install fittings in accordance with Shop Drawings, installation requirements in SEFA 2, and manufacturer's written instructions. Set bases and flanges of sink- and countertop -mounted fittings in sealant recommended by manufacturer of sink or countertop material. Securely anchor fittings to laboratory casework unless otherwise indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 11 of 12 3.7 CLEANING AND PROTECTING A. Clean finished surfaces, touch up as required, and remove or refinish damaged or soiled areas to match original factory finish, as approved by Engineer. B. Protect countertop surfaces during construction with 6-mil plastic or other suitable water- resistant covering. Tape to underside of countertop at a minimum of 48 inches o.c. END OF SPECIFICATION 12 35 53.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 35 53.13 METAL LABORATORY CASEWORK Page 12 of 12 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 12 36 23.13 - PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Plastic -laminate -clad countertops. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include data for fire -retardant treatment from chemical -treatment manufacturer and certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. B. Shop Drawings: For plastic -laminate -clad countertops. 1. Include plans, sections, details, and attachments to other work. Detail fabrication and installation, including field joints. 2. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for items installed in plastic -laminate -clad countertops. 3. Apply AWI Quality Certification Program label to Shop Drawings. C. Samples: Plastic laminates in each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required in manufacturer's standard size. D. Samples for Initial Selection: For plastic laminates. E. Samples for Verification: As follows: 1. Plastic Laminates: For each type, color, pattern, and surface finish required, 12 by 12 inches in size. 2. Fabrication Sample: For each type and profile of countertop required, provide one sample applied to core material with specified edge material applied to one edge. F. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 2 of 6 G. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For fabricator. B. Product Certificates: For the following: 1. Composite wood products. 2. High-pressure decorative laminate. 3. Chemical -resistant, high-pressure decorative laminate. 4. Adhesives. C. Quality Standard Compliance Certificates: AWI Quality Certification Program. D. Evaluation Reports: For fire -retardant -treated materials, from ICC-ES. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in- service performance. 1. Shop Certification: AWI's Quality Certification Program accredited participant. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver countertops only after casework and supports on which they will be installed have been completed in installation areas. B. Store countertops in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Field Conditions" Article. C. Keep surfaces of countertops covered with protective covering during handling and installation. IW�� a191a 04161►1 J01to] ►f A. Environmental Limitations without Humidity Control: Do not deliver or install countertops until building is enclosed, wet -work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 3 of 6 temperature and relative humidity at levels planned for building occupants during the remainder of the construction period. B. Field Measurements: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. C. Established Dimensions: Where countertops are indicated to fit to other construction, establish dimensions for areas where countertops are to fit. Provide allowance for trimming at site, and coordinate construction to ensure that actual dimensions correspond to established dimensions. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS A. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with the "Architectural Woodwork Standards" for grades of plastic -laminate -clad countertops indicated for construction, finishes, installation, and other requirements. 1. Provide inspections of fabrication and installation together with labels and certificates from AWI certification program indicating that countertops comply with requirements of grades specified. 2. The Contract Documents contain requirements that are more stringent than the referenced quality standard. Comply with requirements of Contract Documents in addition to those of the referenced quality standard. B. Grade: Premium. C. High -Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3, Grade HGS. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABET Inc. b. Formica Corporation. C. Laminart LLC. d. Wilsonart LLC. e. Or approved equal. D. Colors, Patterns, and Finishes: Provide materials and products that result in colors and textures of exposed laminate surfaces complying with the following requirements: 1. As indicated by manufacturer's designations. 2. Match Engineer's sample. 3. As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range in the following categories: a. Solid colors, matte finish. b. Solid colors with core same color as surface, matte finish. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 4 of 6 C. Wood grains, matte finish with grain running parallel to length of countertop. d. Patterns, matte finish. E. Edge Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on horizontal surfaces. F. Core Material: Particleboard or MDF. G. Core Material at Sinks: MDF made with exterior glue. H. Core Thickness: 3/4 inch. 1. Build up countertop thickness to 1-1/2 inches at front, back, and ends with additional layers of core material laminated to top. I. Backer Sheet: Provide plastic -laminate backer sheet, NEMA LD 3, Grade BKL, on underside of countertop substrate. J. Paper Backing: Provide paper backing on underside of countertop substrate. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Wire -Management Grommets: Circular, molded -plastic grommets and matching plastic caps with slot for wire passage. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Doua Mockett & Comi)anv, Inc. 2. Outside Diameter: 1-1 /4 inch. 3. Color: Black. 2.3 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate: Unpigmented contact cement. 1. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Hot -melt adhesive. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Sand fire -retardant -treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. B. Fabricate countertops to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Provide front and end overhang of 1 inch over base cabinets. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members: 1/16 inch unless otherwise indicated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 5 of 6 C. Complete fabrication, including assembly, to maximum extent possible before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. 1. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of the dates and times countertop fabrication will be complete. 2. Trial fit assemblies at fabrication shop that cannot be shipped completely assembled. Install dowels, screws, bolted connectors, and other fastening devices that can be removed after trial fitting. Verify that various parts fit as intended, and check measurements of assemblies against field measurements before disassembling for shipment. D. Shop cut openings to maximum extent possible to receive appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately, and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Before installation, condition countertops to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas. B. Before installing countertops, examine shop -fabricated work for completion and complete work as required, including removal of packing. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Grade: Install countertops to comply with same grade as item to be installed. B. Assemble countertops and complete fabrication at Project site to the extent that it was not completed in the shop. 1. Provide cutouts for appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately, and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 2. Seal edges of cutouts by saturating with varnish. C. Field Jointing: Where possible, make in the same manner as shop jointing, using dowels, splines, adhesives, and fasteners recommended by manufacturer. Prepare edges to be joined in shop so Project -site processing of top and edge surfaces is not required. Locate field joints where shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Secure field joints in countertops with concealed clamping devices located within 6 inches of front and back edges and at intervals not exceeding 24 inches. Tighten in CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 12 36 23.13 PLASTIC -LAMINATE -CLAD COUNTERTOPS Page 6 of 6 accordance with manufacturer's written instructions to exert a constant, heavy -clamping pressure at joints. D. Scribe and cut countertops to fit adjoining work, refinish cut surfaces, and repair damaged finish at cuts. E. Fire -Retardant -Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire -retardant -treated wood to comply with chemical -treatment manufacturer's written instructions, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. F. Countertop Installation: Anchor securely by screwing through corner blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Install countertops level and true in line. Use concealed shims as required to maintain not more than a 1/8-inch-in-96-inches variation from a straight, level plane. 2. Secure backsplashes to walls with adhesive. 3. Seal joints between countertop and backsplash, if any, and joints where countertop and backsplash abut walls with mildew -resistant silicone sealant or another permanently elastic sealing compound recommended by countertop material manufacturer. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Repair damaged and defective countertops, where possible, to eliminate functional and visual defects. Where not possible to repair, replace countertops. Adjust joinery for uniform appearance. B. Clean countertops on exposed and semiexposed surfaces. C. Protection: Provide Kraft paper or other suitable covering over countertop surfaces, taped to underside of countertop at a minimum of 48 inches o.c. Remove protection at Substantial Completion. END OF SECTION 12 36 23.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 1 of 26 SECTION 13 34 19 - METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Structural -steel framing. 2. Metal roof panels. 3. Metal wall panels. 4. Accessories. 5. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for underlayment material. C. The following building and facilities in the scope of work of this Section: 1. Aluminum Chlorohydrate (ACH) Canopy. 2. Ozone Destruct Canopy. 3. Chemical Storage Canopy. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Terminology Standard: See MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for definitions of terms for metal building system construction not otherwise defined in this Section or in standards referenced by this Section. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete foundations and casting of anchor -rod inserts into foundation walls and footings. Anchor rod installation, concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." B. Coordinate metal panel assemblies with rain drainage work, flashing, trim, and construction of supports and other adjoining work to provide a leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1.5 1.6 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 2 of 26 197:11►f.911IAaW."I0M NTJI219101►[ 1 A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. Review methods and procedures related to metal building systems including, but not limited to, the following: a. Condition of foundations and other preparatory work performed by other trades. b. Structural load limitations. C. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials and erector's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. d. Required tests, inspections, and certifications. e. Unfavorable weather and forecasted weather conditions and impact on construction schedule. 2. Review methods and procedures related to metal roof panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: a. Compliance with requirements for purlin and rafter conditions, including flatness and attachment to structural members. b. Structural limitations of purlins and rafters during and after roofing. C. Flashings, special roof details, roof drainage, roof penetrations, equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that will affect metal roof panels. d. Temporary protection requirements for metal roof panel assembly during and after installation. e. Roof observation and repair after metal roof panel installation. Review methods and procedures related to metal wall panel assemblies including, but not limited to, the following: a. Compliance with requirements for support conditions, including alignment between and attachment to structural members. b. Structural limitations of girts and columns during and after wall panel installation. C. Flashings, special siding details, wall penetrations, openings, and condition of other construction that will affect metal wall panels. d. Temporary protection requirements for metal wall panel assembly during and after installation. e. Wall observation and repair after metal wall panel installation. ACTION SUBMITTALS A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. B. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. Product Data: For each type of metal building system component. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 3 of 26 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for the following: a. Metal roof panels. b. Metal wall panels. C. Foamed -insulation -core metal panels. d. Metal soffit panels. e. Thermal insulation and vapor -retarder facings. f. Roof ventilators. g. Louvers. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate components by others. Include full building plan, elevations, sections, details and the following: 1. Anchor -Rod Plans: Submit anchor -rod plans and templates before foundation work begins. Include location, diameter, embedment and minimum required projection of anchor rods required to attach metal building to foundation. Indicate column reactions at each location. 2. Structural -Framing Drawings: Show complete fabrication of primary and secondary framing; include provisions for openings. Indicate welds and bolted connections, distinguishing between shop and field applications. Include transverse cross -sections. a. Show provisions for attaching roof curbs and pipe racks. 3. Metal Roof and Wall Panel Layout Drawings: Show layouts of panels including methods of support. Include details of edge conditions, joints, panel profiles, corners, anchorages, clip spacing, trim, flashings, closures, and special details. Distinguish between factory - and field -assembled work; show locations of exposed fasteners. a. Show roof -mounted items including roof hatches, equipment supports, pipe supports and penetrations, lighting fixtures, and items mounted on roof curbs. b. Show wall -mounted items including personnel doors, vehicular doors, windows, louvers, and lighting fixtures. C. Show translucent panels. 4. Accessory Drawings: Include details of the following items, at a scale of not less than 1- 1/2 inches per 12 inches: a. Flashing and trim. b. Gutters. C. Downspouts. d. Service walkways. E. Samples for Initial Selection: For units with factory -applied finishes. F. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Panels: Nominal 12 inches long by actual panel width. Include fasteners, closures, and other exposed panel accessories. 2. Flashing and Trim: Nominal 12 inches long. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 4 of 26 3. Vapor -Retarder Facings: Nominal 6-inch- square Samples. 4. Windows: Full-size, nominal 12-inch- long frame Samples showing typical profile. 5. Accessories: Nominal 12-inch- long Samples for each type of accessory. G. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. H. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.7 DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. For metal building systems. Include analysis data indicating compliance with performance requirements and design data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For erector and manufacturer. B. Welding certificates. C. Letter of Design Certification: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Include the following: 1. Name and location of Project. 2. Order number. 3. Name of manufacturer. 4. Name of Contractor. 5. Building dimensions including width, length, height, and roof slope. 6. Indicate compliance with AISC standards for hot -rolled steel and AISI standards for cold - rolled steel, including edition dates of each standard. 7. Governing building code and year of edition. 8. Design Loads: Include dead load, roof live load, collateral loads, roof snow load, deflection, wind loads/speeds and exposure, seismic design category or effective peak velocity -related acceleration/peak acceleration, and auxiliary loads (cranes). 9. Load Combinations: Indicate that loads were applied acting simultaneously with concentrated loads, according to governing building code. 10. Building -Use Category: Indicate category of building use and its effect on load importance factors. D. Erector Certificates: For qualified erector, from manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 5 of 26 E. Material Test Reports: For each of the following products: 1. Structural steel including chemical and physical properties. 2. Bolts, nuts, and washers including mechanical properties and chemical analysis. 3. Tension -control, high -strength, bolt -nut -washer assemblies. 4. Shop primers. 5. Nonshrink grout. F. Source quality -control reports. G. Field quality -control reports. H. Surveys: Show final elevations and locations of major members. Indicate discrepancies between actual installation and the Contract Documents. Have surveyor who performed surveys certify their accuracy. I. Sample Warranties: For special warranties. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For metal panel finishes and door hardware to include in maintenance manuals. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. B. Delegated Design Engineer: Licensed professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in the jurisdiction of the project location. C. Manufacturer Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer. 1. Accreditation: Manufacturer's facility accredited according to the International Accreditation Service's AC472, "Accreditation Criteria for Inspection Programs for Manufacturers of Metal Building Systems." 2. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of comprehensive engineering analysis and Shop Drawings by a professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located. D. Erector Qualifications: An experienced erector who specializes in erecting and installing work similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is acceptable to manufacturer. E. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following: 1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 6 of 26 2. AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel." F. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who practices in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing surveying services of the kind indicated. G. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects, and to set quality standards for materials and execution. 1. Build mockup of typical wall area as shown on Drawings. 2. Build mockups for typical wall metal panel including accessories. a. Size: 48 inches long by 48 inches. 3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Engineer specifically approves such deviations in writing. H. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.11 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver components, sheets, panels, and other manufactured items so as not to be damaged or deformed. Package metal panels for protection during transportation and handling. B. Unload, store, and erect metal panels in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting, and surface damage. C. Stack metal panels horizontally on platforms or pallets, covered with suitable weathertight and ventilated covering. Store metal panels to ensure dryness, with positive slope for drainage of water. Do not store metal panels in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. D. Protect foam -plastic insulation as follows: 1. Do not expose to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of installation and concealment. 2. Protect against ignition at all times. Do not deliver foam -plastic insulation materials to Project site before installation time. 3. Complete installation and concealment of foam -plastic materials as rapidly as possible in each area of construction. 1.12 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with panel installation only when weather conditions permit metal panels to be installed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 7 of 26 10911iGIIM.:L ►yald A. Special Warranty on Metal Panel Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace metal panels that show evidence of deterioration of factory -applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following: a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D4214. C. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal. 2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. B. Special Weathertightness Warranty for Standing -Seam Metal Roof Panels: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace standing -seam metal roof panel assemblies that leak or otherwise fail to remain weathertight within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. ACI Building Svstems. Inc. 2. Alliance Steel, Inc. 3. Nucor Building Svstems: a Nucor comnanv. 4. Or approved equal. B. Source Limitations: Obtain metal building system components, including primary and secondary framing and metal panel assemblies, from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Provide a complete, integrated set of mutually dependent components and assemblies that form a metal building system capable of withstanding structural and other loads, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure or infiltration of water into building interior. B. Primary -Frame Type: 1. Rigid Clear Span: Solid -member, structural -framing system without interior columns. 2. Rigid Modular: Solid -member, structural -framing system with interior columns. 3. Truss -Frame Clear Span: Truss -member, structural -framing system without interior columns. 4. Truss -Frame Modular: Truss -member, structural -framing system with interior columns. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 8 of 26 5. Lean-to: Solid- or truss -member, structural -framing system, designed to be partially supported by another structure. C. End -Wall Framing: Engineer end walls to be expandable. Provide primary frame, capable of supporting full -bay design loads, and end -wall columns. D. Secondary -Frame Type: Manufacturer's standard metal purlins and joists and gins. E. Eave Height: As indicated on the drawings. F. Bay Spacing: As indicated on Drawings. G. Roof Slope: [As indicated on the drawings. H. Roof System: Manufacturer's standard standing -seam, vertical -rib, metal roof panels. 1. Liner Panels: Tapered rib. I. Exterior Wall System: Manufacturer's standard exposed -fastener, tapered -rib, metal wall panels. 2.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 01 40 00 "Quality Requirements," to design metal building system. B. Structural Performance: Metal building systems shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to procedures in MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual." Design Loads: Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. a. Roof Live Load: 20 psf. b. Collateral Loads. Include: 1) A uniform roof load of 10 psf to account for miscellaneous suspended accessories. 2) Weight of mechanical accessories weighing more than 50 lbs. and attached to the roof or walls, as shown on the Drawings, as determined for the equipment selected. 3) Heating and ventilating equipment and piping loads (for all systems) where applicable, including the weight of piping, supports, and fluids carried within the piping. 4) Provide the building manufacturer the magnitude and location of all concentrated loads greater than 50 lbs. 2. Deflection and Drift Limits: Design metal building system assemblies to withstand serviceability design loads without exceeding deflections and drift limits recommended in AISC Steel Design Guide No. 3 "Serviceability Design Considerations for Steel Buildings." 3. Deflection and Drift Limits: No greater than the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 9 of 26 a. Purlins and Rafters: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. b. Girts: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the span. C. Metal Roof Panels: Vertical deflection of 1/240 of the span. d. Metal Wall Panels: Horizontal deflection of 1/240 of the span. e. Design secondary -framing system to accommodate deflection of primary framing and construction tolerances, and to maintain clearances at openings. f. Lateral Drift: Maximum of 1/200 of the building height. C. Seismic Performance: Metal building system shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to ASCE/SEI 7. D. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime -sky heat loss. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces. E. Fire -Resistance Ratings: Where assemblies are indicated to have a fire -resistance rating, provide metal panel assemblies identical to those of assemblies tested for fire resistance per ASTM E119 or ASTM E108 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. Indicate design designations from UL's "Fire Resistance Directory," FM Global's "Approval Guide," or from the listings of another qualified testing agency. F. Fire Propagation Characteristics: Exterior wall assemblies containing foam plastics pass NFPA 285 fire test. G. Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: Assemblies complying with NFPA 80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testing agency, for fire -protection ratings indicated, based on testing at positive pressure according to NFPA 252 or UL 1 OC. Oversize Fire -Rated Door Assemblies: For units exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, provide certification by a qualified testing agency that doors comply with standard construction requirements for tested and labeled fire -rated door assemblies except for size. H. Structural Performance for Metal Roof and Wall Panels: Provide metal panel systems capable of withstanding the effects of the following loads, based on testing according to ASTM E 1592: Wind Loads: As indicated on Drawings. I. Air Infiltration for Metal Roof Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E 1680 or ASTM E283 at the following test -pressure difference: Test -Pressure Difference: 6.241bf/sq. ft.. Air Infiltration for Metal Wall Panels: Air leakage of not more than 0.06 cfm/sq. ft. when tested according to ASTM E283 at the following test -pressure difference: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 10 of 26 1. Test -Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. K. Water Penetration for Metal Roof Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E1646 or ASTM E331 at the following test -pressure difference: 1. Test -Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. L. Water Penetration for Metal Wall Panels: No water penetration when tested according to ASTM E331 at the following test -pressure difference: 1. Test -Pressure Difference: 6.24 lbf/sq. ft.. M. Wind -Uplift Resistance: Provide metal roof panel assemblies that comply with UL 580 for wind -uplift -resistance class indicated. 1. Uplift Rating: UL 90. N. Energy Star Listing: Roof panels that are listed on the DOE's ENERGY STAR "Roof Products Qualified Product List" for low -slope roof products. O. Energy Performance: Provide roof panels according to one of the following when tested according to CRRC-1: 1. Three-year, aged, solar reflectance of not less than 0.55 and emissivity of not less than 0.75. 2. Three-year, aged, Solar Reflectance Index of not less than 64 when calculated according to ASTM E1980. 2.4 STRUCTURAL -STEEL FRAMING A. Structural Steel: Comply with AISC 360, "Specification for Structural Steel Buildings." B. Bolted Connections: Comply with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High - Strength Bolts." C. Cold -Formed Steel: Comply with AISI's "North American Specification for the Design of Cold - Formed Steel Structural Members" for design requirements and allowable stresses. D. Primary Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary -framing system, designed to withstand required loads and specified requirements. Primary framing includes transverse and lean-to frames; rafters, rake, and canopy beams; sidewall, intermediate, end -wall, and corner columns; and wind bracing. 1. General: Provide frames with attachment plates, bearing plates, and splice members. Factory drill for field -bolted assembly. Provide frame span and spacing indicated. a. Slight variations in span and spacing may be acceptable if necessary to comply with manufacturer's standard, as approved by Engineer. 2. Rigid Clear -Span Frames: I -shaped frame sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Interior columns are not permitted. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 11 of 26 3. Rigid Modular Frames: I -shaped frame sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Provide interior columns fabricated from round steel pipes or tubes, or shop -welded, built-up steel plates. 4. Truss -Frame, Clear -Span Frames: Rafter frames fabricated from joist girders, and I - shaped column sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural - steel shapes. Interior columns are not permitted. 5. Truss -Frame Modular Frames: Rafter frames fabricated from joist girders, and I -shaped column sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Provide interior columns fabricated from round steel pipes or tubes, or shop - welded, built-up steel plates. 6. Long -Bay Frames: I -shaped frame sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Provide interior columns fabricated from round steel pipes or tubes, or shop -welded, built-up steel plates. 7. Frame Configuration: Single gable and/or One -directional, sloped. 8. Exterior Column: Tapered. 9. Rafter: Tapered. E. End -Wall Framing: Manufacturer's standard primary end -wall framing fabricated for field - bolted assembly to comply with the following: 1. End -Wall and Corner Columns: I -shaped sections fabricated from structural -steel shapes; shop -welded, built-up steel plates; or C-shaped, cold -formed, structural -steel sheet. 2. End -Wall Rafters: C-shaped, cold -formed, structural -steel sheet; or I -shaped sections fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. F. Secondary Framing: Manufacturer's standard secondary framing, including purlins, girts, eave struts, flange bracing, base members, gable angles, clips, headers, jambs, and other miscellaneous structural members. Unless otherwise indicated, fabricate framing from either cold -formed, structural -steel sheet or roll -formed, metallic -coated steel sheet, prepainted with coil coating, to comply with the following: Purlins: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural -steel shapes; minimum 2-1/2-inch- wide flanges. a. Depth: As needed to comply with system performance requirements. 2. Purlins: Steel joists of depths indicated on Drawings. 3. Girts: C- or Z-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural -steel shapes. Form ends of Z-sections with stiffening lips angled 40 to 50 degrees from flange, with minimum 2-1/2-inch- wide flanges. a. Depth: As required to comply with system performance requirements. 4. Eave Struts: Unequal -flange, C-shaped sections; fabricated from built-up steel plates, steel sheet, or structural -steel shapes; to provide adequate backup for metal panels. 5. Flange Bracing: Minimum 2-by-2-by-1/8-inch structural -steel angles or 1-inch- diameter, cold -formed structural tubing to stiffen primary -frame flanges. 6. Sag Bracing: Minimum 1-by-I-by-1/8-inch structural -steel angles. 7. Base or Sill Angles: Manufacturer's standard base angle, minimum 3-by-2-inch, fabricated from zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 12 of 26 8. Purlin and Girt Clips: Manufacturer's standard clips fabricated from steel sheet. Provide galvanized clips where clips are connected to galvanized framing members. 9. Framing for Openings: Channel shapes; fabricated from cold -formed, structural -steel sheet or structural -steel shapes. Frame head and jamb of door openings and head, jamb, and sill of other openings. 10. Miscellaneous Structural Members: Manufacturer's standard sections fabricated from cold -formed, structural -steel sheet; built-up steel plates; or zinc -coated (galvanized) steel sheet; designed to withstand required loads. G. Canopy Framing: Manufacturer's standard structural -framing system, designed to withstand required loads; fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes. Provide frames with attachment plates and splice members, factory drilled for field -bolted assembly. 1. Type: Tapered -beam, below-eave type. H. Bracing: Provide adjustable wind bracing using any method as follows: 1. Rods: ASTM A36/A36M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50; minimum 1/2-inch- diameter steel; threaded full length or threaded a minimum of 6 inches at each end. 2. Angles: Fabricated from structural -steel shapes to match primary framing, of size required to withstand design loads. 3. Rigid Portal Frames: Fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural -steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads. 4. Fixed -Base Columns: Fabricated from shop -welded, built-up steel plates or structural - steel shapes to match primary framing; of size required to withstand design loads. I. Anchor Rods: Headed anchor rods as indicated in Anchor Rod Plan for attachment of metal building to foundation. Materials: 1. W-Shapes: ASTM A992/A992M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 2. Channels, Angles, M-Shapes, and S-Shapes: ASTM A36/A36M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 3. Plate and Bar: ASTM A36/A36M; ASTM A572/A572M, Grade 50 or 55; or ASTM A529/A529M, Grade 50 or 55. 4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E or S, Grade B. 5. Cold -Formed Hollow Structural Sections: ASTM A500, Grade B or C, structural tubing. 6. Structural -Steel Sheet: Hot -rolled, ASTM A1011/A1011M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 30 through 55, or High -Strength Low -Alloy Steel (HSLAS) or High -Strength Low -Alloy Steel with Improved Formability (HSLAS-F), Grades 45 through 70; or cold -rolled, ASTM A1008/A1008M, Structural Steel (SS), Grades 25 through 80, or HSLAS, Grades 45 through 70. 7. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, SS, Grades 33 through 80, or HSLAS or HSLAS-F, Grades 50 through 80; with G60 coating designation; mill phosphatized. 8. Metallic -Coated Steel Sheet Prepainted with Coil Coating: Steel sheet, metallic coated by the hot -dip process and prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 13 of 26 a. Zinc -Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, SS, Grades 33 through 80, or HSLAS or HSLAS-F, Grades 50 through 80; with G90 coating designation. b. Aluminum -Zinc Alloy -Coated Steel Sheet: ASTM A792/A792M, SS, Grade 50 or 80; with Class AZ50 coating. 9. Joist Girders: Manufactured according to "Standard Specifications for Joist Girders," in SH's "Standard Specifications and Load Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders"; with steel -angle, top- and bottom -chord members, and end- and top -chord arrangements as indicated on Drawings and required for primary framing. 10. Steel Joists: Manufactured according to "Standard Specifications for Open Web Steel Joists, K-Series," in SJI's "Standard Specifications and Load Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders"; with steel -angle, top- and bottom -chord members, and end- and top -chord arrangements as indicated on Drawings and required for secondary framing. 11. Non -High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307, Grade A, carbon -steel, hex - head bolts; ASTM A563 carbon -steel hex nuts; and ASTM F844 plain (flat) steel washers. a. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C. 12. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M,Grade A325, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers. a. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C. 13. High -Strength Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade A490, Type 1, heavy -hex steel structural bolts or Grade F2280 tension -control, bolt -nut -washer assemblies with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1, hardened carbon -steel washers; all with plain finish. 14. Tension -Control, High -Strength Bolt -Nut -Washer Assemblies: ASTM F3125/F3125M, Grade F1852, Type 1, heavy -hex head assemblies consisting of steel structural bolts with splined ends; ASTM A563, Grade DH, heavy -hex carbon -steel nuts; and ASTM F436/F436M, Type 1 hardened carbon -steel washers. a. Finish: Mechanically deposited zinc coating, ASTM B695, Class 50. 15. Unheaded Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy -hex carbon steel. C. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. e. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C. 16. Headed Anchor Rods: ASTM F1554, Grade 36. a. Configuration: Straight. b. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy -hex carbon steel. C. Plate Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. d. Washers: ASTM F436 hardened carbon steel. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 14 of 26 Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C. 17. Threaded Rods: ASTM A36/A36M. a. Nuts: ASTM A563 heavy -hex carbon steel. b. Washers: ASTM A36/A36M carbon steel. C. Finish: Hot -dip zinc coating, ASTM F2329, Class C. K. Finish: Factory primed. Apply specified primer immediately after cleaning and pretreating. 1. Clean and prepare in accordance with SSPC-SP2. 2. Coat with manufacturer's standard primer. Apply primer to primary and secondary framing to a minimum dry film thickness of 1 mil. a. Prime secondary framing formed from uncoated steel sheet to a minimum dry film thickness of 0.5 mil on each side. 2.5 METAL ROOF PANELS A. Standing -Seam, Vertical -Rib, Metal Roof Panels: Formed with vertical ribs at panel edges and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced flat pan between ribs; designed for sequential installation by mechanically attaching panels to supports using concealed clips located under one side of panels and engaging opposite edge of adjacent panels. Material: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.030-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness. Prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Exterior Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2. Clips: Two-piece floating to accommodate thermal movement. 3. Joint Type: Mechanically seamed. 4. Panel Coverage: 16 inches. 5. Panel Height: 2 inches. B. Finishes: 1. Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: a. Three -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 15 of 26 A. Exposed -Fastener, Tapered -Rib, Metal Wall Panels: Formed with raised, trapezoidal major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs symmetrically spaced between major ribs; designed to be installed by lapping side edges of adjacent panels and mechanically attaching panels to supports using exposed fasteners in side laps. Material: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.030-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness. Prepainted by the coil -coating process to comply with ASTM A755/A755M. a. Exterior Finish: Three -coat fluoropolymer. b. Color: As selected by Engineer from manufacturer's full range. 2. Major -Rib Spacing: 12 inches o.c. 3. Panel Coverage: 36 inches. 4. Panel Height: 1.5 inches. B. Finishes: Exposed Coil -Coated Finish: a. Three -Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions. 2. Concealed Finish: Apply pretreatment and manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with a minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil. 2.7 ACCESSORIES A. General: Provide accessories as standard with metal building system manufacturer and as specified. Fabricate and finish accessories at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Form exposed sheet metal accessories that are without excessive oil -canning, buckling, and tool marks and that are true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. B. Roof Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly including copings, fasciae, corner units, ridge closures, clips, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal roof panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and ridges, fabricated of same material as metal roof panels. 2. Clips: Manufacturer's standard, formed from stainless -steel sheet, designed to withstand negative -load requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 16 of 26 3. Cleats: Manufacturer's standard, mechanically seamed cleats formed from stainless -steel sheet or nylon -coated aluminum sheet. 4. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 5. Closure Strips: Closed -cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed -cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal roof panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. 6. Thermal Spacer Blocks: Where metal panels attach directly to purlins, provide thermal spacer blocks of thickness required to provide 1-inch standoff, fabricated from extruded polystyrene. C. Wall Panel Accessories: Provide components required for a complete metal wall panel assembly including copings, fasciae, mullions, sills, corner units, clips, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. Match material and finish of metal wall panels unless otherwise indicated. 1. Closures: Provide closures at eaves and rakes, fabricated of same material as metal wall panels. 2. Backing Plates: Provide metal backing plates at panel end splices, fabricated from material recommended by manufacturer. 3. Closure Strips: Closed -cell, expanded, cellular, rubber or crosslinked, polyolefin-foam or closed -cell laminated polyethylene; minimum 1-inch- thick, flexible closure strips; cut or premolded to match metal wall panel profile. Provide closure strips where indicated or necessary to ensure weathertight construction. D. Flashing and Trim: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.018- inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match adjacent metal panels. 1. Provide flashing and trim as required to seal against weather and to provide finished appearance. Locations include, but are not limited to, eaves, rakes, corners, bases, framed openings, ridges, fasciae, and fillers. 2. Opening Trim: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.030-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating. Trim head and jamb of door openings, and head, jamb, and sill of other openings. E. Gutters: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match roof fascia and rake trim. Match profile of gable trim, complete with end pieces, outlet tubes, and other special pieces as required. Fabricate in minimum 96-inch- long sections, sized according to SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." 1. Gutter Supports: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. 2. Strainers: Bronze, copper, or aluminum wire ball type at outlets. F. Downspouts: Zinc -coated (galvanized) or aluminum -zinc alloy -coated steel sheet, 0.018-inch nominal uncoated steel thickness, prepainted with coil coating; finished to match metal wall panels. Fabricate in minimum 10-foot- long sections, complete with formed elbows and offsets. 1. Mounting Straps: Fabricated from same material and finish as gutters. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 17 of 26 G. Materials: Fasteners: Self -tapping screws, bolts, nuts, self-locking rivets and bolts, end -welded studs, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads. Provide fasteners with heads matching color of materials being fastened by means of plastic caps or factory -applied coating. a. Fasteners for Metal Roof Panels: Self -drilling or self -tapping, zinc -plated, hex - head carbon -steel screws, with a stainless -steel cap or zinc -aluminum -alloy head and EPDM sealing washer. b. Fasteners for Metal Wall Panels: Self -drilling or self -tapping, zinc -plated, hex - head carbon -steel screws, with EPDM sealing washers bearing on weather side of metal panels. C. Fasteners for Flashing and Trim: Blind fasteners or self -drilling screws with hex washer head. d. Blind Fasteners: High -strength aluminum or stainless -steel rivets. 2. Corrosion -Resistant Coating: Cold -applied asphalt mastic, compounded for 15-mil dry film thickness per coat. Provide inert -type noncorrosive compound free of asbestos fibers, sulfur components, and other deleterious impurities. 3. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage -Resistant Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory -packaged, nonmetallic aggregate grout, noncorrosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-minute working time. 4. Metal Panel Sealants: a. Sealant Tape: Pressure -sensitive, 100 percent solids, gray polyisobutylene- compound sealant tape with release -paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape of manufacturer's standard size. b. Joint Sealant: ASTM C920; one part elastomeric polyurethane or polysulfide; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in metal panels and remain weathertight; and as recommended by metal building system manufacturer. 2.8 FABRICATION A. General: Design components and field connections required for erection to permit easy assembly. 1. Mark each piece and part of the assembly to correspond with previously prepared erection drawings, diagrams, and instruction manuals. 2. Fabricate structural framing to produce clean, smooth cuts and bends. Punch holes of proper size, shape, and location. Members shall be free of cracks, tears, and ruptures. B. Tolerances: Comply with MBMA's "Metal Building Systems Manual" for fabrication and erection tolerances. C. Primary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other items required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld framing for bolted field assembly. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using high -strength bolts. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 18 of 26 2. Join flanges to webs of built-up members by a continuous, submerged arc -welding process. 3. Brace compression flange of primary framing with steel angles or cold -formed structural tubing between frame web and purlin web or girt web, so flange compressive strength is within allowable limits for any combination of loadings. 4. Weld clips to frames for attaching secondary framing if applicable, or punch for bolts. 5. Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime primary framing with specified primer after fabrication. D. Secondary Framing: Shop fabricate framing components to indicated size and section by roll forming or break forming, with baseplates, bearing plates, stiffeners, and other plates required for erection welded into place. Cut, form, punch, drill, and weld secondary framing for bolted field connections to primary framing. 1. Make shop connections by welding or by using non -high -strength bolts. 2. Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated surfaces for shop priming according to SSPC-SP 2. Shop prime uncoated secondary framing with specified primer after fabrication. E. Metal Panels: Fabricate and finish metal panels at the factory to greatest extent possible, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. 1. Provide panel profile, including major ribs and intermediate stiffening ribs, if any, for full length of metal panel. 2.9 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspection: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform source quality control inspections and to submit reports. Accredited Manufacturers: Special inspections will not be required if fabrication is performed by an IAS AC472-accredited manufacturer approved by authorities having jurisdiction to perform such Work without special inspection. a. After fabrication, submit copy jurisdiction, certifying that requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION of certificate of compliance to authorities having Work was performed according to Contract A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with erector present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Before erection proceeds, survey elevations and locations of concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments to receive CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 19 of 26 structural framing, with erector present, for compliance with requirements and metal building system manufacturer's tolerances. Engage land surveyor to perform surveying. C. Proceed with erection only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer's written instructions for each particular substrate condition. B. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep structural framing secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural framing, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 ERECTION OF STRUCTURAL FRAMING A. Erect metal building system according to manufacturer's written instructions and drawings. B. Do not field cut, drill, or alter structural members without written approval from metal building system manufacturer's professional engineer. C. Set structural framing accurately in locations and to elevations indicated, according to AISC specifications referenced in this Section. Maintain structural stability of frame during erection. D. Base and Bearing Plates: Clean concrete- and masonry -bearing surfaces of bond -reducing materials, and roughen surfaces prior to setting plates. Clean bottom surface of plates. 1. Set plates for structural members on wedges, shims, or setting nuts as required. 2. Tighten anchor rods after supported members have been positioned and plumbed. Do not remove wedges or shims but, if protruding, cut off flush with edge of plate before packing with grout. 3. Promptly pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain. Neatly finish exposed surfaces; protect grout and allow to cure. Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions for shrinkage -resistant grouts. E. Align and adjust structural framing before permanently fastening. Before assembly, clean bearing surfaces and other surfaces that will be in permanent contact with framing. Perform necessary adjustments to compensate for discrepancies in elevations and alignment. 1. Level and plumb individual members of structure. 2. Make allowances for difference between temperature at time of erection and mean temperature when structure will be completed and in service. F. Primary Framing and End Walls: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Level baseplates to a true even plane with full bearing to supporting structures, set with double - nutted anchor bolts. Use grout to obtain uniform bearing and to maintain a level base -line elevation. Moist -cure grout for not less than seven days after placement. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 20 of 26 Make field connections using high -strength bolts installed according to RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts" for bolt type and joint type specified. a. Joint Type: Snug tightened or pretensioned as required by manufacturer. G. Secondary Framing: Erect framing level, plumb, rigid, secure, and true to line. Field bolt secondary framing to clips attached to primary framing. I . Provide rake or gable purlins with tight -fitting closure channels and fasciae. 2. Locate and space wall girts to suit openings such as doors and windows. 3. Provide supplemental framing at entire perimeter of openings, including doors, windows, louvers, ventilators, and other penetrations of roof and walls. H. Steel Joists: Install joists and accessories plumb, square, and true to line; securely fasten to supporting construction according to SJI's "Standard Specifications and Load Tables for Steel Joists and Joist Girders," joist manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section. I. Before installation, splice joists delivered to Project site in more than one piece. 2. Space, adjust, and align joists accurately in location before permanently fastening. 3. Install temporary bracing and erection bridging, connections, and anchors to ensure that joists are stabilized during construction. 4. Joist Installation: Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using carbon -steel bolts unless otherwise indicated. 5. Joist Installation: Bolt joists to supporting steel framework using high -strength structural bolts unless otherwise indicated. Comply with RCSC's "Specification for Structural Joints Using High -Strength Bolts" for high -strength structural bolt installation and tightening requirements. 6. Joist Installation: Weld joist seats to supporting steel framework. 7. Install and connect bridging concurrently with joist erection, before construction loads are applied. Anchor ends of bridging lines at top and bottom chords if terminating at walls or beams. I. Bracing: Install bracing in roof and sidewalls where indicated on erection drawings. 1. Tighten rod and cable bracing to avoid sag. 2. Locate interior end -bay bracing only where indicated. Framing for Openings: Provide shapes of proper design and size to reinforce openings and to carry loads and vibrations imposed, including equipment furnished under mechanical and electrical work. Securely attach to structural framing. K. Erection Tolerances: Maintain erection tolerances of structural framing within AISC 303. 3.4 METAL PANEL INSTALLATION, GENERAL A. Fabricate and finish metal panels and accessories at the factory, by manufacturer's standard procedures and processes, as necessary to fulfill indicated performance requirements CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 21 of 26 demonstrated by laboratory testing. Comply with indicated profiles and with dimensional and structural requirements. B. On -Site Fabrication: Subject to compliance with requirements of this Section, metal panels may be fabricated on -site using UL-certified, portable roll -forming equipment if panels are of same profile and warranted by manufacturer to be equal to factory -formed panels. Fabricate according to equipment manufacturer's written instructions and to comply with details shown. C. Examination: Examine primary and secondary framing to verify that structural -panel support members and anchorages have been installed within alignment tolerances required by manufacturer. Examine roughing -in for components and systems penetrating metal panels, to verify actual locations of penetrations relative to seams before metal panel installation. D. General: Anchor metal panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Field cut metal panels as required for doors, windows, and other openings. Cut openings as small as possible, neatly to size required, and without damage to adjacent metal panel finishes. a. Field cutting of metal panels by torch is not permitted unless approved in writing by manufacturer. 2. Install metal panels perpendicular to structural supports unless otherwise indicated. 3. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures at perimeter of openings and similar elements. Fasten with self -tapping screws. 4. Locate and space fastenings in uniform vertical and horizontal alignment. 5. Locate metal panel splices over structural supports with end laps in alignment. 6. Lap metal flashing over metal panels to allow moisture to run over and off the material. E. Lap -Seam Metal Panels: Install screw fasteners using power tools with controlled torque adjusted to compress EPDM washers tightly without damage to washers, screw threads, or metal panels. Install screws in predrilled holes. Arrange and nest side -lap joints so prevailing winds blow over, not into, lapped joints. Lap ribbed or fluted sheets one full rib corrugation. Apply metal panels and associated items for neat and weathertight enclosure. Avoid "panel creep" or application not true to line. F. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion -resistant coating, by applying rubberized -asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by metal roof panel manufacturer. G. Joint Sealers: Install gaskets, joint fillers, and sealants where indicated and where required for weatherproof performance of metal panel assemblies. Provide types of gaskets, fillers, and sealants indicated; or, if not indicated, provide types recommended by metal panel manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 22 of 26 1. Seal metal panel end laps with double beads of tape or sealant the full width of panel. Seal side joints where recommended by metal panel manufacturer. 2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." 3.5 METAL ROOF PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Provide metal roof panels of full length from eave to ridge unless otherwise indicated or restricted by shipping limitations. 1. Install ridge caps as metal roof panel work proceeds. 2. Flash and seal metal roof panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes. Fasten with self -tapping screws. B. Standing -Seam Metal Roof Panels: Fasten metal roof panels to supports with concealed clips at each standing -seam joint, at location and spacing and with fasteners recommended by manufacturer. 1. Install clips to supports with self -drilling or self -tapping fasteners. 2. Install pressure plates at locations indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. 3. Snap Joint: Nest standing seams and fasten together by interlocking and completely engaging factory -applied sealant. 4. Seamed Joint: Crimp standing seams with manufacturer -approved motorized seamer tool so that clip, metal roof panel, and factory -applied sealant are completely engaged. 5. Rigidly fasten eave end of metal roof panels and allow ridge end free movement for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels for fasteners. 6. Provide metal closures at rake edges and each side of ridge caps. C. Metal Fascia Panels: Align bottom of metal panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self - drilling or self -tapping screws. Flash and seal metal panels with weather closures where fasciae meet soffits, along lower panel edges, and at perimeter of all openings. D. Metal Roof Panel Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal roof panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.6 METAL WALL PANEL INSTALLATION A. General: Install metal wall panels in orientation, sizes, and locations indicated on Drawings. Install panels perpendicular to girts, extending full height of building, unless otherwise indicated. Anchor metal wall panels and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. 1. Unless otherwise indicated, begin metal panel installation at corners with center of rib lined up with line of framing. 2. Shim or otherwise plumb substrates receiving metal wall panels. 3. When two rows of metal panels are required, lap panels 4 inches minimum. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 23 of 26 4. When building height requires two rows of metal panels at gable ends, align lap of gable panels over metal wall panels at eave height. 5. Rigidly fasten base end of metal wall panels and allow eave end free movement for thermal expansion and contraction. Predrill panels. 6. Flash and seal metal wall panels with weather closures at eaves and rakes, and at perimeter of all openings. Fasten with self -tapping screws. 7. Install screw fasteners in predrilled holes. 8. Install flashing and trim as metal wall panel work proceeds. 9. Apply elastomeric sealant continuously between metal base channel (sill angle) and concrete, and elsewhere as indicated on Drawings; if not indicated, as necessary for waterproofing. 10. Align bottom of metal wall panels and fasten with blind rivets, bolts, or self -drilling or self -tapping screws. 11. Provide weatherproof escutcheons for pipe and conduit penetrating exterior walls. B. Metal Wall Panels: Install metal wall panels on exterior side of girts. Attach metal wall panels to supports with fasteners as recommended by manufacturer. C. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align metal wall panels within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet, noncumulative; level, plumb, and on location lines; and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles. 3.7 METAL SOFFIT PANEL INSTALLATION A. Provide metal soffit panels the full width of soffits. Install panels perpendicular to support framing. B. Flash and seal metal soffit panels with weather closures where panels meet walls and at perimeter of all openings. 3.8 ACCESSORY INSTALLATION A. General: Install accessories with positive anchorage to building and weathertight mounting, and provide for thermal expansion. Coordinate installation with flashings and other components. 1. Install components required for a complete metal roof panel assembly, including trim, copings, ridge closures, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 2. Install components for a complete metal wall panel assembly, including trim, copings, corners, seam covers, flashings, sealants, gaskets, fillers, closure strips, and similar items. 3. Where dissimilar metals contact each other or corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with corrosion -resistant coating, by applying rubberized -asphalt underlayment to each contact surface, or by other permanent separation as recommended by manufacturer. B. Flashing and Trim: Comply with performance requirements, manufacturer's written installation instructions, and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual." Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line and level. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that will be permanently watertight and weather resistant. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 24 of 26 1. Install exposed flashing and trim that is without excessive oil -canning, buckling, and tool marks and that is true to line and levels indicated, with exposed edges folded back to form hems. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in waterproof and weather -resistant performance. 2. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at a maximum of 10 feet with no joints allowed within 24 inches of corner or intersection. Where lapped or bayonet -type expansion provisions cannot be used or would not be sufficiently weather resistant and waterproof, form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with mastic sealant (concealed within joints). C. Gutters: Join sections with riveted -and -soldered or lapped -and -sealed joints. Attach gutters to eave with gutter hangers spaced as required for gutter size, but not more than 36 inches o.c. using manufacturer's standard fasteners. Provide end closures and seal watertight with sealant. Provide for thermal expansion. D. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. Provide fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely 1 inch away from walls; locate fasteners at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. in between. 1. Provide elbows at base of downspouts to direct water away from building. 2. Tie downspouts to underground drainage system indicated. E. Roof Curbs: Install curbs at locations indicated on Drawings. Install flashing around bases where they meet metal roof panels. F. Pipe Flashing: Form flashing around pipe penetration and metal roof panels. Fasten and seal to panel as recommended by manufacturer. 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Special Inspections: Owner will engage a qualified special inspector to perform field quality control special inspections and to submit reports. B. Product will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Repair damaged galvanized coatings on galvanized items with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A780/A780M and manufacturer's written instructions. B. Remove and replace glass that has been broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged during construction period. C. Touchup Painting: After erection, promptly clean, prepare, and prime or reprime field connections, rust spots, and abraded surfaces of prime -painted structural framing, bearing plates, and accessories. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 25 of 26 1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2, "Hand Tool Cleaning," or by SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." 2. Apply a compatible primer of same type as shop primer used on adjacent surfaces. D. Touchup Painting: Cleaning and touchup painting are specified in Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." E. Metal Panels: Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as metal panels are installed. On completion of metal panel installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by metal panel manufacturer. Maintain in a clean condition during construction. 1. Replace metal panels that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures. END OF SECTION 13 34 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 1334 19 METAL BUILDING SYSTEMS Page 26 of 26 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 1 of 10 SECTION 2105 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes pipe, fittings, valves, and connections for delegated design sprinkler systems. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03 10 00 "Concrete Forming and Accessories" for execution requirements for inserts and sleeves specified by this Section. 2. Section 07 84 00 "Firestopping" for product requirements for Firestopping for placement by this Section. 3. Section 099123 Interior Painting for execution requirements for piping painting specified by this Section. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Firestopping (Through -Penetration Protection System): Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire, smoke, heat, and hot gases through fire rated construction. 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM El19, UL 263, or UL 1479, to achieve fire ratings of adjacent construction B. Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies, materials, and components. 1.5 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Firestopping: Conform to UL for fire resistance ratings and surface burning characteristics. B. Firestopping: Provide certificate of compliance from authority having jurisdiction indicating approval of materials used. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 2 of 10 1.6 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Shop Drawings: Indicate pipe materials used, jointing methods, supports, floor and wall penetration seals. Indicate installation, layout, weights, mounting and support details, and piping connections. B. Firestopping Schedule: Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes, penetrating items, and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly. 1.7 DELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTAL A. Firestopping Engineering Judgments: For conditions not covered by UL listed designs, submit judgments by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. Submit manufacturers catalogue information. Indicate valve data and ratings. 2. Firestopping: Submit data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria. B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Firestopping: Submit preparation and installation instructions. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.9 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of components and tag numbering. B. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit spare parts lists. 1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide fire sprinkler piping located in plenums with peak optical density not greater than 0.5, average optical density not greater than 0.15, and flame spread not greater than 5 feet (1.5 m) when tested in accordance with UL 1887. B. Through Penetration Firestopping of Fire Rated Assemblies: UL 1479 or ASTM E814 with 0.10 inch water gage minimum positive pressure differential to achieve fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than I -hour. 1. Wall Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 3 of 10 2. Floor Penetrations: Fire F-Ratings and temperature T-Ratings as indicated on Drawings, but not less than 1-hour. a. Floor Penetrations Within Wall Cavities: T-Rating is not required. C. Through Penetration Firestopping of Non -Fire Rated Floor Assemblies: Materials to resist free passage of flame and products of combustion. 1. Noncombustible Penetrating Items: Noncombustible materials for penetrating items connecting maximum of three stories. 2. Penetrating Items: Materials approved by authorities having jurisdiction for penetrating items connecting maximum of two stories. 1.11 QUALIFICATIONS A. Delegated Design Engineer: Licensed professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in the jurisdiction of the project location. B. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum three years documented experience, and with service facilities within 100 miles of Project. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer. 1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers, with labeling in place. B. Furnish cast iron and steel valves with temporary protective coating. C. Furnish temporary end caps and closures on piping and fittings. Maintain in place until installation. 1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A. Do not apply firestopping materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F. B. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for minimum 3 days after installation of firestopping materials. C. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials. 1.14 WARRANTY A. Furnish 1 year manufacturer warranty for basic fire suppression materials and methods. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 4 of 10 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Anvil International/Smith-Cooper International; Tailwind Capital, LLC. 2. APCO DeZurik Valve Co. 3. Crane; a Crane Co. brand. 4. Flowserve Corporation. 5. Milwaukee Valve Company. 6. NIBCO INC. 7. PBM Valve Solutions. 8. Powell Valves. 9. Shur oint; a part of Aalberts Integrated piping Systems. 10. Tyco Fire Products; brand of Johnson Controls International plc, Building Solutions North America. 11. Victaulic Company. 12. Zurn Industries, LLC. B. Gate Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and trim, rising stem, hand wheel, solid wedge or disc, threaded ends. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem pre -grooved for mounting tamper switch, hand wheel, OS&Y, solid bronze or cast iron wedge, flanged ends. 3. Over 4 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, non -rising stem with bolted bonnet, solid bronze wedge, flanged ends, iron body indicator post assembly. C. Globe Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body, bronze trim, rising stem and hand wheel, inside screw, renewable rubber disc, threaded ends, with back seating capacity. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, rising stem, hand wheel, OS&Y, plug -type disc, flanged ends, renewable seat and disc. D. Ball Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze two-piece body, brass, chrome plated bronze, or stainless steel ball, teflon seats and stuffing box ring, lever handle and balancing stops, threaded ends with union. 2. Over 2 inches: Manufacturers: Cast steel body, chrome plated steel ball, teflon seat and stuffing box seals, lever handle or gear drive hand wheel for sizes 10 inches and over, flanged. E. Butterfly Valves: 1. Bronze Body: Stainless steel disc, resilient replaceable seat, threaded or grooved ends, extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and built-in tamper proof switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 5 of 10 2. Cast or Ductile Iron Body: Cast or ductile iron, chrome or nickel plated ductile iron or aluminum bronze disc, resilient replaceable EPDM seat, wafer, lug, or grooved ends. With extended neck, hand wheel and gear drive and integral indicating device, and internal tamper switch rated 10 amp at 115 volt AC. F. Check Valves: 1. Up to and including 2 inches: Bronze body and swing disc, rubber seat, threaded ends. 2. Over 2 inches: Iron body, bronze trim, swing check with rubber disc, renewable disc and seat, flanged ends with automatic ball check. 3. 4 inches and Over: Iron body, bronze disc with stainless steel spring, resilient seal, threaded, wafer, or flanged ends. G. Drain Valves: 1. Compression Stop: Bronze with hose thread nipple and cap. 2. Ball Valve: Brass with cap and chain, 3/4 inch hose thread. 2.2 ABOVE GROUND PIPING A. Steel Pipe: Schedule 10 or 40 black. 1. Steel Fittings: ASME B 16.9, wrought steel, butt welded; ASME B 16.25, butt weld ends; ASTM A234/A234M, wrought carbon steel and alloy steel; ASME B 16.5, steel flanges and fittings; ASME B 16.11, forged steel socket welded and threaded. 2. Cast Iron Fittings: ASME B 16.1, flanges and flanged fittings; ASME B 16.4, threaded fittings. 3. Malleable Iron Fittings: ASME B 16.3, threaded fittings ASTM B47. 4. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped elastomeric sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 5. Mechanical Formed Fittings: Carbon -steel housing with integral pipe stop and O-ring pocked and O-ring uniformly compressed into permanent mechanical engagement onto pipe. B. Cast Iron Pipe: AWWA C151. 1. Fittings: AWWA C110, standard thickness. 2. Joints: AWWA C111, rubber gasket. 3. Mechanical Grooved Couplings: Malleable iron housing clamps to engage and lock, "C" shaped composition sealing gasket, steel bolts, nuts, and washers; galvanized for galvanized pipe. 2.3 PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Conform to NFPA 13. B. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 1/2 to 1-1/2 inch: Malleable iron or Carbon steel, adjustable swivel, split ring. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 6 of 10 C. Hangers for Pipe Sizes 2 inch and Over: Carbon steel, adjustable, clevis. D. Multiple or Trapeze Hangers: Steel channels with welded spacers and hanger rods. E. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes to 3 inches: Cast iron hook. F. Wall Support for Pipe Sizes 4 inches and Over: Welded steel bracket and wrought steel clamp. G. Vertical Support: Steel riser clamp. H. Floor Support: Cast iron adjustable pipe saddle, lock nut, nipple, floor flange, and concrete pier or steel support. I. Copper Pipe Support: Carbon steel ring, adjustable, copper plated. 2.4 FIRESTOPPING A. Manufacturers: 1. 3M Fire Protection Products. 2. A/D Fire Protection Systems Inc. 3. Hilti, Inc. 4. HoldRite; Reliance Worldwide Company. 5. Johns Manville; a Berkshire Hathaway company. 6. Nelson; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. 7. NUCO Inc. 8. Passive Fire Protection Partners. 9. RectorSeal HVAC; a CSW Industrials Company. 10. Specified Technologies, Inc. 11. Tremco, Inc. B. Product Description: Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements; provide only one type for each similar application. I. Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant. 2. Foam Firestopping Compounds: Single component foam compound. 3. Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers: Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non -asbestos fibers. 4. Fiber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping: Composite of mineral fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping. 5. Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers: Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer, covered with sheet stainless steel jacket, joined with collars, penetration sealed with flanged stops. 6. Intumescent Firestopping: Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain. 7. Firestop Pillows: Formed mineral fiber pillows. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 7 of 10 2.5 FIRESTOPPING ACCESSORIES A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings. B. Dam Material: Permanent: 1. Mineral fiberboard. 2. Mineral fiber matting. 3. Sheet metal. 4. Plywood or particle board. 5. Alumina silicate fire board. C. Installation Accessories: Provide clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other devices required to position and retain materials in place. D. General: 1. Furnish UL listed products. 2. Select products with rating not less than rating of wall or floor being penetrated. E. Non -Rated Surfaces: 1. Stamped steel, chrome plated, hinged, split ring escutcheons or floor plates or ceiling plates for covering openings in occupied areas where piping is exposed. 2. For exterior wall openings below grade, furnish mechanical sealing device to continuously fill annular space between piping and cored opening or water -stop type wall sleeve. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify openings are ready to receive sleeves. B. Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Ream pipe and tube ends. Remove burrs. B. Remove scale and foreign material, from inside and outside, before assembly. C. Prepare piping connections to equipment with flanges or unions. D. Obtain permission from Structural Engineer before using powder -actuated anchors. E. Obtain permission from Structural Engineer before drilling or cutting structural members. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 8 of 10 F. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material. G. Remove incompatible materials affecting bond. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install piping in accordance with NFPA 13 for sprinkler systems,. B. Route piping in orderly manner, plumb and parallel to building structure. Maintain gradient. C. Install piping to conserve building space, to not interfere with use of space and other work. D. Group piping whenever practical at common elevations. E. Install pipe sleeve at piping penetrations through footings partitions, walls, and floors. Seal pipe and sleeve penetrations to maintain fire resistance equivalent to fire separation. F. Install piping to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe, joints, or connected equipment. G. Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Install in accordance with NFPA 13. 2. Install hangers to with minimum 1/2 inch space between finished covering and adjacent work. 3. Place hangers within 12 inches of each horizontal elbow. 4. Use hangers with 1-1/2 inch minimum vertical adjustment. Design hangers for pipe movement without disengagement of supported pipe. 5. Support vertical piping at every other floor. Support riser piping independently of connected horizontal piping. 6. Where installing several pipes in parallel and at same elevation, provide multiple or trapeze hangers. 7. Install sheet lead packing between hanger or support and piping. 8. Prime coat exposed steel hangers and supports. Hangers and supports located in crawl spaces, pipe shafts, and suspended ceiling spaces are not considered exposed. H. Slope piping and arrange systems to drain at low points. Install eccentric reducers to maintain top of pipe level. I. Prepare pipe, fittings, supports, and accessories for finish painting. Where pipe support members are welded to structural building framing, scrape, brush clean, and apply one coat of zinc rich primer to welding.. Do not penetrate building structural members unless indicated. K. Where more than one piping system material is specified, install compatible system components and joints. Install flanges, union, and couplings at locations requiring servicing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 9 of 10 L. Die cut threaded joints with full cut standard taper pipe threads with red lead and linseed oil or other non -toxic joint compound applied to male threads only. M. Install valves with stems upright or horizontal, not inverted. Remove protective coatings after installation. N. Install gate ball or butterfly valves for shut-off or isolating service. O. Install drain valves at main shut-off valves, low points of piping and apparatus. P. Where inserts are omitted, drill through concrete slab from below and install through -bolt with recessed square steel plate and nut flush with top of slab. 3.4 INSTALLATION - FIRESTOPPING A. Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, and other items, requiring firestopping. B. Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved, and as required for compliance with required fire ratings. C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating ,to uniform density and texture. D. Compress fibered material to maximum 40 percent of its uncompressed size. E. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials. F. Fire Rated Surface: 1. Seal opening at wall, partition, and ceiling, as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. C. Pack void with backing material. d. Seal ends of sleeve with UL listed fire resistive silicone compound to meet fire rating of structure penetrated. G. Non -Rated Surfaces: 1. Seal opening through non -fire rated wall, partition floor, and ceiling, as follows: a. Install sleeve through opening and extending beyond minimum of 1 inch on both sides of building element. b. Size sleeve allowing minimum of 1 inch void between sleeve and building element. C. Install type of firestopping material recommended by manufacturer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION Page 10 of 10 2. Install escutcheons floor plates or ceiling plates where conduit, penetrates non -fire rated surfaces in occupied spaces. Occupied spaces include rooms with finished ceilings and where penetration occurs below finished ceiling. 3. Exterior wall openings below grade: Assemble rubber links of mechanical sealing device to size of piping and tighten in place, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 4. Interior partitions:. Apply sealant to both sides of penetration to completely fill annular space between sleeve and conduit. 3.5 INTERFACE WITH OTHER PRODUCTS A. Inserts: 1. Install inserts for placement in concrete forms. 2. Install inserts for suspending hangers from reinforced concrete slabs and sides of reinforced concrete beams. 3. Install hooked rod to concrete reinforcement section for inserts carrying pipe over 4 inches. 4. Where concrete slabs form finished ceiling, locate inserts flush with slab surface. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect installed firestopping for compliance with specifications and submitted schedule. 3.7 CLEANING A. Clean entire system after other construction is complete. B. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials. END OF SECTION 2105 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 1 of 6 SECTION 2105 17 - SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Sleeves. 2. Stack -sleeve fittings. 3. Sleeve -seal systems. 4. Sleeve -seal fittings. 5. Grout. 6. Silicone sealants. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SLEEVES A. Cast -Iron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile -iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop. B. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, anticorrosion coated or galvanized, with plain ends and integral welded waterstop collar. C. Galvanized -Steel Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 2 of 6 A. Description: Manufactured, Dura-coated or Duco-coated cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange for use in waterproof floors and roofs. Include clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for membrane flashing. 1. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with setscrews. 2.3 SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Description: 1. Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. 2. Designed to form a hydrostatic seal of 20 psig minimum. 3. Sealing Elements: High -temperature -silicone interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size. 4. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel Stainless steel Stainless steel, Type 316. 5. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel, with corrosion -resistant coating, ASTM B 633 of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. 2.4 SLEEVE -SEAL FITTINGS A. Description: Manufactured plastic, sleeve -type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. B. Plastic or rubber waterstop collar with center opening to match piping OD. 2.5 GROUT A. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire -rated walls or floors. B. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 2.6 SILICONE SEALANTS A. Silicone, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. B. Silicone, S, P, 25, T, NT: Single -component, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant; CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 3 of 6 ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. Grade P Pourable (self -leveling) formulation is for opening in floors and other horizontal surfaces that are not fire rated. C. Silicone Foam: Multicomponent, silicone -based liquid elastomers that, when mixed, expand and cure in place to produce a flexible, nonshrinking foam. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 SLEEVE INSTALLATION A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. For sleeves that will have sleeve -seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls. 1. Sleeves are not required for core -drilled holes. C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Permanent sleeves are not required for holes in slabs formed by molded -PE or -PP sleeves. 2. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Using grout or silicone sealant, seal space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve -seal system. D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. E. Fire -Resistance -Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke -stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 STACK -SLEEVE -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install stack -sleeve fittings in new slabs as slabs are constructed. 1. Secure flashing between clamping flanges for pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing. Comply with requirements for flashing specified in Section 076200 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 4 of 6 2. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches above finished floor level. 3. Extend cast-iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified. 4. Use silicone sealant to seal around the outside of stack -sleeve fittings. B. Fire -Resistance -Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- or smoke -stop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.3 SLEEVE -SEAL -SYSTEM INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 SLEEVE -SEAL -FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install sleeve -seal fittings in new walls and slabs as they are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange to be centered in concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to concrete forms. D. Use grout or silicone sealant, to seal the space around outside of sleeve -seal fittings. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After allowing for a full cure, test sleeves and sleeve seals for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. B. Sleeves and sleeve seals will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE -SEAL SCHEDULE A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping -penetration applications: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 5 of 6 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron pipe sleeves or, galvanized steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves or galvanized steel pipe sleeves. 2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system or galvanized Steel pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system or galvanized steel pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 3. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system, galvanized steel pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system, or Sleeve -seal fittings. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Cast-iron pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system, galvanized steel pipe sleeves with sleeve -seal system. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 4. Concrete Slabs above Grade: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel pipe sleeves Stack -sleeve fittings or Sleeve -seal fittings. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized steel pipe sleeves or Stack -sleeve fittings. 5. Interior Partitions: a. Piping Smaller Than NPS 6: Galvanized steel pipe sleeves. b. Piping NPS 6 and Larger: Galvanized -steel sheet sleeves. END OF SECTION 2105 17 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 17 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 6 of 6 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 1 of 4 SECTION 2105 18 - ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing Piping to Remain: Existing piping that is not to be removed and that is not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ESCUTCHEONS A. One -Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and setscrew fastener. B. One -Piece, Stainless -Steel Type: With polished stainless -steel finish. C. One -Piece, Cast -Brass Type: With polished, chrome -plated or polished brass finish and setscrew fastener. D. One -Piece, Deep -Pattern Type: Deep -drawn, box -shaped steel or brass with polished, chrome - plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. E. One -Piece, Stamped -Steel Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and spring -clip fasteners. F. Split -Plate, Stamped -Steel Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish; concealed and exposed - rivet hinge; and spring -clip fasteners. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 2 of 4 A. Split Floor Plates: Steel with concealed hinge. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. Escutcheons for New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep pattern. b. Chrome -Plated Piping: One-piece steel or cast brass or split -plate steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Insulated Piping: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless -steel finish. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless -steel finish. f. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome -plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. h. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece stainless steel with polished stainless -steel finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece steel with polished, chrome - plated finish. j. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece cast brass with rough -brass finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. 1. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece cast brass with polished, chrome - plated finish. 2. Escutcheons for Existing Piping to Remain: a. Chrome -Plated Piping: Split -plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge with polished, chrome -plated finish. b. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: Split -plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge with polished, chrome -plated finish. d. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: Split -plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge with polished, chrome -plated fmish. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 18 ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 3 of 4 Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: Split -plate, stamped steel with concealed or exposed -rivet hinge with polished, chrome -plated finish. C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment -room floors. D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 1. New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: One-piece, floor plate. 2. Existing Piping: Split floor plate. 3.2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. END OF SECTION 2105 18 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2105 18 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS ESCUTCHEONS FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING Page 4 of 4 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Pagel of 8 SECTION 2105 23 - GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Two-piece ball valves with indicators. 2. Bronze butterfly valves with indicators. 3. Iron butterfly valves with indicators. 4. Check valves. 5. Bronze OS&Y gate valves. 6. Iron OS&Y gate valves. 7. NRS gate valves. 8. Indicator posts. 9. Trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene, Buna-N, or nitrile rubber. B. NRS: Nonrising stem. C. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. D. SBR: Styrene-butadiene rubber. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of valve. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, and weld ends. 3. Set valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 2 of 8 B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher than ambient dew point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems as lifting or rigging points. D. Protect flanges and specialties from moisture and dirt. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES A. UL Listed: Valves shall be listed in UL's "Online Certifications Directory" under the headings listed below and shall bear UL mark: 1. Main Level: HAMV - Fire Main Equipment. a. Level 1: HCBZ - Indicator Posts, Gate Valve. b. Level 1: HLOT - Valves. 1) Level 3: HLUG - Ball Valves, System Control. 2) Level 3: HLXS - Butterfly Valves. 3) Level 3: HMER - Check Valves. 4) Level 3: HMRZ - Gate Valves. 2. Main Level: VDGT - Sprinkler System & Water Spray System Devices. a. Level 1: VQGU - Valves, Trim and Drain. B. FM Global Approved: Valves shall be listed in its "Approval Guide," under the headings listed below: 1. Automated Sprinkler Systems: a. Indicator posts. b. Valves. 1) Gate valves. 2) Check valves. a) Single check valves. 3) Miscellaneous valves. C. Source Limitations for Valves: Obtain valves for each valve type from single manufacturer. D. ASME Compliance: CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 3 of 8 1. ASME B 16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 2. ASME B 1.20.1 for threads for threaded -end valves. 3. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. E. AWWA Compliance: Comply with AWWA C606 for grooved -end connections. F. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for valves. Valve Pressure Ratings: Not less than the minimum pressure rating indicated or higher as required by system pressures. H. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. I. Valve Actuator Types: 1. Worm -gear actuator with handwheel for quarter -turn valves, except for trim and drain valves. 2. Handwheel: For other than quarter -turn trim and drain valves. 3. Handlever: For quarter -turn trim and drain valves NPS 2 and smaller. 2.2 TWO-PIECE BALL VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Description: 1. UL 1091, except with ball instead of disc and FM Global standard for indicating valves (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 1112. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Design: Two piece. 4. Body Material: Forged brass or bronze. 5. Port Size: Full or standard. 6. Seats: PTFE. 7. Stem: Bronze or stainless steel. 8. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 9. Actuator: Worm gear or traveling nut. 10. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 11. End Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2: Threaded ends. 12. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2: Grooved ends. 2.3 BRONZE BUTTERFLY VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Description: 1. Standard: UL 1091 and FM Global standard for indicating valves, (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 1112. 2. Minimum: Pressure rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Bronze. 4. Seat Material: EPDM. 5. Stem Material: Bronze or stainless steel. 6. Disc: Bronze or Stainless steel with EPDM coating. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 4 of 8 7. Actuator: Worm gear or traveling nut. 8. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 9. Ends Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2: Threaded ends. 10. Ends Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2: Grooved ends. 2.4 IRON BUTTERFLY VALVES WITH INDICATORS A. Description: 1. Standard: UL 1091 and FM Global standard for indicating valves, (butterfly or ball type), Class Number 112. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron with nylon, EPDM, epoxy, or polyamide coating. 4. Seat Material: EPDM. 5. Stem: Stainless steel. 6. Disc: Ductile iron, nickel plated and EPDM or SBR coated. 7. Actuator: Worm gear or traveling nut. 8. Supervisory Switch: Internal or external. 9. Body Design: Grooved -end connections. 2.5 CHECK VALVES A. Description: 1. Standard: UL 312 and FM Global standard for swing check valves, Class Number 1210. 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Type: Single swing check. 4. Body Material: Cast iron, ductile iron, or bronze. 5. Clapper: Bronze, ductile iron, or stainless steel with elastomeric seal. 6. Clapper Seat: Brass, bronze, or stainless steel. 7. Hinge Shaft: Bronze or stainless steel. 8. Hinge Spring: Stainless steel. 9. End Connections: Flanged, grooved, or threaded. 2.6 BRONZE OS&Y GATE VALVES A. Description: 1. Standard: UL 262 and FM Global standard for fire -service water control valves (OS&Y- and NRS-type gate valves). 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body and Bonnet Material: Bronze or brass. 4. Wedge: One-piece bronze or brass. 5. Wedge Seat: Bronze. 6. Stem: Bronze or brass. 7. Packing: Non -asbestos PTFE. 8. Supervisory Switch: External. 9. End Connections: Threaded. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 ORA a 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 5 of 8 Description: 1. Standard: UL 262 and FM Global standard for fire -service water control valves (OS&Y- and NRS-type gate valves). 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body and Bonnet Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Wedge: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 5. Wedge Seat: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 6. Stem: Brass or bronze. 7. Packing: Non -asbestos PTFE. 8. Supervisory Switch: External. 9. End Connections: Flanged or Grooved. 2.8 NRS GATE VALVES A. Description: 1. Standard: UL 262 and FM Global standard for fire -service water control valves (OS&Y- and NRS-type gate valves). 2. Minimum Pressure Rating: 175 psig. 3. Body and Bonnet Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Wedge: Cast or ductile iron with elastomeric coating. 5. Wedge Seat: Cast or ductile iron, or bronze with elastomeric coating. 6. Stem: Brass or bronze. 7. Packing: Non -asbestos PTFE. 8. Supervisory Switch: External. 9. End Connections: Flanged. 2.9 INDICATOR POSTS A. Description: 2.10 a 1. Standard: UL 789 and FM Global standard for indicator posts. 2. Type: Underground. 3. Base Barrel Material: Cast or ductile iron. 4. Extension Barrel: Cast or ductile iron. 5. Cap: Cast or ductile iron. 6. Operation: Wrench or Handwheel. TRIM AND DRAIN VALVES Ball Valves: 1. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Design: Two piece. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 6 of 8 C. Body Material: Forged brass or bronze. d. Port size: Full or standard. e. Seats: PTFE. f. Stem: Bronze or stainless steel. g. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. h. Actuator: Handlever. i. End Connections for Valves NPS 1 through NPS 2-1/2: Threaded ends. J. End Connections for Valves NPS 1-1/4 and NPS 2-1/2: Grooved ends. B. Angle Valves: 1. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Brass or bronze. C. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. C. Globe Valves: 1. Description: a. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. b. Body Material: Bronze with integral seat and screw -in bonnet. C. Ends: Threaded. d. Stem: Bronze. e. Disc Holder and Nut: Bronze. f. Disc Seat: Nitrile. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze, or aluminum. PART 3 - EXECUTION :I_ ►\L"N 11�1 [4701 A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 7 of 8 D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. 3.2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in the following Sections for specific valve installation requirements and applications: 1. Section 21 13 13 "Wet -Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for application of valves in wet -pipe, fire -suppression sprinkler systems. 2. Section 21 13 16 'Dry -Pipe Sprinkler Systems" for application of valves in dry -pipe, fire - suppression sprinkler systems. B. Install backflow preventers in water -supply sources. C. Install valves having threaded connections with unions at each piece of equipment arranged to allow easy access, service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. Provide separate support where necessary. D. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above the pipe center. E. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement. F. Install valve tags. Comply with requirements in Section 2105 53 "Identification for Fire - Suppression Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules and signs on surfaces concealing valves; and the NFPA standard applying to the piping system in which valves are installed. Install permanent identification signs indicating the portion of system controlled by each valve. G. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised -open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. END OF SECTION 2105 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR FIRE PROTECTION PIPING Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 8 SECTION 2105 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Equipment supports. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following: 1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Metal framing systems. 3. Equipment supports. C. Delegated -Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Detail fabrication and assembly of trapeze hangers. 2. Include design calculations for designing trapeze hangers. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 8 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Structural -Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2015 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Where required, structural Performance: Hangers and supports for fire -suppression piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE/SEI 7. 1. Design supports for multiple pipes, including pipe stands, capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water. 2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components. 3. Where required, design seismic -restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment and obtain approval from authorities having jurisdiction. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 13. C. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 203. 2.2 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: Factory -fabricated components, NFPA approved, UL listed, or FM approved for fire -suppression piping support. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot -dip galvanized. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel or stainless steel. 2.3 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS A. Description: MSS SP-58, Type 59, shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly, made from structural -carbon -steel shapes, with NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM -approved carbon -steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts. 2.4 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 8 1. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly, made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon -steel channel with inturned lips. 4. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. 7. Metallic Coating: Pregalvanized G90, Electroplated zinc, Hot -dip galvanized. 8. Paint Coating: Green epoxy, acrylic, or urethane. B. Non-MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly, made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 2. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 3. Channels: Continuous slotted carbon -steel channel with inturned lips. 4. Channel Width: Select for applicable load criteria. 5. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 6. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of galvanized carbon steel. 7. Metallic Coating: Pregalvanized G90 or Hot -dip galvanized. 8. Paint Coating: Green epoxy, acrylic, or urethane. 2.5 THERMAL HANGER -SHIELD INSERTS A. Insulation -Insert Material: Water -repellent -treated, ASTM C 533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psi ASTM C 552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psi or ASTM C 591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psi minimum compressive strength. B. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield shall cover entire circumference of pipe. C. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield shall cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. D. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below ambient air temperature. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Powder -Actuated Fasteners: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM -approved threaded -steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM -approved, insert -wedge - type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Indoor Applications: Zinc -coated or Stainless steel. 2. Outdoor Applications: Stainless steel. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 8 2.7 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Description: NFPA-approved, UL-listed, or FM -approved, welded, shop- or field -fabricated equipment support, made from structural -carbon -steel shapes. 2.8 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B 221. B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A 1011/A 1011M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240/A 240M. E. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout, suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation, for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components, so strength will be adequate to support five times the weight of the water -filled pipe plus 250 lb. (115 kg) at each point of piping support. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with installation requirements of approvals and listings. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Metal Trapeze Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field -fabricated trapeze pipe hangers. 1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller -diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers. 2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M carbon -steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 8 C. Metal Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled metal strut systems. D. Thermal Hanger -Shield Installation: Where required, install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install powder -actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches thick in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder -actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder -actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual. Install in accordance with approvals and listings. 2. Install mechanical -expansion anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. Install in accordance with approvals and listings. F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded -structural -steel shapes. H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems if located in seismically active areas, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units. I. Where subject to seismic activities, install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying. J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms, and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 3.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A. Fabricate structural -steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor. B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make bearing surface smooth. C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 8 3.4 METAL FABRICATIONS A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports. B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections, so no roughness shows after finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours. 3.5 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.6 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded, shop -painted areas. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as those used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. 1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded, shop - painted areas on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."] C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M. 3.7 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with NFPA requirements for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 8 C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finishes. D. Use carbon -steel pipe hangers and supports metal trapeze pipe hangers and metal framing systems and attachments for general service applications. E. Use stainless -steel pipe hangers and stainless -steel or corrosion -resistant attachments for hostile environment applications. F. Use thermal hanger -shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing, where required by applicable codes and standards. G. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Comply with NFPA requirements. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 3. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 4. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. 5. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 6. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 7. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate. 8. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon -steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 9. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange. H. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. I. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Comply with NFPA requirements. Building Attachments: Comply with NFPA requirements. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: Steel or Malleable -Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR FIRE SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 8 of 8 2. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 3. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams. K. Saddles and Shields: Comply with NFPA requirements. Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal Hanger -Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. L. Comply with NFPA requirements for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use powder -actuated fasteners or mechanical -expansion anchors instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. END OF SECTION 2105 29 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 6 SECTION 2105 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Stencils. 5. Valve tags. 6. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Samples: For color, letter style, and graphic representation required for each identification material and device. C. Equipment -Label Schedule: Include a listing of all equipment to be labeled and the proposed content for each label. D. Valve Schedules: Valve numbering scheme. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Metal Labels for Equipment: 1. Material and Thickness: stainless steel, 0.025 inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Letter Color: Black Red] White. 3. Background Color: Red White. 4. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 6 5. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. 6. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 7. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Plastic Labels for Equipment: Indoor Applications: a. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, l/16 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. b. Letter Color: White. C. Background Color: Red White. d. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. e. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. f. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. g. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws, or contact type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate h. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. 2. Outdoor Application: a. Material: MS-215 Max-Tek with printed graphics protected by a chemical and UV resistant MS-3000 top laminate. b. Letter Color: White. C. Background Color: Red. d. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 1 by 3 inches. e. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch. f. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. D. Equipment -Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules) and the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 6 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/16 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. B. Letter Color: Red or White. C. Background Color: Red or White. D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three -fourths the size of principal lettering. G. Fasteners: Stainless -steel rivets or self -tapping screws. H. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions. 2.3 PIPE LABELS A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service and showing flow direction according to ASME A13.1. B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to partially cover circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive. C. Self-adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe -Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping -system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: At least 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. E. Pipe -Label Colors: 1. Background Color: Safety Red. 2. Letter Color: White. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 6 2.4 STENCILS A. Stencils for Piping: 1. Lettering Size: At least 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. 2. Stencil Material: Aluminum Brass or Mylar. 3. Stencil Paint: Safety Red, exterior, gloss, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray -can form. 4. Identification Paint: White, exterior, acrylic enamel. Paint may be in pressurized spray - can form. f►a� MKIIa,VA IIIITC,I A. Description: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping -system abbreviation and 1/2- inch numbers. l . Tag Material: Brass, 0.032 inch stainless steel, 0.025 inch or anodized aluminum, 0.032 inch thick, with predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 2. Fasteners: Brass wire -link chain beaded chain. 3. Valve -Tag Color: Safety Red. 4. Letter Color: White. B. Valve Schedules: For each piping system, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on valve tag), location of valve (room or space), normal -operating position (open, closed, or modulating), and variations for identification. Mark valves for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. 1. Valve -tag schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data. 2.6 WARNING TAGS A. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted, accident -prevention tags, of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: Approximately 4 by 7 inches. 2. Fasteners: Brass grommet and wire Reinforced grommet and wire or string. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." 4. Color: Safety Yellow background with black lettering. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants, as well as dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and other substances that could impair bond of identification devices. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be installed. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Piping: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting." Section 099600 "High -Performance Coatings." B. Stenciled Pipe -Label Option: Stenciled labels may be provided instead of manufactured pipe labels, at Installer's option. Install stenciled pipe labels, complying with ASME A13.1, with painted, color -coded bands or rectangles on each piping system. 1. Identification Paint: Use for contrasting background. 2. Stencil Paint: Use for pipe marking. C. Pipe -Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection excluding short takeoffs. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations and on both sides of through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit a view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR FIRE -SUPPRESSION PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 6 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. D. Directional Flow Arrows: Arrows shall be used to indicate direction of flow in pipes including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. 3.5 VALVE -TAG INSTALLATION A. Install tags on valves and control devices in fire -suppression piping systems. List tagged valves in a valve -tag schedule. B. Valve -Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, and with captions similar to those indicated in "Valve -Tag Size and Shape" Subparagraph below: 1. Valve -Tag Size and Shape: a. Wet -Pipe Sprinkler System: 2 inches, round. b. Dry -Pipe Sprinkler System: 2 inches, round. 3.6 WARNING -TAG INSTALLATION A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. END OF SECTION 2105 53 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 11 19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS Page 1 of 4 SECTION 21 11 19 — FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Exposed -type fire -department connections. 2. Flush -type fire -department connections. 3. Yard -type fire -department connections. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for each fire -department connection. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 EXPOSED -TYPE FIRE -DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Standard: UL 405. B. Type: Exposed, projecting, for wall mounting. C. Pressure Rating: 175 prig minimum. D. Body Material: Corrosion -resistant metal. E. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire -department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check devices or clappers. F. Caps: Brass, lugged type, with gasket and chain. G. Escutcheon Plate: Round, brass, wall type. H. Outlet: Back, with pipe threads. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 11 19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS Page 2 of 4 I. Number of Inlets: Two or One. J. Finish: Polished chrome plated Rough chrome plated. K. Outlet Size: NPS 4or NPS 6. 2.2 FLUSH -TYPE FIRE -DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Standard: UL 405. B. Type: Flush, for wall mounting. C. Pressure Rating: 175 prig minimum. D. Body Material: Corrosion -resistant metal. E. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire -department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check devices or clappers. F. Caps: Brass, lugged type, with gasket and chain. G. Escutcheon Plate: Rectangular, brass, wall type. H. Outlet: With pipe threads. I. Body Style: Horizontal or Square. J. Number of Inlets: Two. K. Outlet Location: Back or Bottom. L. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Similar to "AUTO SPKR." M. Finish: Polished chrome plated Rough chrome plated. N. Outlet Size: NPS 4 2.3 YARD -TYPE FIRE -DEPARTMENT CONNECTION A. Standard: UL 405. B. Type: Exposed, freestanding. C. Pressure Rating: 175 prig minimum. D. Body Material: Corrosion -resistant metal. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 11 19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS Page 3 of 4 E. Inlets: Brass with threads according to NFPA 1963 and matching local fire -department sizes and threads. Include extension pipe nipples, brass lugged swivel connections, and check devices or clappers. F. Caps: Brass, lugged type, with gasket and chain. G. Escutcheon Plate: Round, brass, floor type. H. Outlet: Bottom, with pipe threads. I. Number of Inlets: Two. J. Sleeve: Brass. K. Sleeve Height: 18 inches. L. Escutcheon Plate Marking: Similar to "AUTO SPKR." M. Finish, Including Sleeve: Polished chrome plated Rough chrome plated. N. Outlet Size: NPS 4or NPS 6. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of fire -department connections. B. Examine roughing -in for fire -suppression standpipe system to verify actual locations of piping connections before fire -department connection installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install wall -type fire -department connections. B. Install yard -type fire -department connections in concrete slab support. Comply with requirements for concrete in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." C. Install two or three protective pipe bollards around or on sides of each fire -department connection. Comply with requirements for bollards in Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications." D. Install automatic (ball -drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection. END OF SECTION 21 11 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 11 19 FIRE DEPARTMENT CONNECTIONS Page 4 of 4 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 14 SECTION 21 13 13 - WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinklers. 4. Alarm devices. 5. Pressure gages. 6. Delegated Design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 21 11 19 "Fire Department Connections" for exposed-, flush-, and yard -type fire department connections. 2. Section 23 05 23 "General -Duty Valves for Water -Based Fire -Suppression Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post -indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. High -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure higher than standard 175 psig, but not higher than 300 psig. B. Standard -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Wet -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175-psig maximum. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 2 of 14 f%�1170111:19:11110033:0 I=381 0 UT ISO 11111 W A. For wet -pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Domestic water piping. 2. Compressed air piping. 3. HVAC hydronic piping. 4. Items penetrating finished ceiling include the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. C. Design Data: 1. Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. D. Welding certificates. E. Field Test Reports: 1. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." 2. Fire -hydrant flow test report. F. Field quality -control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For wet -pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 3 of 14 Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall -mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegated Design Engineer: Licensed professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in the jurisdiction of the project location. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire -hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to 2010 ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sprinkler service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without Owner's written permission. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: 1. NFPA 13. B. Standard -Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. C. High -Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 300-psig working pressure. D. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design wet -pipe sprinkler systems. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 4 of 14 The existing fire line to be expanded only has one hydrant currently available. The fire line is being expanded under this contract with additional hydrants added. The contractor is responsible for performing a hydrant flow test to determine the available water supply to design the fire sprinkler system. A single hydrant flow test was performed to verify that adequate water supply existed to eliminate the possibility of a fire pump but this test may not be used to hydraulically design the fire sprinkler system and it is the contractor's responsibility to perform a new flow test. 2. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. a. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water -service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. b. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: 1) Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 2) Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 3) General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 4) Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. 5) Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. Minimum Density for Automatic -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light -Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. C. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. d. Extra -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. e. Extra -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. f. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: According to UL listing. 5. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft. b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. ft. C. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated. E. Seismic Performance: Where required, sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7. 2.2 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard -Weight, Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Schedule 30, Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A135/A135M; ASTM A795/A795M, Type E; or ASME B36.1 OM wrought steel, with wall thickness not less than Schedule 30 and not more than Schedule 40. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 5 of 14 C. Schedule 10, Black -Steel Pipe: ASTM A135/A135M or ASTM A795/A795M, Schedule 10 in NPS 5 and smaller; and NFPA 13-specified wall thickness in NPS 6 to NPS 10, plain end. D. Galvanized- and Black -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A733, made of ASTM A53/A53M, standard - weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. E. Galvanized- and Uncoated -Steel Couplings: ASTM A865/A865M, threaded. F. Galvanized and Uncoated, Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. G. Malleable- or Ductile -Iron Unions: UL 860. H. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME 16.1, Class 125. I. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.5, Class 150. 1. Pipe -Flange Gasket Materials: AWWA C110, rubber, flat face, 1/8 inch thick, ASME B 16.21, nonmetallic and asbestos free or EPDM rubber gasket. a. Class 125 and Class 250, Cast -Iron, Flat -Face Flanges: Full -face gaskets. b. Class 150 and Class 300, Ductile -Iron or -Steel, Raised -Face Flanges: Ring -type gaskets. 2. Metal, Pipe -Flange Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel unless otherwise indicated. J. Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M and ASME B 16.9. 1. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12M/D10.12 for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. K. Grooved -Joint, Steel -Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 2. Galvanized Painted Grooved -End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A47/A47M, malleable -iron casting or ASTM A536, ductile -iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 3. Grooved -End -Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.3 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating: 1. Standard -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. 2. High -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 250-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 6 of 14 D. Size: Same as connected piping. E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Alarm Valves: 1. Standard: UL 193. 2. Design: For horizontal or vertical installation. 3. Include trim sets for bypass, drain, electrical sprinkler alarm switch, pressure gages, retarding chamber, and fill -line attachment with strainer. 4. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain without valves and separate from main drain piping. 5. Drip Cup Assembly: Pipe drain with check valve to main drain piping. 6. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. G. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Standard: UL 1726. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 4. Size: NPS 3/4. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 2.4 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 213. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 4. Type: Mechanical -tee and -cross fittings. 5. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless, ductile -iron housing with branch outlets. 6. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 7. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain -end pipe, or threaded. B. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded or grooved. C. Branch Line Testers: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Pressure Rating: 175 psig. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 7 of 14 3. Body Material: Brass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet: Threaded. 6. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped. 7. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler. D. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. E. Adjustable Drop Nipples: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Pressure Rating: 250-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM-rubber O-ring seals. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Length: Adjustable. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. F. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 2443. 2. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.5 SPRINKLERS A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. C. Pressure Rating for High -Pressure Automatic Sprinklers: 250-psig minimum. D. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Early -Suppression, Fast -Response Applications: UL 1767. 2. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. 3. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. 4. Nominal Orifice: 1/2 inch, with discharge coefficient K between 5.3 and 5.8. 5. Nominal Orifice: 17/32 inch with discharge coefficient K between 7.4 and 8.2. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 8 of 14 E. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated, bronze, brass, and painted. F. Special Coatings: Wax lead and corrosion -resistant paint. G. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed -type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat, or Chrome -plated steel, two piece, with 1-inch vertical adjustment. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. H. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.6 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm -device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Electrically Operated Alarm Bell: 1. Standard: UL 464. 2. Type: Vibrating, metal alarm bell. 3. Size: 6-inch minimum- or 8-inch minimum- diameter. 4. Finish: Red -enamel factory finish, suitable for outdoor use. 5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Water -Flow Indicators: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Water -Flow Detector: Electrically supervised. 3. Components: Two single -pole, double -throw circuit switches for isolated alarm and auxiliary contacts, 7 A, 125-V ac and 0.25 A, 24-V dc; complete with factory -set, field - adjustable retard element to prevent false signals and tamperproof cover that sends signal if removed. 4. Type: Paddle operated. 5. Pressure Rating: 250 psig. 6. Design Installation: Horizontal or vertical. D. Pressure Switches: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Type: Electrically supervised water -flow switch with retard feature. 3. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 4. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 9 of 14 E. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Type: Electrically supervised. 3. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 4. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 2.7 PRESSURE GAGES A. Standard: UL 393. B. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. C. Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 300 prig. D. Label: Include "WATER" label on dial face. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire -hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 SERVICE -ENTRANCE PIPING A. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water -service piping. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Engineer before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 10 of 14 C. Where required, install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for seismic -restraint device materials and installation. D. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. F. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. G. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. H. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. I. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valve at each check valve for fire -department connection, to drain piping between fire -department connection and check valve. Install drain piping to and spill over floor drain or to outside building. K. Install alarm devices in piping systems. L. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements for hanger materials in NFPA 13. M. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe if any. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft - metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they are not subject to freezing. N. Fill sprinkler system piping with water. O. Where required, install electric heating cables and pipe insulation on sprinkler piping in areas subject to freezing. Protection of private fire service mains from freezing using heat tracing shall be permitted when the heat tracing is specifically listed for the specific application. P. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 2105 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." Q. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 2105 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire - Suppression Piping." R. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 2105 18 "Escutcheons for Fire -Suppression Piping." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 11 of 14 f JEA 1121101610 0 R8L410M21 A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Welded Joints: Construct joints according to AWS D10.12M/D10.12, using qualified processes and welding operators according to "Quality Assurance" Article. Shop weld pipe joints where welded piping is indicated. Do not use welded joints for galvanized -steel pipe. I. Steel -Piping, Roll -Grooved Joints: Roll rounded -edge groove in end of pipe according to AWWA C606. Assemble coupling with housing, gasket, lubricant, and bolts. Join steel pipe and grooved -end fittings according to AWWA C606 for steel -pipe grooved joints. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable -water -supply sources. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 12 of 14 D. Specialty Valves: 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 2. Install alarm valves with bypass check valve and retarding chamber, where required, drain -line connection. 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Where required, install dry -type sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall, wet -type sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. C. Install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings, and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. 5. Coordinate with fire -alarm tests. Operate as required. 6. If present, coordinate with fire -pump tests. Operate as required. 7. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 13 of 14 B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves and pressure -maintenance pumps if present. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard -weight steel pipe with grooved ends, grooved -end fittings, grooved -end -pipe couplings, and grooved joints. B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight, galvanized -steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 3. Standard -weight, black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 4. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. D. Standard -pressure, wet -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or, black -steel pipe with threaded ends; uncoated, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight, galvanized -steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 3. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 4. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, black -steel pipe with plain ends; steel welding fittings; and welded joints. 5. Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with roll -grooved ends; uncoated, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 6. Schedule 10 black -steel pipe with plain ends; welding fittings; and welded joints. 3.12 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 13 WET -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 14 of 14 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Pendent sprinklers Recessed sprinklers Flush sprinklers. 3. Wall Mounting: Sidewall sprinklers. 4. Spaces Subject to Freezing: Upright, pendent, dry sprinklers; and sidewall, dry sprinklers as indicated. 5. Special Applications: Extended -coverage, flow -control, and quick -response sprinklers where indicated Attic sprinklers Combustible concealed space sprinklers. B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory -painted white cover plate. 2. Flush Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with painted white escutcheon. 3. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon. 4. Upright Pendent and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. END OF SECTION 21 13 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 1 of 14 SECTION 21 13 16 - DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, fittings, and specialties. 2. Specialty valves. 3. Sprinkler specialty pipe fittings. 4. Sprinklers. 5. Alarm devices. 6. Pressure gages. 7. Delegated design. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 21 11 19 "Fire Department Connections" for exposed-, flush-, and yard -type fire department connections. 2. Section 2105 23 "General -Duty Valves for Fire Protection Piping" for ball, butterfly, check, gate, post -indicator, and trim and drain valves. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Standard -Pressure Sprinkler Piping: Dry -pipe sprinkler system piping designed to operate at working pressure of 175-psig maximum. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: For dry -pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 2 of 14 1.5 DELEGATED -DESIGN SUBMITTALS A. For dry -pipe sprinkler systems indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. B. Qualifications Statement: Submit qualifications for licensed professional. 1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Sprinkler systems, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Domestic water piping. 2. Compressed air piping. 3. HVAC hydronic piping. 4. Items penetrating finished ceiling including the following: a. Lighting fixtures. b. Air outlets and inlets. B. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. C. Design Data: Approved Sprinkler Piping Drawings: Working plans, prepared according to NFPA 13, that have been approved by authorities having jurisdiction, including hydraulic calculations if applicable. D. Fire -hydrant flow test report. E. Field Test Reports: 1. Fire -hydrant flow test report. 2. Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements and as described in NFPA 13. Include "Contractor's Material and Test Certificate for Aboveground Piping." F. Field quality -control reports. 1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For dry -pipe sprinkler systems and specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 3 of 14 Sprinkler Cabinets: Finished, wall -mounted, steel cabinet with hinged cover, and with space for minimum of six spare sprinklers plus sprinkler wrench. Include number of sprinklers required by NFPA 13 and sprinkler wrench. Include separate cabinet with sprinklers and wrench for each type of sprinkler used on Project. 1.9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Delegated Design Engineer: Licensed professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in the jurisdiction of the project location. B. Installer Qualifications: Installer's responsibilities include designing, fabricating, and installing sprinkler systems and providing professional engineering services needed to assume engineering responsibility. Base calculations on results of fire -hydrant flow test. a. Engineering Responsibility: Preparation of working plans, calculations, and field test reports by a qualified professional engineer. 1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Sprinkler Service: Do not interrupt sprinkler service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary sprinkler service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of sprinkler service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of sprinkler service without Owner's written permission. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTIONS A. Dry -Pipe Sprinkler System: Automatic sprinklers are attached to piping containing compressed air. Opening of sprinklers releases compressed air and permits water pressure to open dry -pipe valve. Water then flows into piping and discharges from opened sprinklers. 8B. Double Interlock Preaction Sprinkler Svstem: Automatic sprinklers are attached to pipinAg containing low-pressure air. Actuation of a fire -detection system, located in same area as sprinklers. opens deluge valve. permitting water to flow into sprinkler piping. A closed solenoid valve in the sprinkler piping is opened by another fire -detection device: water will then discharge from opened sprinklers. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Sprinkler system equipment, specialties, accessories, installation, and testing shall comply with the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 4 of 14 1. NFPA 13. B. Standard -Pressure Piping System Component: Listed for 175-psig minimum working pressure. C. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Section 0140 00 "Quality Requirements," to design dry -pipe sprinkler systems. 1. Available fire -hydrant flow test records indicate the following conditions: a. Date: TBD. b. Time: TBD a.m. p.m. C. Performed by: TBD of TBD. d. Location of Residual Fire Hydrant R: TBD. e. Location of Flow Fire Hydrant F: TBD. f. Static Pressure at Residual Fire Hydrant R: TBD. g. Measured Flow at Flow Fire Hydrant F: TBD. h. Residual Pressure at Residual Fire Hydrant R: TBD. D. Sprinkler system design shall be approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Margin of Safety for Available Water Flow and Pressure: 10 percent, including losses through water -service piping, valves, and backflow preventers. 2. Sprinkler Occupancy Hazard Classifications: a. Building Service Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. b. Electrical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. C. General Storage Areas: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. d. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: Ordinary Hazard, Group 1. e. Office and Public Areas: Light Hazard. 3. Minimum Density for Automatic -Sprinkler Piping Design: a. Light -Hazard Occupancy: 0.10 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. b. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.15 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. C. Ordinary -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.20 gpm over 1500-sq. ft. area. d. Extra -Hazard, Group 1 Occupancy: 0.30 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. e. Extra -Hazard, Group 2 Occupancy: 0.40 gpm over 2500-sq. ft. area. f. Special Occupancy Hazard: As determined by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: According to UL and FM listing and, 5. Maximum Protection Area per Sprinkler: a. Office Spaces: 225 sq. ft. b. Storage Areas: 130 sq. f.. C. Mechanical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. d. Electrical Equipment Rooms: 130 sq. ft. e. Other Areas: According to NFPA 13 recommendations unless otherwise indicated. 6. Total Combined Hose -Stream Demand Requirement: According to NFPA 13 unless otherwise indicated: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 5 of 14 a. Light -Hazard Occupancies: 100 gpm for 30 minutes. b. Ordinary -Hazard Occupancies: 250 gpm for 60 to 90 minutes. C. Extra -Hazard Occupancies: 500 gpm for 90 to 120 minutes. E. Seismic Performance: Where required, sprinkler piping shall withstand the effects of earthquake motions determined according to NFPA 13 and ASCE/SEI 7. 2.3 STEEL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Standard -Weight, Galvanized -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. B. Thinwall Galvanized -Steel Pipe: ASTM A 135/A 135M or ASTM A 795/A 795M, threadable, with wall thickness less than Schedule 30 and equal to or greater than Schedule 10. Pipe ends may be factory or field formed to match joining method. C. Galvanized -Steel Pipe Nipples: ASTM A 733, made of ASTM A 53/A 53M, standard -weight, seamless steel pipe with threaded ends. D. Galvanized -Steel Couplings: ASTM A 865/A 865M, threaded. E. Galvanized, Gray -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern. F. Malleable- or Ductile -Iron Unions: UL 860. G. Cast -Iron Flanges: ASME B16.1, Class 125. H. Plain -End -Pipe Fittings: UL 213, ductile -iron body with retainer lugs that require one -quarter turn or screwed retainer pin to secure pipe in fitting. I. Grooved -Joint, Steel -Pipe Appurtenances: 1. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 2. Galvanized, Grooved -End Fittings for Steel Piping: ASTM A 47/A 47M, malleable -iron casting or ASTM A 536, ductile -iron casting, with dimensions matching steel pipe. 3. Grooved -End -Pipe Couplings for Steel Piping: AWWA C606 and UL 213 rigid pattern, unless otherwise indicated, for steel -pipe dimensions. Include ferrous housing sections, EPDM-rubber gasket, and bolts and nuts. 2.4 SPECIALTY VALVES A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating: 1. Standard -Pressure Piping Specialty Valves: 175-psig minimum. C. Body Material: Cast or ductile iron. D. Size: Same as connected piping. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 6 of 14 E. End Connections: Flanged or grooved. F. Dry -Pipe Valves: 1. Standard: UL 260. 2. Design: Differential -pressure type. 3. Include UL 1486, quick -opening devices, trim sets for air supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill -line attachment. 4. Air -Pressure Maintenance Device. 5. Standard: UL 260. 8 6. Type: Automatic device to maintain minimum a4 nitrogen pressure in piping. 7. Include shutoff valves to permit servicing without shutting down sprinkler piping, bypass valve for quick filling, pressure regulator or switch to maintain pressure, strainer, pressure ratings with 14- to 60-psig adjustable range, and 175-psig outlet pressure. 8 8. Nitrogen Generator: a. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." b. Motor Horsepower: Fractional. C. Power: 120-V ac, 60 Hz, single phase. G. Automatic (Ball Drip) Drain Valves: 1. Standard: UL 1726. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Type: Automatic draining, ball check. 4. Size: NPS 3/4. 5. End Connections: Threaded. 2.5 SPRINKLER PIPING SPECIALTIES A. General Requirements for Dry -Pipe System Fittings: UL listed for dry -pipe service. B. Branch Outlet Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 213. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Ductile -iron housing with EPDM seals and bolts and nuts. 4. Type: Mechanical -tee and -cross fittings. 5. Configurations: Snap -on and strapless, ductile -iron housing with branch outlets. 6. Size: Of dimension to fit onto sprinkler main and with outlet connections as required to match connected branch piping. 7. Branch Outlets: Grooved, plain -end pipe, or threaded. C. Flow Detection and Test Assemblies: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 7 of 14 3. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with orifice, sight glass, and integral test valve. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. D. Branch Line Testers: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Brass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet: Threaded. 6. Drain Outlet: Threaded and capped. 7. Branch Outlet: Threaded, for sprinkler. E. Sprinkler Inspector's Test Fittings: 1. Standard: UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." 2. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Cast- or ductile -iron housing with sight glass. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. F. Adjustable Drop Nipples: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Pressure Rating: 250-psig minimum. 3. Body Material: Steel pipe with EPDM O-ring seals. 4. Size: Same as connected piping. 5. Length: Adjustable. 6. Inlet and Outlet: Threaded. G. Flexible Sprinkler Hose Fittings: 1. Standard: UL 1474. 2. Type: Flexible hose for connection to sprinkler, and with bracket for connection to ceiling grid. 3. Pressure Rating: 175-psig minimum. 4. Size: Same as connected piping, for sprinkler. 2.6 SPRINKLERS A. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" or FM Global's "Approval Guide." B. Pressure Rating for Automatic Sprinklers: 175-psig minimum. C. Automatic Sprinklers with Heat -Responsive Element: 1. Nonresidential Applications: UL 199. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 8 of 14 2. Characteristics: Nominal 1/2-inch orifice with Discharge Coefficient K of 5.6, and for "Ordinary" temperature classification rating unless otherwise indicated or required by application. D. Sprinkler Finishes: Chrome plated bronze and painted. E. Special Coatings: Wax lead and corrosion -resistant paint. F. Sprinkler Escutcheons: Materials, types, and finishes for the following sprinkler mounting applications. Escutcheons for concealed, flush, and recessed -type sprinklers are specified with sprinklers. 1. Ceiling Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat or Chrome -plated steel, two piece, with 1-inch vertical adjustment. 2. Sidewall Mounting: Chrome -plated steel, one piece, flat. G. Sprinkler Guards: 1. Standard: UL 199. 2. Type: Wire cage with fastening device for attaching to sprinkler. 2.7 ALARM DEVICES A. Alarm -device types shall match piping and equipment connections. B. Electrically Operated Alarm Bell: 1. Standard: UL 464. 2. Type: Vibrating, metal alarm bell. 3. Size: 6-inch minimum or 8-inch minimum diameter. 4. Finish: Red -enamel factory finish, suitable for outdoor use. 5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. C. Pressure Switches: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Type: Electrically supervised water -flow switch with retard feature. 3. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 4. Design Operation: Rising pressure signals water flow. D. Valve Supervisory Switches: 1. Standard: UL 346. 2. Type: Electrically supervised. 3. Components: Single -pole, double -throw switch with normally closed contacts. 4. Design: Signals that controlled valve is in other than fully open position. 5. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 9 of 14 2.8 CONTROL PANELS 8 A. Description: Single -area, two -area, or single -area cross -zoned tvpe control panel as indicated, including NEMA ICS 6, Tvpe 1 enclosure, detector, alarm, and solenoid -valve circuitry for operation of deluge valves. 1. Listed in UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directorv" or FM Global's "Approval Guide" when used with thermal detectors and Class A detector circuit wiring 2. Electrical characteristics are 120-V ac, 60 Hz, with 24-V do rechargeable batteries. 3. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agencv. and marked for intended location and Mplication B. Manual Control Stations: Electric operation, metal enclosure, labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION." with operating instructions and cover held closed by breakable strut to prevent accidental opening C. Manual Control Stations: Hvdraulic operation, with union, NPS 112 pipe nipple, and bronze ball valve. Include metal enclosure labeled "MANUAL CONTROL STATION," with operating instructions and cover held closed by breakable strut to prevent accidental opening D. Panels Components: 1. Power supply 2. Battery charger. 3. Standbv batteries. 4. Field -wiring terminal strip. 5. Electrically supervised solenoid valves and polarized fire -alarm bell. 6. Lamp test facilitv. 7. Single -pole, double -throw auxiliary alarm contacts. 8. Rectifier. A2.9 PRESSURE GAGES A. Standard: UL 393. B. Dial Size: 3-1/2- to 4-1/2-inch diameter. C. Pressure Gage Range: 0 to 300 psig. D. Label: Include "WATER" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. E. Air System Piping Gage: Include "AIR" or "AIR/WATER" label on dial face. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 10 of 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Perform fire -hydrant flow test according to NFPA 13 and NFPA 291. Use results for system design calculations required in "Quality Assurance" Article. B. Report test results promptly and in writing. 3.2 SERVICE -ENTRANCE PIPING A. Connect sprinkler piping to water -service piping for service entrance to building. Comply with requirements in Section 21 1100 "Facility Fire -Suppression Water -Service Piping" for exterior piping. B. Install shutoff valve, backflow preventer, pressure gage, drain, and other accessories indicated at connection to water -service piping. C. Install shutoff valve, check valve, pressure gage, and drain at connection to water service. 3.3 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping. Install piping as indicated on approved working plans. 1. Deviations from approved working plans for piping require written approval from authorities having jurisdiction. File written approval with Engineer before deviating from approved working plans. 2. Coordinate layout and installation of sprinklers with other construction that penetrates ceilings, including light fixtures, HVAC equipment, and partition assemblies. B. Piping Standard: Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for installation of sprinkler piping. C. Where required, install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with NFPA 13 requirements for seismic -restraint device materials and installation. D. Use listed fittings to make changes in direction, branch takeoffs from mains, and reductions in pipe sizes. E. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. F. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. G. Install "Inspector's Test Connections" in sprinkler system piping, complete with shutoff valve, and sized and located according to NFPA 13. H. Install sprinkler piping with drains for complete system drainage. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 11 of 14 I. Install sprinkler control valves, test assemblies, and drain risers adjacent to standpipes when sprinkler piping is connected to standpipes. Install automatic (ball drip) drain valves to drain piping between fire department connections and check valves. Drain to floor drain or to outside building. K. Connect nitrogen generator to the following piping and wiring: 8 1. Pressure gages and controls. 2. Electrical power system. 3. Fire -alarm devices, including low-pressure alarm. L. Install alarm devices in piping systems. M. Install hangers and supports for sprinkler system piping according to NFPA 13. Comply with requirements in NFPA 13. N. Install pressure gages on riser or feed main, at each sprinkler test connection, and at top of each standpipe. Include pressure gages with connection not less than NPS 1/4 and with soft -metal seated globe valve, arranged for draining pipe between gage and valve. Install gages to permit removal, and install where they are not subject to freezing. O. Drain dry -pipe sprinkler piping. 8 8P. Pressurize and check dry -pipe sprinkler system piping and air p ��a nitrogen-pressurAe maintenance devices and nitrogen generators. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 2105 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire -Suppression Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 2105 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Fire - Suppression Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 2105 18 "Escutcheons for Fire -Suppression Piping." 3.4 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Install couplings, flanges, flanged fittings, unions, nipples, and transition and special fittings that have finish and pressure ratings same as or higher than system's pressure rating for aboveground applications unless otherwise indicated. B. Install unions adjacent to each valve in pipes NPS 2 and smaller. C. Install flanges, flange adapters, or couplings for grooved -end piping on valves, apparatus, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 and larger end connections. D. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 12 of 14 E. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. F. Flanged Joints: Select appropriate gasket material in size, type, and thickness suitable for water service. Join flanges with gasket and bolts according to ASME B31.9. G. Threaded Joints: Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to ASME B 1.20.1. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full ID. Join pipe fittings and valves as follows: 1. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads. 2. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. H. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. 3.5 VALVE AND SPECIALTIES INSTALLATION A. Install listed fire -protection valves, trim and drain valves, specialty valves and trim, controls, and specialties according to NFPA 13 and authorities having jurisdiction. B. Install listed fire -protection shutoff valves supervised open, located to control sources of water supply except from fire -department connections. Install permanent identification signs indicating portion of system controlled by each valve. C. Install check valve in each water -supply connection. Install backflow preventers instead of check valves in potable -water -supply sources. D. Specialty Valves: 1. Install valves in vertical position for proper direction of flow, in main supply to system. 8 2. Install dry -pipe valves with trim sets for aif nitrozen supply, drain, priming level, alarm connections, ball drip valves, pressure gages, priming chamber attachment, and fill -line attachment. a. Install d aom m;ed car ou y nitrogen zenerator and 8 nitrozen-supply piping. b. inAall uir r)r. 8 withot4 shuttiag-dewx ass valve for- quiek system filling; T -'r and ? 7-5-psig ma iinsurn ial ess 3.6 SPRINKLER INSTALLATION A. Install sprinklers in suspended ceilings in center of narrow dimension of acoustical ceiling panels. B. Install sprinklers with water supply from heated space. Do not install pendent or sidewall sprinklers in areas subject to freezing. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 13 of 14 C. Where required, install sprinklers into flexible, sprinkler hose fittings, and install hose into bracket on ceiling grid. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Install labeling and pipe markers on equipment and piping according to requirements in NFPA 13. B. Identify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 26 05 53 "Identification for Electrical Systems." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge systems and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. 3. Flush, test, and inspect sprinkler systems according to NFPA 13, "Systems Acceptance" Chapter. 4. Energize circuits to electrical equipment and devices. A 5. Start and run nitrogen generators. 6. Coordinate with fire -alarm tests. Operate as required. 7. Coordinate with fire -pump tests. Operate as required. 8. Verify that equipment hose threads are same as local fire department equipment. B. Sprinkler piping system will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.9 CLEANING A. Clean dirt and debris from sprinklers. B. Only sprinklers with their original factory finish are acceptable. Remove and replace any sprinklers that are painted or have any other finish than their original factory finish. 3.10 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain specialty valves. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Piping between Fire Department Connections and Check Valves: Galvanized, standard -weight steel pipe with grooved ends, grooved -end fittings, grooved -end -pipe couplings, and grooved joints. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 21 13 16 DRY -PIPE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS Page 14 of 14 B. Sprinkler specialty fittings may be used, downstream of control valves, instead of specified fittings. C. Standard -pressure, dry -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2 and smaller, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, galvanized -steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, galvanized -steel pipe with roll or cut -grooved ends; galvanized, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. D. Standard -pressure, dry -pipe sprinkler system, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 6, shall be one of the following: 1. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, galvanized -steel pipe with threaded ends; galvanized, gray -iron threaded fittings; and threaded joints. 2. Standard -weight or Schedule 30, galvanized -steel pipe with roll or cut -grooved ends; galvanized, grooved -end fittings for steel piping; grooved -end -pipe couplings for steel piping; and grooved joints. 3.12 SPRINKLER SCHEDULE A. Use sprinkler types in subparagraphs below for the following applications: 1. Rooms without Ceilings: Upright sprinklers. 2. Rooms with Suspended Ceilings: Dry pendent sprinklers Dry recessed sprinklers, pendent sprinklers installed on return bends, where the sprinklers, return bends, and branch line piping are in an area maintained at or above 40°F. . 3. Wall Mounting: Dry sidewall sprinklers, sidewall sprinklers installed on return bends, where the sprinklers, return bends, and branch line piping are in an area maintained at or above 40°F. 4. Spaces Subject to Freezing: Upright sprinklers, listed Dry sprinklers, Horizontal sidewall sprinklers installed so that water is not trapped. 5. Special Applications: Dry listed Extended -coverage and quick -response sprinklers where indicated. B. Provide sprinkler types in subparagraphs below with finishes indicated. 1. Concealed Sprinklers: Rough brass, with factory -painted white cover plate. 2. Flush Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with painted white escutcheon. 3. Recessed Sprinklers: Bright chrome, with bright chrome escutcheon. 4. Upright Pendent and Sidewall Sprinklers: Chrome plated in finished spaces exposed to view; rough bronze in unfinished spaces not exposed to view; wax coated where exposed to acids, chemicals, or other corrosive fumes. END OF SECTION 21 13 16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 1 of 10 SECTION 22 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Motors. 2. Sleeves without waterstop. 3. Sleeves with waterstop. 4. Sleeve -seal systems. 5. Grout. 6. Escutcheons. 7. Thermometers, liquid in glass, lead free. 8. Thermowells, lead free. 9. Pressure gauges, dial type, lead free. 10. Gauge attachments, lead free. 11. Test plugs, lead free. 12. Test -plug kits, lead free. 13. Sight flow indicators, lead free. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 11 19 'Domestic Water Piping Specialties" for water meters. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Existing Piping to Remain: Existing piping that is not to be removed and that is not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product, excluding motors which are included in Part 1 of the plumbing equipment Sections. a. Include construction details, material descriptions, and dimensions of individual components, and finishes. b. Include operating characteristics and furnished accessories. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 2 of 10 B. Delegated Design Submittals: For each anchor and alignment guide, including analysis data, signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation. 1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections. 2. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Welding certificates. B. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel in accordance with AWS D1.1/D1.1M. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following: 1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 3 of 10 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Domestic water for plumbing piping intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption are to comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act, with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and with NSF 61 and NSF 372, or be certified in compliance with NSF 61 and NSF 372 by an ANSI -accredited third -party certification body, in that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. B. Compatibility: Provide products suitable for piping service fluids, materials, working pressures, and temperatures. C. Capability: Provide products and installations to accommodate maximum axial movement as scheduled or indicated on Drawings. 2.2 MOTORS A. Motor Requirements, General: 1. Content includes motors for use on alternating -current power systems of up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation. 2. Comply with requirements in this Section except when stricter requirements are specified in equipment schedules or Sections. 3. Comply with NEMA MG I unless otherwise indicated. 4. Comply with IEEE 841 for severe -duty motors. B. Motor Characteristics: 1. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 ft. above sea level. 2. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor. C. Polyphase Motors: 1. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor. 2. Efficiency: Premium Efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1. 3. Service Factor: 1.15. 4. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque. a. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. b. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each speed. 5. Multispeed Motors, Two Winding: Separate winding for each speed. 6. Rotor: Random -wound, squirrel cage. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 4 of 10 7. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading. 8. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating. 9. Insulation: Class F. 10. Code Letter Designation: a. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. b. Motors Smaller Than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting characteristic. 11. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T. 2.3 SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS A. Sleeves: 1. Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A53/A53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, hot -dip galvanized, with plain ends. 2. Stainless Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A312 Schedule 40, with plain ends. 3. Refer to plumbing schedules for sleeve materials. B. Sleeves with Waterstop: 1. Description: Manufactured stainless steel or galvanized -steel, sleeve -type, waterstop assembly made for imbedding in concrete slab or wall. 2. Refer to plumbing schedules for sleeve materials. C. Sleeve -Seal Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Garlock. b. Proco. C. Metraflex. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: Modular sealing -element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve. a. Hydrostatic Seal: 20 psig minimum. b. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe. C. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel, Type 316. d. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel, Type 316 of length required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. D. Grout: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 5 of 10 1. Description: Nonshrink, for interior and exterior sealing openings in non -fire -rated walls or floors. 2. Standard: ASTM C1107/CI107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. 3. Design Mix: 5000 psi, 28-day compressive strength. 4. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. E. Silicone Sealants: 1. Silicone Sealant, S, NS, 25, NT: Single -component, nonsag, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant. a. Standard: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. 2. Silicone Sealant, S, P, T, NT: Single -component, 25, pourable, plus 25 percent and minus 25 percent movement capability, traffic- and nontraffic-use, neutral -curing silicone joint sealant. F. Standard: ASTM C920, Type S, Grade P, Class 25, Uses T and NT. 2.4 ESCUTCHEONS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. BrassCraft Manufacturing Co.; a Masco company. 2. Dearborn Brass. 3. Jones Stephens Corp. 4. Keeney Manufacturing Company (The). 5. Mid -America Fittings, LLC; A Midland Industries Company. 6. ProFlo; a Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. brand. 7. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00).. B. Escutcheon Types: 1. One -Piece, Steel Type: With polished, chrome -plated finish and setscrew fastener. 2.5 METERS AND GAUGES FOR PLUMBING PIPING A. Thermometers, Liquid in Glass, Lead Free - Metal Case, Industrial Style: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following: a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. Weiss Instruments, Inc. C. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 6 of 10 d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Source Limitations: Provide liquid -in -glass, lead-free, metal -case, industrial -style thermometers from single manufacturer. 3. Standard: ASME B40.200. 4. Case: Cast aluminum; 7-inch nominal size unless otherwise indicated. 5. Case Form: Adjustable angle unless otherwise indicated. 6. Tube: Glass with magnifying lens and blue organic liquid, mercury free. 7. Tube Background: Nonreflective aluminum with permanent scale markings graduated in deg F. 8. Window: Glass or acrylic plastic. 9. Stem: Of length to suit installation. a. Design for Thermowell Installation: Bare stem. 10. Connector: 1-1/4 inches, with ASME B1.1 or ASME B1.20.1 screw threads to fit thermowell. 11. Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of span or one scale division, to a maximum of 1.5 percent of span. B. Thermowells, Lead Free: 1. Standard: ASME B40.200. 2. Description: Pressure -tight, socket -type fitting made for insertion into piping tee fitting. 3. Material for Use with Copper Tubing: CNR or CUNI. 4. Type: Stepped shank unless straight or tapered shank is indicated. 5. External Threads: NPS 1/2, NPS 3/4, or NPS 1, or as required to match threaded opening in pipe. 6. Internal Threads: Size and thread type as required to match thermometer mounting threads. 7. Bore: Diameter required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 8. Insertion Length: Length required to match thermometer bulb or stem. 9. Lagging Extension: Include on thermowells for insulated piping and tubing. Extension is to be of sufficient length to extend beyond finished insulation surface. 10. Bushings: For converting size of thermowell's internal screw thread to size of thermometer connection. 11. Heat -Transfer Medium: Mixture of graphite and glycerin. C. Pressure Gauges, Dial Type, Lead Free - Direct Mounted, Plastic Case: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Trerice, H. O. Co. b. Weiss Instruments, Inc. C. Weksler Glass Thermometer Corp. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 7 of 10 2. Source Limitations: Provide dial -type, lead-free, direct -mounted, plastic -case pressure gauges from a single manufacturer. 3. Standard: ASME B40.100. 4. Case: Plastic; 4-1/2-inch nominal diameter. 5. Pressure -Element Assembly: Lead-free Bourdon tube. 6. Pressure Connection: Lead-free brass, with ASME B 1.20.1 pipe threads and bottom - outlet type unless back -outlet type is indicated. 7. Movement: Mechanical, with link to pressure element and connection to pointer. 8. Dial: Nonreflective aluminum with permanent scale markings graduated in psi. 9. Pointer: Dark -colored metal. 10. Window: Glass or acrylic plastic. 11. Accuracy: Grade A, plus or minus 1 percent of middle half of span. D. Gauge Attachments, Lead Free: 1. Snubbers: ASME B40.100, lead-free brass; with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads and piston or porous -metal -type surge -dampening device. Include extension for use on insulated piping. 2. Valves: Lead-free brass ball, with NPS 1/4 or NPS 1/2, ASME B1.20.1 pipe threads. 17_1taIam*11400110to] ►1 3.1 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES - GENERAL A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls. B. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. 2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in floors/slabs/walls without sleeve -seal system. C. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions. 1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use joint sealants that joint sealant manufacturer's literature indicates is appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. D. Fire -Resistance -Rated Penetrations, Horizontal Assembly Penetrations, and Smoke Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire or smoke rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire- and smoke -stop materials. Comply with CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 8 of 10 requirements for firestopping and fill materials specified in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.2 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVES WITH WATERSTOP A. Install sleeve with waterstop as new walls and slabs are constructed. B. Assemble fitting components of length to be flush with both surfaces of concrete slabs and walls. Position waterstop flange centered across width of concrete slab or wall. C. Secure nailing flanges to wooden concrete forms. D. Using grout, seal space around outside of sleeves. Select to maintain fire resistance of floor/slab/wall. 3.3 INSTALLATION OF SLEEVE -SEAL SYSTEMS A. Install sleeve -seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs -on -grade at service piping entries into building, and passing through exterior walls. B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Assemble sleeve -seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF ESCUTCHEONS A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors. B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of insulated piping and with OD that completely covers opening. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF METERS AND GAUGES A. Install thermometer with thermowell at each required thermometer location. B. Install thermowells in vertical position in piping tees. C. Install thermowells of sizes required to match thermometer connectors. Include bushings if required to match sizes. D. Install thermowells with extension on insulated piping. E. Fill thermowells with heat -transfer medium. F. Install direct -mounted thermometers in thermowells and adjust vertical and tilted positions. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 9 of 10 G. Install direct -mounted pressure gauges in piping tees with pressure gauge located on pipe at most readable position. H. Install valve and snubber in piping for each pressure gauge for fluids. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Install meters and gauges adjacent to machines and equipment to allow space for service and maintenance of meters, gauges, machines, and equipment. 3.7 ADJUSTING A. After installation, calibrate meters according to manufacturer's written instructions. B. Adjust faces of meters and gauges to proper angle for best visibility. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Escutcheons: 1. Using new materials, replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates. 3.9 SLEEVES APPLICATION A. Use sleeves for the following piping -penetration applications: 1. Exterior Concrete Walls above and below Grade. a. Sleeves with waterstops. 1) Select sleeve size to allow for manufacturer recommended annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve -seal system. 2. Concrete Slabs -on -Grade. a. Sleeves with waterstops. 3. Concrete Slabs above Grade. a. Sleeves with waterstops. 4. Interior Wall and Partitions: a. Sleeves without waterstops. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 00 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR PLUMBING Page 10 of 10 3.10 ESCUTCHEONS APPLICATION A. Escutcheons for New Piping and Relocated Existing Piping: 1. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One piece, deep pattern. 2. Insulated Piping: a. One piece, steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. 3. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces: a. One piece, steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. 4. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: a. One piece, steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. 5. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: a. One piece, steel with polished, chrome -plated finish. 3.11 THERMOMETER, LEAD FREE, SCALE -RANGE APPLICATION A. Scale Range for Domestic Hot -Water Heaters: 1. 30 to 180 deg F. B. Insert additional paragraphs for thermometer scale ranges and applications. 3.12 PRESSURE -GAUGE SCALE -RANGE APPLICATION A. Scale Range for Backflow Preventers: 1. 0 to 100 psi. B. Scale Range for Pressure Regulating Valves: 1. 0 to 160 psi. END OF SECTION 22 05 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 05 23 - GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ball valves. 2. Check valves. 3. Gate valves. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CWP: Cold working pressure. B. EPDM: Ethylene propylene-diene terpolymer. C. FKM: Fluoroelastomer. D. NBR: Nitrile butadiene rubber (also known as Buna-N). E. NRS: Nonrising stem. F. OS&Y: Outside screw and yoke. G. PTFE: Polytetrafluoroethylene. H. RPTFE: Reinforced polytetrafluoroethylene. 1. RS: Rising stem. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: 1. For each type of product. a. Include material descriptions and dimensions of individual components. b. Include operating characteristics and furnished accessories. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 2 of 8 C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Prepare valves for shipping as follows: 1. Protect internal parts against rust and corrosion. 2. Protect threads, flange faces, grooved ends, press ends, solder ends, and weld ends. 3. Set ball valves open to minimize exposure of functional surfaces. 4. Set butterfly valves closed or slightly open. 5. Block check valves in either closed or open position. 6. Set gate valves closed to prevent rattling. B. Use the following precautions during storage: 1. Maintain valve end protection. 2. Store valves indoors and maintain at higher -than -ambient -dew -point temperature. If outdoor storage is necessary, store valves off the ground in watertight enclosures. C. Use sling to handle large valves; rig sling to avoid damage to exposed parts. Do not use operating handles or stems or other components as lifting or rigging points unless specifically indicated for this purpose in manufacturer's written instructions. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SOURCE LIMITATIONS A. Obtain each type of valve from single source from single manufacturer. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Standards: Domestic -water piping valves intended to convey or dispense water for human consumption must comply with the U.S. Safe Drinking Water Act (SDWA), requirements of authorities having jurisdiction, and NSF 61/NSF 372; or to be certified in compliance with NSF 61/NSF 372 by an American National Standards Institute (ANSI) -accredited CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 3 of 8 third -party certification body, that the weighted average lead content at wetted surfaces is less than or equal to 0.25 percent. B. ASME Compliance: 1. ASME B 1.20.1 for threads for threaded -end valves. 2. ASME B 16.1 for flanges on iron valves. 3. ASME B 16.10 and ASME B 16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria. 4. ASME B16.18 for cast -copper solder joint connections. 5. ASME B 16.34 for flanged- and threaded -end connections. 6. ASME B31.9 for building services piping valves. C. Provide bronze valves made with dezincification-resistant materials. Bronze valves made with copper alloy (brass) containing more than 15 percent zinc are unacceptable. D. Valve Pressure -Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures. E. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated. F. Valve Bypass and Drain Connections: MSS SP-45. G. Valve Actuator Type: 1. Hand Lever: For quarter -turn ball valves smaller than NPS 4. H. Valves in Insulated Piping: 1. Provide 2-inch extended neck stems. 2. Provide extended operating handles with nonthermal-conductive covering material and protective sleeves that allow operation of valves without breaking vapor seals or disturbing insulation. 3. Provide memory stops that are fully adjustable after insulation is applied. 2.3 BALL VALVES, LEAD FREE A. Ball Valves, Lead Free, Threaded or Soldered Ends - Bronze, Two Piece with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. WATTS. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 4 of 8 2. Standards: MSS SP-110 and MSS SP-145. 3. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 4. Body Design: Two piece. 5. Body Material: Bronze. 6. Ends: Threaded or soldered. 7. Seats: PTFE. 8. Stem: Bronze or brass. 9. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 10. Port: Full. B. Ball Valves, Lead Free, Press Ends - Bronze, Two Piece with Full Port and Bronze or Brass Trim: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Viega. C. Victaulic. d. NIBCO INC. e. WATTS. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standards: MSS SP-110, MSS SP-145, and IAPMO/ANSI Z1157. 3. CWP Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 4. Body Design: Two piece. 5. Body Material: Bronze. 6. Ends: Press. 7. Press -End Connections Rating: Minimum 200 psig. 8. Seats: PTFE or RTPFE. 9. Stem: Bronze or brass. 10. Ball: Chrome -plated brass. 11. Port: Full. 12. O-Ring Seal: EPDM or NBR. 2.4 CHECK VALVES, GENERAL PURPOSE A. Check Valves, Swing Type, Threaded or Soldered Ends - Bronze, with Nonmetallic Disc: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. WATTS. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 5 of 8 f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: MSS SP-139. 3. CWP Rating: 200 psig. 4. Body Design: Horizontal flow. 5. Body Material: ASTM B584, bronze. 6. Ends: Threaded or soldered ends. 7. Disc: PTFE. B. Check Valves, Swing Type, Flanged Ends - Iron, with Metal Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Apollo Flow Controls; Conbraco Industries, Inc. b. Hammond Valve. C. Milwaukee Valve Company. d. NIBCO INC. e. WATTS. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: MSS SP-71, Type I. 3. CWP Rating, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300): 200 psig. 4. Body Design: Clear or full waterway. 5. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. 6. Ends: Flanged. 7. Trim: Bronze. 8. Gasket: Asbestos free. 2.5 GATE VALVES, GENERAL PURPOSE A. Gate Valves, Flanged Ends - Iron, NRS, Class 150: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American. b. Clow Valve Company; a subsidiary of McWane, Inc. C. Kennedy Valve Company; a division of McWane, Inc. d. M&H Valve. e. Pratt (Mueller). f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: MSS SP-70, Type I. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 6 of 8 3. CWP Rating, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 12 (DN 65 to DN 300): 200 psig. 4. Body Material: ASTM A126, gray iron with bolted bonnet. 5. Ends: Flanged. 6. Trim: Bronze. 7. Disc: Solid wedge. 8. Packing and Gasket: Asbestos free. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine valve interior for cleanliness, freedom from foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as blocks, used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling. B. Operate valves in positions from fully open to fully closed. Examine guides and seats made accessible by such operations. C. Examine threads on valve and mating pipe for form and cleanliness. D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage. Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Verify that gasket is of proper size, that its material composition is suitable for service, and that it is free from defects and damage. E. Examine press fittings to verify they have been properly pressed. F. Do not attempt to repair defective valves; replace with new valves. Remove defective valves from site. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF VALVES A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown. B. Provide support of piping adjacent to valves such that no force is imposed upon valves. C. Locate valves for easy access and where not blocked by equipment, other piping, or building components. D. For valves in horizontal piping, install valves with stem at or above center of pipe. E. Install valves in position that does not project into aisles or block access to other equipment. F. Install valves in position to allow full stem and actuator or manual operator movement. G. Verify that joints of each valve have been properly installed and sealed to assure there is no leakage or damage. H. Install check valves for proper direction of flow and as follows: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 7 of 8 Check Valves, Swing Type: In horizontal position with hinge pin level. I. Valve Tags: Comply with requirements in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules. Adhere to manufacturer's written installation instructions. When soldering or brazing valves, do not heat valves above maximum permitted temperature. Do not use solder with melting point temperature above valve manufacturer's written recommended maximum. A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs. 3.4 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS A. If valves with specified CWP ratings are unavailable, the same types of valves with higher CWP ratings may be substituted. B. Select valves with the following end connections: 1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded, soldered or press ends.. 2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged. 3.5 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD -WATER BALL VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Ball valves, lead free, threaded, soldered or press ends - bronze, two piece with full port and bronze or brass trim. 3.6 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD -WATER CHECK VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Check valves, lead free, swing type, threaded or soldered ends - bronze, with nonmetallic disc; threaded] or soldered ends. B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Check valves, lead free, swing type, flanged or threaded ends - iron, with metal seats,; flanged ends. 3.7 DOMESTIC HOT- AND COLD -WATER GATE VALVE SCHEDULE A. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 23 GENERAL -DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING Page 8 of 8 Gate valves, lead free, flanged ends - iron, NRS, Class 150. END OF SECTION 22 05 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 12 SECTION 22 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Fiberglass pipe hangers. 3. Metal framing systems. 4. Fiberglass strut systems. 5. Thermal hanger -shield inserts. 6. Fastener systems. 7. Pipe -positioning systems. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05 50 00 "Metal Fabrications" for structural -steel shapes and plates for trapeze hangers for pipe and equipment supports. 2. Section 220548.13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for vibration isolation devices. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 12 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 17:11.14 WAS 2.1 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Anvil. 2. Carpenter and Paterson. 3. Eaton (B-line). 4. Elcen Metal Products. 5. Empire Industries. 6. FM Stainless Fasteners. 7. PHD. 8. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Carbon -Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: hot -dip galvanized. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coated or epoxy powder coated. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of carbon steel. C. Stainless Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory -fabricated components. 2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 3. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel. D. Copper Pipe and Tube Hangers: 1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper -coated -steel, factory -fabricated components. 2.2 FIBERGLASS PIPE HANGERS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Atkore International (Unistrut). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 12 2. Century Composites. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Clevis-Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 1 steel pipe hanger, except hanger is made of fiberglass or fiberglass -reinforced resin. 2. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, washer, and nuts made of Type 316 stainless steel. 3. Flammability: ASTM D635, ASTM E84, UL 94. C. Strap -Type, Fiberglass Pipe Hangers: 1. Description: Similar to MSS SP-58, Type 9 or Type 10 steel pipe hanger, except hanger is made of fiberglass -reinforced resin. a. Flammability: ASTM D635, ASTM E84, UL 94. 2. Hanger Rod and Fittings: Continuous -thread rod, washer, and nuts made of Type 316 stainless steel. 2.3 METAL FRAMING SYSTEMS A. MFMA Manufacturer Metal Framing Systems: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil. b. Atkore International (Unistrut). C. Eaton (B-line). d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: Shop- or field -fabricated pipe -support assembly, made of steel channels, accessories, fittings, and other components for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 3. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 4. Channels: Continuous slotted channel with inturned lips. 5. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 6. Channel Nuts: Formed or stamped nuts or other devices designed to fit into channel slot and, when tightened, prevent slipping along channel. 7. Hanger Rods: Continuous -thread rod, nuts, and washer. 8. Metallic Coating: Hot -dip galvanized. 2.4 FIBERGLASS STRUT SYSTEMS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 12 1. Atkore International (Unistrut). 2. Century Composites. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Description: Structural -grade, factory -formed, glass -fiber -resin channels and angles for supporting multiple parallel pipes. 1. Standard: Comply with MFMA-4, factory -fabricated components for field assembly. 2. Channels: Continuous slotted fiberglass -reinforced plastic channel with inturned lips. 3. Channel Width: Selected for applicable load criteria. 4. Fittings and Accessories: Products provided by channel and angle manufacturer and designed for use with those items. 5. Fitting and Accessory Materials: Same as those for channels and angles. 6. Rated Strength: Selected to suit applicable load criteria. 7. Protect finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Buckaroos, Inc. 2. Pipe Shields Inc. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Insulation -Insert Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength and vapor barrier. C. Insulation -Insert Material for Hot Piping: Water -repellent -treated, ASTM C533, Type I calcium silicate with 100-psig ASTM C552, Type II cellular glass with 100-psig or ASTM C591, Type VI, Grade 1 polyisocyanurate with 125-psig minimum compressive strength. D. For Trapeze or Clamped Systems: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe. E. For Clevis or Band Hangers: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe. 2.6 FASTENER SYSTEMS A. Adhesive Anchors: Chemical injectable mortar and anchor, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 12 a. Hilti, Inc. b. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). B. Mechanical -Expansion Anchors: Insert -wedge -type anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following. a. Hilti, Inc. b. Simpson Strong -Tie Co., Inc. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2.7 PIPE STANDS A. General Requirements for Pipe Stands: Shop- or field -fabricated assemblies made of manufactured corrosion -resistant components to support roof -mounted piping. B. Compact Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base unit with integral -rod roller, pipe clamps, or V-shaped cradle to support pipe, for roof installation without membrane penetration. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 4. Accessories: Protection pads. C. Low -Profile, Single -Base, Single -Pipe Stand: 1. Description: Single base with vertical and horizontal members, and pipe support, for roof installation without membrane protection. 2. Base: Single, vulcanized rubber, molded polypropylene, or polycarbonate. 3. Vertical Members: Two galvanized -steel, continuous -thread, 1/2-inch rods. 4. Horizontal Member: Adjustable horizontal, steel pipe support channels. 5. Pipe Supports: Strut clamps. 6. Hardware: Galvanized steel. 7. Accessories: Protection pads. 8. Height: 12 inches maximum above roof. 2.8 PIPE -POSITIONING SYSTEMS A. Description: IAPMO PS 42 positioning system composed of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 12 2.9 MATERIALS A. Aluminum: ASTM B221. B. Carbon Steel: ASTM A1011/AIO11M. C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36/A36M carbon -steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized. D. Stainless Steel: ASTM A240/A240M. E. Grout: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, factory -mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic -cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications. 1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. 17_1taIam*:4i[oil]10to] ►1 3.1 APPLICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping materials and installation, for penetrations through fire -rated walls, ceilings, and assemblies. 3.2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION A. Metal Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-58. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. B. Fiberglass Pipe -Hanger Installation: Comply with applicable portions of MSS SP-58. Install hangers and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure. C. Framing System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping, and support together on field -assembled framing systems. D. Thermal Hanger -Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping. E. Fastener System Installation: 1. Install adhesive anchors in concrete, after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions. F. Pipe -Positioning -System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture. G. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 7 of 12 H. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts. I. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports, so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. K. Insulated Piping: Attach clamps and spacers to piping. a. Piping Operating Above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation. b. Piping Operating Below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal hanger -shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert. C. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping. 2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. a. Option: Thermal hanger -shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields span an arc of 180 degrees. a. Option: Thermal hanger -shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight - distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers. 4. Thermal Hanger Shields: Install with insulation of same thickness as piping insulation. 3.3 ADJUSTING A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe. B. Trim excess length of continuous -thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches. 3.4 PAINTING A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded, shop -painted areas. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as those used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field -painted surfaces. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 8 of 12 Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils. B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded, shop - painted areas on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099113 " Painting." C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing -repair paint to comply with ASTM A780/A780M. 3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment. B. Comply with MSS SP-58 for pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field -applied finishes. D. Use felt -lined or cushioned pipe hangers where hangers are in direct contact with copper piping and tubing. E. Use cushioned hangers for uninsulated plastic piping and piping that is subject to scratching. F. Use thermal hanger -shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing. G. Horizontal -Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 2. Yoke -Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24, requiring up to 4 inches of insulation. 3. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel, Double -Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36, requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches of insulation. 4. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required. 5. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 4, to allow off - center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection. 6. Adjustable, Swivel Split- or Solid -Ring Hangers (MSS Type 6): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 8. 7. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 8. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 9. Adjustable, Swivel -Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8. 10. Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Hangers (MSS Type 11): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 8. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 9 of 12 11. Extension Hinged or Two -Bolt Split Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 12): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 3/8 to NPS 3. 12. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30. 13. Clips (MSS Type 26): For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction. 14. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel - pipe base stanchion support and floor flange or -steel plate. 15. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and floor flange or -steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe. 16. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion -type support for pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel -pipe base stanchion support and floor flange. 17. Single -Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30, from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 18. Adjustable Roller Hangers (MSS Type 43): For suspension of pipes NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 24, from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs. 19. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs but vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 20. Pipe Roll and Plate Units (MSS Type 45): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction occurs and vertical adjustment is unnecessary. 21. Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units (MSS Type 46): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 if vertical and lateral adjustment during installation, in addition to expansion and contraction, is required. H. Vertical -Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24. 2. Carbon- or Alloy -Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 if longer ends are required for riser clamps. I. Hanger -Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment of up to 6 inches for heavy loads. 2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. 3. Swivel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 15): For use with MSS Type 11 split pipe rings. 4. Malleable -Iron Sockets (MSS Type 16): For attaching hanger rods to various types of building attachments. 5. Steel Weldless Eye Nuts (MSS Type 17): For 120 to 450 deg F piping installations. J. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 10 of 12 1. Steel or Malleable -Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling. 2. Top -Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape. 3. Side -Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles. 4. Center -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams. 5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large. 6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Top -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 25): For top of beams if hanger rod is required tangent to flange edge. 8. Side -Beam Clamps (MSS Type 27): For bottom of steel I -beams. 9. Steel -Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 28): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads. 10. Linked -Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts (MSS Type 29): For attaching to bottom of steel I - beams for heavy loads, with link extensions. 11. Malleable -Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces (MSS Type 30): For attaching to structural steel. 12. Welded -Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads: a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb. b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb. C. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb. 13. Side -Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel beams. 14. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required. 15. Horizontal Travelers (MSS Type 58): For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where headroom is limited. K. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types: 1. Steel -Pipe -Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation. 2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): To prevent crushing insulation. 3. Thermal Hanger -Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe. L. Comply with MSS SP-58 for trapeze pipe -hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. M. Comply with MFMA-103 for metal framing system selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections. N. Use adhesive anchors for wall -mounted and ceiling hung supports and hangers or mechanical - expansion anchors for floor -mounted supports and hangers instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 11 of 12 O. Use pipe -positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures. END OF SECTION 22 05 29 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 29 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 12 of 12 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 4 SECTION 22 05 48.13 - VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Spring hangers. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC" for devices for HVAC equipment and systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated load, rated deflection, and overload capacity for each vibration isolation device. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 SPRING HANGERS A. Combination Coil -Spring and Elastomeric-Insert Hanger with Spring and Insert in Compression: . 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. b. Mason Industries, Inc. C. Vibration Eliminator Co., Inc. d. Vibration Management Corp. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Frame: Steel, fabricated for connection to threaded hanger rods and to allow for a maximum of 30 degrees of angular hanger -rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation efficiency. 3. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the spring at rated load. 4. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load. 5. Lateral Stiffness: More than 80 percent of rated vertical stiffness. 6. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without deformation or failure. 7. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil -resistant rubber or neoprene. Steel -washer -reinforced cup to support spring and bushing projecting through bottom of frame. 8. Adjustable Vertical Stop: Steel washer with neoprene washer "up -stop" on lower threaded rod. 9. Self -centering hanger rod cap to ensure concentricity between hanger rod and support spring coil. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas and equipment to receive vibration isolation control devices for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. B. Examine roughing -in of reinforcement and cast -in -place anchors to verify actual locations before installation. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 4 3.2 VIBRATION CONTROL DEVICE INSTALLATION A. Installation of vibration isolators must not cause any change of position of equipment, piping, or ductwork resulting in stresses or misalignment. END OF SECTION 22 05 48.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 48.13 VIBRATION CONTROLS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 4 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Warning tags. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 EQUIPMENT LABELS A. Plastic Labels for Equipment: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 2 of 6 Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Marking Services Inc. b. Seton Identification Products; a Bradv Corporation company. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. 3. Letter Color: White. 4. Background Color: Black. 5. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. 6. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. 7. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. 8. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -tapping screws. 9. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. B. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number. 2.2 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Marking Services Inc. 2. Seton Identification Products: a Brady Corporation company. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware. C. Letter Color: Black. D. Background Color: Yellow. E. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F. F. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch. G. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches, 1/2 inch for viewing distances up to 72 inches, and proportionately larger lettering for greater CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 3 of 6 viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-quarters the size of principal lettering. H. Fasteners: Stainless steel rivets or self -tapping screws. I. Adhesive: Contact -type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate. J. Label Content: Include caution and warning information plus emergency notification instructions. A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Marking Services Inc. 2. Seton Identification Products; a Bradv Corporation company. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color -coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction according to ASME A13.1. C. Self -Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact -type, permanent -adhesive backing. D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings size and an arrow indicating flow direction. 1. Flow -Direction Arrows: Integral with piping -system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction. 2. Lettering Size: Size letters according to ASME A13.1 for piping. 2.4 WARNING TAGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Marking Services Inc. 2. Seton Identification Products; a Bradv Corporation companv. 3. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Description: Preprinted or partially preprinted accident -prevention tags of plasticized card stock with matte finish suitable for writing. 1. Size: 3 by 5-1/4 inches minimum. 2. Fasteners: Reinforced grommet and wire or string. 3. Nomenclature: Large -size primary caption such as "DANGER," "CAUTION," or "DO NOT OPERATE." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 4 of 6 4. Color: Safety yellow background with black lettering. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants. 3.2 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied. B. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with locations of access panels and doors. C. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment. 3.3 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment. B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.4 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION A. Pipe Label Locations: Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows: 1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels. B. Directional Flow Arrows: Use arrows indicate direction of flow in pipes, including pipes where flow is allowed in both directions. C. Pipe Label Color Schedule: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 5 of 6 1. Domestic Water, Hot Water, and Tepid Water Piping: a. Background: Safety green. b. Letter Colors: White. 2. Sanitary Waste Piping: a. Background Color: Safety white. b. Letter Color: Black. Mc MI K ;901Men r:Xsf1►611II:11arLvtlIs] ►l A. Write required message on, and attach warning tags to, equipment and other items where required. 1901061 =916iIto]eINXITIS1 111 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 05 53 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT Page 6 of 6 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 1 of 12 SECTION 22 07 19 - PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes insulation for plumbing piping systems: 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of supports, hangers, and insulation shields specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Coordinate clearance requirements with piping Installer for piping insulation application. Before preparing piping Shop Drawings, establish and maintain clearance requirements for installation of insulation and field -applied jackets and finishes and for space required for maintenance. C. Coordinate installation and testing of heat tracing. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include thermal conductivity, water -vapor permeance thickness, and jackets (both factory- and field -applied if any). B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 2 of 12 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the Department of Labor, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. B. Surface -Burning Characteristics: For insulation and related materials, as determined by testing identical products in accordance with ASTM E84 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket materials and adhesive, mastic, tapes, and cement material containers, with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency. 1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame -spread index of 25 or less and smoke -developed index of 50 or less. 2. Insulation Installed Outdoors: Flame -spread index of 75 or less and smoke -developed index of 150 or less. C. Comply with the following applicable standards and other requirements specified for miscellaneous components: 1. Supply and Drain Protective Shielding Guards: ICC Al 17.1. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 SCHEDULING A. Schedule insulation application after pressure testing systems and, where required, after installing and testing heat tracing. Insulation application may begin on segments that have satisfactory test results. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 INSULATION MATERIALS A. Products are free of asbestos, lead, mercury, or mercury compounds. B. Foam insulation materials not to use CFC or HCFC blowing agents in the manufacturing process. C. Mineral -Fiber, Preformed Pipe: Mineral or glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin;. Comply with ASTM C547. 1. Preformed Pipe Insulation: Type I, Grade A with factory -applied ASJ-SSL. 2. Fabricated shapes in accordance with ASTM C450 and ASTM C585. 3. Factory -applied jacket requirements are specified in "Factory -Applied Jackets" Article. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 3 of 12 2.2 INSULATING CEMENTS A. Mineral -Fiber Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C195. B. Expanded or Exfoliated Vermiculite Insulating Cement: Comply with ASTM C 196. C. Mineral -Fiber, Hydraulic -Setting Insulating and Finishing Cement: Comply with ASTM C449. 2.3 ADHESIVES A. Materials compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates and for bonding insulation to itself and to surfaces to be insulated, unless otherwise indicated. B. Mineral -Fiber Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A. C. ASJ Adhesive and FSK Jacket Adhesive: Comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class 2, Grade A, for bonding insulation jacket lap seams and joints. 2.4 MASTICS AND COATINGS A. Materials compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Vapor -Barrier Mastic, Water Based: Suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to plus 180 degrees F Minus 20 to plus 180 degrees F. 3. Comply with MIL-PRF-19565C, Type II, for permeance requirements. C. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Solvent Based, Indoor Use: Suitable for indoor use on below -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: 0 to 180 degrees F. D. Vapor -Retarder Mastic, Solvent Based, Outdoor Use: Suitable for outdoor use on below - ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: Comply with ASTM E96/E96M or ASTM F1249. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 50 to plus 220 degrees F. E. Breather Mastic: Water based; suitable for indoor and outdoor use on above -ambient services. 1. Water -Vapor Permeance: ASTM E96/E96M, greater than 1.0 perm at manufacturer's recommended dry film thickness. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 20 to plus 180 degrees F. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 4 of 12 2.5 LAGGING ADHESIVES A. Adhesives comply with MIL-A-3316C, Class I, Grade A, and compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. 1. Fire-resistant, water -based lagging adhesive and coating for use indoors to adhere fire- resistant lagging cloths over pipe insulation. 2. Service Temperature Range: 20 to plus 180 degrees F. A. Materials as recommended by the insulation manufacturer and compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates. B. Joint Sealants: 1. Permanently flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 58 to plus 176 degrees F. C. FSK and Metal Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 degrees F. D. ASJ Flashing Sealants and PVC Jacket Flashing Sealants: 1. Fire- and water-resistant, flexible, elastomeric sealant. 2. Service Temperature Range: Minus 40 to plus 250 degrees F. 2.7 FACTORY -APPLIED JACKETS A. Insulation system schedules indicate factory -applied jackets on various applications. When factory -applied jackets are indicated, comply with the following: 1. ASJ-SSL: ASJ with self-sealing, pressure -sensitive, acrylic -based adhesive covered by a removable protective strip; complying with ASTM C1136, Type I. 2.8 FIELD -APPLIED FABRIC -REINFORCING MESH A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Approximately 2 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in. for covering pipe and pipe fittings. B. Woven Polyester Fabric: Approximately 1 oz./sq. yd. with a thread count of 10 strands by 10 strands/sq. in., in a Leno weave, for pipe. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 5 of 12 2.9 FIELD -APPLIED CLOTHS A. Woven Glass -Fiber Fabric: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I, plain weave, and presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.. A. Field -applied jackets comply with ASTM C1136, Type I, unless otherwise indicated. B. PVC Jacket: High -impact -resistant, UV -resistant PVC complying with ASTM D1784, Class 16354-C; thickness as scheduled; roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming. Thickness is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules. 1. Adhesive: As recommended by jacket material manufacturer. 2. Color: White. 3. Factory -fabricated fitting covers to match jacket if available; otherwise, field fabricate. a. Shapes: 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows, tees, valves, flanges, unions, reducers, end caps, soil -pipe hubs, traps, mechanical joints, and P-trap and supply covers for lavatories. C. Metal Jacket: I. Stainless Steel Jacket: ASTM A240/A240M. a. Moisture Barrier for Indoor Applications: 3-mil- thick polysurlyn. b. Moisture Barrier for Outdoor Applications: 3-mil- thick polysurlyn. C. Factory -Fabricated Fitting Covers: 1) Same material, finish, and thickness as jacket. 2) Preformed two-piece or gore, 45- and 90-degree, short- and long -radius elbows. 3) Tee covers. 4) Flange and union covers. 5) End caps. 6) Beveled collars. 7) Valve covers. 8) Field fabricate fitting covers only if factory -fabricated fitting covers are not available. 2.11 TAPES A. ASJ Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching factory -applied jacket with acrylic adhesive, complying with ASTM C1136. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 6 of 12 B. PVC Tape: White vapor -retarder tape matching field -applied PVC jacket with acrylic adhesive; suitable for indoor and outdoor applications. 2.12 PROTECTIVE SHIELDING GUARDS A. Protective Shielding Pipe Covers,: 1. Description: Manufactured plastic wraps for covering plumbing fixture hot- and Cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) requirements. B. Protective Shielding Piping Enclosures,: 1. Description: Manufactured plastic enclosure for covering plumbing fixture hot- and Cold- water supplies and trap and drain piping. Comply with ADA requirements. 2.13 SECUREMENTS A. Bands: 1. Stainless Steel: ASTMA2401A240M, Tvpe 304: 0.015 inch thick, 112 inch wide with wing seal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application. 1. Verify that systems to be insulated have been tested and are free of defects. 2. Verify that surfaces to be insulated are clean and dry. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application. B. Clean and prepare surfaces to be insulated. Before insulating, apply a corrosion coating to insulated surfaces as follows: 1. Stainless Steel: Coat 300 series stainless steel with an epoxy primer 5 mils thick and an epoxy finish 5 mils thick if operating in a temperature range of between 140 and 300 degrees F. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 7 of 12 2. Carbon Steel: Coat carbon steel operating at a service temperature of between 32 and 300 degrees F with an epoxy coating. Consult coating manufacturer for appropriate coating materials and application methods for operating temperature range. C. Coordinate insulation installation with the tradesman installing heat tracing. Comply with requirements for heat tracing that apply to insulation. D. Mix insulating cements with clean potable water; if insulating cements are to be in contact with stainless steel surfaces, use demineralized water. 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. Install insulation materials, accessories, and finishes with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; free of voids throughout the length of piping including fittings, valves, and specialties. B. Install insulation materials, forms, vapor barriers or retarders, jackets, and of thicknesses required for each item of pipe system, as specified in insulation system schedules. C. Install accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Install accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state. D. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at top and bottom of horizontal runs. E. Install multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered. F. Do not weld brackets, clips, or other attachment devices to piping, fittings, and specialties. G. Keep insulation materials dry during storage, application, and finishing. Replace insulation materials that get wet. H. Install insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by insulation material manufacturer. I. Install insulation with least number of joints practical. Where vapor barrier is indicated, seal joints, seams, and penetrations in insulation at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor -barrier mastic. 1. Install insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments. 2. For insulation application where vapor barriers are indicated, extend insulation on anchor legs from point of attachment to supported item to point of attachment to structure. Taper and seal ends attached to structure with vapor -barrier mastic. 3. Install insert materials and insulation to tightly join the insert. Seal insulation to insulation inserts with adhesive or sealing compound recommended by insulation material manufacturer. 4. Cover inserts with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation. Install shields over jacket, arranged to protect jacket from tear or puncture by hanger, support, and shield. K. Apply adhesives, mastics, and sealants at manufacturer's recommended coverage rate and wet and dry film thicknesses. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 8 of 12 L. Install insulation with factory -applied jackets as follows: 1. Draw jacket tight and smooth. 2. Cover circumferential joints with 3-inch- wide strips, of same material as insulation jacket. Secure strips with adhesive and outward -clinching staples along both edges of strip, spaced 4 inches o.c. 3. Overlap jacket longitudinal seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Install insulation with longitudinal seams at bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward -clinching staples along edge at 4 inches o.c. a. For below -ambient services, apply vapor -barrier mastic over staples. 4. Cover joints and seams with tape, in accordance with insulation material manufacturer's written instructions, to maintain vapor seal. 5. Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply vapor -barrier mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to pipe flanges and fittings. M. Cut insulation in a manner to avoid compressing insulation more than 25 percent of its nominal thickness. N. Finish installation with systems at operating conditions. Repair joint separations and cracking due to thermal movement. O. Repair damaged insulation facings by applying same facing material over damaged areas. Extend patches at least 4 inches beyond damaged areas. Adhere, staple, and seal patches in similar fashion to butt joints. P. For above -ambient services, do not install insulation to the following: 1. Vibration -control devices. 2. Testing agency labels and stamps. 3. Nameplates and data plates. 4. Cleanouts. 3.4 PENETRATIONS A. Insulation Installation at Roof Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through roof penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation above roof surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches below top of roof flashing. 4. Seal jacket to roof flashing with flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation at Underground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Terminate insulation flush with sleeve seal. Seal terminations with flashing sealant. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 9 of 12 C. Insulation Installation at Aboveground Exterior Wall Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through wall penetrations. 1. Seal penetrations with flashing sealant. 2. For applications requiring only indoor insulation, terminate insulation inside wall surface and seal with joint sealant. For applications requiring indoor and outdoor insulation, install insulation for outdoor applications tightly joined to indoor insulation ends. Seal joint with joint sealant. 3. Extend jacket of outdoor insulation outside wall flashing and overlap wall flashing at least 2 inches. 4. Seal jacket to wall flashing with flashing sealant. D. Insulation Installation at Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations (That Are Not Fire Rated): Install insulation continuously through walls and partitions. E. Insulation Installation at Fire -Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Install insulation continuously through penetrations of fire -rated walls and partitions. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping" for firestopping and fire -resistive joint sealers. F. Insulation Installation at Floor Penetrations: 1. Pipe: Install insulation continuously through floor penetrations. 2. Seal penetrations through fire -rated assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 07 84 13 "Penetration Firestopping." 3.5 GENERAL PIPE INSULATION INSTALLATION A. Requirements in this article generally apply to all insulation materials except where more specific requirements are specified in various pipe insulation material installation articles. B. Insulation Installation on Fittings, Valves, Strainers, Flanges, Mechanical Couplings, and Unions: 1. Install insulation over fittings, valves, strainers, flanges, mechanical couplings, unions, and other specialties with continuous thermal and vapor -retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated. 2. Insulate pipe elbows using preformed fitting insulation or mitered fittings made from same material and density as that of adjacent pipe insulation. Butt each piece tightly against adjoining piece and bonded with adhesive. Fill joints, seams, voids, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement finished to a smooth, hard, and uniform contour that is uniform with adjoining pipe insulation. 3. Insulate tee fittings with preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Cut sectional pipe insulation to fit. Butt each section closely to the next and hold in place with tie wire. Bond pieces with adhesive. 4. Insulate valves using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as that used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 10 of 12 whichever is thicker. For valves, insulate up to and including the bonnets, valve stuffing - box studs, bolts, and nuts. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. 5. Insulate strainers using preformed fitting insulation or sectional pipe insulation of same material, density, and thickness as used for adjacent pipe. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Fill joints, seams, and irregular surfaces with insulating cement. Insulate strainers, so strainer basket flange or plug can be easily removed and replaced without damaging the insulation and jacket. Provide a removable reusable insulation cover. For below -ambient services, provide a design that maintains vapor barrier. 6. Insulate flanges, mechanical couplings, and unions, using a section of oversized preformed pipe insulation. Overlap adjoining pipe insulation by not less than 2 times the thickness of pipe insulation, or one pipe diameter, whichever is thicker. Stencil or label the outside insulation jacket of each union with the word "union" matching size and color of pipe labels. 7. Cover segmented insulated surfaces with a layer of finishing cement and coat with a mastic. Install vapor -barrier mastic for below -ambient services and a breather mastic for above -ambient services. Reinforce the mastic with fabric -reinforcing mesh. Trowel the mastic to a smooth and well -shaped contour. 8. For services not specified to receive a field -applied jacket, except for flexible elastomeric and polyolefin, install fitted PVC cover over elbows, tees, strainers, valves, flanges, and unions. Terminate ends with PVC end caps. Tape PVC covers to adjoining insulation facing using PVC tape. C. Insulate instrument connections for thermometers, pressure gages, pressure temperature taps, test connections, flow meters, sensors, switches, and transmitters on insulated pipes. Shape insulation at these connections by tapering it to and around the connection with insulating cement and finish with finishing cement, mastic, and flashing sealant. D. Install removable insulation covers at locations indicated. Installation conforms to the following: 1. Make removable flange and union insulation from sectional pipe insulation of same thickness as that on adjoining pipe. Install same insulation jacket as that of adjoining pipe insulation. 2. When flange and union covers are made from sectional pipe insulation, extend insulation from flanges or union at least 2 times the insulation thickness over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of flange or union. Secure flange cover in place with stainless steel or aluminum bands. Select band material compatible with insulation and jacket. 3. Construct removable valve insulation covers in same manner as for flanges, except divide the two-part section on the vertical center line of valve body. 4. When covers are made from block insulation, make two halves, each consisting of mitered blocks wired to stainless steel fabric. Secure this wire frame, with its attached insulation, to flanges with tie wire. Extend insulation at least 2 inches over adjacent pipe insulation on each side of valve. Fill space between flange or union cover and pipe insulation with insulating cement. Finish cover assembly with insulating cement applied in two coats. After first coat is dry, apply and trowel second coat to a smooth finish. 5. Unless a PVC jacket is indicated in field -applied jacket schedules, finish exposed surfaces with a metal jacket. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 11 of 12 3.6 INSTALLATION OF MINERAL -FIBER INSULATION A. Insulation Installation on Straight Pipes and Tubes: 1. Secure each layer of preformed pipe insulation to pipe with wire or bands and tighten bands without deforming insulation materials. 2. Where vapor barriers are indicated, seal longitudinal seams, end joints, and protrusions with vapor -barrier mastic and joint sealant. 3. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on above -ambient surfaces, secure laps with outward -clinched staples at 6 inches o.c. 4. For insulation with factory -applied jackets on below -ambient surfaces, do not staple longitudinal tabs. Instead, secure tabs with additional adhesive, as recommended by insulation material manufacturer, and seal with vapor -barrier mastic and flashing sealant. B. Insulation Installation on Pipe Flanges: 1. Install preformed pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange. 2. Make width of insulation section same as overall width of flange and bolts, plus twice the thickness of pipe insulation. 3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference of adjacent straight pipe segments with mineral -fiber blanket insulation. 4. Install jacket material with manufacturer's recommended adhesive, overlap seams at least 1 inch, and seal joints with flashing sealant. C. Insulation Installation on Pipe Fittings and Elbows: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed insulation elbows and fittings are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation, to a thickness equal to adjoining pipe insulation. Secure insulation materials with wire or bands. D. Insulation Installation on Valves and Pipe Specialties: 1. Install preformed sections of same material as that of straight segments of pipe insulation when available. 2. When preformed sections are not available, install mitered sections of pipe insulation to valve body. 3. Arrange insulation to permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation. 4. Install insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application. 3.7 FIELD -APPLIED JACKET INSTALLATION A. Where PVC jackets are indicated, install with 1-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Seal with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. Apply two continuous beads of adhesive to seams and joints, one bead under lap and the finish bead along seam and joint edge. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 07 19 PLUMBING PIPING INSULATION Page 12 of 12 B. Where metal jackets are indicated, install with 2-inch overlap at longitudinal seams and end joints. Overlap longitudinal seams arranged to shed water. Seal end joints with weatherproof sealant recommended by insulation manufacturer. Secure jacket with stainless steel bands 12 inches o.c. and at end joints. 3.8 FINISHES A. Insulation with ASJ, Glass -Cloth, or Other Paintable Jacket Material: Paint jacket with paint system identified below and as specified in Section 09 91 13 "Exterior Painting" and Section 09 9123 "Interior Painting." B. Color: Final color as selected by Engineer. Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work. C. Do not field paint aluminum or stainless steel jackets. 3.9 PIPING INSULATION SCHEDULE, GENERAL A. Refer to plumbing schedules. END OF SECTION 22 07 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 1 of 12 SECTION 22 1116 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Copper tube and fittings. 2. CPVC piping. 3. PVC pipe and fittings. 4. PE pipe and fittings. 5. Piping joining materials. 6. Transition fittings. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Pipe. 2. Fittings. 3. Joining materials. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 2 of 12 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of water service. 2. Do not interrupt water service without Construction Manager's written permission. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PIPING MATERIALS A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. B. Provide potable -water piping and components that comply with NSF 14 and NSF 61 Annex G. C. Comply with NSF 372 for low lead. 2.2 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type L water tube, drawn temper. B. Wrought -Copper, Solder -Joint Fittings: ASME B 16.22, wrought -copper pressure fittings. C. Copper Unions: 1. MSS SP-123. 2. Cast -copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body. 3. Ball-and-socket, metal -to -metal seating surfaces. 4. Solder joint or threaded ends. D. Copper Pressure -Seal -Joint Fittings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Mueller Industries, Inc. b. NIBCO INC. C. Viega LLC. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 3 of 12 d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Wrought -copper fitting with EPDM-rubber, O-ring seal in each end. E. Appurtenances for Grooved -End Copper Tubing: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Anvil International. b. Victaulic Company. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Bronze Fittings for Grooved -End, Copper Tubing: ASTM B75/B75M copper tube or ASTM B584 bronze castings. 3. Mechanical Couplings for Grooved -End Copper Tubing: a. Copper -tube dimensions and design similar to AWWA C606. b. Ferrous housing sections. C. EPDM-rubber gaskets suitable for hot and cold water. d. Bolts and nuts. e. Minimum Pressure Rating: 300 PSIG. 2.3 CPVC PIPING A. CPVC Pipe: ASTM F441/F441M, Schedule 80. 1. CPVC Socket Fittings: ASTM F439 for Schedule 80. 2. CPVC Threaded Fittings: ASTM F437, Schedule 80. B. CPVC Piping System: ASTM D2846/D2846M, SDR 11, pipe and socket fittings. 2.4 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PVC Pipe: ASTM D1785, Schedule 40. B. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2466 for Schedule 40. 2.5 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PE Pipe: ASTM D2239, ASTM D3035, AWWA C901, SDR 11. 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D3261, butt -fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. 2. PE Transition Fittings: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 4 of 12 a. Factory -fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, ASTM D3261, SDR 11; and brass male threaded transition. b. Factory -fabricated tee with PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, NSF 61, SDR 11. 1) AWWA C207, Type 316 stainless steel ASME B16.5 backing ring. 2.6 PIPING JOINING MATERIALS A. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32, lead-free alloys. B. Flux: ASTM B813, water flushable. C. Solvent Cements for Joining CPVC Piping and Tubing: ASTM F493. D. Solvent Cements for Joining PVC Piping: ASTM D2564. Include primer according to ASTM F656. E. Plastic, Pipe -Flange Gaskets, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer unless otherwise indicated. 2.7 ENCASEMENT FOR PIPING A. Standard: ASTM A674 or AWWA CI05/A21.5. B. Form: tube. C. Color: Black. 2.8 TRANSITION FITTINGS A. General Requirements: 1. Same size as pipes to be joined. 2. Pressure rating at least equal to pipes to be joined. 3. End connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. C. Sleeve -Type Transition Coupling: AWWA C219. D. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Fittings: 1. Description: a. CPVC or PVC one-piece fitting with manufacturer's Schedule 80 equivalent dimensions. b. One end with threaded brass insert, and one solvent -cement -socket end. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 5 of 12 E. Plastic -to -Metal Transition Unions: 1. Description: a. CPVC or PVC four-part union. b. Brass threaded end. C. Solvent -cement -joint plastic end. d. Rubber O-ring. e. Union nut. 2.9 DIELECTRIC FITTINGS A. General Requirements: Assembly of copper alloy and ferrous materials with separating nonconductive insulating material. Include end connections compatible with pipes to be joined. B. Dielectric Unions: 1. Standard: ASSE 1079. 2. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. 3. End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. C. Dielectric Flanges: 1. Standard: ASSE 1079. 2. Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 deg F. 4. End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. D. Dielectric Nipples: 1. Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2. Electroplated steel nipple complying with ASTM F 1545. 3. Pressure Rating and Temperature: 300 psig at 225 deg F. 4. End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5. Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 3120 00 "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of domestic water piping. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 6 of 12 loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install domestic water piping level without pitch and plumb. C. Install piping concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building occupants unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. D. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. E. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal, and coordinate with other services occupying that space. F. Install piping to permit valve servicing. G. Install nipples, unions, special fittings, and valves with pressure ratings the same as or higher than the system pressure rating used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Install unions in copper tubing at final connection to each piece of equipment, machine, and specialty. K. Install pressure gages on suction and discharge piping for each plumbing pump and packaged booster pump. Comply with requirements for pressure gages in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." L. Install thermostats in hot-water circulation piping. Comply with requirements for thermostats in Section 22 1123 'Domestic Water Pumps." M. Install thermometers on outlet piping from each tank water heater. Comply with requirements for thermometers in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." N. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." O. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 'Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." P. Install piping to allow application of insulation. Q. Install groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing of valves. R. Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D2774. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 7 of 12 [c� [cam 1�11► I I 1 [K�h f.�3�L��� A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipes, tubes, and fittings before assembly. C. Brazed Joints for Copper Tubing: Comply with CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook," "Brazed Joints" chapter. D. Soldered Joints for Copper Tubing: Apply flux to end of tube. Join copper tube and fittings according to ASTM B828 or CDA's "Copper Tube Handbook." E. Pressure -Sealed Joints for Copper Tubing: Join copper tube and pressure -seal fittings with tools recommended by fitting manufacturer. F. Joint Construction for Grooved -End Copper Tubing: Make joints according to AWWA C606. Roll groove ends of tubes. Lubricate and install gasket over ends of tubes or tube and fitting. Install coupling housing sections over gasket with keys seated in tubing grooves. Install and tighten housing bolts. G. Joint Construction for Solvent -Cemented Plastic Piping: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. Apply primer. 2. CPVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2846/D2846M Appendix. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2672. H. Joints for Dissimilar -Material Piping: Make joints using adapters compatible with materials of both piping systems. I. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 3.4 TRANSITION FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Fittings in Aboveground Domestic Water Piping NPS 2 and Smaller: Plastic -to -metal transition fittings or unions. 3.5 DIELECTRIC FITTING INSTALLATION A. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. B. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric couplings, nipples, or unions. C. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 8 of 12 3.6 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Install hangers for copper tubing with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. C. Install hangers for CPVC and PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Support vertical runs of copper tubing to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. E. Support vertical runs of CPVC and PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. Mc M[63021 :00 0 16=1 A. When installing piping adjacent to equipment and machines, allow space for service and maintenance. B. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect domestic water piping to water -service piping with shutoff valve; extend and connect to the following: 1. Domestic Water Booster Pumps: Cold -water suction and discharge piping. 2. Water Heaters: Cold -water inlet and hot-water outlet piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than sizes of water heater connections. 3. Plumbing Fixtures: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than that required by plumbing code. 4. Equipment: Cold- and hot -water -supply piping as indicated, but not smaller than equipment connections. Provide shutoff valve and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification materials and installation in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 9 of 12 Piping Inspections: a. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it has been inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. b. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least one day before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction: 1) Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing in after roughing in and before setting fixtures. 2) Final Inspection: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified in "Piping Tests" Subparagraph below and to ensure compliance with requirements. C. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass tests or inspections, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. d. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Piping Tests: a. Fill domestic water piping. Check components to determine that they are not air bound and that piping is full of water. b. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. C. Leave new, altered, extended, or replaced domestic water piping uncovered and unconcealed until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. d. Cap and subject piping to static water pressure of 50 PSIG above operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and allow it to stand for four hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. e. Repair leaks and defects with new materials, and retest piping or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained. f. Prepare reports for tests and for corrective action required. B. Domestic water piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.10 ADJUSTING A. Perform the following adjustments before operation: 1. Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs. 2. Open shutoff valves to fully open position. 3. Open throttling valves to proper setting. 4. Adjust balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide adequate flow. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 10 of 12 a. Manually adjust ball -type balancing valves in hot -water -circulation return piping to provide hot-water flow in each branch. b. Adjust calibrated balancing valves to flows indicated. 5. Remove plugs used during testing of piping and for temporary sealing of piping during installation. 6. Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace drain plugs. 7. Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are as specified for application where used and are clean and ready for use. 8. Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and operation. 3.11 CLEANING A. Clean and disinfect potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Use purging and disinfecting procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction; if methods are not prescribed, use procedures described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Fill and isolate system according to either of the following: 1) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 50 ppm of chlorine. Isolate with valves and allow to stand for 24 hours. 2) Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution with at least 200 ppm of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for three hours. C. Flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine is in water coming from system after the standing time. d. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. e. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. B. Clean non -potable domestic water piping as follows: 1. Purge new piping before using. 2. Use purging procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if methods are not prescribed, follow procedures described below: a. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at outlets. b. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedures if biological examination shows contamination. C. Prepare and submit reports of purging and disinfecting activities. Include copies of water - sample approvals from authorities having jurisdiction. D. Clean interior of domestic water piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 11 of 12 3.12 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Refer to the Plumbing Schedules. 3.13 VALVE SCHEDULE A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are not indicated, the following requirements apply: 1. Shutoff Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves with grooved ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 2. Throttling Duty: Use ball valves for piping NPS 2 and smaller. Use butterfly valves with grooved ends for piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Hot -Water Circulation Piping, Balancing Duty: Calibrated balancing valves. 4. Drain Duty: Hose -end drain valves. B. Use check valves to maintain correct direction of domestic water flow to and from equipment. END OF SECTION 22 11 16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 16 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING Page 12 of 12 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 1 of 10 SECTION 22 11 19 - DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backflow preventers. 2. Balancing valves. 3. Temperature -actuated, water mixing valves. 4. Strainers. 5. Outlet boxes. 6. Hose stations. 7. Wall hydrants. 8. Water -hammer arresters. 9. Specialty valves. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 220500 " Common Work Results for Plumbing" for thermometers, pressure gages, and flow meters in domestic water piping. 2. Section 22 45 00 "Emergency Plumbing Fixtures" for water tempering equipment. 3. Section 22 47 16 "Pressure Water Coolers" for water filters for water coolers. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 2 of 10 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For domestic water piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Provide potable -water piping and components that comply with NSF 61 Annex G and NSF 14. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Working Pressure for Domestic Water Piping Specialties: 125 PSIG unless otherwise indicated. 2.3 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS A. Reduced -Pressure -Principle Backflow Preventers: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. FEBCO; A WATTS Brand. b. WATTS. C. Zurn Industries, LLC. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASSE 1013. 3. Operation: Continuous -pressure applications. 4. Pressure Loss at Design Flow Rate: Refer to plumbing drawings.. 5. Size: Refer to plumbing drawings. 6. Design Flow Rate: Refer to plumbing drawings. 7. Body: a. Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 3 of 10 b. Cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved stainless steel for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 8. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 9. Configuration: Designed for horizontal, straight -through flow. 10. Accessories: a. Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Ball type with threaded ends on inlet and outlet. b. Valves NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Outside -screw and yoke -gate type with flanged ends on inlet and outlet. C. Air -Gap Fitting: ASME Al 12.1.2, matching backflow-preventer connection. d. Strainer. 11. Basis of Design: Watts LF009QTS, Watts SS009QTS, and Watts LF909OSY-S. 2.4 TEMPERATURE -ACTUATED, WATER MIXING VALVES A. Primary, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Leonard Valve Company. b. POWERS, A WATTS Brand. C. Symmons Industries, Inc. d. WATTS. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASSE 1017. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 PSIG minimum unless otherwise indicated. 4. Type: Exposed -mounted, thermostatically controlled, water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion -resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Threaded inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold -water supplies, outlet ball valves, outlet thermometer, and adjustable, temperature -control handle. 8. Dual valve assembly for high and low flow conditions. B. Point of Use, Thermostatic, Water Mixing Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Leonard Valve Company. b. POWERS; A WATTS Brand. C. Symmons Industries, Inc. d. WATTS. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 4 of 10 f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASSE 1070. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 PSIG minimum unless otherwise indicated. 4. Type: Exposed -mounted, thermostatically controlled water mixing valve. 5. Material: Bronze body with corrosion -resistant interior components. 6. Connections: Compression inlets and outlet. 7. Accessories: Check stops on hot- and cold -water supplies and adjustable temperature control knob. 2.5 STRAINERS FOR DOMESTIC WATER PIPING A. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Body: Bronze for NPS 2 and smaller; cast iron with interior lining that complies with AWWA C550 or that is FDA approved, epoxy coated and] for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. End Connections: Threaded for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 4. Screen: Stainless steel with round perforations unless otherwise indicated. 5. Perforation Size: a. Strainers NPS 2 and Smaller: 0.033 inch. b. Strainers NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: 0.062 inch. 6. Drain: Pipe plug. 2.6 OUTLET BOXES A. Icemaker Outlet Boxes: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Guv Gray, IPS Corporation. b. LSP Products Group. C. Oatey Co. d. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Com_panv_ , Inc. e. Water-Tite, IPS Corporation. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Mounting: Recessed. 3. Material and Finish: Enameled -steel, epoxy -painted -steel, or plastic box and faceplate. 4. Faucet: Valved fitting complying with ASME A112.18.1. Include NPS 1/2 or smaller copper tube outlet. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 5 of 10 5. Supply Shutoff Fitting: NPS 1/2 gate, globe, or ball valve and NPS 1/2 copper, water tubing. 2.7 HOSE STATIONS A. Single -Temperature -Water Hose Stations: WHS-1: 1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1. 2. Hose -Rack Material: Stainless steel. 3. Body Material: Bronze with stainless -steel wetted parts. 4. Body Finish: Rough bronze. 5. Mounting: Wall, with reinforcement. 6. Supply Fittings: NPS 3/4 gate, globe, or ball valve and check valve and NPS 3/4 copper, water tubing. Omit check valve if check stop is included with fitting. 7. Hose: Manufacturer's standard, for service fluid, temperature, and pressure; 50 feet long. 8. Nozzle: With hand -squeeze, on -off control. B. Single -Temperature -Water Hose Stations: WHS-1: 1. Standard: ASME A112.18.1. 2. Hose -Rack Material: Stainless steel. 3. Body Material: Bronze with stainless -steel wetted parts. 4. Body Finish: Rough bronze. 5. Mounting: Wall, with reinforcement. 6. Hose: Manufacturer's standard, for service fluid, temperature, and pressure; 50 feet long. 7. Nozzle: With hand -squeeze, on -off control. C. 2.8 WALL HYDRANTS A. Non -freeze Wall Hydrants: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Woodford Manufacturing Company. e. Zurn Industries LLC. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.21.3M for concealed -outlet, self -draining wall hydrants. 3. Pressure Rating: 125 PSIG. 4. Operation: Loose key. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 6 of 10 5. Casing and Operating Rod: Of length required to match wall thickness. Include wall clamp. 6. Inlet: NPS 3/4 or NPS 1. 7. Outlet: Concealed, with integral vacuum breaker and garden -hose thread complying with ASME B 1.20.7. 8. Box: Deep, flush mounted with cover. 9. Box and Cover Finish: Polished nickel bronze. 10. Operating Keys(s): One with each wall hydrant. 2.9 WATER -HAMMER ARRESTERS A. Water -Hammer Arresters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirement, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. Precision Plumbing Products. d. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. e. WATTS. f. Zurn Industries, LLC. g. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: AS SE 1010 and PDI-WH 2O1. 3. Type: Metal bellows. 4. Size: AS SE 1010, Sizes AA and A through F, or PDI-WH 201, Sizes A through F. 2.10 SPECIALTY VALVES A. CPVC Union Ball Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chemtrol. b. Georg Fischer Inc. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-122. b. Body Material: CPVC. C. Body Design: Union type. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 7 of 10 d. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Detachable, socket. e. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Detachable, socket or threaded. f. Ball: CPVC; full port. g. Seals: PTFE or EPDM-rubber O-rings. h. Handle: Tee shaped. B. PVC Non -Union Ball Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chemtrol. b. Georg Fischer Inc. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: a. Standard: MSS SP-122. b. Body Material: PVC. C. Body Design: Union type. d. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Detachable, socket. e. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Detachable, socket or threaded. f. Ball: PVC; full or reduced port. g. Seals: PTFE or EPDM-rubber O-rings. h. Handle: Tee shaped. C. PVC Ball Check Valves: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chemtrol. b. Georg Fischer Inc. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: a. Body Material: PVC. b. Body Design: Union -type ball check. C. End Connections for Valves NPS 2 and Smaller: Detachable, socket. d. End Connections for Valves NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Detachable, socket or threaded. e. Ball: PVC. f. Seals: EPDM- or FKM-rubber O-rings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 8 of 10 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install backflow preventers in each water supply to mechanical equipment and systems and to other equipment and water systems that may be sources of contamination. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Install drain for backflow preventers with atmospheric -vent drain connection with air -gap fitting, fixed air -gap fitting, or equivalent positive pipe separation of at least two pipe diameters in drain piping and pipe -to -floor drain. Locate air -gap device attached to or under backflow preventer. Simple air breaks are unacceptable for this application. 2. Do not install bypass piping around backflow preventers. B. Install temperature -actuated, water mixing valves with check stops or shutoff valves on inlets and with shutoff valve on outlet. C. Install Y-pattern strainers for water on supply side of each pump. D. Install outlet boxes recessed in wall. E. Install water -hammer arresters in water piping according to PDI-WH 201. 3.2 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Equipment Nameplates and Signs: Install engraved plastic -laminate equipment nameplate or sign on or near each of the following: 1. Reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventers. 2. Primary, thermostatic, water mixing valves. B. Distinguish among multiple units, inform operator of operational requirements, indicate safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and improper operations, in addition to identifying unit. Nameplates and signs are specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Test each reduced -pressure -principle backflow preventer according to authorities having jurisdiction and the device's reference standard. B. Domestic water piping specialties will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 9 of 10 A. Set field -adjustable pressure set points of water pressure -reducing valves. B. Set field -adjustable flow set points of balancing valves. C. Set field -adjustable temperature set points of temperature -actuated, water mixing valves. END OF SECTION 22 11 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 2211 19 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS DOMESTIC WATER PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 10 of 10 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 11 23.21 - INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Horizontally mounted, in -line, close -coupled centrifugal pumps. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 1123.13 "Domestic -Water Packaged Booster Pumps" for booster systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include construction materials, rated capacities, certified performance curves with operating points plotted on curves, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For inline, domestic -water pumps to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 2 of 6 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with pump manufacturer's written instructions for handling. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: UL 778 for motor -operated water pumps. C. Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects and Drinking Water System Components - Lead Content Compliance: NSF 61 and NSF 372. 2.2 HORIZONTALLY MOUNTED, IN -LINE, CLOSE -COUPLED CENTRIFUGAL PUMPS A. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested, in -line, single -stage, close -coupled, overhung - impeller centrifugal pumps designed for installation with pump and motor shaft mounted horizontal. B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Bell & Gossett; a Xvlem brand. 2. Goulds. 3. Grunfos. 4. Patterson. 5. Taco Comfort Solutions. 6. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). C. Pump Construction: 1. Casing: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 3 of 6 a. Bronze with threaded companion -flange connections for pumps with NPS 2 and smaller pipe connection and flanged connections for pumps with NPS 2-1/2 and larger pipe connections. 2. Bearings: Grease -lubricated or permanently lubricated ball type. 3. Minimum Working Pressure: 175 psig. 4. Continuous Operating Temperature: 225 deg F. D. Motor: Single speed, with grease -lubricated ball bearings; resiliently or rigidly mounted to pump casing. A. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 22 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." All motors to have built-in impedance protection and be non -overloading at any point on the pump curve. 1. Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. 2.4 CONTROLS A. Tepid Water Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Water -immersion or pipe strap temperature sensor. 2. Range: 65 to 200 deg F. 3. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1. 4. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V ac. 7. Settings: Start pump at 70 deg F and stop pump at 75 deg F . B. Domestic Hot Water Thermostats: Electric; adjustable for control of hot-water circulation PUMP. 1. Type: Water -immersion or pipe strap temperature sensor. 2. Range: 65 to 200 deg F. 3. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1. 4. Operation of Pump: On or off. 5. Transformer: Provide if required. 6. Power Requirement: 120 V ac. 7. Settings: Start pump at 115 deg F and stop pump at 120 deg F . 8. C. Timers: Electric, for control of hot-water circulation pump. 1. Type: Programmable, seven-day clock with manual override on -off switch. 2. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 1, suitable for wall mounting. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 4 of 6 3. Operation of Pump: On or off. 4. Transformer: Provide if required. 5. Power Requirement: 120 V ac. 6. Programmable Sequence of Operation: Up to two on -off cycles each day for seven days. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for domestic -water -piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before pump installation. 3.2 PUMP INSTALLATION A. Comply with HI 1.4. B. Mount pumps in orientation complying with manufacturer's written instructions. C. Install continuous -thread hanger rods and vibration isolation of size required to support pump weight. 1. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 220548.13 "Vibration Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Fabricate brackets or supports as required. 2. Comply with requirements for hangers and supports specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." D. Install thermostats in hot-water return piping. 3.3 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to inline, domestic -water pumps, allow space for service and maintenance. C. Connect domestic -water piping to pumps. Install suction and discharge piping equal to or greater than size of pump nozzles. D. Install shutoff valve on suction side of each pump, and check, shutoff, and throttling valves on discharge side of each pump. Install valves same size as connected piping. Comply with requirements specified in Section 22 11 19 "Domestic Water Piping Specialties." Comply with requirements for valves specified in the following: 1. Section 22 05 23 "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 5 of 6 2. Install pressure gauge at suction of each pump and pressure gauge at discharge of each pump. Install at integral pressure -gauge tappings where provided or install pressure - gauge connectors in suction and discharge piping around pumps. Comply with requirements for pressure gauges specified in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." 3.4 CONTROL CONNECTIONS A. Install control and electrical power wiring to field -mounted control devices. B. Connect control wiring between temperature controllers and devices. 3.5 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for identification of pumps. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory -authorized service representative. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Inline, domestic -water pump will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.7 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 2. Check piping connections for tightness. 3. Clean strainers on suction piping. 4. Set thermostats, and timers, for automatic starting and stopping operation of pumps. 5. Perform the following startup checks for each pump before starting: a. Verify bearing lubrication. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 11 23.21 INLINE, DOMESTIC -WATER PUMPS Page 6 of 6 b. Verify that pump is free to rotate by hand and that pump for handling hot liquid is free to rotate with pump hot and cold. If pump is bound or drags, do not operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected. C. Verify that pump is rotating in the correct direction. 6. Prime pump by opening suction valves and closing drains and prepare pump for operation. 7. Start motor. 8. Open discharge valve slowly. 9. Adjust temperature settings on thermostats. 10. Adjust timer settings. 3.8 ADJUSTING A. Adjust inline, domestic -water pumps to function smoothly, and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust initial temperature set points. C. Set field -adjustable switches and circuit -breaker trip ranges as indicated. END OF SECTION 22 1123.21 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 1 of 12 SECTION 22 13 16 - SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 2. Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe and fittings. 3. Copper tube and fittings. 4. PVC pipe and fittings. 5. PE pipe and fittings. 6. Specialty pipe fittings. 7. Encasement for underground metal piping. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 66 00 "Chemical -Waste Systems for Laboratory and Healthcare Facilities" for chemical -waste and vent piping systems. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For hubless, single -stack drainage system. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 2 of 12 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. Piping materials bear labels, stamps, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes. 2.2 HUB -AND -SPIGOT, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Conine Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. SE Sovent. 3. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 4. Josam Company. 5. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc. 6. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A74, Service class(es). C. Gaskets: ASTM C564, rubber. 2.3 HUBLESS, CAST-IRON SOIL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Conine Manufacturing Co., Inc. 2. SE Sovent. 3. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. 4. Josam Company. 5. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc. 6. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Pipe and Fittings: ASTM A888 or CISPI 301. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 3 of 12 C. CISPI, Hubless-Piping Couplings: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ANACO-Husky; a part of the McWane family of companies. b. Charlotte Pipe and Foundry Company. C. Fernco Inc. d. MIFAB, Inc. e. Tyler Pipe; a subsidiary of McWane Inc. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standards: ASTM C1277 and CISPI 310. 3. Description: Stainless steel corrugated shield with stainless steel bands and tightening devices; and ASTM C564, rubber sleeve with integral, center pipe stop. 2.4 COPPER TUBE AND FITTINGS A. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B88, Type L, water tube, drawn temper. B. Copper Pressure Fittings: 1. Copper Fittings: ASME B 16.18, cast -copper -alloy or ASME B 16.22, wrought -copper, solder joint fittings. Furnish wrought -copper fittings if indicated. C. Copper Unions: MSS SP-123, copper -alloy, hexagonal -stock body with ball-and-socket, metal - to -metal seating surfaces, and solder joint or threaded eSolder: ASTM B32, lead free with ASTM B 813, water-flushable flux. 2.5 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Comply with NSF 14, 'Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. B. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665, drain, waste, and vent. C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. D. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F656. E. Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564. 2.6 PE PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PE Pipe: ASTM D2239, ASTM D3035, AWWA C901, SDR 11. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 4 of 12 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D3261, butt -fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. 2. PE Transition Fittings: a. Factory -fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, ASTM D3261, SDR 11 to schedule 80 PVC pipe with type 316 stainless steel compression ring. b. Factory -fabricated tee with PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, NSF 61, SDR 11. 1) AWWA C207, Type 316 stainless steel ASME B16.5 backing ring. 2.7 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting. 2. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Dallas Specialty & Mfg. Co. 2) Femco Inc. 3) Mission Rubber Company, LLC. 4) Plastic Oddities. 5) Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). b. Standard: ASTM C1173. C. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve -type, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. e. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Dielectric Unions: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 degrees F. 3) End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 5 of 12 2. Dielectric Flanges: a. Description: 1) Standard: ASSE 1079. 2) Factory -fabricated, bolted, companion -flange assembly. 3) Pressure Rating: 125 psig minimum at 180 degrees F. 4) End Connections: Solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous; threaded solder joint copper alloy and threaded ferrous. 3. Dielectric Nipples: a. Description: 1) Standard: IAPMO PS 66. 2) Electroplated steel nipple. 3) Pressure Rating: 300 psig at 225 degrees F. 4) End Connections: Male threaded or grooved. 5) Lining: Inert and noncorrosive, propylene. f►901W."MQUIglob 8116]Z810Q21Zel0010►17u121FE ' ' 1► el A. Standard: ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. B. Material: Linear low -density polyethylene film of 0.008-inch or high -density, cross -laminated polyethylene film of 0.004-inch minimum thickness. C. Form: Tube. D. Color: Black. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 3120 00 'Earthwork." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 6 of 12 B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. 1. Sanitary tees and short -sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. 2. Use long -turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back-to- back or side by side with common drain pipe. a. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. 3. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 4. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. a. Reducing size of waste piping in direction of flow is prohibited. K. Lay buried building waste piping beginning at low point of each system. 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. L. Install soil and waste and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Sanitary Waste: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Sanitary Waste Piping: 1 percent downward in direction of flow. 3. Vent Piping: 1 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 7 of 12 M. Install cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook," Chapter IV, "Installation of Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings." 1. Install encasement on underground piping according to ASTM A674 or AWWA C105/A 21.5. N. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D2665. O. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D2321. P. Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D2774. Q. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. a. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in sanitary drainage force -main piping. b. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 2. Install drains in sanitary waste gravity -flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." R. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. S. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." T. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Join hub -and -spigot, cast-iron soil piping with gasket joints according to CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for compression joints. B. Join hubless, cast-iron soil piping according to CISPI 310 and CISPI's "Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings Handbook" for hubless-piping coupling joints. C. Join copper tube and fittings with soldered joints according to ASTM B828. Use ASTM B813, water-flushable, lead-free flux and ASTM B32, lead -free -alloy solder. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 K E Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent -Cement Joints and fittings according to the following: 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 8 of 12 Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe 1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2855 and ASTM D 2665 appendixes. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. 3.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs. 2. In Waste Drainage Piping: Unshielded, nonpressure transition couplings. B. Dielectric Fittings: 1. Install dielectric fittings in piping at connections of dissimilar metal piping and tubing. 2. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2 and Smaller: Use dielectric nipples or unions. 3. Dielectric Fittings for NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4: Use dielectric flanges. 3.5 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 2. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install hangers for cast-iron soil piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. C. Install hangers for PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. D. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting, valve, and coupling. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 9 of 12 E. Support vertical runs of cast iron soil piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. F. Support vertical runs for PVC piping to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.6 CONNECTIONS A. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. B. Connect waste and vent piping to the following: 1. Plumbing Fixtures: Connect waste piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 2. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Plumbing Specialties: Connect waste and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code. 4. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 5. Comply with requirements for cleanouts and drains specified in Section 22 13 19 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties." 6. Equipment: Connect waste piping as indicated. a. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. b. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 and larger. C. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment. 3.7 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Roughing -in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing -in after roughing -in and before setting fixtures. 2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 10 of 12 B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection. C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Test sanitary waste and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. a. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested. 2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced waste and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. Roughing -in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test waste and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing -in. a. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. b. From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. C. Inspect joints for leaks. 4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. a. Plug vent -stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg. b. Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. C. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. d. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks. 5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. E. Test force -main piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced force -main piping until it has been tested and approved. a. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 11 of 12 2. Cap and subject piping to static -water pressure of 50 psigabove operating pressure, without exceeding pressure rating of piping system materials. a. Isolate test source and allow to stand for four hours. b. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 3. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 4. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. 3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect sanitary waste and vent piping during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water -based latex paint. E. Repair damage to adjacent materials caused by waste and vent piping installation. 3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Refer to the Drawings. 1XM0X4=fftK6ri#Af9JB1r51 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 16 SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING Page 12 of 12 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 13 19 - SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Cleanouts. 2. Roof flashing assemblies. 3. Miscellaneous sanitary drainage piping specialties. 4. Trap seal protection device. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene. B. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sanitary waste piping specialties to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 2 of 6 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 ASSEMBLY DESCRIPTIONS A. Ensure sanitary waste piping specialties bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary waste piping specialty components. 2.2 CLEANOUTS A. Cast -Iron Exposed Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jav R. Smith Mfg Co, a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Comnanv. . C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Tvler Pine, a subsidiary of McWane Inc. e. WATTS, A Watts Water Technologies Comnanv. f. Zurn Industries, LLC. g. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME Al 12.36.2M. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping 4. Body Material: Hubless, cast-iron soil pipe test tee as required to match connected piping. 5. Closure: Countersunk or raised -head, brass plug. 6. Closure Plug Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. B. Cast -Iron Exposed Floor Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jav R. Smith Mfa Co. a division of Morris GrouD International. b. Josam ComDanv. C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Sioux Chief Manufacturing ComDanv. Inc. e. WATTS: A Watts Water Technologies ComDanv. £ Zurn Industries, LLC. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 3 of 6 g. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME At 12.36.. 3. Size: Same as connected branch. 4. Body or Ferrule: Cast iron. 5. Closure: Brass plug with straight threads and gasket. 6. Adjustable Housing Material: Cast iron with threads. 7. Frame and Cover Material and Finish: Rough bronze. 8. Frame and Cover Shape: Round. 9. Riser: ASTM A74, Service class, cast-iron drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout. C. Cast -Iron Wall Cleanouts: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jav R. Smith Mfg Co: a division of Morris Grou_D International. b. Josam Company_ . C. MIFAB, Inc. d. WATTS: A Watts Water Technologies Com_Danv_ . e. Zurn Industries, LLC. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME At 12.36.2M. Include wall access. 3. Size: Same as connected drainage piping. 4. Closure Plug: a. Brass. b. Countersunk or raised head. C. Drilled and threaded for cover attachment screw. d. Size: Same as or not more than one size smaller than cleanout size. 5. Wall Access: Round, flat, chrome -plated brass or stainless steel cover plate with screw. 2.3 ROOF FLASHING ASSEMBLIES A. Roof Flashing Assemblies: 1. Description: Manufactured assembly made of thick, lead flashing collar and skirt extending at least 6 inches from pipe, with galvanized -steel boot reinforcement and counterflashing fitting. a. Open -Top Vent Cap: Without cap. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 4 of 6 2.4 MISCELLANEOUS SANITARY DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Open Drains: 1. Description: Shop or field fabricate from ASTM A74, Service class, hub -and -spigot, cast- iron soil -pipe fittings. Include P-trap, hub -and -spigot riser section; and where required, increaser fitting joined with ASTM C564 rubber gaskets. 2. Size: Same as connected waste piping with increaser fitting of size indicated. B. Air -Gap Fittings: 1. Standard: ASME Al 12.1.2, for fitting designed to ensure fixed, positive air gap between installed inlet and outlet piping. 2. Body: Bronze or cast iron. 3. Inlet: Opening in top of body. 4. Outlet: Larger than inlet. 5. Size: Same as connected waste piping and with inlet large enough for associated indirect waste piping. 2.5 TRAP SEAL PROTECTION DEVICE A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Green Drain. 2. Josam Comi)anv. 3. Pro Vent. 4. Rectorseal. 5. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). B. Standard: ASSE 1072. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Size same as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate at base of each vertical soil and waste stack. B. For floor cleanouts for piping below floors, install cleanout deck plates with top flush with finished floor. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 5 of 6 C. For cleanouts located in concealed piping, install cleanout wall access covers, of types indicated, with frame and cover flush with finished wall. D. Install roof flashing assemblies on sanitary stack vents and vent stacks that extend through roof. Comply with requirements in Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." E. Assemble open drain fittings and install with top of hub above floor as shown in plumbing details. F. Install air -gap fittings on draining -type backflow preventers and on indirect -waste piping discharge into sanitary drainage system. G. Install sleeve with each riser and stack passing through floors with waterproof membrane. H. Install wood -blocking reinforcement for wall -mounting -type specialties. I. Install traps on plumbing specialty drain outlets. Omit traps on indirect wastes unless trap is indicated. J. Install trap seal protection devices where indicated on the Drawings. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." B. Fabricate flashing from single piece unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. C. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. 1. Pipe Flashing: Sleeve type, matching pipe size, with minimum length of 10 inches, and skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around pipe. 2. Sleeve Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around sleeve. 3. Embedded Specialty Flashing: Flat sheet, with skirt or flange extending at least 8 inches around specialty. D. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. E. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19 SANITARY WASTE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 6 of 6 F. Install flashing for piping passing through roofs with counterflashing or commercially made flashing fittings, according to Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim." G. Extend flashing up vent pipe passing through roofs and turn down into pipe, or secure flashing into cast-iron sleeve having calking recess. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 22 13 19 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 13 19.13 - SANITARY DRAINS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Floor drains. 2. Channel drainage systems. 3. Floor sinks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene styrene. B. FRP: Fiberglass -reinforced plastic. C. HDPE: High -density polyethylene. D. PE: Polyethylene. E. PP: Polypropylene. F. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 2 of 8 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS PA.1 D]I►P.A.Y.I11u1:3ahfy A. Ensure provided sanitary drains bear the label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic sanitary piping specialty components. 2.2 FLOOR DRAINS A. Cast -Iron Floor Drains FD-1: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.3. 3. Body Material: Gray iron. 4. Seepage Flange: Required. 5. Anchor Flange: Required. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Backwater Valve: Not required. 9. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer standard. 10. Sediment Bucket: Slotted grate. 11. Top or Strainer Material: Gray iron. 12. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Manufacturer standard. 13. Top Shape: Round. 14. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 6-inch diameter. 15. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. 16. Funnel: Not required. 17. Inlet Fitting: Not required. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 3 of 8 18. Basis of Design: Zurn Z415B. B. Cast -Iron Floor Drains FD-2: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME 112.6.3. 3. Body Material: Cast Iron. 4. Seepage Flange: Required. 5. Anchor Flange: Required. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Backwater Valve: Not required. 9. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer standard. 10. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 11. Top or Strainer Material: Cast Iron. 12. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Manufacturer standard. 13. Top Shape: Round. 14. Dimensions of Top of Strainer: 9-inch diameter. 15. Top Loading Classification: Heavy Duty. 16. Funnel: Not required. 17. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 18. Basis of Design: Zum 520. C. Cast -Iron Floor Drains FD-3: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.3. 3. Body Material: Gray iron. 4. Seepage Flange: Required. 5. Anchor Flange: Required. 6. Clamping Device: Required. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 4 of 8 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Backwater Valve: Not required. 9. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer standard. 10. Sediment Bucket: Slotted grate. 11. Top or Strainer Material: Gray iron. 12. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Manufacturer standard. 13. Top Shape: Round. 14. Dimensions of Top or Strainer: 12-inch diameter. 15. Top Loading Classification: Heavy Duty. 16. Funnel: Not required. 17. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 18. Basis of Design: Zurn Z541. D. Cast -Iron Floor Drains FD-4: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME 112.6.3. 3. Body Material: Cast Iron. 4. Seepage Flange: Required. 5. Anchor Flange: Required. 6. Clamping Device: Required. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Backwater Valve: Not required. 9. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Manufacturer standard. 10. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 11. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 12. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Polished bronze. 13. Top Shape: Rectangular. 14. Dimensions of Top of Strainer: 5"x9". 15. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. 16. Funnel: Not required. 17. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 18. Basis of Design: Zurn 415J. E. Cast -Iron Scupper Style Floor Drains FD-5: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg. Co., a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 5 of 8 C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Body Material: Cast Iron. 3. Seepage Flange: Not Required. 4. Anchor Flange: Not Required. 5. Clamping Device: Not Required. 6. Outlet: Side. 7. Backwater Valve: Not required. 8. Coating on Interior and Exposed Exterior Surfaces: Epoxy coated. 9. Sediment Bucket: Not required. 10. Top or Strainer Material: Nickel bronze. 11. Top of Body and Strainer Finish: Match drain body. 12. Top Shape: Rectangular. 13. Dimensions of Top of Strainer: 6" x 4". 14. Top Loading Classification: Light Duty. 15. Funnel: Not required. 16. Inlet Fitting: Not required. 17. Water Stop: Required 18. Basis of Design: Watts RD-290. f►�c�i1:k�►1►l�lrl7:7_�1►/�«`f�Lyf.9lY�lui.� A. Narrow, Sloped -Invert, Polymer -Concrete Channel Drainage Systems: Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. ABT, Inc. b. ACO, Inc. C. Hubbell Utilitv Solutions, Hubbell Incorporated. d. Jay R. Smith Mfa Co, a division of Morris Group International. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: Modular system of channel sections, grates, and appurtenances; designed so grates fit into channel recesses without rocking or rattling. 3. Channel Sections: Narrow, interlocking joint, sloped -invert, polymer -concrete modular units with end caps. a. Include rounded bottom, with built-in invert slope of 0.5 percent minimum and with outlets in number, sizes, and locations indicated. b. Include extension sections necessary for required depth. C. Dimensions: 4-inch inside width. Include number of units required to form total lengths indicated. d. Frame: Galvanized steel for grates. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 6 of 8 4. Grates: Manufacturer's designation "heavy duty," with slots or perforations, and of width and thickness that fit recesses in channel sections. a. Material: Galvanized steel. 1) Locking Mechanism: Manufacturer's standard device for securing grates to channel sections. 5. Supports, Anchors, and Setting Devices: Manufacturer's standard, unless otherwise indicated. 6. Channel -Section Joining and Fastening Materials: As recommended by system manufacturer. 2.4 FLOOR SINKS A. Floor Sinks FS-1: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. WATTS. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Body Material: Cast iron. 3. Top Grate Shape: Square. 4. Top Grate Dimensions: 12" x 12" outside flange, 9" x 9" grate 5. Top Grate Pattern: 1/2 Grate. 6. Strainer: Plastic dome. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Coating on Interior Surfaces: Porcelain enamel. 9. Basis of Design: Zurn FD2375. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set grates of drains flush with finished floor, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Install floor -drain flashing collar or flange, so no leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. a. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 7 of 8 2. Install individual traps for floor drains connected to sanitary building drain, unless otherwise indicated. B. Install open drain fittings with top of hub above floor. UPS NIGHNIIN 0161►fy A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping" for piping installation requirements. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 22 13 19.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 13 19.13 SANITARY DRAINS Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 14 13 - FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. PVC pipe and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe and fittings. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 22 14 29 "Sump Pumps" for storm drainage pumps. 2. Section 33 44 00 "Stormwater Utility Equipment" for storm drainage piping outside the building. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Detail storm drainage piping. Show support locations, type of support, weight on each support, required clearances, and other details, drawn to scale, on which the following items are shown and coordinated with each other, using input from installers of the items involved: 1. Structural members to which drainage piping will be attached or suspended from. B. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 2 of 8 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure piping materials bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS A. Interruption of Existing Storm Drainage Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary service according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager and Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of storm drainage service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of storm drainage service without Construction Manager's or Owner's written permission. 17_ to WAS9 Z6]18141161 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Components and installation apable of withstanding the following minimum working pressure unless otherwise indicated: 1. Storm Drainage Piping: 10-foot head of water. 2.2 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Apollo Valves; a part of Aalberts Integrated Piping Systems. 2. Charlotte Pine and Foundry Comnanv. 3. GF Pining Svstems. 4. JM Eagle. 5. National Pine and Plastic, Inc. (Oldcastle). 6. North America Pine Comoration. 7. Rockv Mountain Colbv Pine Com_nanv_ . 8. Silver -line Plastics. 9. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 0125 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 3 of 8 B. NSF Marking: Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF -drain" for plastic storm drain and "NSF -sewer" for plastic storm sewer piping. C. Solid -Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D2665; drain, waste, and vent. D. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D2665, made to ASTM D3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe. E. Adhesive Primer: ASTM F656. F. Solvent Cement: ASTM D2564. 2.3 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS A. Transition Couplings: 1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in ODs or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. 2. Fitting -Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified -piping - system fitting. 3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1) Dallas Snecialtv & Mfa. Co. 2) Fernco Inc. 3) Mission Rubber Comnany, LLC. 4) Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). b. Standard: ASTM C1173. C. Description: Elastomeric sleeve, reducing or transition pattern. Include shear ring and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. d. Sleeve Materials: 1) For Cast -Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F477, elastomeric seal or ASTM D5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D5926, PVC or other material compatible with pipe materials being joined. 4. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings: a. Standard: ASTM C1460. b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion -resistant outer shield and corrosion -resistant -metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 4 of 8 C. End Connections: Same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 3120 00 "Earthwork." 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. 1. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. 2. Install piping as indicated unless deviations from layout are approved on coordination drawings. B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. D. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. E. Install piping to permit valve servicing. F. Install piping at indicated slopes. G. Install piping free of sags and bends. H. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. I. Install piping to allow application of insulation. J. Make changes in direction for piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long -sweep bends. 1. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. 2. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. a. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited. K. Lay buried building piping beginning at low point of each system. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 5 of 8 1. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. 2. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other installation requirements. 3. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed. L. Install piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated: 1. Building Storm Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 and larger. 2. Horizontal Storm Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow. M. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D2665. N. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D2321. O. Plumbing Specialties: 1. Install backwater valves in storm drainage gravity -flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for backwater valves specified in Section 22 14 23 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties." 2. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building storm drains connect to building storm sewers in storm drainage gravity -flow piping. a. Install cleanout fitting with closure plug inside the building in storm drainage force -main piping. b. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 22 14 23 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties." 3. Install drains in storm drainage gravity -flow piping. a. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 22 14 23 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties." P. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction. Q. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." R. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. 1. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 22 05 17 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping." S. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 6 of 8 Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent -Cemented Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following: 1. Comply with ASTM F402 for safe -handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements. 2. ABS Piping: Join according to ASTM D2235 and ASTM D2661 appendices. 3. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D2855 and ASTM D2665 appendices. 3.4 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION A. Transition Couplings: 1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in ODs. 2. In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings. 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION 3.6 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Comply with requirements for hangers, supports, and anchor devices specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 2. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze. 4. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers. B. Install hangers for PVC piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. D. Support vertical PVC piping with manufacturer's written instructions, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 7 of 8 A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Connect interior storm drainage piping to exterior storm drainage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials. C. Connect storm drainage piping to roof drains and storm drainage specialties. 1. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor, and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor. 2. Install horizontal backwater valves in pit with pit cover flush with floor. 3. Comply with requirements for backwater valves, cleanouts and drains specified in Section 22 14 23 "Storm Drainage Piping Specialties." D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment. 3.8 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify exposed storm drainage piping. B. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Test storm drainage piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows: 1. Test Procedure: a. Test storm drainage piping on completion of roughing -in. b. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water. From 15 minutes before inspection starts until completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks. 2. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained. 3. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action. B. Piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. C. Prepare test and inspection reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1413 FACILITY STORM DRAINAGE PIPING Page 8 of 8 3.10 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses. B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Refer to Plumbing Schedules. END OF SECTION 22 14 13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 1 of 4 SECTION 22 14 23 - STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal roof drains. 2. Miscellaneous storm drainage piping specialties. 3. Cleanouts. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07 62 00 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for penetrations of roofs. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Ensure drainage piping specialties bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 2 of 4 PART2-PRODUCTS 2.1 METAL ROOF DRAINS A. Cast -Iron, Medium -Sump, General -Purpose Roof Drains: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Jav R. Smith Mfg Co, a division of Morris Grou_b International. b. MIFAB.Inc. C. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Com_Danv_ . Inc. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Josam Company. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.4. 3. Body Material: Cast iron. 4. Dimension of Body: 10- to 12-inch diameter. 5. Combination Flashing Ring and Gravel Stop: Required. 6. Flow -Control Weirs: Not required. 7. Outlet: Bottom. 8. Outlet Type: No hub. 9. Extension Collars: Not required. 10. Underdeck Clamp: Not required. 11. Expansion Joint: Not required. 12. Sump Receiver Plate: Required. 13. Dome Material: Cast iron. 14. Wire Mesh: Not required. 15. Perforated Gravel Guard: Not required. 16. Vandal -Proof Dome: Not required. 17. Water Dam: 2 inches high. 2.2 MISCELLANEOUS STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Conductor Nozzles: 1. Description: Bronze body with threaded inlet and bronze wall flange with mounting holes. 2. Size: Same as connected conductor. 3. Basic of Design: Zurn ZAB-199. 2.3 CLEANOUTS A. Plastic Cleanouts: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 3 of 4 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Canplas Industries Ltd. b. IPS Comoration. C. Plastic Oddities. d. Sioux Chief Manufacturing Company, Inc. e. Zurri Industries, LLC. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Size: Same as connected branch. 3. Body Material: PVC. 4. Closure Plug: Countersunk or raised -head PVC. 5. Riser: Drainage pipe fitting and riser to cleanout of same material as drainage piping. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install roof drains at low points of roof areas according to roof membrane manufacturer's written installation instructions. 1. Install flashing collar or flange of roof drain to prevent leakage between drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes where penetrated. 2. Position roof drains for easy access and maintenance. B. Install conductor nozzles at exposed bottom of conductors where they spill onto grade. C. Install cleanouts in aboveground piping and building drain piping according to the following instructions unless otherwise indicated: 1. Use cleanouts the same size as drainage piping up to NPS 4. Use NPS 4 for larger drainage piping unless larger cleanout is indicated. 2. Locate cleanouts at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees. 3. Locate cleanouts at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping NPS 4 and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping. 4. Locate cleanouts at base of each vertical storm piping conductor. D. Install wall cleanouts in vertical conductors. 3.2 CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 22 14 13 "Facility Storm Drainage Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 1423 STORM DRAINAGE PIPING SPECIALTIES Page 4 of 4 3.3 FLASHING INSTALLATION A. Fabricate flashing from single piece of metal unless large pans, sumps, or other drainage shapes are required. B. Install sheet flashing on pipes, sleeves, and specialties passing through or embedded in floors and roofs with waterproof membrane. C. Set flashing on floors and roofs in solid coating of bituminous cement. D. Secure flashing into sleeve and specialty clamping ring or device. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt or debris and to prevent damage from traffic or construction work. B. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of each day or when work stops. END OF SECTION 22 14 23 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 14 29 - SUMP PUMPS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Submersible sump pumps. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. AIS: Submit certification indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products where required in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. E. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pumps and controls, to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 2 of 6 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage. B. Protect bearings and couplings against damage. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of Sump Pumps that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Warranty Period: Manufacturer's standard, but not less than two years from date of Substantial Completion. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor -operated water pumps. 2.2 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS A. Submersible, Fixed -Position, Single -Seal Sump Pumps: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Weil Pumps. b. BJM Pumps, LLC. C. Flygt; a brand of Xylem Inc. d. PACO Pumps; Grundfos Pumps Corporation, USA. e. Hydromatic, Pentair PLC. £ Liberty Pumps. g. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 3 of 6 2. Description: Factory -assembled and -tested sump -pump unit. 3. Pump Type: Submersible, end -suction, single -stage, close -coupled, overhung -impeller, centrifugal sump pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3. 4. Pump Casing: Cast iron, with strainer inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge for piping connection. 5. Impeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A cast iron, design for clear wastewater handling, and keyed and secured to shaft. 6. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory -sealed, grease -lubricated ball bearings. 7. Seal: Mechanical. 8. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor -start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting eye or lug; and three -conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and cable -sealing assembly for connection at pump. a. Motor Housing Fluid: Air. 9. Controls: a. Enclosure: NEMA 250, Type 4X; pedestal or wall mounted. b. Switch Type: Mechanical -float type, in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures with mounting rod and electric cables. C. Automatic Alternator: Start pumps on successive cycles and start multiple pumps if one cannot handle load. d. High -Water Alarm: Rod -mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with mechanical - float, mercury -float, or pressure switch matching control and electric bell; 120 V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell. 10. Control -Interface Features: a. Remote Alarm Contacts: For remote alarm interface. b. Building Automation System Interface: Auxiliary contacts in pump controls for interface to building automation system and capable of providing the following: 1) On -off status of pump. 2) Alarm status. 2.3 SUMP -PUMP CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS A. Refer to Plumbing Schedules. B. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure type, and efficiency requirements for motors specified in Section 22 05 13 "Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment." Motor Sizes: Minimum size as indicated. If not indicated, large enough so driven load will not require motor to operate in service factor range above 1.0. C. Provide hermetically sealed motors for submersible pumps. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for plumbing piping to verify actual locations of storm drainage piping connections before sump pump installation. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Pump Installation Standards: Comply with HI 1.4 for installation of sump pumps. 419N[632121C140 00W1 A. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory -authorized service representative to test, inspect, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including connections. B. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper motor rotation and unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Pumps and controls will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 STARTUP SERVICE A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust pumps to function smoothly and lubricate as recommended by manufacturer. B. Adjust control set points. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 5 of 6 3.7 DEMONSTRATION A. Engage a factory -authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain controls and pumps. END OF SECTION 22 14 29 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 14 29 SUMP PUMPS Page 6 of 6 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 1 of 14 SECTION 22 2123 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Piping and tubing joining materials. 4. Manual gas shutoff valves. 5. Pressure regulators. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations. B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms. C. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawlspaces, and tunnels. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of the following: 1. Piping. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical connection data of selected models. 4. Pressure regulators. Indicate pressure ratings and capacities. B. Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. Include plans, piping layout and elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 2 of 14 1. Shop Drawing Scale: 1/4 inch per foot. 2. Detail mounting, supports, and valve arrangements for pressure regulator assembly. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Coordination Drawings: Plans and details, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other installations, using input from installers of the items involved. B. Site Survey: Plans, drawn to scale, on which natural-gas piping is shown and coordinated with other services and utilities. C. Welding certificates. D. Field quality -control reports. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For pressure regulators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Steel Support Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Handling Flammable Liquids: Remove and dispose of liquids from existing natural-gas piping according to requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 3 of 14 B. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory -applied end caps. Maintain end caps through shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and to prevent entrance of dirt, debris, and moisture. C. Store and handle pipes and tubes having factory -applied protective coatings to avoid damaging coating and protect from direct sunlight. D. Protect stored PE pipes and valves from direct sunlight. A. Perform site survey, research public utility records, and verify existing utility locations. Contact utility -locating service for area where Project is located. B. Interruption of Existing Natural -Gas Service: Do not interrupt natural-gas service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide purging and startup of natural-gas supply according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Construction Manager no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of natural-gas service. 2. Do not proceed with interruption of natural-gas service without Construction Manager's written permission. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Minimum Operating -Pressure Ratings: 1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. 2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated. B. Natural -Gas System Pressure within Buildings: 0.5 psig or less. 2.2 PIPES, TUBES, AND FITTINGS A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53/A53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 1. Malleable -Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern. 2. Wrought -Steel Welding Fittings: ASTM A234/A234M for butt welding and socket welding. 3. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass -to -iron seat, ground joint, and threaded ends. 4. Forged -Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B 16.5, minimum Class 150, including bolts, nuts, and gaskets of the following material group, end connections, and facings: a. Material Group: 1.1. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 4 of 14 b. End Connections: Threaded or butt welding to match pipe. C. Lapped Face: Not permitted underground. d. Gasket Materials: ASME B 16.20, metallic, flat, asbestos free, aluminum o-rings, and spiral -wound metal gaskets. e. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, carbon steel aboveground and stainless steel underground. 5. Protective Coating for Underground Piping: Factory -applied, three -layer coating of epoxy, adhesive, and PE. a. Joint Cover Kits: Epoxy paint, adhesive, and heat -shrink PE sleeves. 6. Mechanical Couplings: a. Stainless steel flanges and tube. b. Buna-nitrile seals. C. Stainless steel bolts, washers, and nuts. d. Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. Provide steel body couplings installed underground on plastic pipe with a factory equipped anode. B. PE Pipe: ASTM D2513, SDR 11. 1. PE Fittings: ASTM D2683, socket -fusion type or ASTM D3261, butt -fusion type with dimensions matching PE pipe. 2. PE Transition Fittings: Factory -fabricated fittings with PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, SDR 11; and steel pipe complying with ASTM A53/A53M, black steel, Schedule 40, Type E or S, Grade B. 3. Anodeless Service -Line Risers: Factory fabricated and leak tested. a. Underground Portion: PE pipe complying with ASTM D2513, SDR 11 inlet. b. Casing: Steel pipe complying with ASTM A53/A53M, Schedule 40, black steel, Type E or S, Grade B, with corrosion -protective coating covering. C. Aboveground Portion: PE transition fitting. d. Outlet: Threaded or flanged or suitable for welded connection. e. Tracer wire connection. f. Ultraviolet shield. g. Stake supports with factory finish to match steel pipe casing or carrier pipe. 4. Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 1-1/2 and Smaller: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe. a. PE body with molded -in, stainless steel support ring. b. Buna-nitrile seals. C. Acetal collets. d. Electro-zinc-plated steel stiffener. 5. Plastic Mechanical Couplings, NPS 2 and Larger: Capable of joining PE pipe to PE pipe, steel pipe to PE pipe, or steel pipe to steel pipe. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 5 of 14 a. Fiber -reinforced plastic body. b. PE body tube. C. Buna-nitrile seals. d. Acetal collets. e. Stainless steel bolts, nuts, and washers. 2.3 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Appliance Flexible Connectors: 1. Indoor, Fixed -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.24. 2. Indoor, Movable -Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.69. 3. Outdoor, Appliance Flexible Connectors: Comply with ANSI Z21.75. 4. Corrugated stainless steel tubing with polymer coating. 5. Operating -Pressure Rating: 0.5 psig. 6. End Fittings: Zinc -coated steel. 7. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B 1.20.1. 8. Maximum Length: 72 inches B. Y-Pattern Strainers: 1. Body: ASTM A126, Class B, cast iron with bolted cover and bottom drain connection. 2. End Connections: Threaded ends for NPS 2 and smaller; flanged ends for NPS 2-1/2 and larger. 3. Strainer Screen: 40-mesh startup strainer and perforated stainless steel basket with 50 percent free area. 4. CWP Rating: 125 psig. C. Weatherproof Vent Cap: Cast- or malleable -iron increaser fitting with corrosion -resistant wire screen, with free area at least equal to cross -sectional area of connecting pipe and threaded -end connection. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas. B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12/D10.12M for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded. 2.5 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services. B. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply with ASME B16.33. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME B 1.20.1. 3. Dryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME B 1.20.3. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 6 of 14 4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for valves 1 inch and smaller. 6. Service Mark for Valves 1-1/4 inches to NPS 2: Initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. C. General Requirements for Metallic Valves, NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Comply with ASME B16.38. 1. CWP Rating: 125 psig. 2. Flanged Ends: Comply with ASME B 16.5 for steel flanges. 3. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Service Mark: Initials "WOG" permanently marked on valve body. D. Two -Piece, Full -Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110. 1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584. 2. Ball: Chrome -plated bronze. 3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof. 4. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof. 5. Packing: Threaded -body pack -nut design with adjustable -stem packing. 6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 7. CWP Rating: 600 psig. 8. Valves NPS 1 and Smaller: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. E. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B584. 2. Plug: Bronze. 3. Ends: Threaded, socket, or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. 4. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 5. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 6. Valves NPS 1 and Smaller: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 7. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. F. Cast -Iron, Nonlubricated Plug Valves: MSS SP-78. 1. Body: Cast iron, complying with ASTM A126, Class B. 2. Plug: Bronze or nickel -plated cast iron. 3. Seat: Coated with thermoplastic. 4. Stem Seal: Compatible with natural gas. 5. Ends: Threaded or flanged as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 7 of 14 6. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated. 7. Pressure Class: 125 psig. 8. Valves NPS 1 and Smaller: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body. G. PE Ball Valves: Comply with ASME B 16.40. 1. Body: PE. 2. Ball: PE. 3. Stem: Acetal. 4. Seats and Seals: Nitrile. 5. Ends: Plain or fusible to match piping. 6. CWP Rating: 80 psig. 7. Operating Temperature: Minus 20 to plus 140 degrees F. 8. Operator: Nut or flat head for key operation. 9. Include plastic valve extension. 10. Include tamperproof locking feature for valves where indicated on Drawings. H. Valve Boxes: 1. Cast-iron, two -section box. 2. Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering. 3. Bottom section with base to fit over valve and barrel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter. 4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury. 5. Include tee -handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head, and with stem of length required to operate valve. 2.6 PRESSURE REGULATORS A. General Requirements: 1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas. 2. Steel jacket and corrosion -resistant components. 3. Elevation compensator. 4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller; flanged for regulators NPS 2-1/2 and larger. B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.80. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fisher; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. b. Itron INC. C. Maxitrol Company. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 8 of 14 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the valve port. 6. Orifice: Aluminum; interchangeable. 7. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 8. Single -port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator. 9. Maintains discharge pressure setting downstream, and does not exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff. 10. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator. 11. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field -installed, stainless steel screen in opening if not connected to vent piping. 12. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig. C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI Z21.18. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Fisher; Emerson Electric Co., Automation Solutions. b. Itron INC. C. Maxitrol Company. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum. 3. Springs: Zinc -plated steel; interchangeable. 4. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc -plated steel. 5. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber. 6. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet -stabilized, mineral -filled nylon. 7. Factory -Applied Finish: Minimum three -layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish. 8. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 9. Maximum Inlet Pressure: 5 psig. 2.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Detectable Warning Tape: Acid- and alkali -resistant, PE film warning tape manufactured for marking and identifying underground utilities, a minimum of 6 inches wide and 4 mils thick, continuously inscribed with a description of utility, with metallic core encased in a protective jacket for corrosion protection, detectable by metal detector when tape is buried up to 30 inches deep; colored yellow. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 9 of 14 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for natural-gas piping system to verify actual locations of piping connections before equipment installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Close equipment shutoff valves before turning off natural gas to premises or piping section. B. Inspect natural-gas piping according to the International Fuel Gas Code to determine that natural-gas utilization devices are turned off in piping section affected. C. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code requirements for prevention of accidental ignition. 3.3 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Install underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below finished grade. Comply with requirements in Section 3120 00 "Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. 1. If natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in containment conduit. C. Install underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D2774. D. Steel Piping with Protective Coating: 1. Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints. 2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating manufacturer. 3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe. E. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 3.4 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION A. Comply with the International Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping. B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 10 of 14 C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations. D. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. E. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. G. Locate valves for easy access. H. Install piping free of sags and bends. I. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. J. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. K. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas -fired appliances and equipment for roughing -in requirements. L. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect, including service -meter outlets. Locate where accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install where condensate is subject to freezing. l . Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or capped. Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and same size as connected pipe. Install with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or cap. M. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap. N. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view. O. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level side down. P. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping. Q. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each piece of equipment. Unions are not required at flanged connections. R. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode. S. Install strainer on inlet of each line -pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated valve. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 11 of 14 T. Install pressure gage downstream from each line regulator. Pressure gages are specified in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." U. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of masonry walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220500 "Common Work Results for Plumbing." V. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220500 "Common Work Results for Plumbing." 3.5 VALVE INSTALLATION A. Install manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless steel tubing, aluminum, or copper connector. B. Install underground valves with valve boxes. C. Install regulators and overpressure protection devices with maintenance access space adequate for servicing and testing. D. Install anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping. 3.6 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly. C. Threaded Joints: 1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME B 1.20.1. 2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. 3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe. 4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal threading is specified. 5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds. D. Welded Joints: 1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12/D10.12M, using qualified processes and welding operators. 2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe. 3. Patch factory -applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds and where damage to coating occurs during construction. E. Flanged Joints: Install gasket material, size, type, and thickness appropriate for natural-gas service. Install gasket concentrically positioned. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 12 of 14 F. PE Piping Heat -Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels. Join according to ASTM D2657. 1. Plain -End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion. A. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." B. Install hangers for steel piping, with maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters, to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. C. Support horizontal piping within 12 inches of each fitting. D. Support vertical runs of steel piping to comply with MSS-58, locally enforced codes, and authorities having jurisdiction requirements, whichever are most stringent. 3.8 CONNECTIONS A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements. B. Install natural-gas piping electrically continuous and bonded to gas appliance equipment grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70. C. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances. D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. Install valve within 72 inches of each gas -fired appliance and equipment. Install union between valve and appliances or equipment. E. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical to inlet of each appliance. 3.9 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for piping and valve identification. B. Install detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade, except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs. 3.10 PAINTING A. Paint exposed, exterior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 13 of 14 1. Alkyd System: MPI EXT 5.1D. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior alkyd enamel matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Exterior alkyd enamel (flat). d. Color: Gray. B. Paint exposed, interior metal piping, valves, service regulators, service meters and meter bars, earthquake valves, and piping specialties, except components, with factory -applied paint or protective coating. 1. Latex Over Alkyd Primer System: MPI INT 5.1 Q. a. Prime Coat: Alkyd anticorrosive metal primer. b. Intermediate Coat: Interior latex matching topcoat. C. Topcoat: Interior latex (flat). C. Color: Gray. Damage and Touchup: Repair marred and damaged factory -applied finishes with materials and by procedures to match original factory finish. 3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according to the International Fuel Gas Code and authorities having jurisdiction. C. Natural-gas piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.12 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE 1. Refer to Plumbing Schedules. 3.13 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE 3.14 Refer to Plumbing Schedules. UNDERGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Connections to Existing Gas Piping: Use valve and fitting assemblies made for tapping utility's gas mains and listed by an NRTL. B. Underground: 1. PE valves. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 23 1123 FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING Page 14 of 14 3.15 ABOVEGROUND MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE A. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller - provide one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. B. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2-1/2 and larger - provide one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. 3. Cast-iron, nonlubricated plug valve. C. Valves in branch piping for single appliance - provide one of the following: 1. Two-piece, full -port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim. 2. Bronze plug valve. END OF SECTION 22 2123 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 33 00 - ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, electric, storage, domestic -water heaters. 2. Domestic -water heater accessories. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For electric, domestic -water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 2 of 6 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 WARRANTY A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of electric, domestic - water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Electric, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Three years. 2) Controls and Other Components: One years. b. Electric, Tankless, Domestic -Water Heaters: Five years. C. Expansion Tanks: Five years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and use. B. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 2.2 COMMERCIAL, ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Commercial, Electric, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A. O. Smith Corporation. b. American Water Heaters. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 3 of 6 C. Bradford White Corporation. d. Lochinvar, LLC. e. Rheem Manufacturing Comnanv. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic -water heaters from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Storage -Tank Construction: Non-ASME-code, steel vertical arrangement. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank and piping connections. Attach tappings to tank before testing. 1) NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. b. Pressure Rating: 150 psig. C. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable - water tank linings. 4. Factory -Installed, Storage -Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod. b. Drain Valve: Corrosion -resistant metal with hose -end connection. C. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. d. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish or high -impact composite material. e. Heating Elements: Electric, screw -in or bolt -on immersion type. f. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. g. Safety Controls: High -temperature -limit. h. Relief Valves: ASME rated and stamped for combination temperature -and - pressure relief valves. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working -pressure rating of domestic -water heater. 2.3 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic -Water Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bell and Gossett. b. AMTROL, Inc. C. TACO Comfort Solutions, Inc. d. WATTS. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 4 of 6 2. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic -water expansion tanks from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Description: Steel pressure -rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory - installed butyl -rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system -operating pressure at tank. 4. Construction: a. Tappings: Factory -fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B 1.20.1 pipe thread. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable - water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. C. Air -Charging Valve: Factory installed. 5. Capacity and Characteristics: a. Working -Pressure Rating: 150 psig. b. Acceptance Capacity: Refer to Plumbing Schedules.. C. Air Precharge Pressure: 60 psi. B. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 with ASME B 1.20.1 pipe threads. C. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement in accordance with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Electric, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial, electric, domestic -water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete bases specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast -in -Place Concrete." 1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 2. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. B. Install electric, domestic -water heaters level and plumb, in accordance with layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. 1. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Section 22 05 23 "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." C. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend domestic -water heater relief- CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 5 of 6 valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. D. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. E. Install thermometers on outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." F. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of electric, domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. G. Fill electric, domestic -water heaters with water. H. Charge domestic -water expansion tanks with air to required system pressure. I. Install dielectric fittings in all locations where piping of dissimilar metals is to be joined. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for piping specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Where installing piping adjacent to electric, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Electric, domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 33 00 ELECTRIC, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 6 of 6 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain, electric, domestic -water heaters. A minimum of one hour(s) training I; 1010XII yxaK613cic0111 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 34 00 - FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Commercial, power -vent, gas -fired, storage, domestic -water heaters. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type and size of product. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Product Certificates: For each type of commercial, gas -fired, domestic -water heater. B. Domestic -Water Heater Labeling: Certified and labeled by testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. C. Source quality -control reports. D. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 2 of 8 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.7 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of concrete bases with actual equipment provided. 1.8 WARRANTY A. Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Structural failures including storage tank and supports. b. Faulty operation of controls. C. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal use. 2. Warranty Periods: From date of Substantial Completion. a. Commercial, Gas -Fired, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1) Storage Tank: Three years. 2) Controls and Other Components: One year(s). b. Expansion Tanks: Five years. PART 2-PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by and NRTL, and marked for intended location and use. B. ASHRAEJES Compliance: Fabricate and label fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASHRAEAES 90.1. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 3 of 8 C. ASME Compliance: 1. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, domestic - water heater storage tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1. 2. Where ASME-code construction is indicated, fabricate and label commercial, finned - tube, domestic -water heaters to comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IV. D. NSF Compliance: Fabricate and label equipment components that will be in contact with potable water to comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. 2.2 COMMERCIAL, GAS -FIRED, STORAGE, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS A. Commercial, Power -Vent, Gas -Fired, Storage, Domestic -Water Heaters: 1. Basis of Design: A.O. Smith Conservationist BTF Series. 2. Non-ASME Code steel. 3. Lining: Glass. 4. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. A. O. Smith Comoration. b. American Water Heaters. C. Bradford White Corporation. d. Rheem Manufacturing Company. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 5. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic -water heaters from single source from single manufacturer. 6. Standard: ANSI Z21.10.3/CSA 4.3. 7. Storage -Tank Construction: Non-ASME-code steel with 150-psig working -pressure rating. a. Tappings: Factory fabricated of materials compatible with tank. Attach tappings to tank before testing. 1) NPS 2 and Smaller: Threaded ends in accordance with ASME B1.20.1. 2) NPS 2-1/2 and Larger: Flanged ends in accordance with ASME B16.5 for steel and stainless steel flanges and in accordance with ASME B 16.24 for copper and copper -alloy flanges. b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable - water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. C. Lining: Glass complying with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable - water tank linings, including extending lining into and through tank fittings and outlets. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 4 of 8 8. Factory -Installed Storage -Tank Appurtenances: a. Anode Rod. b. Dip Tube: Required unless cold -water inlet is near bottom of tank. C. Drain Valve: Corrosion -resistant metal with hose -end connection. d. Insulation: Comply with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. Surround entire storage tank except connections and controls. e. Jacket: Steel with enameled finish. f. Burner: For use with power -vent, gas -fired, domestic -water heaters and natural-gas fuel. g. Automatic Ignition: ANSI Z21.20/CSA C22.2 No. 60730-2-5, electric, automatic, gas -ignition system. h. Temperature Control: Adjustable thermostat. i. Safety Controls: Automatic, high -temperature -limit. 9. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. Include one or more relief valves with total relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working -pressure rating of domestic -water heater. 10. Power -Vent System: Exhaust fan, interlocked with burner. 11. Condensate neutralization kit. B. Capacity and Characteristics: 1. Refer to Plumbing Schedules. 2.3 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER ACCESSORIES A. Domestic -Water Expansion Tanks: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bell and Gossett. b. AMTROL, Inc. C. TACO Comfort Solutions, Inc. d. WATTS. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Source Limitations: Obtain domestic -water heaters from single source from single manufacturer. 3. Description: Steel, pressure -rated tank constructed with welded joints and factory - installed butyl -rubber diaphragm. Include air precharge to minimum system -operating pressure at tank. 4. Construction: a. Tappings: Factory -fabricated steel, welded to tank before testing and labeling. Include ASME B 1.20.1 pipe thread. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 5 of 8 b. Interior Finish: Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372 barrier materials for potable - water tank linings, including extending finish into and through tank fittings and outlets. C. Air -Charging Valve: Factory installed. 5. Capacity and Characteristics: a. Working -Pressure Rating: 100 psig. b. Capacity Acceptable: Refer to Plumbing Schedules. C. Air Precharge Pressure: 60 psi. B. Drain Pans: Corrosion -resistant metal with raised edge. Include dimensions not less than base of domestic -water heater, and include drain outlet not less than NPS 3/4 with ASME B 1.20.1 pipe threads. C. Piping -Type Heat Traps: Field -fabricated piping arrangement in accordance with ASHRAE/IES 90.1. D. Gas Shutoff Valves: ANSI Z21.15/CSA 9.1, manually operated. Furnish for installation in piping. E. Gas Pressure Regulators: ANSI Z21.18/CSA 6.3, appliance type. Include 1/2-psig pressure rating as required to match gas supply. F. Combination Temperature -and -Pressure Relief Valves: Include relieving capacity at least as great as heat input, and include pressure setting less than working -pressure rating of domestic - water heater. Select relief valves with sensing element that extends into storage tank. 1. Gas -Fired, Domestic -Water Heaters: ANSI Z21.22/CSA 4.4. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 DOMESTIC -WATER HEATER INSTALLATION A. Commercial, Domestic -Water Heater Mounting: Install commercial domestic -water heaters on concrete base. Comply with requirements for concrete base specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast - in -Place Concrete." 1. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. 2. Arrange units so controls and devices that require servicing are accessible. B. Install domestic -water heaters level and plumb, in accordance with layout drawings, original design, and referenced standards. Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances. Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible. 1. Install shutoff valves on domestic -water -supply piping to domestic -water heaters and on domestic -hot-water outlet piping. Comply with requirements for shutoff valves specified in Section 22 05 23 "General -Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping." C. Install gas -fired, domestic -water heaters in accordance with NFPA 54. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 6 of 8 1. Install gas shutoff valves on gas supply piping to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without shutoff valves. 2. Install gas pressure regulators on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters without gas pressure regulators if gas pressure regulators are required to reduce gas pressure at burner. 3. Install automatic gas valves on gas supplies to gas -fired, domestic -water heaters if required for operation of safety control. 4. Comply with requirements for gas shutoff valves, gas pressure regulators, and automatic gas valves specified in Section 231123 "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." D. Install combination temperature -and -pressure relief valves in top portion of storage tanks. Use relief valves with sensing elements that extend into tanks. Extend domestic -water -heater relief - valve outlet, with drain piping same as domestic -water piping in continuous downward pitch, and discharge by positive air gap onto closest floor drain. E. Install water -heater drain piping as indirect waste to spill by positive air gap into open drains or over floor drains. F. Install thermometer on outlet piping of domestic -water heaters. Comply with requirements for thermometers specified in Section 22 05 19 "Meters and Gages for Plumbing Piping." G. Install piping -type heat traps on inlet and outlet piping of domestic -water heater storage tanks without integral or fitting -type heat traps. H. Fill domestic -water heaters with water. I. Charge domestic -water expansion tanks with air to required system pressure. J. Install dielectric fittings in all locations where piping of dissimilar metals is to be joined. Ensure the wetted surface of the dielectric fitting contacted by potable water contains less than 0.25 percent of lead by weight. 3.2 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Comply with requirements for domestic -water piping specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Comply with requirements for gas piping specified in Section 231123 "Facility Natural -Gas Piping." C. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. D. Where installing piping adjacent to fuel -fired, domestic -water heaters, allow space for service and maintenance of water heaters. Arrange piping for easy removal of domestic -water heaters. 3.3 IDENTIFICATION A. Identify system components. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 7 of 8 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Perform tests and inspections. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper operation. 3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Domestic -water heaters will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.5 DEMONSTRATION A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain commercial, gas -fired, storage, domestic -water heaters. Provide a minimum of one hour(s) training. END OF SECTION 22 34 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 34 00 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS FUEL -FIRED, DOMESTIC -WATER HEATERS Page 8 of 8 Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 42 13.13 - COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Water closets. 2. Flushometer valves. 3. Toilet seats. 4. Supports. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Effective Flush Volume: Average of two reduced flushes and one full flush per fixture. B. Remote Water Closet: Located more than 30 feet from other drain line connections or fixture and where less than 1.5 drainage fixture units are upstream of the drain line connection. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for water closets. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For flushometer valves and electronic sensors to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 2 of 8 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Flushometer-Valve Repair Kits: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type installed, but no fewer than one of each type. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WALL -MOUNTED WATER CLOSETS A. Water Closets: Wall mounted, top spud, accessible. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Bri22s Comvanv (The). C. Ca izzi. d. Crane Plumbing, L.L.C. e. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. f. Kohler Co. g. Mansfield Plumbing Products, L.L.C. h. Peerless Pottery Sales, Inc. i. Sloan Valve Comnanv. j. TOTO USA, INC. k. Zurn Industries, LLC. 1. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Bowl: a. Standards: ASME Al 12.19.2/CSA B45.1 and ASME Al 12.19.5. b. Material: Vitreous china. C. Type: Siphon jet. d. Style: Flushometer valve. e. Height: Standard. f. Rim Contour: Elongated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 3 of 8 g. Water Consumption: 1.28 gal. per flush. h. Spud Size and Location: NPS 1-1/2; top. 3. Flushometer Valve . 4. Toilet Seat. 5. Support: Water closet carrier. 6. Water -Closet Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly according to ICC/ANSI A117.1. 2.2 FLUSHOMETER VALVES A. Solenoid -Actuator, Diaphragm Flushometer Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Delany Products. b. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures, L.L.C. C. Sloan Valve Companv. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASSE 1037. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. 5. Material: Brass body with corrosion -resistant components. 6. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel. 8. Style: Exposed. 9. Actuator: Solenoid complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 10. Trip Mechanism: Battery -powered electronic sensor complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 11. Consumption: 1.28 gal. per flush. 12. Minimum Inlet: NPS 1. 13. Minimum Outlet: NPS 1-1/4. B. Battery -Powered, Solenoid -Actuator, Piston Flushometer Valves: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Delany Products. C. Hvdrotek International, Inc. d. Kohler Co. e. Moen Incoraorated. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 4 of 8 f. Sloan Valve Company. g. Stern Engineering Ltd. It. TOTO USA, INC. i. Zurn Industries, LLC. j. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASSE 1037. 3. Minimum Pressure Rating: 125 psig. 4. Features: Include integral check stop and backflow-prevention device. 5. Material: Brass body with corrosion -resistant components. 6. Exposed Flushometer-Valve Finish: Chrome plated. 7. Panel Finish: Chrome plated or stainless steel. 8. Style: Exposed. 9. Actuator: Solenoid complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 10. Trip Mechanism: Battery -powered electronic sensor complying with UL 1951, and listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 11. Consumption: 1.28 gal. per flush. 12. Minimum Inlet: NPS 1. 13. Minimum Outlet: NPS 1-1/4. 2.3 TOILET SEATS A. Toilet Seats: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Bemis Manufacturing Company. C. Centoco Manufacturing Corporation. d. Church Seats: Bemis Manufacturing Comp_ anv. e. Jones Stephens Com. f. Kohler Co. g. Olsonite Seat Co. h. Sanderson Plumbing Products, Inc. i. Sperzel of Lexington. j. TOTO USA, INC. k. Zurn Industries, LLC. 1. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: IAPMO/ANSI Z124.5. 3. Material: Plastic. 4. Type: Commercial (Standard). CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 5 of 8 5. Shape: Elongated rim, open front. 6. Hinge: Self-sustaining, check. 7. Hinge Material: Noncorroding metal. 8. Seat Cover. 9. Color: White. 2.4 SUPPORTS A. Water Closet Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Zurn Industries, LLC. b. Josam Company. C. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. 3. Description: Waste -fitting assembly, as required to match drainage piping material and arrangement with faceplates, couplings gaskets, and feet; bolts and hardware matching fixture. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before water -closet installation. B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where water closets will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Water -Closet Installation: 1. Install level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. 2. Install floor -mounted water closets on bowl -to -drain connecting fitting attachments to piping or building substrate. 3. Install accessible, wall -mounted water closets at mounting height for handicapped/elderly, according to ICC ANSI A117.1. B. Support Installation: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 6 of 8 1. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for floor -mounted, back -outlet water closets. 2. Use carrier supports with waste -fitting assembly and seal. 3. Install floor -mounted, back -outlet water closets attached to building floor substrate, onto waste -fitting seals; and attach to support. 4. Install wall -mounted, back -outlet water -closet supports with waste -fitting assembly and waste -fitting seals; and affix to building substrate. C. Flushometer-Valve Installation: 1. Install flushometer-valve, water -supply fitting on each supply to each water closet. 2. Attach supply piping to supports or substrate within pipe spaces behind fixtures. 3. Install lever -handle flushometer valves for accessible water closets with handle mounted on open side of water closet. 4. Install actuators in locations that are easy for people with disabilities to reach. 5. Install fresh batteries in battery -powered, electronic -sensor mechanisms. D. Install toilet seats on water closets. E. Wall Flange and Escutcheon Installation: 1. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. 2. Install deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. 3. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." F. Joint Sealing: 1. Seal joints between water closets and walls and floors using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew -resistant silicone sealant. 2. Match sealant color to water -closet color. 3. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect water closets with water supplies and soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match water closets. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." D. Where installing piping adjacent to water closets, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust water closets and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning water closets, fittings, and controls. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 7 of 8 B. Adjust water pressure at flushometer valves to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery -powered, electronic -sensor mechanisms. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean water closets and fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. B. Install protective covering for installed water closets and fittings. C. Do not allow use of water closets for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 22 42 13.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 13.13 COMMERCIAL WATER CLOSETS Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 42 16.13 - COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Lavatories. 2. Faucets. 3. Supply fittings. 4. Waste fittings. 5. Supports. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for lavatories. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For lavatories and faucets to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1. In addition to items specified in Section Ol 78 23 "Operation and Maintenance Data," include the following: a. Servicing and adjustments of automatic faucets. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 2 of 6 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VITREOUS -CHINA, COUNTER -MOUNTED LAVATORIES A. Lavatory: Oval, self -rimming, vitreous china, counter mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. Bri22s Plumbing Products, Inc. C. Crane Plumbing, LLC; a division of American Standard. d. Elkay. e. FNW; Ferguson Enterprises, Inc. £ Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. g. Kohler Co. h. Mansfield Plumbine Products LLC. i. Peerless Pottery Sales, Inc. j. Sloan Valve Company. k. TOTO USA, INC. 1. Zurn Industries, LLC. in. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME A112.19.2/CSA B45.1. b. Type: Self -rimming for above -counter mounting. C. Nominal Size: Oval, 20 inches long by 17 inches wide. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 3 of 6 d. Faucet -Hole Punching: Three holes, 2-inch centers. e. Faucet -Hole Location: Top. f. Color: White. g. Overflow: Required. 3. Faucet: "Solid -Brass, Automatically Operated Lavatory Faucets" . 2.2 SOLID -BRASS, AUTOMATICALLY OPERATED LAVATORY FAUCETS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for faucet materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Lavatory Faucets: Automatic -type, battery -powered, electronic -sensor -operated, mixing, solid - brass valve. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. CHG; Component Hardware Group, Inc. C. Chicaeo Faucets: Geberit Grou_D. d. Delta Faucet Company. e. Elkay. f. GROHE America, Inc. g. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures LLC. h. Just Manufacturing. i. Kohler Co. j. Moen Incorporated. k. SDeakman ComDanv. 1. T&S Brass and Bronze Works. Inc. M. Zurn Industries. LLC. n. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standards: ASME At 12.18.1/CSA B125.1 and UL 1951. 3. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 4. General: Coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and fixture receptor. 5. Body Type: Centerset. 6. Body Material: Commercial, solid brass. 7. Finish: Polished chrome plate. 8. Maximum Flow Rate: 0.5 gpm. 9. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed. 10. Spout: Rigid type. 11. Spout Outlet: Aerator. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 4 of 6 2.3 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for supply -fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Supply Stops: Chrome -plated -brass, one -quarter -turn, ball -type valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. 1. Standard: ASME At 12.18.1/CSA B125.1. 2. Operation: Tee or lever handle. C. Risers: I. ASME A112.18.6, braided -stainless steel, flexible hose riser. 2.4 WASTE FITTINGS A. Standard: ASME A112.18.2/CSA B125.2. B. Drain: Grid type with NPS 1-1/4 offset tailpiece. C. Trap: 1. Size: NPS 1-1/4 inlet by NPS 1-1/24 outlet. 2. Material: Chrome -plated, two-piece, cast -brass trap and swivel elbow with tube to wall, clean -out plug, and wall flange. 2.5 SUPPORTS A. Type II Lavatory Carrier: 1. Standard: ASME At 12.6.1M. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before lavatory installation. B. Examine counters and walls for suitable conditions where lavatories will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install lavatories level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 5 of 6 B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -mounted lavatories. C. Install accessible wall -mounted lavatories at handicapped/elderly mounting height for people with disabilities or the elderly, according to ICC/ANSI Al 17.1. D. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each lavatory faucet. 1. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. E. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." F. Seal joints between lavatories, counters, and walls using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew - resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." G. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible lavatories. Comply with requirements in Section 22 07 19 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." f JEAE BJI&Y111►It A. Operate and adjust lavatories and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning lavatories, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. C. Install fresh batteries in battery -powered, electronic -sensor mechanisms. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of lavatories, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean lavatories, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed lavatories and fittings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.13 COMMERCIAL LAVATORIES Page 6 of 6 D. Do not allow use of lavatories for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 22 42 16.13 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 42 16.16 - COMMERCIAL SINKS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Service basins. 2. Service sinks. 3. Lab Sinks. 4. Supply fittings. 5. Waste fittings. 6. Grout. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles and finishes for sinks. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics and furnished specialties and accessories. B. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. C. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For sinks and faucets to include in operation and maintenance manuals. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 2 of 8 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Faucet Washers and O-Rings: Equal to 10 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 2. Faucet Cartridges and O-Rings: Equal to 5 percent of amount of each type and size installed. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SERVICE BASINS A. Service Basins "MS-1": Terrazzo, floor mounted. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Acorn Enaineerina Comnanv. a Division of Morris GrouD International. b. Fiat Products. C. Florestone Products Co., Inc. d. Stern -Williams Products, LLC. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Fixture: a. Shape: Square. b. Nominal Size: 24 inches by 24 inches. C. Overall Height: 10 inches. d. Rim Guard: On three top surfaces. e. Rim Guard Material: Aluminum or stainless steel. £ Color: Not applicable. g. Drain: Stainless steel strainer and cast brass body with NPS 3 outlet. 3. Mounting: On floor and flush to wall. 4. Faucet: SBF-1. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 3 of 8 2.2 SERVICE SINKS A. Service Sinks"SS-1": Stainless steel, freestanding. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkay. b. Just Manufacturing. C. Kohler Co. d. Zurn Industries, LLC. e. American Standard. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Fixture: a. Standard: ASME AI 12.19.3/CSA B45.4. b. Type: Service sink with backsplash. C. Faucet -Hole Punching: Two faucet holes, 8 inches on center. d. Overall Size: 62 inches long by 28 inches wide. e. Number of Compartments: 1. 1) Compartment Size: 36 inches long by 24 inches wide by 14 inch water depth. 2) Drain Size: Grid with 3.5-inch tailpiece and twist drain. f. Backsplash Height: 8 inches. g. Sink Material: 304 Stainless Steel. h. Sink Thickness: 14 gauge. i. Sink Finish: Buffed satin. j. Drainboard: Right Side. 1) Dimensions: 24" square. k. Supports: Adjustable length steel legs. 3. Faucet: N/A. 4. Basis of design: Elkay WNSF8136R2. 2.3 LAB SINKS A. Lab Sink "LS-1". 1. Lab sinks are provided as part of the casework. 2. Faucet: LSF-l. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 4 of 8 2.4 SINK FAUCETS: A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for faucet -spout materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Service Basin Faucet "SBF-1": Manual type, two lever handle. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. CHG; Component Hardware Group, Inc. C. Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. d. Delta Faucet Company. e. Elkay. f. Gerber Plumbing Fixtures, LLC. g. GROHE America, Inc. h. Just Manufacturing. i. Kohler Co. j. Moen Incorporated. k. Speakman Company. 1. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. in. Zurn Industries, LLC. n. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME At 12.18.1/CSA B125.1. 3. General: Include hot- and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with suppliers and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 4. Body Type: Widespread. 5. Finish: Chrome plated. 6. Handle: Lever. 7. Handle Turn: Quarter turn. 8. Mounting Type: Back/wall, exposed. 9. Spout Type: Rigid, solid brass with wall brace. 10. Vacuum Breaker: Required. 11. Spout Outlet: Hose thread according to ASME B 1.20.7. 12. Pail Hook: Required. C. Lab Sink Faucet "LSF-1": Manual type, two -knob handle. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. American Standard. b. CHG; Component Hardware Group, Inc. C. Chicago Faucets; Geberit Company. d. Delta Faucet Company. e. Elkay. £ Gerber Plumbing Fixtures, LLC. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 5 of 8 g. GROHE America, Inc. h. Just Manufacturing. i. Kohler Co. j. Moen Incorporated. k. Speakman Company. 1. T&S Brass and Bronze Works, Inc. M. Zurn Industries, LLC. n. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. General: Include hot — and cold -water indicators; coordinate faucet inlets with supplies and fixture hole punchings; coordinate outlet with spout and sink receptor. 3. Body Type: Single hole. 4. Finish: Polished chrome plate. 5. Maximum Flow Rate: 2 gpm. 6. Handle: Cross, four arm. 7. Handle Turn: Quarter turn. 8. Mounting Type: Deck, exposed. 9. Spout Type: Rigid, gooseneck. 10. Vacuum Breaker: Required. 11. Spout Outlet: Serrated nozzle. 12. Spout Radius: 6 inches. 13. Spout Outlet Height Above Rim: 8 inches. 2.5 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for supply -fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Supply Stops: Chrome -plated brass, one -quarter -turn, ball -type valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. 1. Standard: ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1. 2. Operation: Tee or lever handle. C. Risers: 1. ASME Al12.18.6, braided stainless steel flexible hose. 2.6 SERVICE SINK WASTE FITTINGS A. Drain: 3-1/2" chrome plated grid with 2" outlet connection. B. Overflow drain: 3-1/2" chrome plated grid with 2" outlet connection. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 6 of 8 PWWulll 111 A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post -hardening and volume -adjusting, dry, hydraulic -cement grout. B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications. C. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength. D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged. 17:1;71IBM W:4x418110to] e 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in of water supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before sink installation. B. Examine walls, floors, and counters for suitable conditions where sinks will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install sinks level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. B. Install supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -hung sinks. C. Install accessible wall -mounted sinks and faucets at handicapped/elderly mounting height according to ICC/ANSI Al 17.1. D. Set floor -mounted sinks in leveling bed of cement grout. E. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each sink faucet. 1. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. F. Install wall flanges or escutcheons at piping wall penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Use deep -pattern escutcheons if required to conceal protruding fittings. Comply with escutcheon requirements specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." G. Seal joints between sinks and counters, floors, and walls using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew - resistant silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." H. Install protective shielding pipe covers and enclosures on exposed supplies and waste piping of accessible sinks. Comply with requirements in Section 22 07 19 "Plumbing Piping Insulation." CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 7 of 8 M9� MIGHkiIX4WOM61 A. Connect sinks with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Operate and adjust sinks and controls. Replace damaged and malfunctioning sinks, fittings, and controls. B. Adjust water pressure at faucets to produce proper flow. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. After completing installation of sinks, inspect and repair damaged finishes. B. Clean sinks, faucets, and other fittings with manufacturers' recommended cleaning methods and materials. C. Provide protective covering for installed sinks and fittings. D. Do not allow use of sinks for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. END OF SECTION 22 42 16.16 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 42 16.16 COMMERCIAL SINKS Page 8 of 8 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 45 00 - EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Combination units. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Plumbed Emergency Plumbing Fixture: Fixture with fixed, potable -water supply. B. Tepid: Moderately warm. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include flow rates and capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and mounting details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection. 3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control test reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 2 of 6 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For emergency plumbing fixtures to include in operation and maintenance manuals. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. B. ISEA Standard: Comply with ISEA Z358.1. 2.2 COMBINATION UNITS A. Polished Chrome Construction Emergency Shower with Eye/Face Wash Combination Units,: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Guardian Equipment Co. C. Haws Corporation. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Piping: a. Material: Galvanized steel with polyethylene pipe covers and powder -coated cast aluminum or iron floor flange. b. Unit Drain: Outlet at back or side near bottom. 3. Shower: a. Capacity: 20 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and chrome -plated stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Stainless steel pull rod. d. Shower Head:, S 10-inch plastic. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 3 of 6 e. Mounting: Pedestal. 4. Eye/Face Wash Unit: a. Capacity: 3.0 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and chrome -plated stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Powder -coated aluminum hand flag. d. Spray -Head Assembly: Two or four receptor -mounted spray heads with filters. e. Receptor: Stainless steel bowl. f. Mounting: Pedestal. B. Freeze -Protected, Emergency Shower with Eyewash Combination Units,: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Guardian Equipment Co. C. Haws Corporation. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Piping: Galvanized steel with powder -coated cast aluminum or iron floor flange. 3. Heating System: Electric, 120 V ac; insulation enclosed in a UV -resistant protective jacket with thermostat. a. Heating Capacity: 20 deg F. 4. Shower: a. Shower Capacity: 20 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Stainless steel pull rod. d. Shower Head: Stainless steel or plastic. e. Mounting: Pedestal. 5. Eyewash Unit: a. Capacity 0.4 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Powder -coated aluminum or stainless steel hand flag. 6. Appurtenances: a. Control panel for single point wiring connection. b. IEEE 515 compliant. C. Freeze protection valve. d. Scald protection valve. C. PVC Construction Emergency Shower with Eye/Face Wash Combination Units CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 4 of 6 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. b. Guardian Equipment Co. C. Haws Corporation. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Piping: a. Material: PVC main riser with PVC floor flange. b. Unit Drain: Outlet at back or side near bottom. 3. Shower: a. Capacity: 20 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and PVC -coated stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Stainless steel pull rod. d. Shower Head: Plastic. e. Mounting: Pedestal. 4. Eye/Face Wash Unit: a. Capacity: 20 gpm. b. Supply Piping: Flow regulator and PVC -coated stay -open control valve. C. Control -Valve Actuator: Stainless steel pull rod. d. Shower Head: Plastic. e. Mounting: Pedestal. 2.3 SUPPLEMENTAL EQUIPMENT A. Flow Switch: 1. Enclosure: NEMA 4X. 2. Fittings: Threaded brass tee installed in horizontal orientation with flow switch installed vertically. 3. Auxiliary contacts for remote sensing. 4. Horn and Strobe: Excluded. 5. Power: 120 volt. 2.4 WATER -TEMPERING EQUIPMENT A. Hot- and Cold -Water, Water -Tempering Equipment,: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Bradley Corporation. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 5 of 6 b. Guardian Equipment Co. C. Haws Corporation. d. Leonard Valve Company. e. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Description: Factory -fabricated equipment with thermostatic mixing valve. a. Thermostatic Mixing Valve: Designed to provide tepid, potable water at emergency plumbing fixtures, and in case of unit failure to continue cold -water flow. b. Supply Connections: For hot and cold water. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for water piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before plumbed emergency plumbing fixture installation. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURE A. Assemble emergency plumbing fixture piping, fittings, control valves, and other components. B. Install fixtures level and plumb. C. Fasten fixtures to substrate. D. Install escutcheons on piping wall and ceiling penetrations in exposed, finished locations. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 22 05 18 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect hot- and cold -water -supply piping to hot- and cold -water, water -tempering equipment. Connect output from water -tempering equipment to emergency plumbing fixtures. Comply with requirements for hot- and cold -water piping specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." B. Where installing piping adjacent to emergency plumbing fixtures, allow space for service and maintenance of fixtures. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 45 00 EMERGENCY PLUMBING FIXTURES Page 6 of 6 3.4 IDENTIFICATION A. Install equipment nameplates or equipment markers on emergency plumbing fixtures and equipment and equipment signs on water -tempering equipment. Comply with requirements for identification materials specified in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Mechanical -Component Testing: After plumbing connections have been made, test for compliance with requirements. Verify ability to achieve indicated capacities. B. Tests and Inspections: 1. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection. 2. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 3. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm proper unit operation. 4. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. C. Emergency plumbing fixtures and water -tempering equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections. D. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.6 ADJUSTING A. Adjust or replace fixture flow regulators for proper flow. B. Adjust equipment temperature settings. END OF SECTION 22 45 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 1 of 6 SECTION 22 47 16 - PRESSURE WATER COOLERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes pressure water coolers and related components. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of pressure water cooler. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes. 2. Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, electrical characteristics, and furnished specialties and accessories. B. Shop Drawings: Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Maintenance Data: For pressure water coolers to include in maintenance manuals. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Filter Cartridges: Equal to 10 percent of quantity installed for each type and size indicated, but no fewer than 1 of each. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 2 of 6 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. PART 2 - PRODUCTS i►A�9:laXYs1:1a1,SK%III: 4[oil]aI1:R A. Pressure Water Coolers: Wall mounted, wheelchair accessible , bottle filler. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Elkay. b. Halsey Taylor. C. Haws Corporation. d. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standards: a. Comply with NSF 61 and NSF 372. b. Comply with ASHRAE 34, "Designation and Safety Classification of Refrigerants," for water coolers. Provide HFC 134a (tetrafluoroethane) refrigerant unless otherwise indicated. C. Comply with ICC A117.1. 3. Cabinet: Bi-level with two attached cabinets and with a bi-level skirt kit, all stainless steel. 4. Bubbler: One, with adjustable stream regulator, located on each cabinet deck. 5. Control: Push bar. 6. Bottle Filler: Sensor activation. 7. Drain: One located on each cabinet deck; factory -piped to a single waste fitting. 8. Supply: NPS 3/8. 9. Waste Fitting: ASME Al 12.18.2/CSA B125.2, NPS 1-1/42. 10. Cooling System: Electric, with hermetically sealed compressor, cooling coil, air-cooled condensing unit, corrosion -resistant tubing, refrigerant, corrosion -resistant -metal storage tank, and adjustable thermostat. a. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application. 11. Capacities and Characteristics: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 3 of 6 a. Cooled Water: 8 gph. b. Ambient -Air Temperature: 90 deg F. C. Inlet -Water Temperature: 80 deg F. d. Cooled -Water Temperature: 50 deg F. e. Electrical Characteristics: 1) Volts: 120-V ac. 2) Phase: Single. 3) Hertz:60. 12. Support: Type I Water Cooler Carrier. 13. Water Cooler Mounting Height: Handicapped/elderly according to ICC A117.1. 14. Basics of Design: Elkay Model EZSTL8WSSK. 2.2 SUPPLY FITTINGS A. NSF Standard: Comply with NSF 372 for supply -fitting materials that will be in contact with potable water. B. Supply Stops: Chrome -plated -brass, one -quarter -turn, ball -type valve with inlet connection matching supply piping. 1. Standard: ASME Al12.18.1/CSA B125.1. 2. Operation: Tee or lever handle. C. Risers: 1. ASME Al 12.18.6, braided, stainless steel, flexible hose riser. 2.3 SUPPORTS A. Type I Water Cooler Carrier: 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product by one of the following: a. Jay R. Smith Mfg Co; a division of Morris Group International. b. Josam Company. C. MIFAB, Inc. d. Wade Drains. e. WATTS. £ Zurn Industries, LLC. g. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 2. Standard: ASME A112.6.1M. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 4 of 6 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine roughing -in for water -supply and sanitary drainage and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections before fixture installation. B. Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where fixtures will be installed. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install fixtures level and plumb according to roughing -in drawings. B. Install off -the -floor carrier supports, affixed to building substrate, for wall -mounted fixtures. C. Install mounting frames, affixed to building construction, and attach recessed, pressure water coolers, and in -wall bottle filling stations to mounting frames. D. Install water -supply piping with stop on each supply to each fixture. 1. Install stops in locations where they can be easily reached for operation. E. Install trap where not included with unit and waste piping on drain outlet of each fixture to be connected to sanitary drainage system. F. Seal joints between fixtures and walls using sanitary -type, one -part, mildew -resistant, silicone sealant. Match sealant color to fixture color. Comply with sealant requirements specified in Section 07 92 00 "Joint Sealants." 3.3 CONNECTIONS A. Connect fixtures with water supplies, stops, and risers, and with traps, soil, waste, and vent piping. Use size fittings required to match fixtures. B. Comply with water piping requirements specified in Section 22 11 16 "Domestic Water Piping." C. Comply with soil and waste piping requirements specified in Section 22 13 16 "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping." 3.4 ADJUSTING A. Adjust fixture flow regulators for proper flow and stream height. B. Adjust pressure water -cooler temperature settings. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 5 of 6 3.5 CLEANING A. After installing fixture, inspect unit. Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match original finish. B. Clean fixtures, on completion of installation, according to manufacturer's written instructions. C. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures. D. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities unless approved in writing by Owner. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 47 16 PRESSURE WATER COOLERS Page 6 of 6 This page intentionally left blank. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Pagel of 8 SECTION 22 66 00 - CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Single -wall piping. 2. Piping specialties. 3. Neutralization tanks. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. FPM: Vinylidene fluoride (hexafluoropropylene copolymer rubber). 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product. B. Shop Drawings: For neutralization system and acid waste/vent piping. 1. Include plans, elevations, and attachment details. C. American Iron and Steel (AIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with AIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. D. United States Iron and Steel (USIS) Certification: Submit documentation indicating compliance with USIS requirements for all applicable metal products, in compliance with the requirements of Division 00 and 01. 1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. Field quality -control reports. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 2 of 8 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For chemical -waste specialties and neutralization tanks to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. 1.7 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Neutralization -Tank Limestone: Equal to 200 percent of amount required for each tank sump initial charge. Furnish limestone in 50-lb bags. 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS): 1. Products submitted under this section shall meet American Iron and Steel (AIS) and United States Iron and Steel (USIS) requirements as described in Division 00 and 01 Specifications. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver and store piping and specialties with sealing plugs in ends or with end protection. B. Do not store plastic pipe or fittings in direct sunlight. C. Protect pipe, fittings, and seals from dirt and damage. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by an NRTL, and marked for intended location and application. B. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70. 2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. Single -Wall Piping Pressure Rating: 5-psig air test pressure. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 3 of 8 2.3 SINGLE -WALL PIPE AND FITTINGS A. PP Drainage Pipe and Fittings: ASTM F 1412 extruded pipe and drainage -pattern fittings molded, with Schedule 40 dimensions and with fire -retardant additive complying with ASTM D4101; with fusion --joint ends. 1. Exception: Pipe and fittings made from PP resin without fire -retardant additive may be used for underground installation. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. GF Piping Systems: George Fischer LLC. b. IPEX USA LLC. C. Orion Fittings, A Watts Water Technologies Company. d. Town & Country Plastics, INC. e. Zurn Industries, LLC. f. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). Source Limitations: Obtain pipe and fittings from single source from single manufacturer. B. Adapters and Transition Fittings: Assemblies with combinations of clamps, couplings, adapters, and gaskets; compatible with piping and system liquid; made for joining different piping materials. 2.4 JOINING MATERIALS A. Couplings: Assemblies with combinations of clamps, gaskets, sleeves, and threaded or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system liquid; and made by piping manufacturer for joining system piping. B. Adapters and Transition Fittings: Assemblies with combinations of clamps, couplings, adapters, gaskets, and threaded or flanged parts; compatible with piping and system liquid; and made for joining different piping materials. C. Flanges: Assemblies of companion flanges and gaskets complying with ASME B 16.21 and compatible with system liquid, and bolts and nuts. 2.5 PIPING SPECIALTIES A. Corrosion -Resistant Traps: 1. Type: P-trap. 2. Size: As required to match connected piping. 3. PP: ASTM D4101, with mechanical joint pipe connections. B. Plastic Backwater Valves: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 4 of 8 1. Description: Full -port NPS 3 check valve, PP or PVDF, matching or compatible with system piping and compatible with system liquid, with EPDM seals and flanged ends. C. PP Sink Outlets: 1. Description: NPS 1-1/2, with clamping device, stopper, and 7-inch- high overflow fitting. 2.6 NEUTRALIZATION TANKS A. Plastic Neutralization Tanks 1. Description: Corrosion -resistant plastic materials; with removable, gastight cover; interior, sidewall, dip -tube inlet; outlet; vent; and threaded or flanged, sidewall pipe connections. 2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following: a. Chem-Tainer Industries. b. GF Piping Systems: George Fischer LLC. C. IPEX USA LLC. d. Schier Products Company. e. Town & Country Plastics, INC. £ WATTS; A Watts Water Technologies Company. g. Zurn Industries, LLC. h. Or approved equal (any manufacturer or product that is not listed above is considered a substitution and shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 25 00). 3. Source Limitations: Obtain tanks from single source from single manufacturer. 4. Material: HDPE. 5. Tank Capacity: See Plumbing Schedules. 6. Dip Tube: On outlet pipe instead of inlet pipe. 7. Extension: HDPE, PE, or PP. 8. Traffic Cover: Light -duty plastic, bolted. 9. Limestone: Chips or lumps, with more than 90 percent calcium carbonate content and I- to 3-inch diameter. 10. Dolomitic Limestone: Chips or lumps, with more than 90 percent combined magnesium carbonate and calcium carbonate content and 1- to 3-inch diameter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EARTHWORK A. Comply with requirements in Section 31 20 00 'Earthwork" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 5 of 8 3.2 PIPING INSTALLATION A. Chemical -Waste Piping Inside the Building: 1. Install piping adjacent to equipment, accessories, and specialties to allow space for service and maintenance. 2. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used unless otherwise indicated. 3. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas. 4. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise. 5. Install piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal. 6. Install piping at 2 percent slope. 7. Install piping free of sags and bends. 8. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections. 9. Verify final equipment locations for roughing -in. 10. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220500 "Common Plumbing Work Results." 11. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220500 "Common Plumbing Work Results." 12. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220500 "Common Plumbing Work Results." 3.3 JOINT CONSTRUCTION A. Chemical -Waste Piping Inside the Building: 1. Plastic -Piping Fusion Joints: Make PP drainage -piping joints in accordance with ASTM F 1290. 2. Dissimilar -Material Piping Joints: Make joints using adapters compatible with both system materials. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS A. Pipe sizes in this article refer to aboveground single -wall piping. B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and support devices specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment." Install the following: 1. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or MSS Type 42 riser clamps. 2. Individual, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs: a. 100 Feet and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 6 of 8 b. Longer Than 100 Feet: MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers. C. Longer Than 100 Feet, if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls. 3. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52 spring hangers. C. Comply with requirements for installation of supports specified in Section 22 05 29 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment.". D. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches of each fitting and coupling. E. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor. F. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double -rod hangers, to minimum of 3/8 inch. G. Install vinyl -coated hangers for PP piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters: L NPS 2: 33 inches with 3/8-inch rod. 2. NPS 2-1/2 and NPS 3: 42 inches with 1/2-inch rod. H. Install supports for vertical PP piping every 72 inches. I. Support piping and tubing not listed above in accordance with MSS SP-58. 3.5 NEUTRALIZATION TANK INSTALLATION A. Install interior neutralization tanks on smooth and level floor surface. Include full initial charge of limestone. 3.6 PIPING CONNECTIONS A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. B. Make connections to existing piping, so finished Work complies as nearly as practical with requirements specified for new Work. C. Use commercially manufactured wye fittings for sewerage piping branch connections. D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance. 3.7 LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION A. Comply with requirements in Section 22 05 53 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for labeling of equipment and piping. 1. Use warning tape or detectable warning tape over ferrous piping. 2. Use detectable warning tape over nonferrous piping and over edges of underground structures. CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 7 of 8 3.8 CLEANING A. Use procedures prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if not prescribed, use procedures described below: 1. Purge new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired before using. 2. Clean pipe by flushing with potable water. 3.9 STARTUP SERVICE A. Perform startup service. 1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Inspect interior of sewerage piping to determine whether line displacement or other damage has occurred. Inspect after approximately 24 inches of backfill is in place and again at completion of Project. 1. Defects requiring correction include the following: a. Alignment: Less than full diameter of inside of pipe is visible between inspection points. b. Deflection: Flexible piping with deflection that prevents passage of ball or cylinder of size not less than 92.5 percent of piping diameter. C. Crushed, broken, cracked, or otherwise damaged piping. d. Hydrostatic Tests for Drainage Piping: 1) Allowable leakage is a maximum of 50 gal./inch of nominal pipe size per mile of pipe during 24-hour period. 2) Close openings in system and fill with water. 3) Purge air and refill with water. 4) Disconnect water supply. 5) Test and inspect joints for leaks. e. Air Tests for Drainage Piping: Comply with UNI-B-6. 2. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute defects that must be repaired. 3. Submit separate reports for each test. B. Replace leaking sewerage piping using new materials, and repeat testing until leakage is within allowances specified. C. Perform tests and inspections. D. Tests and Inspections: CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176 22 66 00 CHEMICAL -WASTE SYSTEMS FOR LABORATORY AND HEALTHCARE FACILITIES Page 8 of 8 1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest until no leaks exist. 2. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. E. Chemical -waste piping will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. F. Prepare test and inspection reports. 3.11 PIPING SCHEDULE A. Refer to Plumbing Schedules. B. Transition and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used in applications below unless otherwise indicated. END OF SECTION 22 66 00 CDM Smith Eagle Mountain WTP - Phase IV Expansion CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATION DOCUMENTS City Project No. 105176